The full text on this page is automatically extracted from the file linked above and may contain errors and inconsistencies.
76th Congress, 3d Session H ouse D ocum ent N o. 848 Labor in the Territory o f Haw aii 1 9 3 9 B u lletin 7S[o. 687 UNITED STATES D E P A R T M E N T OF LABO R B U R E A U O F L A B O R ST A T IS T IC S U N ITED STATES D E PA R TM E NT OF LABOR F r a n c e s P e r k in s , Secretary BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS I s a d o r L u b i n , C o m m is sio n er A. F. H in r ic h s , A s s is ta n t C o m m issio n er + Donald Davenport, Chief, Em ployment and Occupational Outlook Branch Henry J. Fitzgerald, Chief, Business M a n a g e m e n t Branch Hugh S. Hanna, Chief, Edito rial and Research Aryness Joy, Chief, Prices and Cost of Living Branch N. Arnold Tolies, Chief, Work ing Conditions and Indus trial Relations Branch S i d n e y W. Wi l c o x , Chi ef Statistician CHIEFS OF DIVISIONS Herman B. Byer, Construction and Public Employment Charles F. Sharkey, Law Information J. M . Cutts, Wholesale Prices Boris Stern, Labor Informa tion Bulletin Swen Kj a er , Accidents I nd u s t r i a l Labor Stella Stewart, Retail Prices John J. Mahaney, Machine Tabulation Lewis E. Talbert, Employment Statistics Robert J. Myers, Wage and Hour Statistics Emmett H. Welch, Occupa tional Outlook Florence Peterson, Industrial Relations Faith M. Williams, Cost of Living 76th Congress, 3d Session House Document No. 848 Labor In the Territory of Hawaii, 1939 By James H. Shoemaker o f the U. S. Bureau o f Labor Statistics ☆ Washington, D. C. June 1939 United States Government Printing Office Washington : 1940 HOUSE RESOLUTION NO. 519 [Su bm itte d b y M r . K in g ] I n t h e H ouse of R e p r e s e n t a t iv e s , June 22, 1940. That the letter of the Secretary of Labor, transmitted to the House and referred to the Committee on Territories on June 4, 1940, together with the report on “ Labor in the Territory of Hawaii” , which was prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics pursuant to the organic law of the Territory of Hawaii in 1900, as granted April 8, 1904, be printed as a document. Attest: R eso lv ed , S o uth T r im b l e , C lerk. ii LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL D epa r tm e n t of L a b o r , O ffice of th e S e c r e t a r y , W a s h in g to n , J u n e 5 , 1 9 4 0 . The Honorable W il l ia m B. B ankhead, S p ea k er o f the U n ited States H o u s e o f R ep resen ta tives. S i r : I have the honor of transmitting herewith to the Congress of the United States a report on “ Labor in the Territory of Hawaii.” This report was prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics under a special appropriation of the Seventy-fifth Congress, third session. It is one of a series of such reports which were called for in the organic law of the Territory of Hawaii in 1900, as amended April 8, 1904. The report, prepared under the direction of Isador Lubin, Com missioner of Labor Statistics, is of particular interest at the present time in view of pending legislation with reference to sugar. Respectfully yours, F ran ces P e r k in s . iii CONTENTS Page Preface__________________________________________________________________________ xm Introduction________________________________________________________________________ 1 P art I. T he S ug ar I nd ustr y Chapter 1. Sugar production_____________________________________________________ Relative position of Hawaii_________________________________________________ Plantation organization______________________________________________________ Methods of production______________________________________________________ Chapter 2. Organization of the industry_____________________________________ Development of the large-scale plantation______________________________ The adherent-planter system_____________________________________________ The agency system ________________________________________________________ Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association___________________________________ Sugar refining and marketing organization________________________________ Chapter 3. Employment and labor supply___________________________________ Efficiency as related to employment_____________________________________ The labor supply__________________________________________________________ Chapter 4 Methods of wage paym ent_______________________________________ Piece work_________________________________________________________________ Cultivation agreements______________________________________________________ The bonus system _________________________________________________________ Wage determinations of the Sugar Division of the Agricultural Adjust ment Administration___________________________________________________ Chapter 5. Earnings of day and piece-rate workers_________________________ Scope and method_________________________________________________________ Distribution of hourly earnings, by type of work_______________________ Distribution of hourly earnings, by race___________________________________ Monthly earnings of nonsalaried workers, by type of work-----------------Distribution of monthly earnings of all workers, by type of work— Monthly earnings of nonsalaried workers, by race______________________ Monthly earnings of salaried workers, by race__________________________ Monthly earnings of all workers, by race_______________________________ Earnings of women and minors in the sugar industry__________________ Chapter 6. Seasonality, annual earnings, and wage trends--------------------------Seasonality________________________________________________________________ Turn-over__________________________________________________________________ Annual earnings, by type of work__________________________________________ Annual earnings, by race____________________________________________________ Wage trends_______________________________________________________________ Chapter 7. Earnings of long-term cultivators________________________________ Chapter 8. Working conditions, perquisites, and general summary-----------Working conditions_______________________________________________________ Perquisites____________________________________________________________________ Pensions____________________________________________________________________ Comparative position of Hawaiian labor________________________________ General summary____________________________________________________________ 11 11 13 16 23 23 24 26 28 31 32 32 33 36 36 37 38 39 41 41 42 45 48 49 52 53 53 56 57 57 59 61 62 63 66 70 70 71 74 74 78 P art II. T he P in eapple I n d ustr y Chapter 9. The development and organization of the industry----------------------Developm ent______________________________________________________________ Structural organization______________________________________________________ Chapter 10. Pineapple plantations______________________________________________ Labor supply_________________________________________________________________ Types of operations__________________________________________________________ v 83 83 84 86 86 87 VI CONTENTS P age Chapter 11. M ethods of paym ent and earnings___________________________ M ethods of paym ent__________________________________________________ Earnings on pineapple plantations____________________________________ Effect of seasonality on earnings______________________________________ Chapter 12. Perquisites, working conditions, and sum m ary_______________ Perquisites_____________________________________________________________ Pineapple plantations: Sum m ary_______________________________________ Chapter 13. Pineapple canneries: Labor supply and types of op era tion s., Labor su pply____________________________________________________________ Types of operations in the canneries____________________________________ Chapter 14. Pineapple canneries: M ethod of paym ent and earnings; the present position of the industry___________________________________________ M ethod of paym ent_____________________________________________________ D istribution of hourly and weekly earnings_____________________________ Seasonality______________________________________________________________ Present position of the pineapple industry______________________________ Part III. N o n p l a n t a t io n P a r t IV. T o u r i s t T r a d e Chapter 18. Tourist trade___________________________________________________ V. VI. T he O r g a n iz a t io n o f M a n a g e m e n t L e g is l a t io n and 126 131 137 140 140 142 143 151 151 152 152 153 158 159 159 166 171 171 172 174 174 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 186 188 Labo r; L abor Chapter 25. The organization of management_______________________ Chapter 26. D evelopm ent of labor unions_________________________________ Labor organization on the plantations________________________________ Nonplantation unions___________________________________________________ 121 S u b s id ia r y I n d u s t r ie s In trodu ction _________________________________________________________________ Chapter 19. Public utilities__________________________________________________ Earnings_________________________________________________________________ W orking conditions______________________________________________________ Summ ary________________________________________________________________ Chapter 20. The construction industry______________________________________ Governm ent construction________________________________________________ Governm ent appropriations and em ploym ent___________________________ W orking conditions and methods of paym en t___________________________ Wages and hours________________________________________________________ Seasonality and turn-over_______________________________________________ Chapter 21. M anufactures___________________________________________________ Printing and publishing_________________________________________________ Miscellaneous m anufacturing____________________________________________ Chapter 22. Longshore w ork_________________________________________________ L abor____________________________________________________________________ Earnings_________________________________________________________________ Chapter 23. Trade and service industries____________________________________ Mercantile establishments_______________________________________________ H otels___________________________________________________________________ Restaurants_____________________________________________________________ Laundries______________________________________________________________ Tailoring and garment manufacture_____________________________________ Dressmaking_____________________________________________________________ Dom estic service________________________________________________________ Beauty parlors__________________________________________________________ Barber shops__________________________________________________________ M otion pictures_____________________________________ Oil distribution and service stations_________________________________ Chapter 24. W hite-collar workers__________________________________________ Part 105 105 105 109 117 A g r ic u l t u r e Chapter 15. C offee___________________________________ .!____________________ Chapter 16. Truck farm ing______________________________ Chapter 17. Cattle raising___________________________________________________ Part 90 90 90 96 98 98 100 101 101 102 195 199 199 201 VII CONTENTS Page Chapter 27. Labor legislation__________________________________________________ Child labor________________________________________________________________ Wages and hours________________________________ __________________________ Protection, etc., in employments_________________________________________ Labor relations____________________________________________________________ Social insurance___________________________________________________________ Summary__________________________________________________________________ P art V II. W orking C onditions and E mploym ent in the T erritory as a W hole 204 205 205 206 206 207 208 O pportunities Chapter 28. Some generalizations respecting wages and working condi tions in Hawaii_______________________________________________________________ 211 214 Chapter 29. Standards of living______________________________ 1----------------------Climate and family expenditures________________________________________ 215 Health_____________________________________________________________________ 216 D iet________________________________________________________________________ 216 Chapter 30. New occupational opportunities________________________________ 218 Chapter 31. Economic stability----------------------221 Factors tending toward economic stability__________________________________ 221 Factors tending toward economic instability____________________________ 222 Chapter 32. Economic and social stability as related to employment_____ 225 A P P E N D IX E S Appendix A. Territorial department of labor________________________________ Appendix B. D ebt problems of wage earners________________________________ Appendix C. Tables___________________________________________________________ Table TABLES 1. Population of Hawaii______________________________________________________ 2. Filipino sugar-workers’ savings deposited for them by the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association by draft to Manila at the time of their return from H awaii_____________________________________________________ 3. Population of Hawaii, by racial origins, 1938____________________________ 4. Hawaiian sugar production (in tons of 2,000 pounds), 1837 to 1939-------5. Hawaiian sugar plantations, by islands, with acreage and production for 1938__________________________________________________________________ 6. Sugar plantation land, 1938________________________________________________ 7. Number of adherent planters______________________________________________ 8. The agencies in Hawaii, with the plantations they represent and their output in short tons of commercial sugar, as of 1938___________________ 9. Sugarcane: Production of Hawaii, 1925-38, showing increase in peracre production__________________________________________________________ 10. Increase in sugar production, by tons per acre, 1895 to 1939_____________ 11. Growth in employment and production on Hawaiian sugar plantations12. Number and racial origin of employees on sugar plantations in Hawaii, 1872 to 1939______________________________________________________________ 13. Plantation population as of June 30, 1939_______________________________ 14. Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of work, March 1939_______________________________________________________ 15. Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by race, March 1939______________________________________________________________ 16. Average hours worked per month and average monthly earnings of non salaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, by type of work, March 1939____________________________________________ 17. Distribution of all male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to monthly earnings, by type of work, March 1939__________________________________________________________ 18. Average hours worked per month and average monthly earnings of non salaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, by race, March 1939_________________________________________________ 19. Distribution of all male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to monthly earnings, by race, March 1939_________ 231 232 235 4 6 7 12 13 23 25 27 32 33 33 34 35 43 46 48 50 52 54 VIII Table CONTENTS Page 20. Employment, by months, showing seasonality, and percentage of citizens on sugar-plantation pay rolls, 1931 to 1938_________________ 21. Distribution of all male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to total annual earnings, by days worked, 1938____ 22. Average annual earnings of male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, by type of work, 1938_____________________________ 23. Average annual earnings of male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, by race, 1938______________________________________ 24. Average daily earnings with and without bonus of unskilled men em ployees in Hawaiian sugar plantations, 1924 to 1938________________ 25. Average daily earnings of short-term contractors (piece-rate workers) on Hawaiian sugar plantations, by operations, 1934-38______________ 26. Plantation labor and pay rolls, 1929 to 1938__________________________ 27. Settlements with long-term cultivators on a typical Hawaiian sugar plantation, crop of 1938______________________________________________ 28. Average payment per man-day, excluding bonus, made under all long term cultivation contracts settled, 1928-38__________________________ 29. Percentage of plantations equipped with various recreational facilities, by islands____________________________________________________________ 30. Land owned or leased by pineapple plantations, 1909, 1920, and 1937_ 31. Pineapple pack of Hawaii, 1922 to 1938_______________________________ 32. Distribution of nonsalaried workers on pineapple plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex, August 1938_________________________________________________________ 33. Average hourly and monthly earnings of male nonsalaried workers on pineapple plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, by race, August 1938_ 34. Distribution of nonsalaried workers on pineapple plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, according to monthly earnings, by sex and race, August 1938_________________________________________________________ 35. Comparison of average hourly and monthly earnings in 1929 and 1938 of pineapple-plantation workers in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex___ 36. Racial distribution of workers in representative Hawaiian pineapple canneries, July and August 1938_____________________________________ 37. Distribution of male nonsalaried workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, July and August 1938___________________________________________________________ 38. Distribution of female nonsalaried workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, July and August 1938___________________________________________________________ 39. Average hourly and weekly earnings of male nonsalaried workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands, by race, July and August 1938___________________________________________________________ 40. Average hourly and weekly earnings of female nonsalaried workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands, by race, July and August 1938_________________________________________________________ 41. Distribution of male nonsalaried workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, July and August 1938_________________________________________________________________ 42. Distribution of female nonsalaried workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, July and August 1938_________________________________________________________________ 43. Average hourly and weekly earnings of workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands, by type of work, by race and sex, July and August 1938_________________________________________________________ 44. Average annual earnings of workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex and race, 1938_____________________________ 45. Distribution of all workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to annual earnings, by weeks worked, 1938______ 46. Distribution of male workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to annual earnings,by weeks worked, 1938_______ 47. Distribution of female workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to annual earnings, by weeks worked, 1938______ 48. Green-coffee production, 1922-38_____________________________________ 49. Diversified crops, 1938_________________________________________________ 50. Distribution of male ranch workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to earnings in 1 month of 1939, by race______________________________ 58 60 62 63 64 65 65 68 69 72 83 84 91 92 94 97 102 106 106 107 107 108 108 109 110 112 114 116 122 123 128 IX CONTENTS Table Page 51. Number of through passengers and tourist arrivals, 1922-39-------- 131 52. Percentage distribution of persons gainfully employed, by socialeconomic groups, Territory of Hawaii, State of Louisiana, and con tinental United States, 1930________________________________________ 138 53. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex, April and May 1939: All workers__________________________________________________________ 143 54. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex, April and May 1939: Salaried workers_____________________________________________________ 144 55. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex, April and May 1939: Nonsalaried workers_________________________________________________ 145 56. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, by sex, April and May 1939: All workers______________________________________________________________ 145 57. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, by sex, April and May 1939: Salaried workers______________________________________________________________ 146 58. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, by sex, April and May 1939: Non 146 salaried workers_____________________________________________________ 59. Average hours worked per week, and average weekly earnings of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands, by race and sex, April and May 1939______________________________________________ 147 60. Average annual earnings of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands, by race and sex, 1938_________________________ „ ____________ 147 61. Average annual earnings of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex, 1938________________________________________________ 148 62. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, 149 by sex, 1938: All workers___________________________________________ 63. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, by sex, 1938: Salaried workers______________________________________ 149 64. Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, by sex, 1938: Nonsalaried workers______________________________________ 150 65. Distribution of workers in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of construc tion, 1938 and 1939______________________________________________ - — 154 66. Distribution of workers in two selected occupations in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earn ings, by type of construction, 1938 and 1939____________________ 154 67. Distribution of workers in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, by type of construction, 1938 and 1939_____________________________________________ ________ 156 68. Average hours worked per week and average weekly earnings of workers in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands, by race, 1938 and 1939________________________________________________ 156 69. Average hourly earnings, weekly earnings, and average hours worked per week of workers in selected occupations in the construction industry, in the Hawaiian Islands, according to type of construction, 1938 and 1939_________________ 157 70. Distribution of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex and race, spring of 1939________________________________________________ 161 71. Average hourly earnings of male workers in selected occupations in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands, May 1939162 72. Distribution of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, by sex and race, spring of 1939_______________________________________________________ 163 73. Average hours worked per week and average weekly earnings of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands, by race and sex, spring of 1939_____________________________ 164 X CONTENTS Table Page 74. Average annual earnings of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to sex and race, 1938__ 165 75. Average annual earnings of workers in selected occupations of the printing and publishing industry, by sex, in the Hawaiian Islands, 1938 _______________________________________________________________ 165 76. Distribution of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, by sex, 1938_____________________________________ 166 77. Average hours worked per week and average weekly earnings of workers in miscellaneous manufacturing industries in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex and race,1938 and 1939_____________________________________ 167 78. Distribution of male workers in miscellaneous manufacturing industries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, 1938 and 1939. 168 79. Distribution of female workers in miscellaneous manufacturing indus tries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, 1938 and 1939 _______________________________________________________________ 168 80. Distribution of male workers in miscellaneous manufacturing industries in the Hawaiian Islands according to annual earnings, 1938________ 169 81. Average annual earnings of workers in miscellaneous manufacturing industries in the Hawaiian Islands, by race and sex, 1938__________ 170 82. Distribution of nonsalaried longshore workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, May 1939____________________ 172 83. Distribution of longshore workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, May 1939_______________________________________ 172 84. Distribution of longshore workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to annual earnings, 1938_____________________________________________ 173 85. Distribution of salaried workers in motion-picture theaters in the Hawaiian Islands according to earnings in half-month period, June 185 1939____ ____________________________________________________________ 86. Distribution of nonsalaried workers in motion-picture theaters in the Hawaiian Islands according to earnings in half-month period, June 1939__________________________________________________________________ 185 87. Distribution of workers in motion-picture theaters in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, 1938_______________________________________________________ 186 88. Distribution of workers engaged in the merchandising of oil products in Honolulu, T. H., according to earnings in half-month period, May and June 1939_______________________________________________________ .187 89. Distribution of workers whose work was spread over 52 weeks in the merchandising of oil products in Honolulu, T. H., according to annual earnings, 1938___________________________ I ___________________ 187 90. Distribution of white-collar workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to monthly salaries, by sex and race, 1938 and 1939________________ 190 91. Average annual earnings of white-collar workers in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex, 1938__________________________________________________ 191 92. Distribution of white-collar workers in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, by sex and race, 1938_________________________________________________________ 192 A P P E N D IX TABLES A. Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to monthly earnings, by type of work, March 1939__________________________________________________________ B. Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to monthly earnings, by race, March 1939_________________________________________________________________ C. Long-term cultivator earnings on a typical sugar plantation, 1938 and 1939____________________________________________________________ D. Distribution of male nonsalaried workers in 2 occupations in pine apple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, July andAugust 1938______________________________________ E. Distribution of nonsalaried supervisory workers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex, July and Auglist1938________________________________________________ 235 237 239 240 240 CONTENTS Table XI Page F. Distribution of male nonsalaried inside cannery laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, July and August 1938_______________________________________ G. Distribution of male nonsalaried inside cannery laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, July and August 1938_________________________________________________ H. Distribution of male nonsalaried warehouse laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, July and August 1938_______________________________________ I. Distribution of male nonsalaried warehouse laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, July and August 1938_________________________________________________ J. Distribution of female nonsalaried inside cannery laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earn ings, July and August 1938___________________________________________ K. Distribution of female nonsalaried inside cannery laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earnings, July and August 1938_______________________________________________ L. Distribution of female nonsalaried warehouse laborers in pineapple canneries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, July and August 1938_____________________________________ M. Distribution of male workers in miscellaneous manufacturing indus tries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, 1938 and 1939______________________________________________________ N. Distribution of female workers in miscellaneous manufacturing indus tries in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, 1938 and 1939_____________________________________________________ 241 241 241 242 242 242 243 243 244 CHARTS I. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Organization chart of a typical Hawaiian sugar plantation____________ Structural organization of the Hawaiian sugar industry________________ Seasonal variation in farm employment-------------------------------------------------Wage trends_____________________________________________________________ Officers of one of the five large sugar agencies of Hawaii----------------------Department of Labor and Industrial Relations, Territory of Hawaii___ 15 30 75 76 197 245 PREFACE On April 30, 1900, the organic law of the Territory of Hawaii entitled “ An Act to Provide a Government for the Territory of Hawaii” was approved. This was amended on April 8, 1904 (33 Stat. 164) to provide that— It shall be the duty of the United States Commissioner of Labor to collect, assort, arrange, and present in reports in nineteen hundred and five, and every five years thereafter, statistical details relating to all departments of labor in the Territory of Hawaii, especially in relation to the commercial, industrial, social, educational, and sanitary condition of the laboring classes, and to all such other subjects as Congress may by law direct. The said Commissioner is especially charged to ascertain the highest, lowest, and average number of employees engaged in the various industries in the Territory, to be classified as to nativity, sex, hours of labor, and conditions of employment, and to report the same to Congress. The last report on labor conditions in Hawaii was rendered in April 1930. In accordance with the provisions of the act an ap propriation was requested for such an investigation in 1935, but was not approved by the Bureau of the Budget. The need for a survey of labor conditions as they prevail in Hawaii was evidenced by the many requests addressed to the Bureau of Labor Statistics, including the Territorial Legislature, the Governor of the Territory, and the Delegate o f Hawaii, as well as representatives of both labor groups and employer groups. There is a marked dearth of official information bearing upon labor conditions in Hawaii. Since 1930, there have been important changes in the economic life of the islands and many new problems have arisen that have a definite bearing upon both the earnings and the working conditions of workers. They have culminated in controversies be tween ship operators and longshoremen and in labor difficulties in the field of agriculture. It has been impossible for either agencies of the Federal Government or private agencies interested in industrial peace to use disinterested official statistical data in seeking the solution of such problems. Therefore, on June 25, 1938, an appropriation was made (52 Stat. 1139) for $14,900 for the fiscal year 1939 to cover “ expenses necessary to collect, assort, arrange, and present in reports, statistical and other details relating to all departments of labor in the Territory of Hawaii; especially in relation to commercial, industrial, social, educational, and sanitary conditions” as directed in the act approved April 8, 19°4 . The field work in the Territory of Hawaii for this study covered the period M arch 22 to July 7, 1939. It included visits to all of the Hawaiian Islands, conferences with the representatives of the labor groups and employer groups in the Territory, the direct observation of the techniques and working conditions in the industries covered, and the scheduling of wages and hours by race, sex, and occupation of ap proximately one-fourth of all gainfully employed workers in the Territory. X III XIV PREFACE The method followed in the wage survey was that of obtaining a representative sample in each industry. The statistical tables, therefore, should not be taken to indicate the total number employed in the industry, but rather the total included in the samples which range from as low as 20 percent to as high as 80 percent of total employment in the industries covered. In the compilation of the data the utmost cooperation was afforded by all organizations in the Territory, including representatives of the Congress of Industrial Organizations, the American Federation of Labor, the Chamber of Commerce, the University of Hawaii, the leading social-service agencies, and the central offices maintaining records of Hawaiian firms. Without such cooperation this study could not have been made. Credit is also due to Mr. E. K. Frazier, of the Wage and Hour Sta tistics Division of the Bureau, who provided technical assistance in the completion of the statistical aspects of the study, and who, together with Mr. John F. Laciskey of the same Division, compiled the statis tical tables. This survey is also indebted to Miss Ethel Erickson of the Women's Bureau of the Department of Labor, who collaborated in the gathering of materials and who made a separate report on the work of women in Hawaiian i n d u s t r y , to be published by the Women's Bureau. A summary of some sections of her report is included in this survey. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 IN T R O D U C T IO N The word Hawaii, to the average person, conveys two ideas— a tourist paradise, and a powerful national outpost. Although these impressions are not incorrect, they are decidedly incomplete. The purpose of this study is to portray an aspect of these islands concerning which there are many misconceptions. It has to do with sig nificant features of the econom y of the islands; with the relations be tween those who live there and the basic industries, and, in particular, with statistical details regarding wages, hours, and working conditions. Hawaii owes much of its development to the fact that, to a greater extent than any other habitable area, it constitutes the “ cross roads of the Pacific.” The whole history of the discovery and sub sequent development of the Islands covers only a century and a half. N ot until the publication of C ook’s Voyages in 1784 describing his discoveries of 1778, did the Islands even find a position on the charts of navigators. Thus they were among the last of the Pacific island groups to be discovered. But their strategic position caused them to be more quickly settled and more completely industrialized than any other oceanic islands. Although Hawaii is separated by over 2,000 miles from any other industrialized area and contains only 414,000 people, it is far from being a simple economy. Because of its geographic position, it is cosmopolitan in character; because of its climatic and other natural features, its basic industries are devoted to the production of sugar and pineapples; and because the bulk of its people are directly or indirectly dependent on these two products, it is necessarily related to, and heavily dependent upon, fardistant markets. The statistical and other details in this report provide a picture of the complexity of the industrial life of the islands. An interpretation of these conditions, however, necessarily rests on an understanding of the basic resources, the historic growth of the labor supply, and the general economic expansion of the Territory. resources 1 The total area of the Territory is 6,435 square miles, which is about one-third larger than the State of Connecticut. Due to the volcanic origin of the Islands, the central area of each island is mountainous and much of the soil is rocky, or is covered with lava or ash. Hence a relatively small proportion, amounting to only about 10 percent of the land, is arable. i A detailed analysis of the resources oi Hawaii is contained in the First Progress Report of the Territorial Planning Board, February 1939, Honolulu, T . H. I 2 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 In common with the other islands of the central Pacific area, mineral resources are lacking. There are no ores or metals, no mineral fuels of any sort, and only a very small amount of clay, insufficient for com mercial exploitation. Even building stones are very limited in variety. These facts place very strict limits upon the industrial possibilities of the Territory. Aside from the canneries and the sugar mills, there is little in the way of manufacturing. In spite of the small percentage of arable land, it has been possible for Hawaii to develop a significant agricultural economy. This is because such lands as are available can be farmed with extraordinary intensity. The presence of a large supply of ground water makes possible a scientific control of cultivation by virtue of irrigation sys tems which are used, not only to provide water, but also to distribute fertilizer. An even greater boon to Hawaiian agriculture is the remarkably equable climate. The average temperature is 72 degrees Fahrenheit and shows less than 6.5 degrees difference between the average of the warmest and the coolest months. This even climate makes it possible to plant crops any day in the year. It is not uncommon for small truck gardeners to raise six to eight crops on the same land in a single year. W ith a controlled water supply and a warm, even climate of this sort, remarkable results can be achieved. URBAN CONCENTRATION There has been a marked tendency toward city dwelling in Hawaii, paralleling that of the United States. In 1890, of a total population of 89,190, 25.5 percent was urban and 74.5 rural. B y 1938, 41.2 per cent was urban and 58.8 rural. The city of Honolulu contains a population of 153,073 persons (1938), or 37 percent of the total popula tion of the Territory. Thus Honolulu dominates the financial and industrial life of the islands, the next largest city being Hilo on the Island of Hawaii, which is only one-seventh the size of Honolulu.2 In addition to the fact that ranches and plantations maintain central offices in Honolulu and that it is the normal business center for the islands as a whole, there are four factors which tend to increase its size. (1) Hawaii is separated from the markets on which it must depend by more than 2,000 miles. Honolulu is the point of contact for the whole Territory with the rest of the world. (2) It has become an increasingly important tourist center, which contributes to its size, not only because of a continuous and fluctuating tourist population, but also because of the many occupational oppor tunities which the presence of these tourists creates. (3) Our most important military and naval outposts are situated in and near the corporate limits of Honolulu. They provide occupa tional opportunities for those enterprises which serve the military and naval personnel, as well as for large numbers of skilled workers to service military and naval equipment and to provide new construction. (4) The unemployed of the Territory tend to concentrate in Honolulu because this is the best place to make contacts for new jobs. 2 Urban population is defined as that living in places with 10,000 or more inhabitants. Population figures for 1890 from census made by Hawaiian government; for 1938 from estimates of the board of health, Bureau of Vital Statistics, Territory of Hawaii. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 3 The industrial conditions of the city of Honolulu, therefore, represent a significant aspect of a survey of working conditions in the Territory as a whole. In its physical equipment and municipal services it is not unlike other American cities. One is impressed with the width and cleanliness of the streets and of the housing areas in most parts of the city. There are, however, some districts which are a marked exception to this statement. In those areas in which mixed oriental populations live, conditions bordering on those of the worst slums of large mainland cities are to be found. Because of the extremely favorable climate and the fact that throughout the whole year the life and activity of Hawaii is out-of-doors, this congestion is not as serious as it would otherwise be. The city has shown a strong social viewpoint in its policies relative to social-service agencies, as well as in the provision of public parks, playgrounds, and recreation fields. In Greater Honolulu there are 94 parks and playgrounds, comprising 2,847 acres. As might be expected in an area of relatively constant temperatures in which out-of-doors life is characteristic of all parts of the year, Honolulu is better supplied with a large variety of recreational facilities for all classes than is the average city on the American mainland. The population of Honolulu is essentially oriental. Both resi dential areas and business districts show some degree of segregation along racial lines. However, there is a much larger measure of inter racial cooperation than might be expected where markedly different racial groups live in such close proximity, particularly in view of the fact that in some occupations the races show a differential strati fication along economic lines. RACIAL COMPOSITION 3 Racially Hawaii is highly complex. Due to gradually rising immi gration barriers, however, it has now become an isolated labor market. During the transition from a self-contained economic system to one geared to the markets of the American mainland, there was also a transition from a rapidly expanding labor market dependent upon the importation of alien workers to a stabilized self-contained labor mar ket isolated by immigration restrictions from the sources from which most new workers had been recruited. As a natural result of these restrictions there is now occurring a rapid change in the character of the labor supply on which Hawaiian industries must depend, from uneducated alien workers to native-born citizen workers educated, in an American school system. W ith this shift there is inevitably im plied a corresponding change in the character of labor-management relations. The population of Hawaii has passed through three distinct periods: (1) 1778 to 1872, a period which witnessed (a) a sharp decline in the number of native Hawaiians due to the excess of deaths over births, and (b) the small beginnings of a foreign population (largely American and British); (2) 1872 to 1930, a period of rapid increase in population due to the influx of non-Hawaiian peoples (particularly oriental), to gether with a gradually accelerating growth of mixed racial groups; (3) 1930 to date, marking the beginning of a tendency toward popula3 For a comprehensive treatment of the racial composition of the Territory, see Lind, Andrew W.: An Island Community, The University of Chicago Press, 1938. 241404— 40------ 2 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 4 19 3 9 tion stabilization, accompanied by an effort toward an economic stabilization based on competition and cooperation between the various racial elements now present in the islands. The migration to the islands was at first meager and consisted of transient traders, missionaries, and a few pioneer farmers. This was accompanied by a very sharp drop in the native population due in part to exploitation, and in part to the lack of immunity to foreign diseases. Between 1778, the time o f the discovery, and 1880, the Hawaiian population declined from an estimated 300,000 to less than 50,000. Since 1880 the decline in the pure Hawaiian stock has been more moderate. Today there are only 21,268 pure Hawaiians, con stituting about 5 percent of the present population. Hawaiians tend to intermarry freely, however. The number of part Hawaiians is on the increase. There are 40,867 of them, representing about 10 per cent of the population, half o f them being Caucasian-Hawaiian and half Asiatic-Hawaiian. The lowest point in the total population of the Islands during this period was reached in 1872 when it is estimated they contained only 56,897 persons (table 1). Up to that time the principal immigrants were American, British, and Chinese.4 T Year 1832... ___________ 1836_____ ___________ 1850 ........................... 1860________ _______ 1872........................ 1878............................ a b l e 1 . — Population Total popu lation Change from preceding census 124,449 107,954 84,165 69,800 56,897 57, 958 -16,495 -23,789 -14,365 -12,903 +1,088 of Hawaii 1 Year 1890........................ . 1900............................ 1910______________ 1920................... .......... 1930________________ 1939.......................... from Total popu Change preceding lation census 89,990 154,001 191,909 255, 912 368,336 414,988 +32,005 +64,011 +37,908 +64,003 +112,424 +46, 652 1 1832 to 1890, inclusive, are estimates of the Territorial Planning Board; 1900 to 1930, inclusive, Depart ment of Commerce, Bureau of the Census. The figure for 1939 is an estimate as of June 30, by the board of health, bureau of vital statistics, Territory of Hawaii. From then on the great volume of immigration was in direct response to the labor demands of a rapidly expanding plantation system. The plantation policy of those years was simple and consisted in obtaining young and vigorous unmarried males (largely low-wage oriental laborers) for the period of their most productive years, after which they were returned to their homelands. Thus the problems of the support of families and the care of the aged were avoided and a maximum of labor was obtained per unit of expenditure. The part played by the sugar plantations in stimulating and controlling immi gration is discussed in greater detail in the chapter on the sugar industry. The first wave o f imported immigrants of this period were the Chinese (now constituting 6.9 percent of the population), who have since achieved some o f the economic and social advantages which accrue to the early settler. Soon after there followed a fairly large < It should be noted that, strictly speaking, it is incorrect to use the terms “ Japanese,” “ Chinese,” “ Port uguese,” etc. The majority of the workers in the Territory are properly referred to only as “ American citizens of Japanese descent,” “ American citizens of Chinese descent,” etc., and rightly resent being called aliens. On the other hand, a part of them are aliens. To use the phrase, “ Japanese and American citizens of Japanese descent,” etc., each time it is necessary to refer to a racial group is impossibly clumsy. Therefore, it will be understood that wherever a racial group is mentioned the term includes both citizens and non citizens unless otherwise stated. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 5 importation of Portuguese, between 1878 and 1900, now constituting 7.4 percent of the population. Close on their heels came the Japanese,5 who, due to their industry (and consequent continued importation) as well as to the practice of bringing “ picture brides” to the islands, rapidly assumed a major position in the population. For the past 35 years their numerical superiority has never been seriously threatened, although the immigration of Japanese sharply declined with the “ gentlemen’s agreement” of 1908. There are now 153,539 Japanese, constituting 37.3 percent of the total population. Three-quarters of them (75.9 percent) are citizens. Due to the decline in this and other oriental sources of supply, the sugar planters of Hawaii entered into arrangements with steamship companies to bring Filipino laborers to the islands in slowly increasing numbers from 1908 to 1920. In 1920 the Japanese plantation workers in Oahu, with the support of the Japanese on the other islands, organized a strike which was very costly to the planters. In 1924 the Exclusion Act entirely prohibited the Japanese from entry to the United States, including the Territory. For these reasons Filipino immigration increased considerably after 1920. The average annual immigration from the Philippines to Hawaii during the first half of the decade from June 30, 1920, to June 30, 1930, was 5,300, and during the second half of this decade was 7,700. B y way of comparison, the average annual migration of Filipinos to the mainland during the first half of this same decade was 1,500, and during the second half, 6,400.6 It should also be noted that the aver age annual migration of Filipinos from Hawaii to the mainland during the first half of the decade was 700, and for the second half, 1,800. Following 1930 the immigration movement was greatly reduced while at the same time emigration of Filipinos developed considerable proportions. The estimates of the Board of Health of Hawaii show that the Filipino population declined from 63,052 in 1930, to 52,810 in 1938. The decline since 1930, due to the depression, is likely to remain permanent. In 1935, when the Philippines became a Common wealth, the immigration of Filipinos to Hawaii and to the mainland was limited to 50 a year. When the Commonwealth becomes a free Republic in 1946, the annual maximum will become 100.7 The causes of the Filipino immigration to Hawaii are obviously the desire for higher wages on the part of the Filipinos and the desire for lower labor costs on the part of the plantations. M ost of the laborers from the Philippines came with the intention of staying a few years to build up a fund for the purchase of a farm or small business upon their return. A partial check on the profitableness of such a sojourn in Hawaii is to be found in the transfers of savings of Filipinos returning to Manila. The Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, in order to safe guard such workers from losses due to theft and gambling, has devel oped a method whereby each returning worker is fingerprinted for 8 During the period of Japanese immigration Koreans were also recruited in small numbers. There are now about 7,000 in Hawaii constituting less than 2 percent of the total population. 8 Based on the Reports of the Commissioner General of Immigration of the United States. 7 It should be noted, however, that these quotas provide an arrangement whereby the Secretary of the Interior of the United States may admit Filipinos to work in Hawaii under contract conditions. No Filipinos have been admitted under this provision, however. 6 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 identification, and a draft for his total savings balance (without deduc tions for this service) is given him to be cashed after he has identified himself by being fingerprinted in Manila. This service is voluntary and not all repatriates use it (table 2). The sums vary greatly, from as little as $20 to as much as $5,000 or more. The 222 Filipinos who received such payments between January and June (inclusive) in 1939 averaged $534.95. Of these, 36 received between $20 and $100, 136 received $100 to $1,000, and 50 received $1,000 or more, the highest amount being $5,600. T 2 . — Filipino sugar-workers1 savings deposited for them by the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association by draft to M anila at the time of their return from Hawaii a b l e Year 1935____________________ 1936.____ ______________ 1937____________________ Number of depositors 1,006 580 548 Amount Year $329, 975. 66 252,079. 50 276, 524.00 1938____________________ 1939____________________ Number of depositors Amount 759 $428,845. 00 222 i 129, 760. 00 1Jan. 1 to July 1. Caucasians were the earliest migrants to Hawaii and throughout the whole of the modern period show a slow, continuous growth in numbers, but they constitute only 26 percent of the total population. If the 30,406 Portuguese, the 7,639 Puerto Ricans, and the 1,248 Spaniards (who are largely plantation and industrial workers) are subtracted, the remaining Caucasians represent only 16.5 percent of the total population. This latter group (largely from the American mainland) maintains financial control and management of the bulk of the Island industries. Because of the restriction on oriental immigration, the American mainland now constitutes the only significant source of migrants to the Territory, the excess of arrivals over departures being about 2,100 per year. Since practically all of these are already citizens, they constitute an accelerating influence on the rapidly mounting per centage of citizens who now represent over four-fifths of the total population. The labor supply of Hawaii today is thus a heterogeneous mixture, both racially and politically. The percentage of native-born citizens of oriental parentage is increasing rapidly, as indicated in table 3. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 7 19 3 9 T a b l e 3 . — Population of Hawaii by racial origins, 1938 Total Percent of Citizens Population whole Race Japanese________ _____ Hawaiianandpart Hawaiian2. Caucasian2__ _________ Filipino. _ ___________ Chinese_____ ________ Korean._______ _____ All others__ __________ Total............ ...... 153, 539 62,135 106, 999 52, 810 28, 380 6,707 915 411, 485 37.31 15.10 26. 00 12. 83 6. 90 1. 63 .22 99. 99 Percent citizens 116, 584 62,135 103, 988 16, 201 24, 097 4,355 825 328,185 75.93 100.00 97.17 30.68 84.91 64. 93 90.16 79. 76 Aliens 36,955 3, Oil 36, 609 4, 283 2, 352 90 83, 300 Percent aliens 24.07 2.83 69. 32 15. 09 35. 07 9.84 20.24 1Territorial Board of Health—Bureau of Vital Statistics. 2Seefollowing table: CAUCASIAN GROUP Total Percent of population whole Race Spanish.................. Portuguese ___ ___ Puerto Rican Other Caucasians a___ Total____ ___ 1, 248 30,406 7,639 67,706 106, 999 0.30 7.39 1.86 16. 45 26.00 Citizens 1,069 28, 898 7,639 66, 382 103,988 Percent citizens 85.67 95.04 100.00 98.03 97.17 Aliens 179 1,508 1, 324 3, Oil Percent aliens 14. 33 4.96 1.97 2.83 HAWAIIAN AND PART HAWAIIAN GROUP Hawaiian Caucasian-Hawaiian__ Asiatic-Hawaiian____ Total.. 21, 268 20, 507 20, 360 62,135 5.17 4.98 4.95 15.10 21, 268 20, 507 20, 360 62,135 100. 00 100.00 100. 00 100. 00 » Primarily Americansfromthe mainland. PRESENT POPULATION TRENDS Some racial groups, such as the Japanese, have tended to resist racial intermarriage, whereas others, such as the Hawaiians, have freely intermarried with other races. The fundamental tendency over time, however, has been toward a general break-down in inter racial barriers. Part Hawaiians are twice as numerous as Hawaiians, and even the Japanese now show an increasing number of outmar riages. An outstanding abnormality of the population of Hawaii is the predominance of males, particularly among the Filipinos. This is, of course, due to the plantation policy, in previous years, of importing single males. With the passage of time, however, the abnormality is gradually being eliminated, partly because of the return of unmarried Filipinos to their homes, but primarily because as unmarried males die (there being no further importations), their places are being taken by the children of those now living in the Territory. The second generation shows a normal sex distribution. However, the number of men of working age is expected to continue to increase during the next two decades, though at a lower rate than in the past. The increase will be partially offset by workers returning to the Orient.8 8Adams, Romanzo: Man power in Hawaii (anunpublished report). 8 LABOR m THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 Contrary to popular opinion, the prospective growth trends of the population of Hawaii are approaching a period of stability.9 There was a total population increase of 112,424 in the decade of 192030, whereas for the decade of 1930-40 it was considerably less than half that figure, and did not exceed 50,000.10 While this decrease in the rate of population expansion is due largely to the sharp restriction of immigration, to the decline in the average size of families, and to the emigration of Filipinos, it is also evident that the rising pressure of population against the subsistence resources of the Territory is playing a gradually increasing role. SUMMARY The outstanding features of the framework within which the modern Hawaiian economy has grown have determined the extent and character of its development. These features are: (1) Its central position in the Pacific, which provides constant contact with world commerce and gives a cosmopolitan character to its economic and social life. (2) Its natural limitations, which circumscribe the character of Hawaiian industry, the lack of minerals sharply restricting the de velopment of manufacture, and the marked variations in altitude, rainfall, and soil restricting the basic agricultural industries to onetenth of the total land area. (3) The combination of a large supply of ground water and a remarkably equable climate, which makes possible a continuous and extremely intensive cultivation of agricultural products in the areas that are arable. (4) Its complex population of widely variant races, which provides the manpower on which its fundamental industries must rely. 9Lind, AndrewW.: An Island Community, ch. VI, pp. 118-133, The University of Chicago Press, 1938. The increasefromJanuary 1, 1930, to July 1,1939, was 46,652. The increaseduringtheyearJuly1,1938, to July 1, 1939, wasreportedby the Territorial Board of Health asbeing 3,503. Part I T h e S u g a r In d u s tr y 9 CHAPTER 1. SUGAR PRODUCTION RELATIVE POSITION OF HAWAII The annual world production of sugar, which was less than 20 million short tons in 1920, ranged between 34 and 36 million tons yearly during the period 1936-39. Of this, roughly two-thirds was cane sugar and one-third beet sugar. Due to the International Sugar Agreement of M ay 7, 1937, only one-tenth of the world’s sugar is sold in an open or so-called world market. The remainder is sold in closed or partially closed markets under quota systems. The American market absorbs over 6,000,000 tons annually. Under the domestic quota system, Hawaiian producers, who are completely dependent on American consumers, were allotted 14.1 percent of the American market, or 918,038 short tons.1 In addition to this, about 30,000 tons are annually consumed in the Territory itself, about half of it as brown (unrefined) sugar. Three percent of total production, or 38,000 tons, is refined in Hawaii, but of this about 23,000 tons are marketed outside of the Islands. The remaining 97 percent is shipped as raw sugar to be refined and marketed on the mainland. Roughly, 60 percent of it is refined by the California and Hawaiian Sugar Refining Corporation, 10 percent by the Western Sugar Refinery, and 30 percent by the National Sugar Refining Co. in New York. Practically all of it is marketed coopera tively through a pooling agreement between the Hawaiian producers. The production of this sugar involves far more labor than does any other industry in Hawaii. The sugar plantations alone require 31.1 percent of the total number of gainfully employed and provide wage payments amounting to over 28 millions annually. In addition to this there are many workers outside of the plantations who are engaged in occupations directly and solely dependent on sugar production. Thus the industry represents well over one-third of the total employment in the Territory. Although sugar was indigenous to Hawaii at the time of its discovery, as late as 1837 only 2 tons of sugar were produced during the year (table 4). Thereafter the industry passed through three stages: (1) The years 1837 to 1876 represent a period of gradual increase in production largely under native labor. During this time the sugar industry expanded from a very minor place to a significant position in the economy of the islands; from an annual output of 2 tons to 13,036 tons. 1 This was revisedfromtime to time andstood at 948,218tons onSeptember 11, 1939, whenthe President suspendedtheentirequota systembecauseofthewar. It wasresumedinDecember, however. Thequotas announcedby the Secretary of Agriculture, December 29, 1939, allotted943,967tons to Hawaii, asthe Terri torial quota for 1940. 11 12 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 T a b l e 4. — Hawaiian sugar production (in tons of 2,000 pounds), 1837 to 1939 Year 1837_____ 1838_____ 1839.... ..... 1840_____ 1841..... . 1842-3....... 1844..... . 1845_____ 1846_____ 1847_____ 1848_____ 1849.......... 1850.......... 1851.......... 1852_____ 1853_____ 1854..... 1855......... 1856.......... 1857.......... 1858. ......... 1859..... 1860...... . 1861...... — 1862_____ 1863..... . Number of tons i2 44 50 180 30 572 257 151 150 297 250 327 375 11 350 321 288 145 277 350 602 913 572 1,281 1,503 2,646 Year 1864...... . 1865...... . 1866..... . 1867_____ 1868_____ 1869_____ 1870_____ 1871.......... 1872....... . 1873_____ 1874....... . 1875_____ 1876....... . 1877.... ..... 1878.......... 1879.......... 1880_____ 1881.......... 1882......... 1883......... 1884_____ 1885.......... 1886......... 1887_____ 1888.......... 1889.......... Number of tons 5,207 7,659 8,865 8, 564 9,106 9,151 9,392 10,880 8,498 11, 565 12, 283 12, 540 13,036 12,788 19,215 24, 510 31, 792 46,895 57,088 57,053 71,327 85, 695 108,112 106,362 117,944 121,083 Year Number of tons 129,899 1890_____ 1891.......... 137,492 1892_____ 131, 308 1893...... . 165,411 1894_____ 153, 342 1895..... . 147,627 1896..... . 221, 828 1897......... 251,126 1898..... . 229,414 1899.......... 282,807 1900_____ 289, 544 1901_____ 360,038 1902......... 355,611 1903_____ 457,991 1904..... . 367,475 1905_____ 426,428 1906...... . 429, 213 1907..... . 440,017 1908_____ 521,123 1909.......... 2535,156 1910_____ 3‘ 517,090 1911......... 566, 821 1912_____ 595,038 1913.......... 546, 524 612,000 1914...... . 1915.......... 646,000 Year 1916. 1917. 1918. 1919. 1920. 1921. 1922. 1923. 1924. 1925. 1926. 1927. 1928. 1929. 1930. 1931. 1932. 1933. 1934. 1935. 1936. 1937. 1938. 1939. Number of tons 592, 763 644, 663 576, 700 600,312 555,727 521, 579 609,077 545,606 701, 433 776,072 787, 246 811, 333 896,918 899,101 912, 357 988,612 1,025, 354 1,035, 548 36959,337 986,849 1,042,316 944,382 941, 293 n, 003,000 1First record of exportation. 2Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, 1837to 1909. 3United States Department of Agriculture, Agricultural Statistics, (a) 1910to 1933incropyears; (b) 1934 to 1939incalendar years converted to 96° rawbasis (1tonof 96° rawsugar is assumedto be the equivalent of 0.9346ton of refined). * 1939estimate. (2) The period from 1876 to 1933 witnessed a rapid expansion of output, largely produced by alien labor. In 1876 a reciprocal trade agreement with the United States was signed. In 1898 the Territory was annexed. Both events gave a sharp impetus to production. During this time successive waves of immigrants (primarily oriental) were induced by the plantations and the Government to come to Hawaii to meet the labor demands of the expanding industry. By 1933 the industry had reached a high of 1,035,548 short tons. (3) The recent years from 1933 to the present show evidence of the beginning of a period of stabilization in respect to both production and labor. The industry has occupied practically all of the land on which sugar could be raised. In 1934 the Jones-Costigan Act put the sugar industry under a quota system. The exclusion of the Chinese upon the annexation of Hawaii in 1898, and the “ gentlemen’s agreement” 2 with Japan a decade later, had long before prevented any significant importation of orientals other than Filipinos. Even this labor market, upon which the plantations drew so heavily after 1908, is now effec tively closed by the act of 1935, which provides for a quota of only 50 Filipinos per year.3 Thus Hawaii has completed the transition from an open world market for labor to one which is confined to the limits of the United States. The sugar industry is, therefore, approaching a period of complete dependence upon native-born citizen laborers who are rapidly taking the place of imported alien labor. 2Thelawof 1886prohibited theimmigrationof Chineseafter 1888, but exemptionspermittedtheimporta tion of over 15,000inthe nineties. Under the “gentlemen's agreement” the Japanese Government vol untarily agreed to restrict the number of Japanese emigrating to the United States. 3The number may be increased at the discretion of the Director of Insular Affairs should conditions appear tojustify it, but this power hasnever beenused. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 13 PLANTATION ORGANIZATION Sugar is now produced on 38 plantations in Hawaii. In 1938 there were 238,302 acres under cane cultivation on four large islands (table 5). In addition they held 510,097 acres not under cultivation, consisting largely of timberland and uplands, in many cases consti tuting sources of water supply for irrigation purposes. T a b l e 5. — Hawaiian sugar plantations, by islands, with acreage and production for 1938 Island Hawaii___ _________________ . _ ______ ____ Maui____________ _______ ____ __________ Oahu___________________________ ________ Kauai_ ______________ ____________ _______ Grand total___ _______ ________ _________ Number of plantations 16 5 7 10 38 Acreage Production (short tons) 107,509 40, 926 42, 849 47,018 238, 302 318,163 187,991 228, 326 183, 503 917, 983 Source: Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, Sugar Manual, Honolulu, T. H., 1940, p. 12. Plantations vary widely in their outward appearance. On some of them much of the housing is new, and the plantation community, in respect to its general plan as well as such details as sanitation, fire protection, hospitalization, recreation, and electric lighting, is quite modern. Others, particularly on those plantations in which the working community is broken up into small separate “ camps,” have some housing that is comparable to that in the worst slum districts and that lacks proper sanitation and other conveniences. There are wide differences in the technical problems faced by planta tions, due to extreme variations in both topography and rainfall. Variations in rainfall result in fundamental differences in technique as between those plantations which are irrigated (representing twothirds of all cane production) and those that are unirrigated. In spite of all these differences, however, life on all of the planta tions follows a substantially similar pattern. This is the result of several generations of experimentation. Due to the coordinating influence of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, whenever a good workable method was found by one plantation, it was quickly adopted by all the others, thus gradually developing a common pattern for plantation organization. The head of the plantation is the manager, who is generally ap pointed by the controlling “ factor” or agency. He has wide authority, not only over the agricultural and industrial production, but also over the general recreational program and other activities of the community. The plantations range in value from about 4 to 10 mil lion dollars each, and the managers must be men of training and ability. # There is no “ typical plantation manager.” Some of them, par ticularly on the Hamakua coast, are of Scotch descent, others are New Englanders, still others come from the Louisiana cane area. The majority of them, whether Island born or not, have been trained on the American mainland. In most cases they occupy large and comfortable homes, surrounded by beautiful lawns and gardens. 14 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 They are clearly recognized as the final source of authority in all aspects of plantation life. The structural organization of the plantation under such a manager generally falls into four main divisions: (1) the field operations of cultivation, harvesting, irrigation, etc., (2) the sugar mill and the maintenance divisions of the plantation, (3) the central office in which detailed records of every phase of plantation operations are maintained, (4) the division of industrial relations. In addition to these there are a number of smaller departments having to do with medical care, truck transport, railroad transport, and the various divisions which service the plantation community itself. The timing of each step in the process of sugar production is extremely important. There is a definite optimum time for each operation, when the expenditure of man-days of labor, the use of machines, or of materials such as fertilizer or irrigation water, will be more productive in terms of yields and cost than if the work is done at any other time. It must also be remembered that, since cane cannot be stored for more than 2 or 3 days without spoiling, the planting and production schedule must be such that enough cane will continue to appear at the mill, day after day, to keep it operating on a full schedule. In addition to this, the problems of topography are such that the plantation must be separated into fields of widely different sizes, alti tudes, and conditions. Moreover, since cane requires from 14 to 22 months to reach maturity, plans must be projected a year and a half or more in advance. Thus the organization and planning of plantation operations is an exceedingly detailed and complicated problem. Partly because of this, and partly due to the fact that in the earlier days plantations were dependent upon uneducated and untrained groups of imported oriental workers, the lines of authority stemming from the plantation manager downward are clearly and rigidly defined. The central business offices, usually located in the heart of the plan tation community, maintain detailed records not only of the costs of production by fields, but also of the operations that have already been applied to each field, as wrell as a projected plan for future operations, with indications of the exact time when they must be undertaken. Taking into account the many details of information which are con stantly flowing into this central office, the manager formulates his plans. Such plans must include not only decisions regarding opera tions, but also regarding piece rates for various types of plantation operations. Such rates vary with weather conditions, density of the cane, difficulties due to topography, etc. The decisions of the mana ger are given to the heads of the various departments and are trans lated into action by gang foremen, called “ lunas,” who supervise the workers in the field. Thus the structural organization and functioning of a plantation is not unlike that of an army, with its clear-cut lines of authority and its careful program for attaining given objectives. The accompanying chart indicates the way in which a typical plantation is organized. CHART I. ORGANIZATION CHART OF A TYPICAL HAWAIIAN SUGAR PLANTATION LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 U. S. BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS Oi 16 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 1939 METHODS OF PRODUCTION The operations on a typical plantation include: (1) Preparation for planting; (2) planting; (3) weeding and cultivating; (4) fertilizing; (5) irrigating; (6) harvesting; (7) transporting (field to mill); (8) manu facturing raw sugar; (9) shipping; and (10) general maintenance. P rep a ra tio n o f la n d . — Diesel-powered crawler tractors of 70 to 90 horsepower are used for this purpose. Both disk and moleboard plows are used. Moleboard plows are fitted with 24-inch bottoms and hydraulic lifts. They are used for the primary plowing which usually extends to a depth of 20 to 24 inches. The disk plows are fitted with 32-inch disks and are used for sec ondary plowing. Large 28-inch cutaway disk harrowrs are used for final preparation of field before planting. These harrows are often also used just before the moleboard plows to level off furrows and chop up debris or cane “ trash” left on the field at the time of the last harvest. Since the land is plowed and replanted only once in 10 or more years, plowing is done more carefully and over a longer period than in ordinary farming operations. Due to lack of silica in the soil, Hawaiian tillage implements do not “ scour,” that is, the soil does not slip smoothly over the surface of the plow, but sticks to it. Twice as much power is therefore required for tillage operations as is needed for tilling mainland soils. The heavy-tillage plowTs of today were first effectively developed in 1929, high-powered Diesel crawler tractors following soon after, about 1931. “ Stone boats” (flat steel plates for pulling large rocks to the edge of the field) have long been used but the advent of the Diesel tractor has made them far more efficient. Obviously the primary labor require ment is for tractor operators and their helpers in this work. P la n tin g . — “ Seed,” in the language of the Hawaiian planter, refers to cuttings from the cane stalk. These cuttings are about a foot long and contain three “ eyes,” located at the joints in the cane, which sprout when planted. This method of planting insures that any given variety will remain true to type and is used in all cases with the exception of experimental work in cross breeding. Cuttings are made near the top of the stalk because the sugar content is low there and because the top joints, being fresher and less dried out than the lower joints, will germinate better. Planting machines have long been used, although planting by hand was not uncommon even in the early post-war period. The “ direct-connected planter,” now generally used, first appeared in 1931. This planting machine is directly mounted upon a large Diesel-powered crawler tractor. It will make the furrow, drop the seed, apply fertilizer, and cover the seed in one operation. Five men are required to operate it. Such a crew can plant 12 acres in an 8-hour working day. Most of the planting is done between February and August. As previously indicated, cane is replanted only once in 10 or 12 years. During this period the fields are har vested at from 15- to 23-month intervals, depending on the decision of the management. By controlling irrigation and fertilization, cane may be brought to harvest in 15 months, though the long plant will produce more and better cane syrup. The new growth starts immed iately from the roots of the old so that, for a decade at a time, cane is continuously in some stage of growth. LABOR 11ST THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 17 C u ltiv a tion .— Cultivation on the sugar plantations is primarily a matter of weed control. On irrigated plantations the cultivation equipment is also used to keep irrigation furrows in the right con dition for irrigation. Crawler tractors are used for these purposes. They have a high clearance and the cultivation equipment is directly attached. In a few instances where steep rocky hillsides make the use of trac tors difficult or dangerous, mules and horses are used with lighter equipment. F e r tiliz in g .— The plant food requirements of Hawaiian cane are enormous and consist primarily of nitrogen, phosphoric acid, and potash. The Hawaiian sugar industry has been a pioneer in the use of chemical fertilizers. The heavy yields of sugar that have been obtained are in no small measure due to the careful scientific testing of soil to determine what plant foods are lacking and the generous use of fertilizers. This costs the plantations on the average three and a quarter million dollars annually. During one period, 1924-28, 22 plantations spent an average of $8.48 per ton of sugar produced, or $5,018,508, annually. The range in cost was from $4.57 to $13.91 per ton of sugar. This averaged 13 percent of the total cost of producing the raw sugar.4 These demands upon soil fertility are explained by the fact that as much as 90 tons of cane, not counting the weight of seed and blade, may be taken from an acre in a single harvest, which is over 30 times the average weight of corn taken from an acre of Iowa farm land. In spite of the very heavy demands of sugarcane upon the soil, fertility has increased rather than diminished. One field on which cane has been continuously grown since 1835 produced a larger yield of cane in 1936 than at any time in its history. Fertilizing materials are applied in three ways, by mechanical dis tributors, by hand with the use of applicators, and by dissolving the plant food in the irrigation water. A large quantity of fertilizer is applied by mechanical distributors at the time the field is prepared for a first planting and in the cultivation period following each har vesting. The hand applicators are used after the cane has been grow ing for 5 or more months. This work is sometimes performed by women. The bulk of the fertilizer, however, reaches the soil by way of the irrigation water which is usually handled by the long-term cultivators. Ir r ig a tio n .— Sugarcane demands great quantities of water. In Hawaii one frequently hears the statement that “ it takes a ton of water to produce a pound of sugar.” Strictly speaking, the amount of water required varies considerably and may greatly exceed a ton per pound of sugar where the cane is exposed to continuous winds, as in Maui. In some sections, on the Hamakua coast of the island of Hawaii in particular, the water problem is one of drainage rather than irrigation. On February 20, 1918, a rainfall of 31.95 inches in 24 hours was recorded there. Because of the marked variation in rainfall in various island areas, however, many plantations find water to be a valuable and costly commodity. Two-thirds of the total cane tonnage must be produced under irrigation. 4 J. B. Pratt inReports of HawaiianSugarTechnologists, vol. 8, p. 176. 18 LABOR m TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 Over 10 percent of the total capital invested in the Hawaiian sugar industry, or $39,700,000, is in irrigation alone. Irrigation water is generally provided by the plantations themselves, though in a few cases independent corporate units have been organized to take over water development and distribution. The water is obtained from two sources— deep wells and gravity systems. As a rule, an irrigated plantation obtains water from both sources. Interesting engineering feats including dams, tunneling of mountains, inverted siphons, and artesian wells have been employed in these projects. The Olokele Ditch in Kauai, for instance, furnishes 60,000,000 gallons of water daily and includes a continuous 6-mile tunnel through a cliff. One plantation on the island of Oahu has a system of 61 artesian wells with a pumping capacity of over 100,000,000 gallons daily. On the island of Maui there is available from the wells and gravity systems of a single plantation 300,000,000 gallons every 24 hours. By way of comparison, it may be stated that the city of San Francisco uses only 65,000,000 gallons daily. The job of achieving the most effective distribution of this water is one which requires experience and judgment regarding weather, soil needs, and condition of the cane. The amount of water represented by 1 man-day varies greatly with topography, soil conditions, and with the types of irrigation equip ment. Where there is a steady breeze, an acre will require 350,000 gallons in a single irrigation. Under these conditions, one man can irrigate over 3 acres a day, involving over 1,000,000 gallons of water. The plantations are carrying on constant experimentation with siphons, gates, and ditches to reduce labor requirements and conserve water. The orchard or long-line system of irrigation, which was developed in 1921, considerably reduced the man-days required. The principal recent development is the “ slip-joint pipe” made of galvanized iron with slide openings every 4 }{ feet into the shallow depressions between the lines of cane. Hawaiian soil is very porous and ditch linings, often of concrete, are increasingly used to conserve water. The labor for irrigation work must be dependable, watchful, and experienced. For this reason the older and more reliable of the plan tation laborers are given long-term cultivation contracts for this work. H a r v e stin g .— Harvesting operations include (1) burning, (2) cutting (or in some instances mechanical harvesting), and (3) loading. These operations are the most important in terms of occupational oppor tunity, representing over 40 percent of the total number of man-days devoted to plantation (as distinguished from mill) work. They are also among the most demanding upon the energy and skill of the ordinary field laborer. (1) B u r n in g is the Hawaiian method of ridding the fields of “ trash” (that is, leaves and undergrowth). This is a source of surprise to agriculturalists *from other parts of the world and is sometimes condemned on the assumption that this material should be plowed under for humus. The planters’ answer to this criticism is that after each harvest new roots grow and the old roots die, thus furnishing all of the humus needed. In any case, the very considerable saving in labor which would otherwise have to be devoted to stripping the leaves from the stalks more than offsets any loss. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 19 (2) C u ttin g is hand work. For this, a very broad, thin-bladed machete with a hook at the end of the blade is used. It weighs 2 or 3 pounds and is very sharp. Each cutter has his own “ cane knife” and his own ideas as to weight, balance, and shape. A glance at the picture of mature cane will indicate the difficulties involved in handling it. The lower part of the stalk frequently lies along the ground twisting upward in snakelike fashion. It is heavy with a very hard rind and is not easily bent. It grows 18 or more feet long in good soil. The stalk must not only be cut at the ground, but also cut into two 9-foot lengths. Cane cutting is a laborious and costly process, requiring more man-days than any other process in sugar production. There are also more accidents in this work than in any other on the planta tion. Consequently frequent efforts have been made to devise a cane harvester. In 1939, a highly powered harvester costing over $50,000 with huge wheels encased with the largest pneumatic tires ever made was tried out on the Island of Oahu, but did not prove successful. From the earliest days of the industry until 1937, hand labor with the cane knife was standard practice for harvesting. Early in that year, however, the “ grab harvesting” method was developed and has since been adopted by a number of plantations, though it is still in an experimental stage. The method is simple. A large crawler crane is fitted with a wide cane grab. The “ grab” when suspended over the cane looks like an open hand ready to be closed, and is dropped over the standing cane and closed up. As the weakest spot in the stalk is that section which joins the roots, a grabful of cane can be broken off and loaded on the waiting truck or rail car with little difficulty. The soil must be dry and firm for this method to be successful. It is there fore not feasible on many of the plantations—particularly the unirri gated ones. But it has already greatly reduced labor requirements on those plantations on which it is used. The cutting, piling, and loading operations formerly done by hand, can now be handled by a single machine. Still more recently, beginning in 1938, the rake harvester appeared. This is a machine mounted on wheels drawn back and forth across the field to break off the cane. It has not had as wide an acceptance as the grab harvester— but is still in process of development. In 1939, about 2,000,000 tons of cane, or 20 percent of the Hawaiian crop, was mechanically harvested by the grab or rake method. (3) P ilin g a n d lo a d in g .— This used to be done by hand. Grabs as loaders appeared in Hawaii in July 1934, from Louisiana, where they had been used for some time. Small ones were imported at first, but within a year much larger grabs attached to crawler cranes were developed. These, together with the piling rake, have largely elimi nated the hand labor in piling and loading operations. T ra n sp o rta tio n .—About 9,000,000 tons of cane must be transported from the fields to the plantation mills each year. Because of the varying conditions there is no universal type of transport. Each plantation has adopted that method or combination of methods best suited to its conditions. These methods may be classified as (1) railroads with both perma nent and portable track; (2) flumes; (3) tractors pulling wagon trains; (4) cableways; and (5) motortrucks. 241404—40 20 LABOR 1ST TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 (1) R a ilroa d s transport 65 percent of the cane. Permanent narrow gage railroads run to the field edges. At the time of the harvest these are augmented with portable track laid into the fields. Because of sharp curves, cane cars are short, never over 14 feet in length. On the portable track in the fields, cars are hauled by tractors, as locomotives cannot negotiate the steep curves and grades. Locomotives up to 30 tons in weight are used for hauling between the field and the mill. Diesel locomotives appeared in 1926 and electric locomotives in October 1936. Hydraulic-drive Diesels were under consideration in 1939, as a future possibility. There are 39 separate railway systems in Hawaii. Seven are independently owned railroads with 64 locomotives, 1,400 freight cars, and over 100 passenger cars, but over 90 percent of their business is in direct services to sugar plantations. The 32 plantation systems maintain an average of 30 miles of permanent track each. Altogether, they own 142 locomotives and 300 miles of portable track. Investment in plantation railroads exceeds $5,000,000. The same technical ability needed for the operation of any small railroad is required here. Many of the salaried workers of the plantations are to be found in the operation and maintenance of rail roads, trucks, and tractors. (2) F lu m in g as a method of transporting cane can be used only where there is a large supply of water on the upper levels of the plantation and a steep gradient between the fields and" the mill. These conditions obtain on the Hamakua coast of Hawaii where Huming is extensively used. Flumes are made of wood in a V-shaped trough through which swiftly flowing water floats the cane. Portable flumes are laid through the fields at harvest time. Permanent flumes carry the cane from the field edge to the mill. (3) Tractor tr a in s .— The Athey crawler wagons appeared in 1925. They consist of 6 to 10 wagons in a train with 4 tons of cane per wagon, pulled by a 60 horsepower crawler tractor. Since they are expensive and slow, attaining a maximum speed of only 2 }{ miles per hour, these trains are gradually being abandoned. (4) C a b le w a y s .— Deep ravines and sharp rocky formations are common in Hawaii. When no other form of transportation is feasible, cableways are constructed. Cable is stretched on supporting towers, through the fields. A hook hanging from a trolley wheel running on the cable is the cariying unit. Cane is made up into 200-pound bundles, attached to the hooks, and allowed to travel down the cable by gravity. There is usually a steep slope from fields to mill on those plantations on which this system is used and cane bundles attain a very high speed. The system is costly, however, because of the small units and the additional labor of bundling. (5) M o t o r tru ck s .— Until 1936, trucks were considered to be im practical for the haulage of cane because of insufficient traction in the field where they were frequently mired. But with the multiple axle drive powering four rear wheels (each with double tires) in addition to the front wheels, this difficulty was overcome. Such trucks are custom built with large tires and big Diesel engines. The bodies, are 24 feet long and will carry 8 tons of cane. They provide rapid haulage directly from the field to the mill at reasonable cost. An LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 21 expansion in their use involving a reduction in the amount of labor required for transporting cane seems probable. All field operations described above (including railway and truck crews as well as field laborers) represent three-fourths (74.8 percent) of all plantation labor. M i l l op era tio n s .— The plantation mill, with few exceptions, operates on a 24-hour schedule of three 8-hour shifts. There must therefore be a constant flow of cane into the mill. The careful planning of the planting and harvesting schedules involving the many operations described above is all designed to that end. The milling of cane and the manufacture of raw sugar may be divided into eight operations: (1) Unloading; (2) grinding and press ing; (3) clarification; (4) evaporation; (5) crystallization; (6) drying; (7) bagging; and (8) shipping. (1) U n lo a d in g .— On the typical plantation, long lines of small cars loaded with cane stand outside the mill. These move slowly into the factory where the cane is pushed onto the mill conveyor by mechanical rakes. (2) G rin d in g a n d p r e s s in g .— The milling plant is composed of a crusher, and four three-roller presses in tandem, through which the crushed cane is passed for further juice extraction. The top roller of these presses is under hydraulic pressure of 75 to 100 tons per foot of length. The grinding rate varies from 25 to 100 tons of cane per hour at a single tandem mill. A double tandem mill will grind up to 150 tons per hour. One plantation mill has a capacity of 150 tons per hour. The average for all mills, however, is 55 tons per hour. (3) C la rifica tion .— The pressed juice must be heated and limed. It then goes to a settling tank or tray-type clarifier. The clear juice is drawn off and goes to evaporators. The muddy settlings are then piped to filters. The Oliver Campbell Filter, now generally used, appeared in 1927. It consists of a drum covered with extremely fine holes constantly revolving in the settlings. A vacuum inside the drum draws juice through the holes but leaves mud and extraneous material deposited outside where it is scraped off the revolving drum and is then used as fertilizer. (4) E v a p o r a tio n .— Excess liquid is removed from the juice by simply boiling it in quadruple evaporators. Exhaust steam from the main mill engines provides the heat, and all boiling is under vacuum to increase the drying efficiency. (5) C rysta lliza tio n .— After boiling, the thick sirup flows into tanks where it is kept slowly moving by mechanical paddles until it crystal lizes. Since all operations in the milling process are mechanical up to this point, relatively little labor is required beyond that necessary to check on the progress of the cane sirup through the various processes. Such laborers as are needed, however, must be highly trained tech nicians. (6) D r y i n g .— As soon as the proper degree of crystallization has developed, drying (or “ purging” ) is accomplished by the use of rapidly revolving metal cylinders (or “ centrifugals” ). They are 30 to 40 inches in diameter and revolve at the rate of 900 to 1,400 revolutions per minute. (7) B a g g in g .—Automatic machinery drops the raw sugar into jute bags, weighs it, sews the bag, and delivers it to the conveyor. 22 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 The time required to make cane into raw sugar is not great. The operations are checked at every step by continuous chemical analysis of juices, syrups, and sugars. Much of the machinery, for example, steam pressure regulators, liming regulators, temperature regulators, juice level regulators, den sity indicators, and the like, is automatic, requiring only occasional inspection and control. Electrification of the mills has proceeded rapidly. The use of new materials, such as stainless steel, has also aided efficiency. For these reasons the cost of manufacturing raw sugar from cane is less than one-fifth of the total cost, the remaining four-fifths being expended on field operations. In respect to both cane tonnage per acre and juice extraction per ton, Hawaii shows a high degree of efficiency and compares favorably with any other sugar-producing area. (8) S h ip p in g .— Transportation to port is by rail or truck. All sugar shipping ports are equipped with warehouse sugar conveyors for loading ships. Two plantations in Hawaii are so located that their raw sugar is loaded directly into steamers from shore by cableways. Only 7.4 percent of the total labor force on the plantations is in the mill. Much of this is used in the last three operations; that is, drying, bagging, and shipping. M a in te n a n c e a n d other services .— In addition to field and mill labor ers, a large number are engaged in foundry and repair work, carpen try, painting, servicing of pumps, repairing roads and irrigation ditches, and the like. There are additional special services represented by hospitalization, sanitation, and various types of experimentation. Hawaiian plantations also maintain a continuous system of detailed information on all aspects of their operations, involving a large cleri cal force in their central offices. These various services constitute a significant part of the total occupational opportunity on the planta tions, representing on the average about 17.8 percent of the total labor force. P e r io d f o r gen eral r e p a ir s .— Since the mills operate 24 hours a day in three 8-hour shifts, it becomes necessary once a year to close the mill for a thorough overhauling. This generally occurs in October, No vember, and December, requiring a month and a half to two and a half months depending on the plantation. During this off season the entire character of the work changes. Harvesting ceases. The bulk of the labor is then paid a per diem rate, and is assigned to general clean-up and repair jobs, including road, track, and irrigation ditch construction and repairs, painting, carpentering, and odd jobs. At this time the maintenance division works intensively on mill machin ery, tractors, trucks, and railway engines. Its numbers are consider ably increased by helpers from the field labor force. CH APTER 2. O R G A N IZ A T IO N OF TH E IN D U S T R Y DEVELOPMENT OF THE LARGE SCALE PLANTATION The Hawaiian sugar industry is more completely integrated than that of other sugar-producing areas. There are a number of reasons for this. In Louisiana, Puerto Rico, the Philippines, and even in the sugar-beet areas, a farming system existed prior to the growth of the sugar industry. Farmers already controlled the land and turned to cane or beets because they became profitable crops. Sugar production in those areas thus grew along the lines of the established small farming system. The Hawaiian sugar industry, however, began on land which was relatively undeveloped. The taro patches cultivated by the native Hawaiians were on lands unsuitable for sugar. The areas now occupied by the 38 sugar plantations were, for the most part, (1) forest land, (2) useless arid land, or (3) semiarid pasture land. The land tenure system is quite different from that in any other part of the United States and is a legacy of the feudal system under native royalty which preceded annexation. At that time such lands as were suitable for sugar cultivation were owned in large tracts and were, therefore, leased or purchased in large tracts for plantation purposes. Nearly half of the land is still leased (table 6). Hawaiian sugar production from its very inception was on a larger scale than is typical of mainland farming. As the plantations have decreased in number, the output of the industry as a whole has increased in value. T able 6.— S u g a r p la n t a ti o n la n d , 1 9 3 8 Plantation land in cane Acres Fee simple _ - _ Leased land 2____ __ __ ___ ____ _______________ T ota l... ________ Percent of total Plantation land not in cane 1 Acres Percent of total Total Percent of total Acres 120,265 112,037 16.9 14.9 279,939 230,158 37.4 30.8 406,204 342,195 54.3 45.7 238,302 31.8 510,097 68.2 748,399 100.0 1 Consists of area in which plantation town is located, forest lands which protect water supply, grazing land often used for raising cattle to supply the plantation, or land unsuitable for cultivation because of topography. 2 Of the leased land, nearly H (29 percent) is leased from the government of the Territory, and over % (71 percent) is leased from 061 private lessors (much of this from a few large holdings, however, since 10 owners own half of all privately owned land in Hawaii). Source: Territorial Planning Board, First Progress Report, February 1939, p. 89. The value of Hawaiian sugar plantations, estimated at only 2 millions of dollars in 1867, increased to 9 millions in 1880. About the time of the revolution in 1892, 33 millions of dollars of additional capital were invested. Of this, 25 millions (nearly three-quarters) were American, 6 millions were British, and the remaining 2 millions 23 24 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 were German* investments. A total of 85 millions of dollars had been invested in the industry by 1901, though the market value was then considered to be only 76 millions. Most of the increase in the value of the plantations since that time has come from reinvested surpluses built up within the industry. Because of the sharp variations in sugar prices in recent years, the estimated value of the plantations is subject to constant revision. In 1929 the planters estimated it to be between 150 and 175 millions of dollars. It has increased very little since that time, due to the relatively lower price of sugar in the thirties. The present estimated value ranges from 155 to 180 millions. For the following reasons the trend is toward even larger plantation units: (1) In Hawaii the growing of cane and manufacturing of raw sugar are combined in a single plantation, based on a carefully planned planting and harvesting program to provide a continuous flow of cane into the mill. Under these conditions small scale operations are inefficient. In other sugar-producing areas, where small scale farming persists, there is naturally a sharp line of demarcation between the growing of sugarcane and its processing, the farmers selling to the processors. ^ (2) The arid and semiarid lands, which constitute over half of the area now under cane cultivation, required the construction of large irrigation systems too costly to be undertaken except by largescale enterprises, or by governmental or collective action. (3) Unlike other areas, the cane crop of Hawaii takes 14 to 22 months to mature. It needs a much greater quantity of fertilizer per acre. Because of the topography, it requires expensive systems of transportation between field and mill. To accomplish these ends requires a large capital outlay and involves risks more readily carried by large-scale corporate units. (4) The lack of a sufficient labor supply during the period of expansion of the industry led to joint action to induce immigration as well as to meet other labor problems, which has been an added factor tending toward integration. THE ADHERENT-PLANTER SYSTEM Because of the topography of Hawaii, it often happens that small areas of land suitable for growing sugarcane are isolated by deep ravines or small rivers from the main body of the plantation land. When, for these or other reasons, it is not practicable to put a piece of land under the direct management of the plantation, it is the usual practice to provide for the cultivation of such land under what is known as “ the adherent-planter system.” This system covers a great diversity of contractual relations which vary in accordance with local conditions and which have developed with experience over time as an accepted framework of agreement for regulating the relations between the adherent planter and the plantation. Some of these agreements make the adherent planter little more than a long-term cultivator with his compensation dependent upon the price of sugar 25 LABOR IX THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 Instead of the volume of cane. Other contracts provide a somewhat greater measure of freedom of action.1 But in all of them, the plantation management rather than the adherent planter determines the time of planting, the irrigating, the extent to which fertilizer will be used, and the precautions that are to be taken against insects and plant diseases. There are approximately 3,500 such adherent planters in the Territory, cultivating about 13 percent of the total cane area on more than 5,000 separate parcels of land, and producing about 10 percent of the total sugar cane grown in Hawaii (table 7). T a b l e 7.-— N u m b er o f adherent 'planters 1 Hawaii: Hakalau____________________ Hamakua__________________ Hawaiian Agricultural_____ Hilo________________________ Honokaa___________________ Honomu___________________ Hutchinson_________________ Kaiwiki____________________ Kohala_____________________ I ^aupahoehoe_______________ Olaa________________________ Onomea____________________ Paauhau___________________ Pepeekeo___________________ Hawaii— Continued. 263 Waiakea____________________ 503 Wailea______________________ 49 15 26 Kauai: Lihue_______________________ 13 476 15 Waimea____________________ 8 115 Oahu: 5 Ewa________________________ 11 7 Honolulu___________________ 1 102 Kahuku____________________ 32 307 Oahu_______________________ 1 Waialua____________________ 6 633 1 Waimanalo_________________ 340 55 555 Grand total______________ 3, 539 1 As of January 1939. Because of the nature of tt e adherent-planter system these figures vary rapidly ■over time. Source: Agricultural Adjustment Administration, Honolulu office. Fifty-nine percent of the area under such agreements is operated by what are known as “ plantation planters/7 who have various forms of leases or subleases and cane-purchase agreements. Under these they grow cane on lands owned or controlled by the plantation. 1 “ Adherent planters” and the laborers employed by them work under such a wide range of conditions and such a great variety of contracts that it seemed impracticable to attempt a detailed analysis cf wages, hours, and working conditions in this field. Conferences with “ adherent planters” and visits to various “ adherent-planter areas” indicate that, broadly speaking (with many exceptions), “ adherent planters” are in a better position than is the average worker on the plantation. Laborers employed by “ adherent planters” also work under widely varying conditions, but, broadly speaking, they appear to work longer hours at somewhat lower rates than the workers on the plantations. These statements reflect only the conditions in those areas visited, and are not based upon scientific sampling or detailed statistical data. Because of the complicated character of the problem, the time and funds necessary to make a detailed study were more than could be justifiably allotted to this segment of the Hawaiian industry. N u m b e r o f laborers e m p lo y e d by adherent p la n te r s , p e r io d fr o m S ep t. 1 - D e c . 8 1 ,1 9 3 7 Hawaii: Hakalau_________________ 296 Hawaiian Agricultural________ 820 Hilo_________________________ 2, 736 Honokaa_____ ____ 4 Honomu_____________________ 84 Hutchinson__________________ 2 Kohala___________ 57 Laupahoehoe_________________ 162 Olaa__________________________1,371 Onomea_________ 1,479 Paauhau___ ____ 331 Pepeekeo________ ______ _____ 78 * Most of these laborers are part-time workers. Source: Adherent Planters' Association. a Hawaii—Continued. Waiakea_______ 1,817 W ailea................. 50 Kauai: Lihue........... ......................... 49 Waimea......................... 15 Oahu: Ewa______ _____ 1 Honolulu____ _______________ 2 Kahuku__________ 25 Waialua.____ „ _____ _________ 13 Grand total........................... 9,392 26 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 Forty-one percent of the area is operated by “ outside planters.** A few of these own their own lands, the remainder lease lands not owned by the plantations. “ Plantation planters” live in plantation houses and may be em ployed by the plantations when not working on their own small fields. Many “ outside planters” have homes on their own land, but some of them live in plantation houses. Very few of them are able to finance themselves, and most of them are in debt to the plantation to which they have contracted to deliver their cane. The average area of land cultivated by all adherent planters is 7.6 acres. The adherent-planter system is not feasible on irrigated planta tions. Hence very few of such planters are to be found in Oahu or Kauai, and none in Maui. On the unirrigated plantations of the Hamakua coast, however, where the land stands well above sea level and is broken by deep ravines cut by the many small rivers flowing to the sea, this system is widely used. As the accompanying table indicates, 98 percent of all “ adherent planters” are on the island of Hawaii. A number of the plantations there are dependent upon such planters for a large proportion of the cane which feeds their mills. THE AGENCY S Y ST E M An understanding of the structural organization of the Hawaiian sugar industry begins with the agency system and the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. The present agency system grew out of the trading concerns of the nineteenth century. These “ factors,” as they are still called in Hawaii, dealt with whalers and trading ships, providing them with supplies and often acting as middlemen in the sale of such commodities as were then brought to Hawaii. During the latter half of the nine teenth century, the collapse of the whaling industry, combined with a sharp decline in Hawaiian exports to California, diverted the capital of the factors to the plantations. As late as 1860 Hawaiian planters generally arranged for transporting and selling their sugar through captains of trading ships. But the rapid expansion of the sugar in dustry after the adoption of the reciprocal trade agreement with the United States in 1876 made the commercial functions of the plantations so important and pressing that the factors were encouraged to concen trate upon them. The extreme isolation of Hawaii and the difficulties of maintaining contacts between the plantation management and the distant markets of the American mainland also tended in this direction. In time, five factors came to handle practically everything the plan tations bought or sold. Gradually the}r also took over the financing of the industry. In fact, the mobilization and control of capital for the sugar industry has become their major function. Under the existing conditions, this appeared to be a normal develop ment. Plantation agriculture is designed for the most effective production of sugar within the limitations which the land, labor, and capital of Hawaii impose, but it is not organized to meet the problem of merchandising with the wide orientation relative to world markets which that implies. A plantation involves a large outlay of capital, including long term investment in buildings, equipment, and labor, as well as a 27 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 considerable risk of crop and market fluctuations. Yet the individual planter seldom possessed either the business acumen to handle these matters or the capital to carry him through difficult times. By putting his purchasing, marketing, and financing problems into the hands of a concern specializing in these fields, the planter could focus upon his primary problem, that of maximizing production. The long-run result of this policy, however, was to deprive the plantation of its independence and to develop a highly integrated system which centered authority in the factors. The simple, inde pendent plantation under an owner-manager persisted until 1880. About this time, under the guidance of the factors, there was a marked movement toward incorporation in order to provide a better mobili zation of capital and a larger scale of production. By 1900, virtually all of the capital in the Hawaiian sugar industry was in corporate plantations. This period also witnessed a sharp rise in the authority of the factors, together with a trend toward consolidation on the part of both factors and plantations. In the period of financial stringency of the early nineties, the weaker plantations were faced with a choice of going into bank ruptcy or yielding control to the factor to which they were indebted.2 Subsequent depressions accelerated this process. The factors were quick to take advantage of the reduction in costs which could be obtained by combining adjacent plantations into larger units. In 1883 there were 90 plantations which produced 57,053 tons of sugar. In 1938 there were only 38 plantations but they produced 941,293 tons of sugar. Meanwhile, the number of factors diminished to 5. Today, 35 of the 38 plantations are managed by these 5 factors. These agencies, together with the plantations they control, are listed in table 8. 'T a b l e 8. — T h e a g e n c ie s i n H a w a i i , w ith the p la n t a ti o n s t h e y r e p r e s e n t a n d th e ir o u t p u t i n sh o rt to n s o f c o m m e r c i a l s u g a r , a s o f 1 9 3 8 Alexander & Baldwin, Ltd.: Hawaiian Commercial & Sugar Co_________________________________ 73, Hawaiian Sugar Co_________________________________________________ 28, Kahaku Plantation Co______________________________________________ 20, Maui Agricultural Co________________________________________________ l 39, McBryde Sugar Co., Ltd___________________________________________ 19, Total_____________________________________________________________ American Factors, Ltd.: Grove Farm Co., Ltd_______________________________________________ Kekaha Sugar Co., Ltd_____________________________________________ Kipu Plantation____________________________________________________ Koloa Sugar Co_____________________________________________________ Lihue Plantation, Ltd_______________________________________________ Oahu Sugar Co., Ltd________________________________________________ Olaa Sugar Co., Ltd________________________________________________ Pioneer Mill Co., Ltd_______________________________________________ Waianae Co_________________________________________________________ Waimea Sugar Mill Co_____________________________________________ Total_____________________________________________________________ 041 997 377 395 678 181,488 10, 36, 3, 12, 52, 65, 42, 46, 8, 3, 529 096 051 285 090 712 069 725 002 299 279, 858 1 Includes 2,242 tons refined. 2 Sharp changes in the market price of sugar and manipulation in sugar securities (particularly by the Spreckels interests) involving the corporate control of plantations and mainland refineries were significant factors. The technical advantages of large-scale operations, however, constituted the primary reason for consolidation. 28 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 able 8 .— T he agencies in H a w a ii , with the plantations they represent and th eir ou tp u t in short tons o f com m ercial su ga r , as o f 1 9 3 8 — Continued C. Brewer & Co., Ltd.: Hakalau Plantation Co_____________________________________________ Hawaiian Agricultural Co__________________________________________ Hilo Sugar Co_______________________________________________________ Honolulu Plantation (Refined)_____________________________________ Honomu Sugar Co__________________________________________ „ _______ Hutchinson Sugar Plantation Co___________________________________ Kaeleku Sugar Co., Ltd____________________________________________ Kilauea Sugar Plantation Co_______________________________________ Onomea Sugar Co__________________________________________________ Paauhau Sugar Plantation Co______________________________________ Pepeekeo Sugar Co_________________________________________________ Wailuku Sugar Co__________________________________________________ Waimanalo Sugar Co_______________________________________________ Total_____________________________________________________________ 17, 32, 25, 25, 10, 13, 7, 9, 25, 12, 13, 21, 7, 223,323 Castle & Cooke, Ltd.: Ewa Plantation Co_________________________________________________ Kohala Sugar Co____________________________________________________ Waialua Agricultural Co., Ltd______________________________________ Total 813 489 577 560 142‘ 784 135 878 975 664 254 695 357 54, 477 35, 2895 46, 841 136, 607 T. H. Davies & Co., Ltd.: Hamakua Mill Co___________________________________________________ Kaiwiki Sugar Co., Ltd_____________________________________________ Laupahoehoe Sugar Co_____________________________________________ Waiakea Mill Co____________ _______________________________________ Total_____________________________________________________________ 14, 10, 19, 16, 498 470' 424 019 60,411 Source: Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, Sugar Manual, Honolulu, T. H., 1940, pp. 9, 10. In addition to the five factors shown in the table, there were: The Bishop Trust Co., representing Gay & Robinson, which produced 7,600 short tons; F. A. Schaefer & Co., Ltd., representing the Honokaa Sugar Co., which produced 24,224 short tons; and F. L. Waldron, Ltd., representing the Wailea Milling Co., which produced 4,472 short tons. These three plantations are not officially in the Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association. It is noteworthy that these plantations also operate through an agency system. The Bishop Trust Co. is one o f the largest banking houses, for example. The individual owner-managed plantation of the early eighties has thus been displaced by a corporate mass-production plantation con trolled by one or another of the central agencies in Honolulu. It is managed by a trained agricultural executive with a staff of tech nical experts, all hired and directed by the controlling agency. HAWAIIAN SUGAR PLANTERS' ASSOCIATION The Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association represents a further step in coordination. Its function is to unify policies in the Hawaiian sugar industry as a whole relative to (a) the discovery and adoption of new agricultural techniques; (6) the invention and adoption of laborsaving equipment; (c ) effective representation of the Hawaiian view point relative to Territorial and Federal legislation affecting sugar; (d) the formulation of a general labor program relative to wages, hours, and working conditions, including plans for the promotion o f LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 29 general welfare on the assumption that the welfare of Hawaii is the welfare of the sugar industry. These functions are organized as follows: A g ricu ltu ra l tech n iq u es .— Prior to the formation of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association in 1895, there was a great diversity of method in both field and factory and a general adherence to haphazard rule-of-thumb procedures. The introduction of new varieties of sugar cane was dependent upon the chance visit of some traveler who brought them in for friends. The most elementary facts regarding the nature and growth of cane, known today to even an unskilled field laborer, were still unknown. Immediately after its inception, the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ As sociation established an experiment station for agricultural research. It was comparatively easy for scientifically trained men to demonstrate that many plantation practices were inefficient, or even harmful, and to bring about increased yields. As a result, in 1904 the experiment station was reorganized on an ambitious and expanding scale. It now represents an annual expendi ture of a half million dollars and deals with every aspect of sugar production, including departments for dealing with pests, plant diseases, sugar chemistry and technology in the mills, and the develop ment of new species of cane. L a b o r-sa v in g d evices .—A special division of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association conducts experiments and maintains a con tinuous check-up on inventions in other parts of the world to provide improved equipment for the industry. Many inventions of farreaching importance to the sugar industry as a whole have originated in Hawaii. Recent technical developments are explained in the description of operations on a typical plantation. L a b o r p o l i c y .— The sugar industry acts as a unit in dealing with its labor problems. Its policies are best described as paternalistic. Labor is relatively unorganized, and collective bargaining is not recognized as a method of procedure. Closely linked with labor relations are policies affecting general welfare. Since 1876 the sugar industry has played a dominant role in the economic, political, and even social life of the Territory. The Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association has initiated broad policies linking general welfare with that of the sugar industry, and affecting many aspects of the life of the Territory. Chart 2 indicates the structural organization of the industry. Minor enterprises serving the industry are purposely omitted since most of their services are performed by the factors. Even those separate corporate enterprises which provide such services are often controlled by the factors as subsidiaries or through interlocking directorates. To make certain that the chart will not be misinterpreted, it should be clear that the five factors, rather than the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association, dominate the industry. The Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association provides a convenient medium for unifying and imple menting the policies of the factors. It is governed by five trustees, each representing one of the five factors, who elect a president from their own number to serve for 1 year. They also appoint the other administrative officers. The Association is financed by the plantation members on the basis of the sugar tonnage each produces. CO O STRU CTU RAL OF THE H A W A IIA N O R G A N IZ A T IO N SUGAR IN D U S T R Y LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 4.0 PERCENT OF TOTAL PRODUCTION UNITED STATES BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 31 The percentages of total production shown in the chart for the factors are those of the quota system. They will probably change slightly with the reorganization of the quota system growing out of its suspension by the President on September 11, 1939. The reestab lished quota of December 29, 1939, allotted Hawaii 4,251 tons less than that of September. A continuation of the trend toward con solidation to effect the economies of large-scale production may be expected, reducing the total number of plantations but increasing their efficiency. It should be noted that in a few instances there is a sufficiently large absentee ownership of plantation stock so that the factor holds only the position of an agency-management relative to the plantation. In most cases, however, the factors have additional controls by virtue of (1) direct stock ownership, (2) indebtedness of the plantation to the factors, (3) interlocking directorates, and (4) less technical but nevertheless effective controls such as intrafamily holdings. SUGAR REFINING AND MARKETING ORGANIZATION A further step in the integration of the Hawaiian sugar industry was taken when three of the large sugar agencies instituted a joint program for refining and marketing the bulk of the Island sugar. Under this plan over half of the total production (about 550,000 tons annually) is refined by the California and Hawaiian Sugar Refining Corporation. The stock in this corporation is owned by 33 of the Hawaiian plantations, and its management is under the direction of officials of the sugar agencies in Honolulu. About 100,000 additional tons are annually refined by the Western Refinery and 300,000 tons by the National Sugar Refineries in New York. But all of it is marketed under an agreement whereby all sugar producers in the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association use the same marketing organi zation and receive the same price per ton. Thus the integration of the Hawaiian sugar industry has been carried to its ultimate step in the refining and marketing of the product on the mainland. CH APTER 3. E M PLO Y M E N T AN D LABO R SU PPLY EFFICIENCY AS RELATED TO EMPLOYMENT Because of the highly unified structure of the sugar industry, its techniques have been constantly improved and standardized. The result has been a remarkable increase in efficiency. Table 9 shows an increase from an average of 53.1 tons of cane per acre in 1925 to 65 tons per acre in 1938; table 10 indicates an increase from 3.114 tons of sugar per acre in 1895 to 7.919 toils of sugar per acre in 1939.1 No accurate measures of output per man-day are available for the earlier periods of production. In 1930, 0.0716 tons of sugar were produced per man-day; in 1938 the figure was 0.0892. Hawaii is considerably above the average in efficiency and will compare favor ably in this respect with any of the areas within the American sugarquota system. Table 11 indicates between 1872 and 1938 over a hundred-and-ten-fold increase in total raw-sugar production was obtained with only an eleven-fold increase in the total labor force. About the same number of workers produced two and a half times as much sugar in 1938 as in 1902. It appears probable that employment in this leading Hawaiian industry will continue to decline unless there is a marked expansion of output. Output per acre may be expanded further, but it would probably be at the expense of acreage, since the total amount of sugar that can be sold is at present controlled by quotas. In fact, after the Jones-Costigan Act was adopted in 1934, 24,238 acres were abandoned. An expansion of acreage, such as occurred up to the last decade, is not likely in any event. Practically all of the good sugar land is already utilized. T able 9 . — S u g a rca n e: P r o d u c tio n o f H a w a ii , 1 9 2 5 - 3 8 , sh ow in g increase in p er-a cre prod u ction Sugarcane Year Beginning October 1— 1925_____________________ ________ _____________ 1926___________________________________________ 1927___________________________________________ 1928___________________________________________ 1929___________________________________________ 1930___________________________________________ 1931___________________________________________ 1932-33______________________________ __________ Beginning Jan. 1 (calendar year)— 1934______________________________ _____ _______ 1935______________________________ _______ _____ 1936_________________________________ __________ 1937__________________________________ _________ 1938___________________________________________ Total acreage in cane A cres 237,774 234,809 240, 769 239,858 242, 761 251, 533 251,876 254, 563 252, 237 246,491 245,891 240,833 238, 302 Acreage harvested during the year Produc tion of cane Average yield of cane per acre 1 A cres S h ort ton s S h ort ton s 122,309 124, 542 131, 534 129,131 133,840 137,037 139, 744 144,959 6,495,686 6,992, 082 7, 707,330 7,447,494 7,853, 439 8,485,183 8, 865, 323 8,566,781 53.1 56.1 58.6 57.7 58.7 61.9 63.4 59.1 134, 318 7,992,260 126,116 8, 555,424 130,828 j 9,170, 279 8,802,716 126,671 135,978 j 8,835, 370 59.5 67.8 70.1 69.5 65.0 1 The growth of 14 to 22 months in tons of cane. 1These figures, as well as the other statistical and historic material in chap. 3, were taken from the records of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. 32 LABOR T a b l e m 33 THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 10.— Increase in sugar production, by tons per acre, 1895 to 1989 Year Tons 1 8 9 5 _____________ 1900 _____ 1 9 0 5 _____________ 1 9 1 5 _______ 1 9 2 0 _____________ 147, 289, 426, 646, 555, 627 544 428 000 727 A c re s h a rv e ste d 4 7 ,4 0 0 6 3 ,8 1 6 95. 444 117, 079 1 1 5 ,1 1 9 Tons p e r a cre 3 .1 1 4 4 . 537 4. 467 5 .5 1 7 4 .8 2 7 Year 1 9 2 5 ______________ 1 9 3 0 _____________ 1 9 3 5 ______________ 1 9 3 9 ______ Tons 7 7 6 ,0 7 2 912, 357 9 8 6 ,8 4 9 1 ,0 0 3 , 0 0 0 1 A c re s h a rv e ste d 121, 385 1 3 3 ,8 4 0 1 2 6 ,1 1 6 1 126, 6 50 Tons p e r a cre 6 .3 9 3 6 .8 1 6 7. 824 7. 9 1 9 1 1E s t i m a t e s . T a b l e 11.— Growth in employment and production on Hawaiian sugar plantations Year T o ta l n u m b er o f p la n t a tio n w o rk e rs T o ta l p ro d u c t io n o f r a w s u g a r (in s h o rt to n s) 3 ,9 2 1 10, 2 4 3 20, 536 42, 242 8 ,4 9 8 5 7, 088 1 31, 3 0 8 3 5 5 , 611 1 8 7 2 ______________________ 1 8 8 2 _____________________ 1 8 9 2 ______________________ 1 9 0 2 ______________________ Year 1 9 1 2 ______________________ 1 9 2 2 . . . _______ _________ 1 9 3 2 ______________________ 1 9 3 8 ______________________ T o ta l n u m b e r o f p la n t a t io n w o rk e rs 4 6 ,9 3 0 46, 273 5 4, 992 4 4 ,8 1 0 T o ta l p ro d u c tio n o f r a w su g a r (in s h o rt to n s) 5 9 5 ,0 3 8 609, 077 1, 0 2 5 , 3 5 4 941, 293 THE LABOR SUPPLY The labor supply upon which the plantations depend is varied in background and racial characteristics. The population of Hawaii today is a result of successive waves of migrations from foreign coun tries, largely oriental. These migrations were stimulated and con trolled by the plantations to provide the proper supply of labor to carry the large burden of manual labor required for the rapidly ex panding industry. Until the seventies the primary source of labor was native Hawaiian. Chinese coolies were imported as early as 1852, but even in 1872, of a total of 3,921 workers on all plantations, only 526 were Chinese, 96 were of other nationalities, and 3,299 were Hawaiians (table 12). At that time the total sugar production of the Islands amounted to only 8,498 tons. The Reciprocal Trade Agreement with the United States in 1876, however, provided a sharp stimulus to the industry. Within a decade the production expanded to 108,112 tons (1886). By 1882 the need for imported labor had reached such proportions that the Hawaiian Labor & Supply Co. was organized by the planta tions in order to provide and regulate the supply of labor immigrants and to reduce competition for labor between plantations. Imported laborers were still primarily Chinese although Portuguese were be ginning to appear on plantation pay rolls. 34 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 a b l e 12.— N u m b e r a n d r a c ia l o r i g i n o f e m p l o y e e s o n s u g a r p l a n t a t i o n s i n H a w a i i ., 1 8 7 2 to 1 9 8 9 M e n , w o m e n , a n d m in o r s M en R a c i a l o r ig in 187 2 189 2 190 2 191 2 192 2 2 , 575 5 .0 3 7 637 15 1 ,7 1 7 2 ,6 1 7 2, 52G 1 3, 0 1 9 1 ,4 9 3 3 ,9 3 7 2 , 6 89 3 1 ,0 2 9 2 ,0 3 6 834 1 ,1 4 5 409 248 1 ,5 3 8 2 ,3 1 8 4 , 705 26, 462 1 ,6 5 7 1 ,5 8 8 1 ,5 8 3 5 ,9 9 3 972 294 1 ,0 9 8 1 ,4 3 0 2 , 719 1 7 ,8 3 3 1 ,8 1 1 1 ,1 5 9 193 1 8 ,6 0 0 1 ,0 2 9 401 9 , 395 7 97 442 90 3 4 ,9 1 5 900 65 188 2 1932 1 615 7 06 19381 1 93 9 1 1 ,2 2 3 5 17 2 , 673 1 1 , 2 43 905 468 1 08 2 1 ,4 7 8 1 ,1 4 4 674 2, 870 1 3 ,4 6 0 9 74 493. H a w a iia n a n d p a r t H a w a iia n . C h i n e s e ______________ __________________ ... _ P o r t u g u e s e ______ Ja p a n e se __________________ __________ __________ P u e r t o R i c a n _____ K o r e a n ________________ ___________ . S p a n is h . . . _____________ . _ _ F i l i p i n o s __ __________________________ O th e r C a u c a s ia n _____ _ __ A l l o t h e r s ________________________________ 3 ,2 9 9 526 M e n _______________ . __________ ______ W o m e n a n d m i n o r s _______________ ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) (* ) ( 3) ( 3) ( 3) 4 9 ,9 4 7 5, 0 4 5 3 9, 7 6 6 5 ,0 4 4 4 2 ,0 5 4 3 .9 2 1 1 0, 2 4 3 2 0 , 5 36 4 2, 242 4 6 ,9 3 0 4 6 , 2 73 5 4, 9 92 4 4 , 810 ( 3) T o t a l ______________________________ 96 1 ,0 3 2 46 2,022 1,102 49 (2) 2 1 ,0 6 0 1 ,1 3 1 2 43 ( 3) 5 T h e racial d is trib u tio n is av ailab le for m en only. 2 In c lu d e d in “ A ll o th e rs .’’ s D a ta n o t available. In 1884 a labor agreement ’was signed in Tokyo providing for the contracting of Japanese laborers with the Hawaiian Government for a period of 3 years at wages of $9 a month and a food allowance of $6 per month for agricultural workers. Women were included at a ratio of 30 for every 100 men. It was their duty to raise vegetables and care for the living quarters. These provisions gave the Japanese an advantage over Chinese on the plantations. In less than 20 years the Japanese became the predominant racial group in the Islands. Hawaii has the distinction of having initiated a period of mass migra tion for Japan. In all, approximately 180,000 2 Japanese laborers and their relatives have migrated to Hawaii. This is the greatest Japanese migration to any single area outside of the Empire. In the 6 years from 1880 to 1886 the planters spent $930,000 and the Hawaiian Government over a million dollars promoting immigra tion. Altogether, not less than $20,000,000 was expended for this purpose between 1852 and 1935. It should be remembered that large numbers of these migrants returned to their homelands at the end of the contract period, at which time, according to agreement, their return fare was paid. The ratio of immigration and emigration to population reached its peak in 1899 when it equaled 24.1 percent. Thus successive waves of migrants were brought from countries of surplus population, primarily from China, Portugal, Japan, Puerto Rico, Korea, Spain, and the Philippine Islands. And with these migrations the predominant racial group on the plantations has. changed from Hawaiians in 1872 to Chinese by 1882, to Japanese by 1892, and to Filipinos by 1922. The table also indicates that as the Filipinos increased there was a sharp decline in most other racial groups. This trend w~as reversed, however, in the decade of the 1930’s when Filipinos began to return to Manila in large numbers. 2 T h is does n o t re p re sen t a n e t a d d itio n to th e p o p u la tio n of th e T e rrito ry . J a p a n u p o n th e e x p ira tio n of th e ir c o n tracts. P a r t of th e m r e tu rn e d to. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 35 19 3 9 The Japanese, Hawaiian, and Portuguese racial groups in particular show increases during this period. This shift in racial composition, however, is not based on immigration. The bulk of these new recruits were necessarily native-born citizens. Table 13 indicates the composition of the population of the sugar plantations on June 30, 1939. In all there were 101,976 persons. Of these, 28 percent were living as single persons, usually in dormitories. About nine-tenths of this group were single men. Although there were over 73,000 persons living in families, over 40,000 of these were children, and approximately 16,000 were women. Thus, of the total of 42,054 men living on the plantations, over 25,000 were single, and less than 17,000 were married. It is also significant that four out of five of the single men were noncitizens (largely Filipinos), whereas among the married men there were almost as many citizens as noncitizens. From this point forward, labor on Hawaiian sugar plantations cannot be adequately described as oriental. The problems of labor in the sugar industry are those of Americans, largely of oriental racial origin, but trained from birth in American standards stemming through educational ideals from the mainland, and through social habits from the unique interracial relationships of Hawaii. T a b l e 13. — Plantation population as of June SO, 19S9 R ace M en Japanese: A lien _ , _ 6, 659 C itiz en _ _ __ 6, 801 Filipino: A lien i __ _ 20,645 415 C itiz e n _______ Chinese: A lie n __________ 411 C itiz e n , ___ 263 K orean: 402 C itizen _ ___ __ 91 P u e rto R ican: 34 C i t i z e n ________ 940 W o m C h il d re n en T o ta l 5, 568 19 4, 547 22, 708 12, 246 34, 056 2, 432 455 163 9,060 23. 240 9; 930 40 151 7 484 458 898 103 59 7 414 512 564 1, 722 64 3, 284 30 622 R ace M en Portuguese: A lie n ___________ 229 C itizen _ _____ 2, 641 H a w a iia n 2, . __ _ _ 1,144 A nglo Saxon: A lie n , _ __ _ __ 46 C itiz e n ___ . 1, 085 A ll others: A lie n ___ _ 57 C itiz e n , 191 W o m C h il T o ta l en d re n 283 1,940 729 1 4, 316 1,610 513 8, 897 3,483 43 883 8 920 97 2, 888 48 131 419 105 741 T o ta l (a lie n ). 28, 483 T o ta l (c itiz e n ) 13, 571 205 8, 550 9,514 41,653 37, 235 64, 741 G ra n d to ta l, 18, 064 41, 858 101, 976 42, 054 1 In c lu d e s 23,240 F ilip in o s w ho are n a tio n a ls in fact b u t classed as aliens for im m ig ratio n p u rp o ses. A n a tio n a l en jo y s th e p ro te c tio n of th e U n ite d S ta te s b u t e njoys n one of th e rig h ts of a citizen. 2 A ll citizens. Source: H a w a iia n S u gar P la n te rs ’ A ssociation, S ugar M a n u a l, H o n o lu lu , T . H ., 1940. 2 4 1 4 0 4 - —4 0 ------- 4 CHAPTER 4. METHODS OF WAGE PAYMENT The sugar plantations maintain a very complicated sytem of daily, piece-work, and contract payments to employees. Payment at daily rates varies as between plantations and on a plan tation varies with the nature and arduousness of the work performed. P IE C E WORK Piece work is known locally as “ short-term contract” work. Under the piece-work method, payment is made on the basis of the number of units of work performed at a rate per unit announced before commence ment of the work. Many different operations, ranging from harvest ing to plowing, fertilizing, or weeding, are under the piece-rate system. The methods of performing operations vary according to the natural conditions on different plantations, and various combinations of operations may be included in a piece-work rate. Rates for the same types of work therefore differ considerably, not only between planta tions, but also between various fields on the same plantation, or even on the same fields for the same operations on different days. The basis on which piecework rates are determined is arbitrary, informal, and distinctly more variable than in other industries. No adequate understanding of the nature of these wage payments is pos sible without a picture of the human aspects of plantation organiza tion and the atmosphere in which the numerous daily adjustments of rates to tasks are made. Plantation organization provides clear-cut lines of authority extending from manager to laborer. Plantation work can best be done in groups of 3 to 15 or more cooperating. As time goes on, the older and better workers are assembled into gangs of about the same ability, speed, and tem perament. They tend to specialize as cutters, cultivators, portable track layers, etc., and constitute the front rank of field labor. The newer and poorer workers, lacking specialization, are moved into this or that type of work, as “ bottlenecks” appear, in order to keep produc tion moving smoothly. Thus considerable differences in earning power develop because of specialization, skill, and strength. Promotion into those gangs that have a reputation for greater production and hence higher earnings is coveted by the more ambitious of the workers. The immediate supervisor of each group is the gang “ luna” or straw boss. Before the commencement of any given job, which may take hours or days to complete, he announces the rate per unit for the work to be performed, based on his instructions from headquarters. All factors affecting the capacity of the gang to produce (such as weather, topography, density of cane, and the like) are taken into account in fixing rates per unit. In other words, rates are arbitrarily set on the basis of past experience so as to provide workers with wages for the day equivalent to the management’s estimate of the laborer’s earning power. Once announced, rates are never changed. 36 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 37 Errors in judgment are inevitably made. But the plantation com munity is a small and necessarily closely knit group in constant daily contact. Neither cooperation nor discipline can be maintained if undue favoritism is shown to any group. The plantations maintain a remarkably detailed record of all operations which serves as a guide to their decisions. Moreover, many of the workers have long periods of service. Such workers are quick to note any rates that are out of line. On one plantation on January 1, 1939, there were 61 workers who had continuous service records with the plantation of between 30 and 50 years. Five hundred and thirty more held records ranging from 10 to 30 years. One must visualize what it means to work 10 years in the same fields and to live through the vicissitudes and the growth of a relatively isolated group of workers to understand how it is possible for the system to work effectively. Nevertheless the system is arbitrary and contains obvious draw backs from the point of view of labor. It seems inevitable that the plantation laborers will eventually demand either more standardized rates of pay or recognized plantation labor organizations to represent their interests relative to the formulation of plantation wage policies. CULTIVATION AGREEMENTS Cultivation agreements are called locally long-term cultivation con tracts. Under this method a group of employees agrees to perform, directly under the supervision of the plantation management, the work of cultivating, irrigating,1 and fertilizing a field of sugarcane during its growing period, commencing after the field has been planted and prepared by the plantation-producer and ending 14 to 22 months later when the cane is ready for harvesting. They are paid for this work an amount equal to a rate per ton of sugarcane multiplied by the number of tons of sugarcane harvested from the field which they tended. Advances at the rate of $1.50 for each day of work are made to each worker during the progress of the crop. No interest is charged on such advances, which are merely payments on account of a portion of the anticipated earnings. The remainder is paid after the sugarcane has been harvested and the total earnings have been determined. No charges are made for materials such as fertilizer, irrigation water, implements, animals, or tractors, but charges are made for breakage or wastage of materials used in the work. The cultivation agreement is thus a long-term group-piece-work 2 method of payment for work performed, based on a measurable result in the form of tons of sugarcane (see table 27). The rates of payment per ton of sugarcane vary considerably due to (1) differences in natural conditions, (2) the tons of cane per manday of work which may be anticipated, and (3) the range of operations included under the agreement. i A t th e p re s e n t tim e th e re a p p ea rs to be a te n d e n c y to change th e lo n g -term c u ltiv a tio n c o n tra c t to w h a t m ig h t be called a lo n g -term irrig a tio n c o n tra c t, th e difference being th a t fertilizin g , w eed in g , e tc ., are ta k e n care of u n d e r s h o rt-te rm (p iece-rate) c o n tra c ts, leaving o n ly irrig a tio n for th e lo n g -term co n tra c to r. T w o th ir d s of th e p la n ta tio n s are irrig a ted , a n d in m a n y cases th e cost of w a te r a n d irrig a tio n e q u ip m e n t is suffi c ie n tly h ig h to m ak e it a n im p o r ta n t factor in cost p e r to n of sugar. T h ro u g h long experience th e lo n g -term cu ltiv a to rs h a v e learn ed how to get th e u tm o s t o u t of th e w a te r assigned to th e m . I n th e case of one p la n ta tio n (w h ere th e re is a fairly s te a d y breeze, re s u ltin g in ra p id e v a p o r a tio n ), one m a n w ill h a n d le th e irrig a tio n of a b o u t 3 acres p e r d a y , in v o lv in g 1,050,000 gallons o fw ater or a b o u t 350,000 gallons p e r acre. S uch irrig a tio n c o n tra c ts p a y a n a d v an c e of $1.50 p e r d a y p lu s 15 cen ts p e r to n of can e h a rv e s te d from th e fields u n d e r th e irrig a tio n c o n tra c ts. 3 O ccasionally a field is sm all enough to be te n d e d b y one m a n . 38 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 39 Whenever, during the term of the cultivation agreement, the work of the cultivators is not required on the field they are tending, they may be assigned to other work, for which they receive the rates of pay current for such work (i. e., per diem or piece rates). All employees working under any of the methods of payment are paid individually the amounts they have earned. When the earnings are determined by group performance, as in the case of the cultivation agreements, or in other group piece-work operations, the earnings of the individual are computed and each employee receives his own pay directly from the plantation-producer. Of the total days worked (including both field and nonfield labor) on all plantations, the percentage under each type of payment is as follows: 3 50.5 percent of man-days are under per diem rates. 36.8 percent of man-days are under “ short-term” or piece rates. 12.7 percent of man-days are under “ long-term” cultivation contract rates. On the basis of employees (rather than man-days) the classification is as follows : C la s s i f i c a t i o n a n d p e r c e n t o f tota l e m p l o y e e s Field labor: Cultivation agreements________________________________________________ H arvesting____________________________________________________________ Other field operations_________________________________________________ 13. 7 35. 3 21. 8 Total, field labor____________________________________________________ 70. 8 Nonfield labor: Sugar fa cto ry ___________ ____ . ___ _____________________________________ Shops__________________________________________________________________ Railroad crew s________________________________________________________ Trucks and tractors___________________________________________________ Stores__________________________________________________________________ Office__________________________________________________________________ All oth er_______________________________________________________________ Total, nonfield labor________________________________________________ 7. 3. 1. 2. 1. . 11. 4 9 9 1 5 7 7 29. 2 Because of these unusual methods of payment it is necessary to use a complex method of arriving at an individual distribution of daily earnings. The 12.7 percent man-days (representing 13.7 percent of all employees) under long-term contracts receive $1.50 per day advance upon their contracts. But for those who are under such contracts it is impossible to determine the total daily wages until the contract is concluded. It has been necessary, therefore, to treat separately the employees working under long-term contracts. THE BONUS SYSTEM For many years the plantation managers regarded the securing of regularity of work as one of the basic problems of management. Until September 30, 1938, the plantations maintained a bonus system to promote regular reporting for work. Under this system all planta tions paid to each of their unskilled and semiskilled employees who had worked twenty-three twenty-sixths of the available number of 3 A verage for th e y e a r 1938 as re p o rte d b y th e H a w a iia n S u g ar P la n te r s ’ A sso ciatio n to th e A g ric u ltu ral A d ju s tm e n t A d m in is tra tio n . LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 39 working days in a month, a bonus on the employee’s earnings for that month. The minimum bonus was 10 percent and it increased by graduated scale when the New York market price of raw sugar (on the Hawaiian basis) was above $60 per short ton. Thus if sugar were $65 per ton, all plantation workers received a bonus of 2 % percent of their earned wages in addition to the turn-out bonus of 10 percent. If sugar went to $80 per ton, they received 10 percent of their earnings or a gross bonus, including the turn-out bonus, of 20 percent. Absences from work for illness or other good reason were excused and were thus deducted from the number of days required for a bonus. The purpose of the bonus was (1) to obtain as large and as regular a turn-out as possible, and (2) to provide a basis for adjusting total employees’ earnings to increases or decreases in selling price of sugar. The bonus was in effect in all months. The total amount of such bonuses paid by all plantation producers to their unskilled and semi skilled employees for the year 1937 was $2,145,506, or 7.5 percent of total wage payments ($28,350,178). Due to the changes resulting from the wage determinations of the Agricultural Adjustment Ad ministration, and in part to offset the higher wages which these deter minations required, the bonus system was abolished on September 30, 1938. WAGE DETERMINATIONS OF THE SUGAR DIVISION OF THE AGRICULTURAL ADJUSTMENT ADMINISTRATION A significant factor affecting wages in the sugar industry, in addition to those already discussed, is to be found in the policies of the Sugar Division of the Agricultural Adjustment Administration. Section 301 (b) of the Sugar Act of 1937 provides that the Secretary of Agriculture shall make wage determinations applicable to sugarproducing areas affected by the act. For the year 1939, these determinations for the Territory of Hawaii were as follows: Persons em ployed in the production, cultivation, or harvesting of sugarcane in Hawaii during the period January 1, 1939, through Decem ber 31, 1939 (except those who are paid a m onthly salary of $100 or more), shall be deemed to have been paid fair and reasonable wage rates, if full paym ent in cash for an 8-hour day (shorter or longer days to be in proportion) is made for. all such work at rates not less than the following: (a) For all work perform ed by adult males under short-term agreements and on a time basis in cutting, packing, fluming, and hauling sugarcane and laying portable flumes, an annual average for each farm of not less than $2 per day. (b) For all work performed by adult males under short-term agreements and on a time basis in loading, an annual average for each farm .of not less than $2.20 per day. (c) For all work perform ed by adult males under short-term agreements and on a time basis in laying portable track, an annual average for each farm of not less than $2.40 per day. (d) For all work performed by adult males under short-term agreements and on a time basis in planting, cultivating, fertilizing, irrigating, brooming, and other operations not specified in (a), (b), or (c) above, connected with the production, cultivation, and harvesting of sugarcane, an annual average for each farm of not less than $1.50 per day. (e) For all work perform ed by each adult male in all operations connected with the production, cultivation, or harvesting of sugarcane, exclusive of work per form ed under long-term cultivation and irrigation agreements, an average wage for each pay period (not exceeding 1 month) of not less than $1.40 per day. ( /) For all work perform ed by each adult male under long-term cultivation and irrigation agreements, an advance of not less than $1.50 per day. 40 LABO R I N THE T E R R IT O R Y OF H A W A II, 1939 {g) For all work perform ed by adult females in any operation connected with the production, cultivation, or harvesting of sugarcane, not loss than three-fourths of the above specified rates: Provided, however, That in addition to the foregoing, the producer shall furnish to the laborer, w ithout charge, the perquisites customarily furnished by him, such as a house, garden plot, and similar incidentals: And provided further, That the foregoing shall not be construed to mean that a producer m ay qualify for paym ent who has not paid in full the am ount agreed upon between the producer and the laborer: And provided further, That the producer shall not, through any subter fuge or device whatsoever, reduce the wage rates of laborers below those deter mined above. The minimum wage, as provided in paragraph (e), is thus $1.40 per day for males, and, as provided in (g), $1.05 for females. It should be noted that the other wage minima in these provisions are not “ minimum wages,” as that term is generally used, but are minimum annual averages for each plantation. These determinations have been an important cause of the rise in wages on sugar plantations since 1936. CHAPTER 5. EARNINGS OF DAY AND PIECE-RATE WORKERS SCOPE AND METHOD The following tables on wages and hours in the sugar industry are based on a sample consisting of eight plantations Care was taken to obtain representative proportions in respect to irrigation (two-thirds of the sugarcane is irrigated), in respect to management (see table 8 with respect to management of sugar plantations by the factors), and in respect to geographical location. Three of the plantations chosen were located on the island of Hawaii, two on Maui, two on Oahu, and one on Kauai. The plantation data covered in these tables specifically excludes the following employees: (a) Manager and assistant manager. (b) Any employees engaged during any part of the pay period in long-term cultivation work. (c) Heads of shops and industrial departments. (d) Office manager, cost accountant, and head timekeeper. (e) Doctor and personnel officer. In other words, the tables cover all unskilled and semiskilled workers (other than long-term cultivators), and those skilled and clerical workers that do not occupy executive positions. The field study for this report was conducted between February and June 1939. Because of seasonal rains and because the harvesting program has not yet reached its full stride, February is not a typical month on sugar plantations. March, on the other hand, because it is midway between the off season and the heavy harvesting of the late spring, and because it is a period during which all types of opera tions on the plantation are being carried forward, appears to be as typical a month as could be chosen. The following tables dealing with hourly and monthly earnings are, therefore, based on the month of March 1939. The annual earnings are based on the calendar year 1938. Adult males constitute more than 90 percent of the total labor force on sugar plantations. The principal tables in this section are therefore limited to male workers. Earnings of women and minors are discussed briefly at the end of the chapter. The sample included 9,150 male workers, or slightly over one-fifth of the total employment on all sugar plantations. The workers referred to are salaried employees or unsalaried workers under per diem or piece rates. The additional seventh of the wrorking force com posed of long-term cultivators had to be excluded from this phase of the study because their hourly, monthly, and even their annual ad vances are not indicative of their earnings. The earnings of long-term cultivators are, therefore, discussed later and separately. 41 42 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 DISTRIBUTION OF HOURLY EARNINGS BY TYPE OF WORK The study of hourly earnings had to be limited to nonsalaried workers. Most of the plantations keep no records of the hours worked by salaried workers. An 8-hour day and a 45-hour week is the recog nized normal working time of salaried employees. Overtime usually occurs 2 days each month at the time pay rolls are made up, and for a period of about 2 weeks at the beginning of each year when annual data are compiled. Nine-tenths of the male laborers covered in the study, however, were nonsalaried. The average hourly earnings of these men were 26.9 cents (table 14). Four-fifths of them received between 17.5 and 35 cents per hour. Over one-third received between 17.5 and 22.5 cents, which was the largest point of concentration. The heavy concentration above 17.5 cents presumably reflects the influence of the minimum wage of $1.40 for men.1 Only 2.5 percent of the non salaried workers earned 45 cents or more per hour. Harvesting, the most arduous type of work, representing the largest employment, provided the highest hourly earnings (30.2 cents). Over half of those engaged in this work (51.7 percent) received between 25 and 35 cents per hour. On the other hand, 86.5 percent of those engaged in industrial service received less than 25 cents per hour. This is the lowest paid group, averaging only 20 cents per hour. Only 4.2 percent in this group received 30 or more cents per hour. Cultivation, the second largest group, provided average earnings of 23.7 cents per hour. Maintenance is the next largest group and shows average earnings of 29.1 cents, very nearly as high as harvesting. This group showed the widest range of individual hourly earnings, extending from as low as 12.5 cents to as high as 95 cents per hour. No individual worker in any type of work other than maintenance received hourly earnings of over 65 cents. 1 I t m a y be n o te d in p assin g t h a t th e re w a s v e ry little c o n ce n tratio n a t ra te s of ex ac tly 25 or 30 c en ts. T h u s 223 of th e 980 w o rk ers w ho receiv ed 25 to 27.5 cen ts w ere a t 25 cen ts, a n d o n ly 50 of th e 725 w h o receiv ed 30 to 32.5 c en ts w ere a t 30 cents. T a b l e 14.— Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of work/ March 1989 TotgJ A verage h o u rly earnings ______ _ _ ______ _ cents__ _ _ ___ c e n ts_______ ______ cen ts. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ c en ts. _ _ _ _ _ _ c e n t s . . . __________ _ _ _ _ ____ c e n ts .. _ _ c e n ts .. ______ ______ c e n ts .. __ ___________ __ c e n ts ._____________ ______________ c e n ts _______ __ _ ___ __ c e n ts_________________ c e n t s . . ___ ________ c e n ts .. _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ _____ c en ts _______ __ _ _ ____ _____ _ ____ _ T o ta l__ ___ ___ ___ A verage h o u rly earnings __ _ _ _ _ _ ___ 62 244 1,345 1,436 847 980 806 725 597 489 258 178 182 86 40 2 96 8, 371 $0. 269 C um u Sim ple N um ber la tiv e p erc en t p e rc en t of w orkers age age 0. 7 2 .9 16.2 17.3 10.1 11.7 9 .6 8. 7 7.1 5 .8 3.1 2.1 2 .2 1.0 .5 1.0 0.7 3 .6 19.8 37.1 4 7 .2 58.9 6 8.5 77.2 84.3 90.1 9 3.2 95.3 97.5 9 8.5 99.0 5 52 402 459 240 219 89 56 49 32 17 11 12 5 4 1 1, 653 $0. 237 S im ple p e rc e n t age 0. 3 3 .1 24.3 27.9 14.5 13.2 5 .4 3 .4 3 .0 1.9 1 .0 .7 .7 .3 .2 .1 H a rv e stin g C um u N um ber la tiv e of p e rc e n t w o rk ers age 0. 3 3 .4 27. 7 5 5.6 70.1 8 3.3 8 8 .7 92.1 95.1 9 7.0 9 8.0 9 8.7 9 9.4 9 9.7 9 9.9 14 15 322 254 250 354 517 571 426 340 176 136 123 65 24 25 3, 612 $0. 302 Sim ple p e rc e n t age 0. 4 .4 8 .9 7 .0 6 .9 9 .8 14.3 15.8 11.8 9 .4 4 .9 3 .8 3 .4 1 .8 .7 .7 T ra n s p o rta tio n Cum u N um ber la tiv e of p e rc e n t w o rk ers age 0. 4 .8 9 .7 16.7 2 3.6 3 3 .4 4 7 .7 6 3.5 75.3 8 4 .7 8 9 .6 93.4 9 6.8 9 8.6 99.3 12 82 145 45 57 33 7 3 13 6 2 3 2 1 1 Sim ple p e rc en t age 2 .9 19.9 35.3 10.9 13.8 8 .0 1.7 .7 3 .2 1 .5 .5 .7 .5 .2 .2 Cum u lativ e p erc en t age 2 .9 2 2.8 58.1 69.0 82.8 90.8 92.5 93.2 96.4 97.9 98.4 99.1 99.6 99.8 412 $0. 233 19 3 9 1 D efinitions: C u l t i v a t i o n : A ll field a n d w a ter s u p p ly operations (in clu d in g p u m p in g ) o th e r th a n th o se co n n ected w ith h a rv e stin g a n d tra n s p o rta tio n . H a r v e s t i n g : All h arv estin g operations u p to com pletion of loading or d elivery of cane in to flum e. T r a n s p o r t a t i o n : A n y ty p e of tra n s p o rta tio n , in c lu d in g tra n s p o rta tio n of em ployees, cane, m aterials, finished p ro d u cts, etc. M a n u f a c t u r i n g : All w ork reg u larly done b y factory em ployees in a n d a b o u t th e facto ry an d m ill y a rd . M a i n t e n a n c e : M ain ten a n c e, rep air, an d co n stru ctio n w ork of an y n a tu re d one b y shops, d e p a rtm e n ts, a n d regular rep air gangs. C le r ic a l: A ll clerical w ork w h erev er p erform ed. I n d u s t r i a l s e r v ic e : A ll w ork d o n e in conn ectio n w ith fu rn ish in g of p erq u isites to em ployees, such as cleaning cam ps, furnishing fuel, y a rd w ork, m edical service, etc. 2 T h e average of all w orkers e arning 50 cents an d over a m o u n ted to 61.3 cents. T h e averages b y o ccu p atio n w ere 53.0 cents for those engaged in cu ltiv atio n ; 55.8 cents for h arv estin g w orkers; 53.7 cents for tra n s p o rta tio n w orkers; 54.3 cents for m an u factu rin g w orkers; 64.8 cents for m a in te n an c e w orkers; a n d 61.3 cents for clerical w orkers. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, U n d e r 1 5 c e n ts._ 15 a n d u n d e r 17.5 17.5 a n d u n d e r 20 20 a n d u n d e r 22.5 22.5 a n d u n d e r 25 25 a n d u n d e r 27.5 27.5 a n d u n d e r 30 30 a n d u n d e r 32.5 32.5 a n d u n d e r 35 35 a n d u n d e r 37.5 37.5 a n d u n d e r 40 40 a n d u n d e r 42.5 42.5 a n d u n d e r 45 45 a n d u n d e r 47.5 47.5 a n d u n d e r 50 50 cents an d over N um ber of w orkers C u ltiv a tio n CO T a b l e 14. — Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of work, March 1939— Continued M ain te n a n c e M a n u fac tu re A verage h o u rly earnings _____ _ _ __ ___ _________ c en ts. _____ __ c en ts___ __ __ __ __ ____________ c e n t s - . ________ ________________ _ _____ cen ts__________ _______ c e n ts___ _________________ ______ c en ts____ __ ___ _ __________ ___ cen ts_______ ___________________ c en ts. _ ___________ ______ c e n t s . ________________________ cents _ _ c en ts. __ ______ ___ ________ ___ cen ts____ _______________________ c e n t s . _____ _ ___ ___________ cents T o tal A vp.ragp. hourly earnings 201 281 161 153 53 30 47 47 16 11 15 2 1 10 19.5 27.2 15.7 14.8 5 .2 2.9 4 .6 4 .6 1.6 1.1 1.5 .2 .1 1.0 1,028 $0. 250 C um u N um ber lativ e of p erc en t w orkers age 19.5 46.7 62.4 7 7.2 82.4 85.3 89.9 9 4.5 96.1 9 7.2 98.7 98.9 99.0 7 35 144 181 102 147 99 54 61 48 40 17 27 12 10 58 1,042 $0. 291 C um u Sim ple N um ber tiv e p e rc en t p la of e rc e n t w orkers age age 0. 7 3 .4 13.7 17.3 9 .7 14.1 9 .4 5 .2 5 .9 4 .6 3 .8 1.6 2 .6 1 .2 1.0 5 .8 0.7 4 .1 17.8 35.1 4 4.8 58.9 6 8.3 73.5 7 9.4 8 4.0 8 7.8 8 9.4 9 2 .0 9 3 .2 9 4 .2 36 130 193 105 48 42 13 6 9 5 3 1 1 592 $0. 200 S im p le p e rc e n t age 6. 1 2 2.0 3 2.6 17.7 8.1 7 .1 2 .2 1 .0 1.5 .8 .5 .2 .2 C um u N um ber la tiv e of p e rc en t w orkers age 6. 1 28.1 6 0.7 7 8 .4 86.5 9 3.6 9 5.8 9 6.8 98.3 9 9.1 9 9.6 9 9.8 100.0 Sim ple p e rc e n t age 1 11 1 8 2 1 2 4 3.1 3 4.4 3 .1 25.0 6 .3 3 .1 6 .3 12.5 1 3 .1 1 3 .1 32 $0. 277 C um u la tiv e p e rc en t age 3 .1 3 7.5 40.6 6 5.6 71.9 75.0 81.3 9 3 .8 9 3.8 9 3 .8 9 6 .9 9 6.9 9 6.9 19 3 9 Sim ple p erc en t age C lerical a n d o th e r LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, U n d e r 15 cents 15 a n d u n d e r 17.5 17.5 a n d u n d e r 20 20 an d u n d e r 22.5 22.5 a n d u n d e r 25 25 a n d u n d e r 27.5 27.5 a n d u n d e r 30 30 and u n d e r 32.5 32.5 a n d u n d e r 35 35 a n d u n d e r 37.5 37.5 a n d u n d e r 40 40 a n d u n d e r 42.5 42.5 a n d u n d e r 45 45 a n d u n d e r 47.5 47.5 a n d u n d e r 50 50 cents a n d over N um ber of w orkers I n d u s tria l service LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 45 DISTRIBUTION OF HOURLY EARNINGS BY RACE The percentage distribution by race of the male workers covered in the study of hourly earnings was as follows: Anglo-Saxon 0.6 per cent, Japanese, 28.4 percent, Filipinos, 57.1 percent, Chinese, 1.1 percent, Puerto Ricans, 2.6 percent, Portuguese, 5.3 percent, Hawaiians, 3.0 percent, and all others, 1.9 percent. Filipinos and Japanese thus represent six-sevenths of the total and show hourly earnings which correspond closely to the general average of 26.9 cents, the average for the Filipinos being 27.4 cents and for the Japanese being 26.0 cents (table 15). The differences in the earn ings of these two racial groups are somewhat greater than the averages would indicate. Both groups, of course, show a marked concentration of workers whose earnings approximate the average. However, a larger proportion of the Japanese (68.3 percent) than of the Filipinos (51.7 percent) have earnings of less than 27.5 cents. Nearly half of the Filipinos have earnings of 27.5 but less than 50 cents, whereas less than a third of the Japanese have such earnings. The over-all average for the Japanese is maintained because they receive earnings above 50 cents more frequently than the Filipinos. Such earnings apply to 1.6 percent of the Japanese and only 0.3 percent of the Filipinos. Individual Japanese workers received as much as 95 cents an hour, whereas no Filipinos in this group received over 62.5 cents. Portuguese, constituting the next largest group, earned an average of 27.7 cents per hour. Anglo-Saxons show distinctly higher average earnings of 36.1 cents per hour. But they are too small in number to be significant. With the exception of Anglo-Saxons, the difference in average hourly earnings by race is extremely small, the lowest average being 23.4 cents earned by Chinese, and the highest 28.1 cents earned by Ha waiians and part Hawaiians, a range of only 4.7 cents. The racial distribution of the salaried workers, whose monthly earnings are $36.18 higher than the unsalaried, throws some light on the status of the various groups. The Anglo-Saxons are a small group -on the plantations. Even disregarding the supervisory positions not included in this survey, three-fifths of the Anglo-Saxon group were salaried and held about one-tenth of all salaried positions on the plantations. Among the Portuguese, about 30 percent are salaried, whereas about 15 percent of the Chinese and Hawaiians are. Some what more than a quarter of the salaried positions are held by Japa nese, though this involves only about 8 percent of their number, as is also true for the Puerto Ricans. The Filipinos, though constituting more than half of the workers on the plantations, hold no more salaried jobs than the Anglo-Saxons. Less than 2 of every 100 Filipinos hold salaried positions. T a b l e 15. — Distribution of nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by race, March 1939 A nglo-Saxon T o ta l A verage h o u rly earnings ____________ U n d e r 15 cents _ _ __ ______ 15 an d u n d e r 17.5 cents _ __ __ ____ ________ __ ... _______ 17.5 an d u n d e r 20 c e n ts ______ 20 a n d u n d e r 22.5 c e n ts ___ _ _______ _ - ................. 22.5 a n d u n d e r 25 cents ___ ______ ___________ 25 an d u n d e r 27.5 cents_ __ _ _ _____ ___ _ _ 27.5 a n d u n d e r 30 cents _ _ ____ __________ __ 30 a n d u n d e r 32.5 cents _ _ _ ____ _____________ 32.5 a n d u n d e r 35 c e n ts____ _______ _____________ 35 a n d u n d e r 37.5 c e n ts ____ _______ ____ __________ 37.5 a n d u n d e r 40 cents _ _ _______ _______ 40 a n d u n d e r 42.5 cents __ _____ - _ _ ___ 42.5 an d u n d e r 45 c en ts_______ __ __ _______ _____ ________ __________________ 47.5 a n d u n d e r 50 cents ____ ____ _____ _______ 50 cents a n d over _ __ _____ ____ __________ ___ T o tal A verage h o u rly earnings _____ ___________ __ __ _____ _____ _____ 62 244 1,345 1, 436 847 980 806 725 597 489 258 178 182 86 40 196 8, 371 $0. 269 Sim ple C u m u la N u m b e r of p erc en t tiv e p e r centage age w orkers 0 .7 2 .9 16.2 17.3 10.1 11.7 9 .6 8 .7 7.1 5 .8 3.1 2.1 2.2 1.0 .5 1.0 0 .7 3 .6 19.8 37.1 4 7.2 58.9 68.5 77.2 84.3 90.1 93.2 95.3 97.5 98.5 9 9.0 5 8 3 12 6 5 1 2 1 1 1 9 54 $0.361 Sim ple C u m u la N u m b e r p e rc e n t tiv e p e r of age centage w o rk ers 9 .3 14.7 5. 6 22.1 11.1 9 .3 1 .9 3 .7 1 .9 1 .9 1 .9 16.6 F ilip in o Sim ple C u m u la N u m b e r of p e rc e n t tiv e p e r age centage w orkers Sim ple C u m u la p e rc e n t tiv e p er age centage 37 1. 5 118 5 .0 9 .3 451 19.0 24.0 450 19.0 2 9.6 259 11.0 302 51.7 12.8 6 2.8 173 7.3 72.1 139 5 .8 74.0 117 4 .9 114 77.7 4 .8 7 7.7 71 3 .0 32 77.7 1.3 79.6 51 2.1 81.5 .5 45 a n d u n d e12r 47.5 cents 8 3.4 10 .4 41 1.6 2, 377 $0. 260 1. 5 6 .5 2 5.5 4 4.5 55. 5 68.3 75.6 8 1.4 86.3 91.1 94.1 9 5.4 9 7 .5 9 8.0 98.4 13 63 630 763 465 530 530 516 438 335 158 125 111 58 20 15 0 .3 1.3 1 3.2 16.1 9. 7 11.1 11.1 10.9 9 .2 7 .0 3 .3 2 .6 2 .3 1. 2 .4 .3 0 .3 1 .6 14.8 3 0.9 4 0.6 5 1.7 6 2,8 73.7 82.9 8 9.9 93. 2 9 5.8 98.1 99.3 9 9.7 4, 770 $0. 274 i T h e average of all w orkers earning 50 cents a n d over am o u n te d to 61.3 cents. T h e averages b y race w ere 68.1 cen ts for Anglo-Saxons; 60.5 cen ts for Japanese; 55.4 cen ts for F ili pinos; 56 cents for Chinese; 63 cents for Portuguese; 60.8 cents for H aw aiian s and p a rt H aw aiians; an d 63 cents for all o th e r races. 19 3 9 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, N um ber of w orkers J ap an ese 05 P u e rto R ican C hinese A verage h o u rly earnings T o t a l . . . ____ _ . . . ______ A verage h o u rly earnings _ C um u C u m u N u m S im ple C u m u N u m Sim p le C u m u N u m S im p le C u m u N u m S im ple N u m Sim ple la tiv e la tiv e lativ e lativ e la tiv e b e r of p e rc e n t p e rc e n t b er of p e rc en t p e rc en t ber of p e rc e n t p e rc e n t b er of p e rc e n t p e rc e n t b e r of p e rc e n t p e rc e n t w orkers age w orkers age age w orkers age w orkers age w o rk ers age age age age age 1 18 27 19 5 7 4 2 5 4 1 1 1 1.0 18.8 28.2 19.8 5 .2 7.3 4 .2 2.1 5 .2 4 .2 1 .0 1.0 1.0 1 1.0 96 $0. 234 1.0 19.8 48.0 67.8 73.0 80.3 84.5 86.6 91.8 96.0 9 7.0 9 8.0 9 9.0 99.0 99.0 3 12 50 46 22 30 20 13 10 6 6 1 1 1 221 $0. 244 1 .4 5 .4 2 2.5 20.8 10.0 13.6 9 .0 5 .9 4 .5 2 .7 2 .7 .5 .5 .5 1.4 6 .8 29.3 50.1 60.1 73.7 8 2.7 8 8.6 93.1 9 5.8 9 8.5 9 9 .0 9 9.5 100.0 1 11 92 86 49 56 37 23 14 14 9 11 10 7 4 18 442 $0. 277 0 .2 2 .5 2 0.7 19.5 11.1 12.7 8 .4 5 .2 3 .2 3 .2 2 .0 2 .5 2 .3 1. 6 .9 4 .0 0 .2 2 .7 23.4 42.9 54.0 66.7 75.1 80.3 8 3.5 8 6.7 88.7 9 1.2 9 3.5 95.1 96.0 2 13 49 36 28 29 18 18 10 13 10 7 6 2 2 9 252 $0. 281 0 .8 5 .2 19.3 14.3 11.1 11. 5 7.1 7.1 4 .0 5 .2 4 .0 2 .8 2 .4 .8 .8 3. 6 0 .8 6 .0 2 5.3 3 9.6 5 0.7 62.2 6 9.3 76.4 8 0.4 8 5.6 8 9 .6 9 2.4 9 4.8 95. 6 9 6.4 5 9 41 28 16 14 18 9 2 1 3 1 1 5 3 3 159 $0. 255 3 .1 5 .7 2 5.8 17.6 10.1 8 .8 11.3 5 .7 1 .3 .6 1 .9 .6 .6 3 .1 1 .9 1 .9 3 .1 8 .8 3 4.6 5 2.2 62.3 71.1 8 2 .4 88.1 8 9.4 9 0 .0 9 1 .9 9 2 .5 93.1 9 6 .2 98.1 1939 O th e r LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, U n d e r 15 c e n ts. - __ . . . ___ 15 a n d u n d e r 17.5 c e n ts________ . . . 17.5 a n d u n d e r 20 c e n ts ____________ 20 a n d u n d e r 22.5 c en ts___ ________ 22.5 a n d u n d e r 25 c e n t s .. . _______ 25 an d u n d e r 27.5 c e n ts____________ 27.5 an d u n d e r 30 c e n ts .. . _______ 30 a n d u n d e r 32.5 c e n ts ____________ 32.5 an d u n d e r 35 c e n ts ____________ 35 an d u n d e r 37.5 c e n ts ____________ 37.5 an d u n d e r 40 cen ts. _____ 40 a n d u n d e r 42.5 c e n ts ____________ 42.5 an d u n d e r 45 c e n ts _______ _ ._ 45 and u n d e r 47.5 cents . . 47.5 a n d u n d e r 50 c e n t s . __ 50 cents an d o v e r ___ H a w a iia n a n d p a r t H a w a i ian P o rtu g u ese 48 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 MONTHLY EARNINGS OF NONSALARIED WORKERS BY TYPE OF W O RK Average monthly earnings of all male nonsalaried workers were $48.88. They worked an average of 181.8 hours per month (table 16). The maintenance divisions of the plantations, because of the large proportion of semiskilled and skilled laborers, showed the highest monthly earnings amounting to $59.90. For the same reason and because of longer hours, nonsalaried clerical workers also stood well above the average with earnings of $58.66. Transportation workers received low hourly earnings, but, because they worked more hours than any other group (224.6 hours per month or 42.8 hours above the average for all workers), their monthly earnings of $52.28 were also above average. T 1 6 . — Average hours worked per month and average monthly earnings of non salaried 1 male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, hy type of work, M arch 1989 able Number of workers Average hours worked per month All types_____________________ __________________________ 8,371 181.8 $48. 88 Cultivation_______________________ ___________________________ Harvesting __ _ _____________ _________ __ __________________ Transportation__________ ______ ________________ ________ ____ Manufacture______ ______________ ____ __ ____ ________________ Maintenance______________ ___ _ . ________ ___ _____ _______ Industrial service___________ ____ ___ _____ _____ ____ _____ _____ _______________________ _______ - __ _______ - ___ Clerical. 1,653 3, 612 412 1,028 1,042 592 32 169.8 164.9 224.6 212.4 205. 8 191. 7 211.9 40.17 49. 73 52. 28 53. 10 59. 90 38. 36 58. 66 Type of work3 Average monthly earnings 1 Som e su g ar p la n ta tio n s do n o t k eep a record of a c tu a l h o u rs w o rk e d b y sala ried em ployees; h en ce all ta b le s in v o lv in g h o u rly records refer to n o n sala ried w o rk ers o nly. * D efinitions: C u l t i v a t i o n : All field a n d w a te r s u p p ly o p e ra tio n s (in c lu d in g p u m p in g ) o th e r th a n th o se c o n n ected w ith h a rv e stin g a n d tra n s p o rta tio n . H a r v e s t i n g : A ll h a rv e stin g o p e ra tio n s u p to co m p le tio n o f lo ad in g or d e liv e ry of cane in to flu m e. T r a n s p o r t a t i o n : A n y ty p e of tra n s p o rta tio n , in c lu d in g tr a n s p o r ta tio n of em ployees, cane, m a te ria ls, finished p ro d u c ts , etc. M a n u f a c t u r e : All w o rk re g u la rly d o n e b y fa c to ry em p lo y ees in an d a b o u t th e fa cto ry an d m ill y a rd . M a i n t e n a n c e : M a in te n a n c e , re p a ir, a n d c o n stru c tio n w o rk of a n y n a tu re done b y sh o p s, d e p a rtm e n ts , a n d re g u la r re p a ir g angs. I n d u s t r i a l s e r v i c e : All w o rk d o n e in conn ectio n w ith fu rn ish in g of p e rq u is ite s to em p lo y ees, su ch as clean in g c am p s, fu rn ish in g fueT, y a rd w o rk , m ed ical serv ice, e tc . C l e r i c a l : A ll clerical w o rk w h e re v er p e rfo rm ed . Harvesting, on the other hand, stood above the average not because of long hours but because of high hourly earnings. This type of work averaged only 164.9 hours per month, the lowest of all types of work, being 16.9 hours per month below the average of all workers. Harvesting is very demanding on the physical strength of laborers, hence they are less likely to work overtime and occasion ally they may take a day off. It is the most important type of work, representing 43.2 percent of all plantation labor. Industrial-service workers received only $38.36 per month although they worked 9.9 hours more than the average of all workers. Culti vation workers were the next lowest group with earnings of $40.17 but they worked 12 hours per month less than the average of all workers. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 49 DISTRIBUTION OF MONTHLY EARNINGS OF ALL WORKERS BY TYPE OF WORK A t the time of the survey, harvesting represented 40.7 percent of all employees on the sugar plantations (including salaried workers). Although harvest workers showed higher hourly earnings than those in any other type of work, their monthly earnings of $50.52 were below the general average. This is primarily due to the fact that they averaged less hours per month but also is partly due to the fact that, in proportion to the total number in harvesting, there were fewer salaried workers. The earnings shown in table 17 cover all workers, whereas those in table 16 covered only the nonsalaried workers, for whom a record of hours was available. T able 17.— D istrib u tio n o f all m ale workers on sugar plantations in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to m on th ly ea rn in g s , by typ e o f w ork , M a rch 1 9 3 9 M o n th ly earnings 9,150 $51.96 0 .7 .6 .6 .6 .8 .9 .9 1.2 1.4 1.9 2 .2 3. 5 4. 6 5.1 5 .8 6.1 6 .0 5 .4 5.1 9 .9 8 .0 7 .2 4 .5 3 .7 3 .2 2 .3 1.5 1.5 1.1 1.2 .6 .5 .3 .2 .9 C u m u la N um ber tiv e of p ercen t w o rk ers age 0 .7 1.3 1.9 2 .5 3.3 4 .2 5.1 6 .3 7 .7 9 .6 11.8 15.3 19.9 25.0 30.8 36.9 42.9 48.3 53.4 63.3 71.3 78.5 83.0 86.7 89.9 92.2 93.7 95.2 96.3 97.5 98.1 98.6 98.9 99.1 Sim ple p e rc en t age 15 18 16 13 23 26 21 44 40 57 73 103 123 153 156 128 141 96 63 131 83 87 35 51 29 19 21 15 17 14 0 .8 1 .0 .9 .7 1.3 1 .4 1 .2 2 .4 2 .2 3 .1 4 .0 5 .7 6 .8 8 .4 8 .6 7.1 7 .8 5 .3 3 .5 7 .2 4 .6 4 .8 1.9 2 .8 1.6 1 .0 1 .2 .8 .9 .8 1 1 .1 .1 1,813 $43.02 C u m u lap ercen tage 0 .8 1 .8 2 .7 3 .4 4 .7 6 .1 7 .3 9 .7 11.9 15.0 19.0 24.7 31.5 3 9.9 48.5 55.6 63.4 68.7 7 2.2 79.4 8 4.0 8 8.8 9 0.7 93.5 95.1 96.1 97.3 98.1 9 9.0 9 9.8 9 9.8 99.9 100.0 N um ber of w orkers 35 25 26 30 34 42 45 42 60 76 87 128 172 163 157 157 187 167 194 407 383 320 228 149 133 83 65 60 26 26 4 4 1 1 4 3, 721 $50. 52 Sim ple p e rc en t age 1.0 .7 .7 .8 .9 1.1 1 .2 1.1 1.6 2 .0 2.3 3 .4 4 .6 4 .4 4 .2 4 .2 5 .0 4 .5 5 .2 11.0 10.4 8 .7 6 .2 4 .0 3 .6 2 .2 1.7 1.6 .7 .7 .1 .1 0) 0) .1 T ra n s p o rta tio n C u m u la N u m b e r tiv e of p e rc e n t w o rk ers age 1 .0 1 .7 2 .4 3 .2 4 .1 5 .2 6 .4 7 .5 9 .1 11.1 13.4 16.8 2 1.4 2 5.8 3 0.0 3 4.2 3 9.2 43.7 4 8.9 5 9.9 70.3 7 9.0 8 5.2 8 9.2 9 2.8 9 5 .0 9 6.7 98.3 9 9.0 9 9.7 9 9.8 9 9.9 9 9.9 9 9.9 2 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 4 4 1 8 13 10 22 30 27 38 33 61 76 54 36 32 19 24 11 7 7 11 4 5 2 1 Sim ple p e rc e n t age 0 .4 .2 .2 .5 .2 .2 .7 .2 .7 .7 .2 1 .4 2 .3 1 .8 4 .0 5 .4 4 .9 6 .9 6 .0 11.0 13.6 9 .7 6 .5 5 .8 3 .4 4 .3 2 .0 1.3 1.3 2 .0 .7 .9 .4 .2 C u m u la tiv e p erc en t age 0 .4 .6 .8 1.3 1.5 1.7 2 .4 2 .6 3 .3 4 .0 4 .2 5 .6 7 .9 9 .7 13.7 19.1 24.0 3 0.9 36.9 47.9 61.5 71.2 77.7 83.5 86.9 9 1.2 93.2 94.5 95.8 97.8 98.5 99. f 99.8 100.0 554 $57. 71 JLess th a n Ho of 1 percen t. 2T h e average of all w orkers earn in g $150 a n d over am o u n te d to $188.52. T h e averages b y occu p atio n s w ere $162.71 for h arvesting; $162.20 for m an u factu rin g ; $191.83 for m ain te nance; $200 for in d u s tria l service; an d $187.61 for clerical an d oth er occupations. THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 66 55 52 56 69 84 84 106 129 174 201 323 421 469 532 557 546 493 470 913 737 660 411 341 295 206 135 140 99 108 53 45 24 17 2 79 Sim ple p erc en t age O LABOR m _ ___ U n d e r $ 5 ___ _____________ __ _ ________ $5 a n d u n d e r $7.50_ ___ __ ___ ___ _ _ ______ _ $7.50 a n d u n d e r $10 _ _ _ __ ___ ______________ $10 an d u n d e r $12.50 _ _ _ $12.50 a n d u n d e r $15_______________________________ $15 an d u n d e r $17.50 _ _ _ _ _ _ $17.50 a n d u n d e r $20 $20 a n d u n d e r $22.50 $22.50 a n d u n d e r $25_______ __ __ _ _ __ __ __ __ $25 an d u n d e r $27.50 _ $27.50 a n d u n d e r $30____ _____ ____ ______ $30 a n d u n d e r $32.50___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ __ _______ _ __ $32.50 a n d u n d e r $35_________ $35 a n d u n d e r $37.50_____ ___ __ _ _ ___ $37.50 a n d u n d e r $40__________ __ __ _ ___ $40 a n d u n d e r $42.50 _ _ $42.50 a n d u n d e r $45. __ _____ _____________ __ ._ $45 a n d u n d e r $47.50___ _ __ _ __ __ __ _ _ _ _ $47.50 an d u n d e r $50___ _ __ _____________ _ __ $50 a n d u n d e r $55 $55 a n d u n d e r $60____ ______ _______________ ___ $60 a n d u n d e r $65____________ ______________ $65 a n d u n d e r $70_______ ___ _ __________ ____ $70 an d u n d e r $75, _ _ ________ ____________ ______ $75 a n d u n d e r $80___ _________ __________ ___ __ _ $80 a n d u n d e r $85_____________ __ ______ _ $85 a n d u n d e r $90_ _______ ___ ____________ __ _ _ ______ _____ _ _ _ $90 a n d u n d e r $95_______ ____ $95 an d u n d e r $100________ ___ _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ $100 a n d u n d e r $110__ _____ _ ___ ______ _______ $110 a n d u n d e r $120 $120 a n d u n d e r $130 _ _______ _______ $130 a n d u n d e r $140 _ _ _ _ $140 a n d u n d e r $150 $150 an d over ____ _ ______ ____________ ___ _ T o tal A verage m o n th ly earnings N um ber of w orkers H a rv e stin g C u ltiv a tio n T o tal Oi Manufacture Under $5_______________________________________ _______ $5 and under $7.50_____________ $7.50 and under $10_____________ _____ __ $10 and under $12.50___________ $12.50 and under $15___________ $15 and under $17.50___________ $17.50 and under $20____________________ . $20 and under $22.50____________ _____ $22.50 and under $25___________ $25 and under $27.50___________ $27.50 and under $30___________ $30 and under $32.50__. _______ __ $32.50 and under $35_______________________ $35 and under $37.50_____________________ $37.50 and under $40______________________ $40 and under $42.50___________________ _ $42.50 and under $45______________________ $45 and under $47.50______________________ $47.50 and under $50_____________________ $50 and under $55_____ _________ ______ _ $55 and under $60___________________________ $60 and under $65___________________________ $65 and under $70__________________________ $70 and under $75________________________ $75 and under $80________________________ $80 and under $85________________________ $85 and under $90________________________ $90 and under $95____________________________ _ $95 and under $100___________________________ . $100 and under $110__________________________ $110 and under $120________________________ $120 and under $130_______________________ $130 and under $140______________________ $140 and under $150______________________ $150 and over_______________________________ Total_______________________ _________ Average monthly earnings ________________ Number of workers 2 3 4 1 6 1 3 2 7 7 5 23 36 71 103 85 91 89 148 76 82 51 37 42 26 10 18 19 14 10 7 2 4 3 1,088 $55.08 Number Simple Cumula tive percent percent of workers age age 0.2 .3 .4 .l .6 .l .3 .2 .6 .6 .5 2.1 3. 3 6.5 9.4 7.8 8.4 8.2 13.5 7.0 7.5 4.7 3.4 3.9 2.4 .9 1.7 1.7 1.3 .9 .6 .2 .4 .3 0. 2 .5 .9 1.0 16 1. 7 2.0 2. 2 2. 8 3.4 3.9 6.0 9.3 15.8 25.2 33.0 41.4 49.6 63.1 70.1 77.6 82.3 85.7 89.6 92.0 92.9 94.6 96.3 97.6 98.5 99.1 99.3 99.7 6 3 4 5 4 3 7 4 5 7 13 28 26 37 64 70 65 50 63 113 90 87 52 52 44 38 22 33 24 24 25 9 9 7 44 1.137 $63. 75 Number Simple Cumula tive of percent percent workers age age 0. 5 .3 .4 .4 .4 .3 .6 .4 .4 .6 1.1 2. 5 2.3 3.3 5.6 6.2 5.7 4.4 5.5 9.8 7.9 7.7 4.6 4.6 3.9 3.3 1.9 2.9 2.1 2.1 2.2 .8 ’.8 0 3.9 0.5 .8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.9 3.3 3.7 4.3 5.4 7.9 10.2 13.5 19.1 25.3 31.0 35.4 40.9 50.7 58.6 66.3 70.9 75.5 79.4 82.7 84.6 87.5 89.6 91.7 93.9 94. 7 95.5 96.1 8 6 2 1 6 6 6 12 18 23 20 51 64 70 61 65 40 46 21 43 27 20 6 16 13 7 1 5 2 6 1 Number Simple Cumula tive percent percent of workers age age 1.2 .9 .3 .1 .9 .9 .9 1.8 2.7 3.4 2.9 7. 5 9.4 10.4 9.0 9.6 5.9 6.8 3.1 6.3 4.0 2.9 .9 2.4 1.9 1.0 .1 .7 .3 .9 .1 1 .1 5 .7 679 $42.82 Clerical and others 1.2 2.1 2.4 2.5 3.4 4.3 5.2 7.0 9.7 13.1 16.0 23.5 32.9 43.3 52.3 61.9 67.8 74.6 77.7 84.0 88.0 90.9 91.8 94.2 96.1 97.1 97.2 97.9 98.2 99.1 99.2 99.2 99.3 99.3 1 4 1 5 7 10 2 10 3 4 15 9 5 2 4 13 9 19 8 4 23 158 $101.05 Simple Cumula tive percent percent age age 0.6 2.5 .6 3.2 4.4 6.3 1.3 6.3 1.9 2.5 9.5 5.7 3.2 1.3 2.5 8.2 5.7 12.1 5.1 2. 5 14.6 0.6 3.1 3.7 6.9 11.3 17.6 18.9 25.2 27.1 29.6 39.1 44.8 48.0 49.3 51.8 60.0 65.7 77.8 82.9 85.4 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A H , 1 9 3 9 241404— 40- Monthly earnings Industrial service Maintenance 52 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 Cultivation was second to harvesting in number employed, repre senting 19.8 percent of total employment. The average monthly earnings for this type of work were only $43.02, or $8.94 below the general average. Maintenance workers were the third largest group in numbers em ployed, constituting 12.4 percent of the total. Their average monthly earnings ($63.75) were high, due to the fact that many of them were skilled or semiskilled. Transport workers, in spite of the fact that their hourly earnings were below average, received monthly earnings of $57.71 which were distinctly above average. This is due to the fact that those engaged in transportation worked a greater number of hours per month than those in any other type of work. Clerical and other services received $101.05, or almost double the general average monthly earnings. It was the smallest group nu merically, however, representing only 1.7 percent of the total. MONTHLY EARNINGS OF NONSALARIED WORKERS BY RACE Filipinos constituted by far the largest racial group among the nonsalaried workers, representing over half of the total employment. Their monthly earnings ($46.92) and hours worked per month (171.5) were slightly below the average of all workers (table 18). The Japanese, representing somewhat less than a third of total employment, showed m onthly earnings of $50.94, slightly above the genera] average; and their average o f 196 hours was distinctly above the general monthly average. The Portuguese workers had the highest monthly earnings ($56.23) of any considerable racial group among the nonsalaried workers. They earned as much per hour as the Filipinos and worked even more hours (203.3) than the Japanese. The difference between the monthly earnings of the two predomi nant racial groups appears to bear out the general belief that Filipino laborers work intensively rather than consistently, whereas Japanese laborers work consistently rather than intensively. An important reason for this difference, in addition to its implication as to racial characteristics, is the fact that the m ajority of Filipinos are single, whereas the m ajority of the Japanese have families. This fact also indicates that the real income of the Japanese is, on the average, considerably higher than that of the Filipinos since the total value of perquisites 2 is two to three times as great for married as for unmarried workers. T a b l e 18. — A v era g e hours w orked p er m onth and average m on th ly ea rn in g s o f n o n salaried m ale w ork ers on sugar p la n tation s in the H a w a iia n I s la n d s , b y ra ce , M arch 193 9 Race All races.................................. ............ ......... ............. Anglo-Saxon_____ _______ __________________ ________ Japanese___ ____ _______ __________________________ _ Filipino__________________ ______ _____ ____ _____ ____ Chinese......... ................ ...................................................... Puerto Rican............................................................... ........ Portuguese.......... ................................................................. Hawaiian and part Hawaiian.............................................. All others............ ............................................................... Number of workers 8,371 54 2,377 4,770 96 221 442 252 159 Average hours worked per month Average monthly earnings 181.8 210.3 196.0 171.5 181.1 184.6 203.3 192.1 189.3 *Value of perquisites is treated separately following the analysis of wages and hours. $48.88 76.00 50.94 46.92 42.39 44.96 56.23 54.07 48.24 Average hourly earnings $0,269 .361 .260 .274 .234 .244 .277 .281 .255 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 53 MONTHLY EARNINGS OF SALARIED WORKERS BY RACE The analysis of monthly earnings included salaried as well as nonsalaried workers, increasing the total number in the sample to 9,150. Salaried workers represented less than one-tenth (8.5 percent) of this total, but their monthly earnings were distinctly higher, raising the general average. The average monthly earnings o f salaried plantation workers were $85.06. One-third of the total (33.9 percent) received between $70 and $90 per month. Although Japanese represented only 29.4 percent of all workers, 40.2 percent of all salaried workers were Japanese. Their average earnings were $76.94 per month, or $8.12 below the general average. Portuguese constituted the second largest racial group among sala ried employees. Although they represented only 7.0 percent o f total employment, 25.6 percent of all salaried employees were Portuguese. Their average earnings were $86.75, corresponding closely to the general average. Filipinos, on the other hand, who represented 53.1 percent of all workers, comprised only 10.7 percent of all salaried workers. Their earnings were distinctly below average, being only $67.08 per month. Anglo-Saxons constituted 10.3 percent of salaried workers and re ceived $137.91, b y far the highest monthly income of all racial groups. Even if this group is excluded, salaried workers showed a much wider range of income than did nonsalaried workers. The lowest average income of $64.94 was received by Puerto Ricans and the highest in come (other than Anglo-Saxons) of $101.71 was received by “ all others.,, Chinese were next with an income of $90.56. MONTHLY EARNINGS OF ALL WORKERS BY RACE Average monthly earnings for all male workers, salaried and non salaried, were $51.96 (table 19). Over 40 percent of all workers received between $40 and $60 per month. Of the total, 99 percent received less than $140 per month. But 30.7 percent of the Anglo-Saxons, 3.7 percent of the Portuguese, and 2.7 percent of the Chinese received more than $140 per month, being the three leading races in upper income brackets. Anglo-Saxons received an average o f $112.96 or more than twice the average of all workers. Excluding this relatively small group the range of m onthly earnings was $18.61, the lowest being the Puerto Rican ($47.13) and the highest being the Portuguese ($65.74). The difference between the average m onthly earnings of Japanese ($53.97) and Filipinos ($47.27) reflects the fact that more than a third of the Japanese earned more than $60, whereas only about onefifth o f the Filipinos did. Only 1 in every 1,000 Filipinos made more than $120 in M arch, as compared with about 19 of each 1,000 Japanese. T a b l e 19.— D istrib u tio n o f all m ole workers on sugar plantations in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to m on th ly ea rn in gs , b y racef M a rch 1 9 8 9 Total Monthly earnings $17.50 and under $20_____________________________ 0.7 Cumula- Number tive perof centage workers 0.7 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.3 4.2 5.1 6.3 7.7 9.6 55 52 56 69 84 84 106 129 174 1.4 1.9 201 2 .2 1 1 .8 3.5 4.6 5.1 5.8 15.3 19.9 25.0 30.8 36.9 42.9 48.3 53.4 63.3 71.3 78.5 83.0. 86.7 89.9 92.2 93.7 95.2 96.3 97.5 98.1 98.6 98.9 99.1 323 421 469 532 557 546 493 470 913 737 660 411 341 295 206 135 140 99 108 53 45 24 17 279 9,150 .6 .6 .6 .8 .9 .9 1 .2 6 .1 6 .0 5.4 5.1 9.9 8 .0 7.2 4.5 3.7 3.2 2.3 1.5 1.5 1 .1 1 .2 .6 .5 .3 .2 .9 Simple Cumula Number percent tive per of age centage workers 20 1 1 0.7 .7 1 .7 1 .7 3 2 .2 2 1.5 1 .7 4 1 3.0 .7 3 2 .2 8 6 .0 5 3.7 8 6 .0 6 4.6 8 7 3 3 1 15 2 5 4 3 38 134 6 .0 5.3 2 .2 2 .2 .7 11.3 1.5 3.7 3.0 2 .2 28.5 0.7 1.4 1.4 2 .1 2 .1 2 .1 2 .8 5.0 5.0 5.0 6.5 6.5 7.2 10.2 10.9 13.1 19.1 13 19 14 25 18 22 37 35 43 48 92 116 116 144 151 138 144 124 244 2 2 .8 201 28.8 33.4 33.4 39.4 44.7 46.9 49.1 49.8 61.1 62.6 66.3 69.3 71.5 206 134 138 103 78 51 55 51 33 26 21 12 7 12 2,691 Simple percent age 0 .8 .5 .7 .5 .9 .7 .8 1.4 1.3 1 .6 1 .8 3.4 4.3 4.3 5.4 5.6 5.1 5.4 4.6 9.0 7.5 7.7 5.0 5.1 3.8 2.9 1.9 2 .0 1.9 1 .2 1 .0 .8 .4 .3 .4 Cumula Number of tive per centage workers 0 .8 1.3 2 .0 2.5 3.4 41 4.9 6.3 7.6 9.2 1 1.0 14.4 18.7 23.0 28.4 34.0 39.1 44.5 49.1 58.1 65.6 73.3 78.3 83.4 87.2 90.1 92.0 94.0 95.9 97.1 98.1 98.9 99.3 99.6 38 36 25 34 30 52 47 53 71 96 114 195 251 289 308 333 337 288 287 557 411 341 214 131 116 66 44 47 16 14 6 2 1 1 .......... 2 4,853 Simple Cumula percent tive per centage age 0 .8 .7 .5 .7 .6 1 .1 1 .0 1 .1 1.5 0 .8 1.5 2 .0 2.7 3.3 4.4 5.4 6.5 8 .0 2 .0 1 0.0 2.3 4.0 5.2 12.3 16.3 21.5 27.5 33.8 40.7 47.6 53.5 59.4 71.0 79.5 86.5 90.9 93.6 96.0 97.4 98.3 99.3 99.6 99.9 6 .0 6.3 6.9 6.9 5.9 5.9 1 1 .6 8.5 7.0 4.4 2.7 2.4 1.4 .9 1 .0 .3 .3 .1 0) 0) 0) 0) - 100 100 100 100 .0 .0 .0 .0 $112.96 $51.96 $53.97 Average monthly earnings___ ____________________ $47. 27 1 Less than one-tenth of 1 percent. 2The average of all workers earning $150 and over amounted to $188.52. The averages by race were $204.62 for Anglo-Saxon; $170.14 for Japanese; $175 for Filipinos; $186.90 for Chinese; $173.87 for Portuguese; $165.98 for Hawaiians and part Hawaiians; and $190 for other races. 1939 $25 and under $27.50_____________________________ $27.50 and under $30_____________________________ $30 and under $32.50 ______ $32.50 and under $35 _ _ ___ $35 and under $37.50_____________________________ $37.50 and under $40 ______________ $40 and under $42.50_____________________________ $42.50 and under $45_____________________________ $45 and under $47.50_____________________________ $47.50 and under $50______________________ ______ $50 and under $55_______________________________ $55 and under $60_______________________________ $60 and under $65_______________________________ $65 and under $70_______________________________ $70 and under $75 ___________ $75 and under $80_______________________________ $80 and under $85_______________________________ $85 and under $90_______________________________ $90 and under $95____ ___________________________ $95 and under $100________ __________ ________ $ 1 0 0 and under $ 1 1 0 ____ _____ _____ _____ _________ $ 1 1 0 and under $ 1 2 0 ____ _________________________ $120 and under $130_____________________________ $130 and under $140_____________________________ $140 and under $150_____________________ ________ $150 and over_____________ ________________ T o ta l___ . ________________ 66 Simple percentage Filipino Japanese LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, Under $5 __________________ $5 and under $7.50 _____________ ___ $7.50 and under $10 - _ _____________ $10 and under $12.50----- ---------- --------- ----------------$12.50 and under $15_____________________________ Number of workers Anglo-Saxon Oj Chinese Monthly earnings $12.50 and under $15_______ ______ $15 and under $17.50--------------------$17.50 and under $20--------------------$20 and under $22.50_____________ $22.50 and under $25______________ $25 and under $27.50-------------------$27.50 and under $30--------------------$30 and under $32.50--------------------$32.50 and under $35_____________ $35 and under $37.50--------------------$37.50 and under $40--------------------$40 and under $42.50--------------------$42.50 and under $45_____________ $45 and under $47.50--------------------$47.50 and under $50--------------------$50 and under $55-----------------------$55 and under $60___ ____________ $60 and under $65-----------------------$65 and under $70---------- ------------$70 and under $75-----------------------$75 and under $80___ ____ ______ $80 and under $85-----------------------$85 and under $90-----------------------$90 and under $95 - ____$95 and under $100 __ __ $100 and under $110- ____ •_____ $110 and under $120 -- __ $120 and under $130 __ - __ $130 and under $140.. _ __ $140 and under $150 _ _ ___ -$150 and over ___ Total - -- _________ Average monthly earnings____ ___ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian Portuguese Other Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative lative lative lative lative ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent workers workers workers age workers age age age age workers age age age age age 2 1.8 2 1 4 2 2 5 3 4 2 4 4 8 7 4 8 1 5 4 6 6 5 8 4 3 4 1.8 .9 3.6 1.8 1.8 4.5 2.7 3.6 1.8 3.6 3.6 7.0 6.3 3.6 7.0 .9 4.5 3.6 5.3 5.3 4.5 7.0 3.6 2.7 3.6 1 .9 3 2.7 112 $49. 27 1.8 1.8 3.6 4.5 8.1 9.9 11.7 16.2 18.9 22.5 24.3 27.9 31.5 38.5 44.8 48.4 55.4 56.3 60.8 64.4 69.7 75.0 79.5 86.5 90.1 92.8 96.4 96.4 96.4 96.4 97.3 97.3 97.3 97.3 3 3 1.2 1.2 3 1 6 2 3 4 5 6 5 16 14 22 17 13 7 8 25 28 18 11 7 8 5 4 3 1.2 .4 2.4 .8 1.2 1.6 2.0 2.4 2.0 6.5 5.6 8.9 6.9 5.2 2.8 3.2 10.2 11.4 7.3 4.4 2.8 3.2 2.0 1.6 1. 2 1 .4 248 $47.13 1.2 2.4 2.4 3.6 4.0 6.4 7.2 8.4 10.0 12.0 14.4 16.4 22.9 28.5 37.4 44.3 49.5 52.3 55.5 65.7 77.1 84.4 88.8 91.6 94.8 96.8 98.4 99.6 99.6 100.0 3 3 0.5 .5 2 3 1 3 3 5 11 11 10 13 23 22 27 30 35 23 44 51 46 22 39 41 32 19 19 20 31 11 11 4 4 20 .3 .5 .2 .5 .5 .8 1.7 1.7 1.6 2.0 3.6 3.4 4.2 4.7 5.5 3.6 6.8 7.8 7.1 3.4 6.1 6.4 5.0 3.0 3.0 3.1 4.8 1. 7 1. 7 .6 .6 3.1 642 $65. 74 0.5 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.8 2.0 2.5 3.0 3.8 5.5 7.2 8.8 10.8 14.4 17.8 22.0 26.7 32.2 35.8 42.6 50.4 57.5 60.9 67.0 73.4 78.4 81.4 84.4 87. 5 92. 3 94.0 95. 7 96. 3 96.9 3 1 2 4 5 3 5 6 12 9 12 11 14 15 9 10 11 19 24 26 14 12 10 13 9 7 7 10 5 4 1 1 3 297 $57.75 1.6 .3 .7 1.3 1.7 1.0 1.7 2.0 4.0 3.0 4.0 3.7 4.7 5.1 3.0 3.4 3.7 6.4 8.1 8.9 4.7 4.0 3.4 4.4 3.0 2.4 2.4 3.4 1.7 1.3 .3 .3 1.0 1.6 1.3 2.0 3.3 5.0 6.0 7.7 9.7 13.7 16.7 20.7 24.4 29.1 34.2 37.2 40.6 44.3 50.7 58.8 67.7 72.4 76.4 79.8 84.2 87.2 89.6 92.0 95.4 97.1 98.4 98.7 99.0 3 1.7 3 1 2 2 6 8 5 8 9 6 15 9 7 7 9 12 11 9 5 6 5 2 1 6 4 4 2 2 2 1 1 1.7 .6 1.2 1.2 3.5 4.6 2.9 4.6 5.2 3.5 8.6 5.2 4.0 4.0 5.2 6.8 6.3 5.2 2.9 3.5 2.9 1.2 .6 3.5 2.3 2.3 1.2 1.2 1.2 .6 .6 1.7 1.7 3.4 4.0 5.2 6.4 9.9 14.5 17.4 22.0 27.2 30.7 39.3 44.5 48.5 52.5 57.7 64.5 70.8 76.0 78.9 82.4 85.3 86.5 87.1 90.6 92.9 95.2 96.4 97.6 98.8 99.4 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 39 $5 and under $7.50____ _____ _____ $7.50 and under $10______ ______ Puerto Rican 173 $52.57 Cn O i 56 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 EARNINGS OF WOMEN AND MINORS IN THE SUGAR INDUSTRY Practically all women working on sugar plantations are members of the families of male employees. They account for 6.1 percent of the total number of employees and 4.8 percent of the total number of days worked.3 Four-fifths are of Japanese extraction. Such women usually work only during certain periods of the year as, for instance, when planting is in progress. They also do some of the lighter work in cultivating, fertilizing with hand applicators, or gleaning the fields at harvest time. The Agricultural Adjustment Administration in its wage determinations required that women should receive a minimum average wage of not less than 75 percent of that required for men. Under this ruling the minimum average daily wage for women was $1.05. Of the total working time of all women, about half was devoted to labor under daily rates, and slightly less than half to labor under piece rates.4 Per diem workers averaged $1.10 (or 13.9 cents per hour). This was 5 cents per day above the required minimum and indicates that practically all of these workers were engaged at the minimum rate. School attendance to the age of 16 is required by Territorial law. Male employees over this age are usually capable of doing full-time work and, in such cases, are classified as adult labor. Therefore, the number of minor workers on the plantations is small, ranging from 1.2 to 4.5 percent of the total, depending on the time of year. They may do odd jobs after school hours, but the bulk of the employment of minors is during the vacation periods when they assist in lighter tasks about the plantation. Average earnings of minors in December 1938 were $1.16 per 8-hour day, or 14.5 cents per hour, for those on per diem rates, and $1.41 per day for those on piece rates. Recent Territorial legislation has made the employment of minors 5 illegal. 3January 1939 report of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association. 4 Some plantations, particularly in Maui, engage women (primarily Japanese) under long-term culti vation contracts. The man-days worked by women under such contracts, however, were only 0.5 percent of the total man-days of all workers. They averaged $1.68 per day. * For agricultural work this applies to children under 14 years of age. A number of exceptions tends to vitiate the effectiveness of the law, however. CHAPTER 6. SEASONALITY, ANNUAL EARNINGS, AND WAGE TRENDS SEASONALITY Employment in the production of sugar in Hawaii continues throughout the year. In this respect it is more like employment in manufacturing operations with moderate seasonal fluctuations than like agricultural operations in the continental United States. Since the very equable climate of Hawaii makes possible the continuous growth of sugar, it would theoretically be possible to carry on every type of operation (from planting to harvesting) every day in the year. The mills generally operate 6 days per week, 24 hours per day, in three 8-hour shifts. They usually shut down at 5 p. m. Saturdays. Sunday morning a small shift of clean-up men (to brush out evaporator tubes, etc.) will prepare for resumption of milling operations which begin on Sunday about 5 p. m. But at least once a year the mill must be stopped for a thorough overhauling. This requires about 2 months, usually some time be tween the 1st of October and the end of December. On the other hand, the cane must be milled within 48 hours after it is harvested. This is particularly true when the cane fields are burned to strip the stalks of leaves, which is an almost universal practice in Hawaii. Since the cane cannot be stored, much of the field work ceases during the “ off-season” or repair period. The plantation management, however, carries its employees through this period by using the time not only for mill repairs, but for a general overhaul of the whole plantation, including work on roads, irrigation ditches, and railways; the repairing of tractors, trucks, steam engines, pumps, and electrical power plants; and the building and painting of houses, offices, etc. For this reason, it is frequently stated that seasonality has been entirely eliminated in the Hawaiian sugar industry. Nevertheless, some degree of seasonality remains. Those who leave, retire, or are dismissed before the repair season are not replaced until the heavy harvesting season begins again. Some plantations follow a policy of providing certificates for those who wish to leave during the “ off season,” guaranteeing them rein statement in their old gang under the same conditions provided they return before an agreed date. Unmarried Filipinos in particular use this opportunity to explore the possibility of work elsewhere, or to take a vacation with relatives or friends on other islands. Another and more important cause of seasonality is the fact that one-half of the year (March to August, inclusive) is more favorable to a high sugar content in the cane than the other half. Hence a considerably greater quantity of cane is harvested then, particularly during June, July, and August, than from September to February. It is this fact that leads to the closing of the mills for repairs some time between September and December rather than in some other months. Three periods may be distinguished in the annual cycle of employ ment on the sugar plantations. The slack season extends over the 57 58 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 last 4 months of the year, the low point usually occurring in October or November. For the 8 years, 1931 to 1938, employment averaged about 47,300 in these 2 months. Employment usually rises sharply in January and continues to rise moderately for several months. The average employment from March to May, inclusive, was about 49,450, an increase of less than 5 percent. Employment then rises to a peak in June or July, averaging somewhat more than 53,000 in the years shown in table 20, an increase of 12 or 13 percent over the low level of the fall and of 7 or 8 percent over the spring level. In August employment is well sustained but is at a lower level than in July. The plantations thus offer employment for a period of 60 to 90 days in the summer to approximately 7 percent more workers than are regularly employed. This coincides with the period of school vaca tions. A large proportion of those hired for this summer work are native-born young men (often students and sons of older plantation employees). This is indicated in table 20, which shows a sharp rise in the percentage of citizen workers each summer. The increase in the summer in citizen workers is almost equal to the total increase in the working force during this season. In passing it should be noted that the proportion of citizen labor is increasing markedly. In 1930 one-eighth of the regular working force were citizens. By the end of 1938 nearly three-eighths were. T able 2 0 .— Employment, by monthst showing seasonality, and percentage of citizens on sugar-plantation pay rolls, 1981 to 1938 Total Total Percent Total Percent Total Percent employ Percent citizens employ citizens employ citizens employ citizens ees ees ees ees 1932 1931 January__________________ _______ F e b r u a r y _____________________ March. ___________ ____ _____ . April_______ _____________________ M ay_____ ____ _ ______ ________ June_______ ______________ ____ July_________________________ ____ August____ _ ________ _______ September. ____________________ October__________________________ November________________________ December________________________ Annual average. __________ 51,726 52,119 53, 244 52, 741 52,097 56,411 56,596 54,676 49,931 49,446 50,315 51,465 13.2 13.2 14.1 14.0 13.6 21.4 22.2 19.9 14.7 14.6 14.3 14.3 52, 563 Annual average_____________ 47,193 47, 327 47,130 47,159 47, 241 49, 276 48,837 47,893 45,125 44, 757 44,233 44,466 46,719 Source: Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. 13.8 13.9 14.1 14.3 14.3 18.7 20.7 20.3 16.1 16.3 16.4 16.6 1936 24.2 23.9 24.1 24.7 24.8 28.4 29.3 29.1 26.9 26.5 26.9 26.6 46, 314 46,715 46,971 47,097 46, 699 51,833 51,675 50, 274 46,438 46, 623 47, 281 46,514 47,869 51,226 51.039 51,161 51,421 52,868 57.039 56, 240 54,782 51,117 50,010 50,062 50, 209 16.9 17.3 17.6 18.7 19.0 25.3 25.6 24.9 21.6 21.3 21.2 21.6 52, 264 52,409 1935 January___ ______________________ February_________ ______________ March___ ________________ ____ April______________________ ______ May ____________________________ June_______ ______________________ July___________ _____ ____________ August________________________ . September___ ____________________ October_____________ __________ November_______________ ____ ___ December_______________________ 52,367 52,321 52,538 52,453 52, 524 54,992 55, 575 55,161 51,158 49,845 49, 637 50,346 1934 1933 46, 917 46, 657 48,246 48,087 47,198 53,566 51, 529 50, 270 45, 794 45,855 46,119 45, 514 47,979 21.3 21.6 22.1 22.4 23.0 28.9 29.6 28.1 24.0 24.0 24.4 24.2 49, 950 1937 26.2 26.3 26.7 27.6 27.9 36.1 37.2 36.8 31.5 32.2 32.1 33.3 50, 748 50, 728 50,855 50,581 50,678 54,266 53,462 51, 949 47,530 46, 515 45,825 46,270 1938 32.4 32.6 34.3 33.8 35.3 43.8 42.1 40.6 35.3 35.0 34.9 35.4 45, 315 45, 747 45, 744 46, 342 45, 673 49,142 48,650 48, 284 45, 527 45,407 45,054 44,810 46, 307 34.4 34.9 35.1 35.9 35.4 40.3 40.4 40.0 36.2 37.8 36.0 36.4 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 59 TURN-OVER Even though the purely seasonal workers who are employed only during the peak summer months are eliminated from the study of an nual earnings,1 there remains a large number of workers who worked less than 120 days in the year due to labor turn-over (table 21). Turn-over has been a difficult problem of plantation management and has at times been as high as 27 percent of total average an nual employment. Although it has been gradually reduced in recent years, it still has a significant influence on the average of annual earnings.2 1 The difference of 236 between 9,150 workers whose earnings are shown in March 1939 and 8,914 for 1938 represents workers at work in March hired after January 1, 1939. The 1938 earnings of workers on the plan tations who had left by March 1939 are not shown. Thus those who are shown in the table to have worked only part of the year in 1938 include those who were hired after January 1,1938, and could not have worked a full year, and those who left voluntarily during the off season and returned before March. They do not include the earnings of the purely seasonal workers hired in the summer of 1938 and separated in the fall. 2 The Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association reported that in December 1938 there were 1,319 separations. Of them 605 were due to “ sickness, vacations, or transfers” and 714 were due to “ other causes.” Accessions totaled 1,137; 397 of these were “ returned sick, vacations, or transfers” and 740 were new employees. Accurate figures on turn-over over time are not available because the reported separations and accessions include many persons who have merely been temporarily absent and should not, strictly speaking, be included in turn-over figures. T a b l e 2 1 . — Distribution of all male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian islands according to total annual earnings, by days worked,1 O O 21 184 159 19 1 13 121 180 30 1 1 2 46 88 22 6 2 42 160 38 5 16 109 14 4 1 14 63 5 2 9 26 1 1 1 4 25 4 888 716 854 4 1,498 sn 9 4Q4 R39 Ill 17 327 26 Simple percentage Total workers 1 j 1 $1,500 and over $1,400 and under $1,500 $1,300 and under $1,400 $1,200 and under i $1,300 j $1,100 and under $1,200 $1,000 and under $1,100 5 84 146 16 1 1 9 73 140 19 3 and under $1,000 3 54 207 149 42 1 $900 and under $950 $700 and under $750 3 92 276 193 29 $950 $650 and under $700 4 13 144 278 172 37 1 $850 and under $900 $600 and under $650 12 167 316 161 24 $800 and under $850 $550 and under $600 1 50 227 288 148 9 $750 and under $800 $500 and under $550 $450 and under $500 | $400 and under $450 | $350 and under $400 | $300 and under $350 $250 and under $300 j $200 and under $250 $150 and under $200 $100 and under $150 Under $50 1 2 455 295 114 20 Under 60 days . 11 187 234 147 78 37 7 3 7 60 and under 120 days - _ 1 31 107 181 165 125 93 68 120 and under 180 days 1 12 103 168 207 230 35 180 and under 240 days 5 25 70 158 248 240 and under 300 days 12 34 63 300 and under 360 days _ _ 1 360 and under 420 days 420 days and over _ _ 10.0 1 0 . 0 8.0 18.0 9.6 27. 6 16. 8 44.4 27.9 72.3 23. 7 96,0 3! 7 99.7 .3 Total workers........... 455 306 302 286 268 299 331 382 499 613 723 680 649 593 457 384 345 252 245 165 247 143 85 37 34 2 134 8,914 Simple percentage............ . 5.1 3.4 3.4 3.2 3.0 3.4 3.7 4.3 5.6 6.9 8.0 7.6 7.3 6.7 5.1 4.3 3.9 2.8 2.7 1.9 2.8 1.6 1.0 .4 .4 1.5 100.0 Cumulative percentage___ 5.1 8.5 11.9 15.1 18.1 21.5 25.2 29.5 35.1 42.0 50.0 57.6 64.9 71.6 76.7 81.0 84.9 87.7 90.4 92.3 95.1 96.7 97.7 98.1 98.5 1 Days worked are 8-hour days or their equivalent and not necessarily calendar days, except for 1 firm, for which calendar days and not 8-hour days were obtained. 2 The average of all workers earning $1,500 and over amounted to $1,955. 193 9 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, Days worked 1 j $50 and under $100 Number of workers whose annual earnings were— Cumulative percentage | 1988 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 61 The reasons for the high rate of turn-over are: (1) The fact that the largest group of plantation laborers are unmarried Filipinos who grow restive under the mass-production discipline of the highly inte grated plantation life to which many of them have not become accus tomed; (2) dissatisfaction with working conditions, in particular with the arbitrary decisions of the luna (or straw boss); (3) difficulties within a gang which is working under piece rates or long-term cultiva tion contracts; (4) seasonal demands of the pineapple industry; (5) opportunities for other employment represented in the growth of Honolulu, the expansion of tourist trade, the water front, and in particular, large Government construction projects which offer higher wages but less permanent employment. This turn-over, however, is confined to a given, but fairly large, group of semimigrant workers. The techniques of the Hawaiian sugar industry require a permanent staff of skilled and semiskilled workers, and even those unskilled workers who have families normally find a permanent home in a given plantation community.3 The degree of regularity of employment on sugar plantations is reflected in the annual earnings of the workers. The average in 1938 for 8,914 male workers who were employed on plantations surveyed in March 1939 was $561. In the sample studied there was a group of 888 workers, however, who had less than 60 days of work in 1938. Almost none of them made as much as $200, and more than four-fifths of them made less than $100. The annual average of male workers with 60 days of work or more was $617. Another group of 716 employees worked over 60 days but less than 120 days. Four-fifths (579) of this number received less than $250. The average annual earnings of those who worked 120 days or more during the year were $658. More than half of the workers had over 240 days’ work in 1938.4 Only 10 percent of this group made less than $481. One-quarter made less than $568. On the other hand, half of them made more than $693, a quarter made more than $865, and 10 percent made more than $1,072. A N N U A L E A R N IN G S B Y T Y P E O F W O R K Salaried workers .— These constitute less than one-tenth of the total number of employees in the sample and earned an average of $1,011 in 1938 (table 22). Of these, clerical workers led with an annual 3 On 1 plantation over one-fourth of the employees had continuous service records ranging from 10 to 50 years. 4 In dealing with the table on annual earnings, by days worked, it should be noted that intervals up to “ 420 days and over” are included. This appears to be an impossibility unless it is clearly understood that (with the exception of 1 plantation) “ days” as used here refers to 8-hour days or their equivalent and not to calendar days; H o of 1 percent, or 26 workers, are in the highest interval, and 3.7percent, or 327 workers, fall in the interval of 360 to 420 days. The workers in these groups are largely watchmen or those who take care of various types of equipment such as automatic pumps, whose work consists of being on hand as guards and to report any stoppage or break-down which might occur. This work is much less arduous than that of field laborers, but the hours are longer. It will be noted that none of the incomes of those in the highest interval extend into the highest-income brackets, indicating that their work is of less importance and that their hourly earnings are, therefore, correspondingly less. Those in the interval of 300 to 360 days and a part of those in the next higher interval are in a very different category. They consist of workers in types of operations which, by their nature, frequently involve extra hours of work. Transport workers, for example, because they move workers to and from work, or sometimes haul cane to the mill after the field workers have finished for the day, and because they are occasionally called upon to transport plantation workers on holidays or to interplantation games, have considerably higher than average hours. Technically there is no increase in hourly pay for such overtime, but in practice such workers are credited with a full day even if they work only 5 or 6 hours. Hence the unusually large number of 8-hour days worked per year. It will be noted that this group includes the largest number in the highest-income bracket. 62 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 average income of $1,306. Workers in manufacture stood second with an average annual income of $1,078, their relatively high earnings being due to the fact that they represent a small group of skilled workers and technicians in the sugar mills. The largest number of salaried workers were in cultivation and in transportation, with annual earnings of $840 and $915, respectively. Nonsalaried workers.— The figures covering earnings by type of work for nonsalaried workers must be interpreted with careful reser vations. Salaried workers, with the exception of those in harvesting, tend to remain in the same type of work throughout the year. But nonsalaried workers, particularly the less skilled ones, are often moved from one type of work to another. Nonsalaried workers therefore are not, and cannot possibly be, classified into clear-cut categories covering a full year’s time. For this purpose workers were classified in their “principal occupation,” but many of them worked at some time during the year in other types of work. Harvest ing, for example, ceases entirely during the offseason of about 2 months, for mill and other repairs. Therefore the large number of employees classified under harvesting must have spent approximately one-sixth of their time in other work, presumably in maintenance or industrial service. But because their primary work is harvesting, they are so classified. Hence all of theii earnings appear under this heading. It is obvious that the figures given must be only rough approximations. Since those in transpor tation, manufacture, and clerical work are more continuously em ployed within their own specific occupations, the earnings figures covering these workers are more dependable than the figures for workers in other occupations. T able 2 2 .— Average annual earnings of male workers on sugar plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, hy type of work, 1938 Cultivation Total Class Salaried workers___________ Nonsalaried workers_______ Not reported. ________ _____ All workers Salaried workers___________ _______ Not r e p o rte d ..__ ____ _ _ All workers__________ Transportation Number Average Number Average Number Average Number Average annual annual of of of annual of annual workers earnings workers earnings workers earnings workers earnings 776 7,417 721 $1,011 546 231 168 1,326 $840 466 105 3,059 $957 512 139 431 $915 590 8,914 561 1,494 508 3,164 526 570 669 Manufacture Class Harvesting Maintenance Industrial service Clerical Number Average Number Average Number Average Number Average annual annual of annual of of of annual workers earnings workers earnings workers earnings workers earnings 95 59 $1,078 1,032 Nonsalaried 1,014 600 workers 1,073 ANNUAL 626 1,127 E A R N IN G S $1,199 707 84 523 $876 484 126 32 $1,306 672 748 607 538 158 1,178 BY RACE Salaried workers of Japanese extraction accounted for two-fifths of all salaried employees and earned an average of $924 during 1938 (table LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 63 19 39 23). Only about one-eighth o f the Japanese held salaried positions, however, whereas nearly one-third o f the Portuguese were salaried workers and earned an annual average of $1,038. Although Filipinos numbered more than half of all employees, they constituted only slightly over one-tenth of the salaried employees, and received annual earnings of $802, which was distinctly below the general average for salaried workers. Nonsalaried Japanese received average annual earnings of $628, or $82 above the general average o f all nonsalaried workers. Filipinos, on the other hand, received only $489, which was $57 below the general average. This difference is accounted for in part by the fact that Filipinos, being the most recent arrivals, have had less time to work into the better and more highly skilled jobs, and in part by the fact that, since most of the Filipinos are single and most of the Japanese married, Filipinos are more migratory, and hence average fewer days of work per year on the plantations. T a b l e 2 3. — A vera g e a nnual earnings o f m ale w orkers on sugar 'plantations in the H a w a iia n Is la n d s , b y race, 1 9 3 8 Total, all races Anglo-Saxon Class 8,914 561 79 $1, 558 50 786 19 0) 148 Puerto Rican Class Filipino Chinese Aver Num Aver Num Aver Num Aver Num Aver Num age an ber of age an ber 0 <f age an an ber of age an ber of ber of age nual nual nual nual work nual work earn work earn work earn earn work earn ers ers ers ers ers ings ings ings ings ings 776 $1, Oil Salaried workers____ _____ Nonsalaried w orkers___ 7,417 546 Not reported_______ ___ 721 231 All workers___ ____ __ Japanese 1,151 314 2,136 93 $924 628 274 80 4,043 472 $802 489 220 16 98 14 0) $487 0) 2, 543 651 4, 595 467 128 525 Portuguese Hawaiian and part Hawaiian All others Aver Num Aver Num Aver Num Aver Num age an ber of age an ber of age an ber of age an ber of nual nual nual nual work earn work earn work earn work earn ers ers ers ers ings ings ings ings Salaried workers___ Nonsalaried workers. Not reported_______ 27 221 11 0) $536 0) 202 463 46 $1,038 629 (0 44 264 54 0) $573 202 14 142 12 0) $587 0) All workers__ 259 545 711 722 362 564 168 609 1Number of employees too few to justify the computation of an average. Included in total for all workers in this race. WAGE TRENDS Broadly speaking, the Hawaiian sugar industry has progressed toward higher wages and better working conditions throughout the period of its development. It started from an extremely low level, however. The early history of the Hawaiian sugar industry is one of frank exploitation of contract labor at extremely low wages under conditions that were almost equivalent to slavery. In 1884 Japanese were imported to work for $9 per month. In 1886 wages ranged from $9.88 per month for Japanese to a high of $13.56 per month for Chinese. 64 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 Plantation laborers received food in addition to their wages at an estimated cost of $6 to $9 per month per worker.5 There have been periods of difficult times, which temporarily checked improvement, and booms (as the period of the W orld W ar) which stimulated it, but the long-time trend has been toward higher wages and shorter hours. Wages, hours, and working conditions were so extremely bad, how ever, that in spite of gradual improvement they were on an oriental rather than an occidental level until after the turn of the century. Wages of Hawaiian sugar workers, along with those in other indus tries, experienced a decline in the world-wide depression of the 1930’s. The depression affected Hawaii somewhat later and less drastically than it affected the mainland, however. Hence wage earners in Hawaii did not feel its effects as soon, nor did they suffer such serious wage declines as did mainland agricultural workers. Because o f the extreme complexity o f the wage structure of the Hawaiian sugar industry, significant over-all indices of recent wage trends are difficult to obtain. Since the great majority of sugar workers are field laborers, the average daily earnings of field laborers constitute a fairly effective approach. This is given in table 24. Since the enactment of the Jones-Costigan A ct of 1934, statistical information on wages has been available, and is shown in table 25 covering earnings of piece-rate workers by type of work. Another, and more complete index may be found by dividing the total annual payroll by the total average annual employment, to obtain the per capita annual payments by the plantations to their employees, as shown in table 26. This table provides a basis for show ing the extent of the decline and recovery in the Hawaiian sugar indus try as compared with the decline and recovery of mainland farm labor in general. Table 26 indicates that annual per capita earnings re mained approximately the same from 1929 to 1931; that they declined sharply in 1932 and 1933; and have shown a continuous and marked rise since 1934. The 1938 average is 24.4 percent above that of 1929. T a b l e 2 4 . — A v era g e d a ily ea rn in g s with and w ithout bon u s o f u n sk illed m en em p lo y ee s i n H a w a iia n sugar p la n ta tion s , 1 9 2 4 to 1 9 3 8 Short-term con tractors Day workers Long-term con tractors All unskilled male employees Year Including Without Including Without Including Without Including Without bonus bonus bonus bonus bonus bonus 1 bonus bonus 1924_______________ 1925_______________ 1926_______________ 1927_______________ 1928_______________ 1929...... ..................... 1930_______________ 1931_______________ 1932_______________ 1933_______________ 1934_______________ 1935__________ ____ 1936_______________ 1937_______________ 1938___ _________ $2.038 1.840 1.837 1.859 1. 864 1.842 1.832 1.862 1.626 1.866 1.722 1.790 2.019 2. 300 2.400 $1.652 1.702 1. 698 1. 711 1.724 1. 705 1.697 1.721 1. 569 1.823 1.600 1.648 1.766 2.053 2.256 $1.662 1.472 1.486 1.634 1.499 1.500 1. 507 1. 519 1.416 1. 396 1. 514 1. 553 1.703 1.822 1.886 $1.347 1.361 1.373 1.504 1.386 1. 388 1.596 1.404 1.367 1.364 1.406 1.430 1.490 1.630 1.772 $2.110 2.194 2.332 2.268 2.286 2.104 2.146 2.202 2.093 1.909 1.816 2.073 2.233 2.424 2.436 $1.876 2.113 2.250 2.182 2.205 2.024 2. 067 2.120 2. 057 1.886 1. 740 1.987 2.090 2. 247 2.339 $1.841 1.705 1.737 1.816 1. 756 1. 716 1.725 1.754 1. 603 1.634 1.629 1.699 1.884 2. 074 2.134 i The bonus system ended effective Sept. 30,1938. Source: Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. 6 Lind, A. W. An Island Community. The University of Chicago Press, Chicago, 1938, p. 200. $1.517 1.590 1.621 1.687 1.640 1.602 1. 612 1.637 1.553 1.600 1. 522 1.573 1.663 1.865 2.011 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 65 19 3 9 T a b l e 2 5 . — A v era g e d a ily ea rn in gs o f sh ort-term contractors (piece-ra te w orkers) on H a w a iia n sugar 'plantations , b y o p era tio n s, 1 9 3 4 - 8 8 1934 Operations 1935 1936 1938 1937 Aver Medi Aver Medi Aver Medi Aver Medi Aver Medi an an an age an age an age age age $1.55 1.87 1.78 2.20 1.69 1.72 Planting____ ___ ____ ___ _ Fertilizing_________________ Irrigating ______ - _ ___ Cultivating________________ 1.29 1.55 1. 27 1.24 1. 30 1. 47 1. 25 1.20 1.41 1.65 1. 37 1.28 Average of planting and cultivating- ___ 1. 27 1.32 1.44 1. 72 1.90 Average of all opera tions - __ __ 1.59 1.64 1.76 2.05 2. 27 Average of harvesting - _ $1. 53 1.75 1.85 2.24 $1. 72 1.98 1. 86 2. 34 $1.66 1.90 1.88 2. 21 1. 52 1. 72 1. 46 1.40 $2.05 2.27 2. 06 2.46 1. 52 1. 52 1.34 1. 34 1.70 2.00 1.68 1.70 $2.31 2.55 2.10 2.76 2. 39 2.16 1. 85 1.29 1. 48 1. 30 1. 21 $2.06 2.26 2.06 2.59 $2.30 2.54 2. 22 2.83 $1.47 1.79 1.81 2.16 Cutting-. _ _ __ ____ ___ _ $1. 52 ____ Loading______ _ __ 1.87 ____ 1.70 Hauling____ Portable track __ 2. 21 1.54 1.85 1.60 1. 58 1.88 2.18 1.82 1.89 1. 75 2.14 1. 67 1.83 Source: Records of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. T a b l e 2 6 . — P la n ta tio n labor and p a y rolls, 1 9 2 9 to 1 9 8 8 Year 1929 ___ 1930________ 1931 . 1932 _______ 1933 _ Per roll (wages Number Pay and salaries, capita of em including annual ployees 1 payments bonus) 2 52,244 51,837 52, 564 52,410 52, 264 $25,966,358.49 26,058,994. 68 26,375, 700. 46 24,007, 235.91 22,904, 564.03 $497.02 502.71 501. 78 458.06 438. 24 Year 1934________ 1935________ 1936 - 1937________ 1938 .- Per (wages Number Payroll and salaries, capita of em including annual ployees 1 bonus)2 payments 49,951 46,720 47,869 47,979 46,307 $23, 204,440. 76 23,047,034.85 25,858,935. 75 28,350,178.91 28, 704, 525.89 $464. 54 493.30 540. 20 590.88 619.87 1 Includes salaried workers. The figures are the average number of employees per month. 2 The bonus system was in part dependent upon the price of sugar. Hence variations in annual earnings are in part a reflection of changes in the price of sugar. Source: Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association pay-roll records. CHAPTER 7. EARNINGS OF LO N G -TE R M CULTIVATORS The following tables refer to the 13.7 percent of the laborers work ing under the long-term cultivation contracts. The contract period begins as soon as the cane “ covers-in” (that is, has covered the field so completely that relativelv little weeding is necessary) and ends just before the harvesting of the cane. Each gang has its own contract covering the particular field or fields to which it is assigned. The work consists primarily of irrigation, and, to a lesser degree, of fer tilizing by hand applicators, and weeding. It is to the interest of each gang to provide its cane with the best possible conditions for growth, since payments are made at an agreed rate per ton on the basis of the number of tons of cane harvested from the field. The earnings so far presented exclude those of long-term cultivators. Their earnings accrue over periods of more than 1 year. They cannot be fitted to either a monthly or an annual distribution of earnings.1 The assignment of a long-term contract is regarded as a promotion. The work involves more responsibility than the other field operations, for it cannot be minutely supervised. The daily average earnings for the contract are higher than the average for all field labor. There is no evidence that long-term cultivators have either more or fewer days of work than field workers, except the presumption that they are treated as a relatively favored group. For an understanding of the long-term cultivation contract it is necessary to remember that plantations are divided into fields for the purpose of maintaining a planting and harvesting program which will provide a continuous supply of cane at the mill. Such fields vary greatly in size, due to problems of irrigation, topography, and trans portation. Thev range from 25 to over 300 acres. In the central office of the plantation each field is carried as a separate unit on the company’s books. The fields are not only continuously checked relative to the probable date they will be ready for harvesting in order to provide estimates of prospective production schedules at the mill, but they are also used as the basic plantation unit for cost analyses. Costs are carefully allocated by fields and each field must yield enough to cover its costs, or be abandoned as an area of cultivation. Each of these fields represents a single long-term contract. When all the preliminary work of preparing and planting has been done, a contract is let to a gang of workers, generally led by an old hand in whom the management has confidence. The size of the gang varies in accordance with the size of the field and the difficulties of irrigation. For the work performed during the period of the contract, long term cultivators are paid an amount equivalent to the agreed rate 1 Thus the contracts ending in each of 12 months of 1939 would all cover periods extending back into 1938, and some of them as far back as 1937. Those working under such contracts in 1939 were receiving advances of $1.50 per day, but there was no way of knowing what the total earnings per day would be until the con tracts ended in 1940 or 1941. The difficulty is not one of estimating the value of any given cultivation contract, but of obtaining a basis for a distribution of earnings for all workers under such contracts. 66 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 67 per ton multiplied by the number of tons harvested from their field. This sum is divided by the number of man-days devoted to the work, and each member of the gang is paid in accordance with the number of man-days which he worked. The payments are made in the form of an advance of $1.50 per day throughout the contract period, plus an additional lump sum to complete the contract payments at the time of the harvest. Since earnings are contingent on the production of cane, climatic conditions may vitally affect them. When, in the judgment of the management, injustices occur because of this, adjust ments are made. The process of arriving at the final payment is rather complicated and is best explained in terms of table 27. Each column is lettered, and should be interpreted as follows: (а ) : In practice fields are given distinctive names and range from as few as 25 acres to as many as 350 acres. (б ) : This column, indicating the racial origin of workers in each field, clearly shows the predominant place that Filipinos have ac quired in plantation work. The fields are worked by 1 to 13 men. (ic): The crop after a first planting (which occurs about once in a decade) may be fertilized and irrigated so as to be ready for harvest in about 14 months, in which case it is called a short plant. On the other hand, it may be allowed to ripen more gradually over a period of 18 to 23 months. This is called a long plant. In a similar way the crops which grow from the stalks of the har vested cane are called short ratoon crops and long ratoon crops, depending upon how they are handled. The symbols in this column refer to such crops; P -S meaning short plant, S -l meaning first short ratoon, S-2 second short ratoon, etc. P -L means long plant, P-1 means first long ratoon, etc. In practice many plantation offices keep large schedule boards on the wall with a space for each field, and, in some cases, movable blocks to indicate the progress of the crop. This is roughly comparable to a traffic board in a large railway terminal. That is, it indicates when the crop is due at the mill, and whether it is on time, or late, or ahead of time in its development. (d), (e), (/*), and (g): The acres per man range from as low as 7 to over 77. This difference is due not only to differences in the capacity of the gangs, but also to differences in topography, soil, and irrigation requirements. Qi) and (i): The average yield of sugarcane per acre in Hawaii is the largest of any area producing for the American market. In Louisiana, for instance, it averages 21.7 short tons per acre (1938), in Puerto R ico 27.1 short tons per acre (1938). (j) : The rate per ton of cane as provided in the contract is dependent on many factors varying with the condition of a field, fertility, past records, etc. But to the management these factors may be reduced to three considerations: (1) The wage per day they intend to pay ($2.10 was the average on this plantation, though there is a wide range, the average for all plantations being $2.26 in 1938). (2) The tons of cane that, on the basis of past records and present conditions, may be expected at harvest. 2 4 1 4 0 4 -4 0 - -6 68 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 (3) The total number of man-days the gang assigned to the field will spend in the contract area. (k): This column is simply the rate per ton multiplied by the total tons of cane harvested. (Z): When errors of judgment or climatic or other conditions result in apparent injustice, the management will make adjustments on the estimated payments. In the case of this plantation, the total adjust ments of $4,166.01 represent 16.8 percent of total earnings; a signifi cant proportion. Due to the effect of governmental restriction of prior years and to unsatisfactory climatic conditions between the latter part of 1936 and the first part of 1938, actual yields in the m ajority of these con tracts fell below estimates (the total crop on this plantation for 1938 was 46,840 tons as compared to 53,075 tons for the prior year). On this account the plantation paid additional cash allowances to those cultivators whose fields fell below the estimated production through no fault of their own. (m ) : If any one of a group of long-term cultivators leaves the plan tation before the completion of his contract, he forfeits his share of the earnings over the $1.50 per day which has alieady been advanced to him. This is equivalent to the number of days worked on the contract prior to desertion (r) multiplied by the “ participation” per day («;). It is deducted from the total group earnings and is retained by the plantation. The management justifies this procedure by the statement that most deserters leave behind store and other debts. For a valid reason a man may be excused, in which case there is no deduction. When he leaves without making any anangements there is a deduction. (n) : The figures in column (n) are total earnings plus allowances minus deserter deductions. (o) and (p): Whenever the group under contract is unable to do all of the work necessary to keep the contract fields in good condition, the plantation loans other labor to the contractors. (“ K okua” is an Hawaiian term meaning cooperation.) A deduction (p) is then made from the adjusted total (n) on the basis of the number of man-days supplied, and is equivalent to the payment (o) due to the group under contract. Kokua labor is paid directly by the plantation at the time the work is performed at a rate announced to kokua laborers at the time they start such work. (g) to (u ), inclusive: These columns represent man-days and refer directly to columns (k) to (p), inclusive, previously explained. (v) and (w): When the cane is harvested and weighed, the contract ends. Each man is then paid a lump sum (called “ the big m oney” by the field workers) in accordance with the contract rate per ton. “ Participation per day” is equivalent to the earnings (in addition to the advance o f $1.50 per day indicated in column (w)) of each mem ber of the group for each man-day spent in the field; that is, the total contract earnings (n) divided by the total man-days of work per formed by the contractors (.s). T a b l e 27.— S ettlem en ts w ith long-term cultivators on a typ ica l H a w a iia n sugar pla ntation , crop o f 1 9 3 8 Tons cane and seed produced Race (a) (b) Ratoon (c) 2 Japanese, 4 Filipinos- P-L, L-l_. 12Japanese___________ [ P - L . . . . [4 Filipinos___________ 1 Korean, 8 Filipinos-- L-6, L-7-. 4 Japanese, 1 Filipino- L-7______ 2 Japanese___________ L - l ______ L-6_____ 1 Filipino___________ 2 Japanese, 1 Filipino.. L-6______ P -L _________ 1. Filipinos_____ ______ L-6_________ 4 Filipinos_____ ______ L-7, L -8_____ 2 Filipinos...... ........ ....... L-6_________ 1 Japanese, 1 Filipino- - - L-7_________ 2 Koreans-------- ----------- L-6_________ 3 Filipinos_____ ______ L-4, L-5, L-61 Japanese, 1 Filipino.. P -L _________ 2 Japanese, 4 Filipinos. P-L, L-4____ / L -l, L-4, L-6. |3 Japanese, 10 Filipinos. (L-4, L-6_____ 1 Japanese, 7 Filipinos.. P-L, L-4____ 2 Filipinos____________ L-5, L-6_____ 5 Japanese, 3 Filipinos. L-5, L-6, L-7._ 10 Filipinos___________ L -l, L-2_____ -5_________ \9 Filipinos____________ /L \P-L, L-3_____ Filipinos____________ L-6, L-8_____ 1 Japanese, 1 Filipino.. P -L _________ 1_________ 1 Japanese, Filipinos. L— 2 Filipinos____________ P-L, L-6_____ Filipinos____________ P-L, L-5, L-6. 2 Filipinos____________ P -L ___ _____ 9 Filipinos___________ L—1, L—5,1/—6-. 1 Japanese, 5 Filipinos. P -L ________ 1 Korean, 1 Filipino__ L— 2_________ 2 Filipinos____ _______ P -L ________ 1 Japanese. 5 Filipinos. P-S.......... . 3 Filipinos............. ....... S -V -----------2 Japanese___________ S-6_________ 4 Japanese___________ P-S________ 5 Filipinos____ _______ S-5_________ 4 Filipinos.............. ...... S-5_________ 1 Filipino............ ......... S-10________ 2 Japanese, 4 Filipinos. S-6_________ 1 Japanese, 6 Filipinos. S-5_________ 3 3 3 3 Acres (<0 274.78 313.77 259. 03 122. 27 120. 04 28. 21 52.96 77.77 76. 38 113.11 55.71 58.28 57.89 80.90 49.91 247.76 108.21 226. 29 317.49 39.09 148.91 215.13 173. 57 140. 24 83. 53 137.98 112. 22 90. 71 98.81 110.09 223. 26 153. 21 70.00 44.10 150. 77 100.96 63.82 197.74 101.97 105.64 18.94 88.22 53.35 Num Acres ber per of men («) (/) Mandays per acre (?) Total (/» (<0 + («) (■Q ) H d ) 5.34 21,284. 45.80 52.29 5. 35 J29,859. \ 1862. 9.45 19,028. 28. 78 13.37 9, 335. 24.45 60.02 5.85 10,345. 9.80 2,247. 28. 21 11.32 4,730. 17. 65 8,555. 3. 91 J 77. 77 { i 346. 10. 45 6, 250. 25.46 11.80 10,122. 28.28 11.97 4,861. 27.85 11.24 5,084. 29.14 11.89 5,082. 28.94 9.15 5, 589. 26.97 24. $5 6. 87 4, 263. 41.29 5.77 20,877. f 8,372. 12.64 115,776. 25.73 /25,092. 9.64 \ 1219. 39.69 2,949. 19. 54 14. 17.15 12,385. 18.61 12.79 14,833. 21.51 fll, 232. 34.87 8. 26 \13, 641. 15.49 5,052. 27.84 4. 21 12,968. 68.99 11.93 10, 239. 28.05 6.32 7,832. 45. 35 32.94 10.24 7,007. 4.24 \fll,i 009. 55.04 199. 9.45 17,076. 24.81 6.59 12, 614. 25. 53 8.00 4.417. 35.00 307. 9.57 /\ 3,1 306. 22.05 5. 59 11,415. 25.13 6. 60 8.417. 33. 65 6.91 4,578. 31.91 4. 22 17,57,1. 49.43 20.39 9.77 6,535. 26.41 7.68 7,337. 9. 24 1,145. 18.94 4.54 6,346. 14.70 7.62 9.14 3,656. Aver age per acre (0 180 29.79 Rate per ton 00 (h) + (d) 77. 459 $0.03 .025 }97.911 J 1 .25 73.459 .055 76.348 .0725 86.186 .03 79.674 .0725 89.314 .055 414.464 /l .0225 .225 81.829 .065 89.497 .065 87. 273 .065 87.249 .055 87.797 .065 69.093 .0875 85.423 .045 84.264 .0425 0575 }72.192 /l .. 0775 / .06 >79.722 l .60 75.453 .0675 83.176 .07 68.952 .0625 / .08 }79.266 1 .04 60.482 .09 93.989 .03 91. 241 .055 86. 344 .035 70.921 .0725 / .03 [101.815 l .30 76.487 .0875 82.335 .045 63.100 .03 f . 0575 [81.944 1 .575 75.717 .0675 83. 376 .07 71.736 .0825 88.861 .05 64.095 .0975 69.458 .0975 60.465 .1050 71.943 .1050 63.538 .14 Totals and aver5,363.02 Earnings exclusive of bonus 8.68 432,264.690 80.601 Total earn ings Addi tional allow ances De sert er de duc tions (*) (0 (w) MX M $638.52 $95. 24 [ 962.10 295.84 1,046. 55 177.53 676.79 158.38 310.37 111.13 162.95 8.81 260.15 99.49 [ 270.53 406. 26 108. 88 $64.87 657.99 9.16 316.03 18.35 279.67 52.83 330.37 82.73 489.09 191.85 887. 28 113. 39 481.40 1,222. 65 } 480. 79 [l, 636.97 199.09 179.53 867.00 409.76 927.11 448. 28 898.61 } ______ 545.67 J 454.69 192.48 389.06 48.31 563.15 401.77 274.13 60.89 52. 75 23.00 508.06 ► 390.26 1,152.66 251. 24 5.40 567.65 268. 22 78.19 132.51 153. 62 ► 366.51 770.57 589.24 377.70 878.57 637.23 46.21 715.41 120.25 666.42 511.91 (h )X (j) in ) Total Culti vators Kokua labor (0) (p) (?) De sert Ad er de justed total duc tions ( r) is) Classification of adj usted to tal (0 (*)+ (0 —(m ) (n )-(p ) (q)~ (r) $733.76 $733.76 1, 467/4 1, 467/4 1, 257.94 1,257. 94 1, 677/£ 1,677/4 2,448 2,448 1, 224. 08 1, 224.08 835.17 817.17 $18. 00 1, 670)4 1,67034 421. 50 421. 50 702)4 702/4 171. 76 138.26 33. 50 343H 343/4 359.64 299.64 60. 00 719)4 719)4 270. 53 268. 53 2. 00 306)4 306/4 450. 27 399. 27 51.00 1,030)4 129)4 900/4 667.15 667.15 1, 334)4 1,334)4 334.38 333.38 1.00 668% 668)4 332.50 327. 50 5.00 665 665 413.10 413.10 688)4 688/4 482.09 7.00 489.09 750H 750)4 191. 85 191.85 343 343 772.89 1.00 1,643 773. 89 210)4 1, 432/4 2,184.84 2,113.84 71.00 4,379/4 4, 379/4 1, 467/4 1, 677% 2,448 1,634% 702/4 276)4 599% 304% 798)4 1,334% 666% 655 688/4 739% 343 1,430/4 4, 227/4 1, 636. 97 378. 62 1,276. 76 1,375. 39 1,444. 28 647.17 437. 37 964.92 335. 02 537.81 390. 26 1,398. 50 757.68 286.13 366. 51 770. 57 589. 24 377. 70 878. 57 637. 23 669.20 120. 25 666.42 511.91 3,061% 582/4 2,553/4 2,750% 2,590% 1,294% 580)4 1, 339% 573 1,012 467% 2,108% 1,010% 560% 422% 842% 666% 441% 835 996% 811 175 400/4 487)4 1, 628.97 8. 00 378.62 1, 276.76 1,375.39 1,444. 28 647.17 435.37 2. 00 964.92 286.52 48. 50 506.06 31. 75 381. 26 9.00 1, 265. 25 133. 25 757. 68 280.13 6.00 364.51 2.00 770.57 581. 24 8.00 377.70 878. 57 624.23 13.00 669. 20 120. 25 655. 42 11.00 511.91 3,076/4 582/4 2,553/4 2,750)4 2,590)4 1, 294/4 583)4 1, 339)4 670 1,12iy2 46 478/4 9 2,339)4 1,114/4 104)4 572/4 424)4 842/4 675/4 441/4 835 1,016)4 867 56 175 407 487/4 3,076)4 582)4 2, 553/4 2,750% 2,590% 1, 294% 583/4 1, 339/4 670 1,075/4 478/4 2,330% 1,010% 572% 424% 842% 675/4 441% 835 1,016% 811 175 407 487% Guar Partici an teed pation wages per per day day Per day Per month (*) iv) (v)+ (w ) $2.00 2.25 2.00 2. 00 2.10 2.00 2.00 2.38 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.10 2.15 2.06 2.04 2.00 26(y)+2 6 (w) $52.00 58.50 52.00 52.00 54.60 52.00 52 00 61. 88 52.00 52. 00 52.00 52.00 54.60 55.90 53.56 53.04 52.00 Culti Kokua vators labor (u) (w ) (v) (n )+ (s) 24,730.98 4,166.01 331.06 28,565.93 28,043.93 522. 00 48,07634 55534 47, 520% 46, 554% 1 Denotes tons cane over estimate. (For all tons over the original estimate 10 times the normal rate is paid.) P-L, long plant; L -l, first long ratoon; L-2, second long ratoon; etc.; P-S, short plant; S-l, first short ratoon; S-2, second short ratoon, etc. General N ote.—Earnings are cash only; that is, no amount has been included as representative of the value of perquisites furnished. Due to the effect of governmental restriction of prior years and to unsatisfactory climatic Classification of adjusted total justed total Total earnings per man Days 36 67 120 2% 102 2 10 10% 2 152 15 m 97 63/4 11 222 12 2)4 9% 2034 6% 966 $0.50 .75 .50 .50 .60 .50 .50 .88 .50 .50 .50 .50 .60 .65 .56 .54 .50 $1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1. 50 .53 .65 .50 .50 .56 .50 .75 .72 .50 .50 .82 .60 .75 .50 .86 .91 .87 .86 1.05 .63 .83 .69 1. 64 1.05 1. 50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1. 50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1. 50 1.50 1.50 1. 50 1. 50 1. 50 1.50 2.03 2.15 2.00 2.00 2.06 2.00 2.25 2. 22 2.00 2.00 2.32 2.10 2. 25 2.00 2.36 2.41 2. 37 2. 36 2. 55 2.13 2.33 2.19 3.14 2. 55 52. 78 55.90 52.00 52.00 53.56 52.00 58. 50 57. 72 52.00 52.00 60. 32 54. 60 58.50 52. 00 61.36 62. 66 61. 62 61. 36 66. 30 55.38 60. 58 56.94 81. 64 66.30 .60 1. 50 2.10 54.60 conditions in the latter part of 1936, all of 1937, and the first 4 months of 1938, actual yields in the majority of the contracts fell below estimates (the total crop for 1938 was 46,840 tons as compared to 53,075 tons for the prior year. On this account the plantation paid additional cash allowances to those cultivators whose fields fell below the esti mated production through no fault of their own. 241404— 40 (Face p. 68) 69 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1 9 3 9 It should be noted that the wage determinations of the Agricultural Adjustment Administration set a minimum wage equivalent to the “ advance,” that is, of $1.50 per day. (#): The average daily wage of the workers in each gang, which is the sum of the daily advance, $1.50, plus the participation, varied, as shown in this column, from $2 to $2.55. The long-term cultivators in a gang all receive the same daily earnings. (y): This column shows the earnings during a month of 26 working days (under the long-term cultivation contract). It should be noted, however, that when contractors are not needed for long-term cultiva tion work, they may work outside of their own field at daily rates or piece rates. Although long-term cultivators are assured of full-time employment, it is not valid to assume that all of it will always be under long-term cultivation contracts. The distribution of average earnings of long-term cultivators by plantations is shown in table 28. The highest average in 1938 was $2.80; the lowest $1.69. It will also be noted that earnings were highest on the island of Oahu on which Honolulu is located, and were lowest on Kauai. T a b l e 28.— Average payment per man-day, excluding bonusy made under all long term cultivation contracts settled, 1928-88 [Payment is settlement over whole contract, not for work done during the specific years mentioned] Plantation 1928 1 ___________________________ $2.21 2____________________________ 3. 27 3 ___________________________ 1.50 4 _ ____________________ 1.98 5____________________________ 2.80 6 ___________________________ 1.70 7____________________________ 8 ____ _______ 3.16 9 __________________________ 10____________________________ 2.09 11____________________________ 1.96 12____________________________ 13____________________________ 2.41 14____________________________ 2. 20 15____________________________ 2.20 16____________________________ 3.63 17____________________________ 1.70 18___________________________ 2.09 19____________________________ 2.86 20____________________________ 1.00 21______ _____________________ 2.33 3.03 22 23____________ _______________ 2.05 24____________________________ 1.93 25____________________________ 2.09 26___ ____ ____________________ 2.06 27___________ _____ __________ 1. 63 28....... ............... ................... . 1.66 2 9 .................... ................ ........ 30.................................... ............ 1. 69 31.................................................. 1.92 1929 1930 1932 1933 1934 $1.73 $1. 73 $2.43 $2. 30 $1.99 $1. 51 2.80 2. 46 3.01 2.15 2. 66 1,80 2.20 1.44 1.00 1.10 1.17 1.70 2. 07 2.18 1.97 1.94 2.08 1. 53 1.50 1.69 2.09 2. 55 1.89 1.40 2.16 2.16 3.05 1. 22 1. 25 1.29 2. 59 1.69 2. 53 1. 88 1.58 1.42 2.05 1.61 1. 39 1.83 2.28 2.17 1.29 1.04 2.35 2. 57 2. 53 2.39 1.97 1.78 2.15 2.16 2.04 1.92 1.54 1.77 2.10 2.18 2.06 2.29 2.05 1.90 3.22 3. 38 2. 76 2.96 1.87 1.48 1.35 1. 34 1.53 1. 53 1.45 1.64 1.81 1.94 2.10 1.93 1.61 1.89 2.06 2.02 2.20 2.32 2. 35 1.85 1.68 2.31 2.14 2.05 1.68 1.81 2.04 2.13 2.04 1.85 1.65 1.87 2. 58 2.68 2. 63 2. 58 2.42 2.35 1.90 2. 27 2.11 2.19 2.07 1.75 1.70 2.04 1.98 1. 82 1.75 1.78 2.03 2.11 2.06 2. 20 1.74 1.65 1. 88 1. 71 1. 76 1.89 2. 04 1.67 1.80 2.00 1.42 1.58 1.49 1.44 1. 61 1. 60 1.45 1.49 2.11 2.21 2.06 1.73 1.52 1. 63 1.46 1. 57 1.47 1.46 1. 31 2.16 2.40 2. 83 2.23 1. 87 Source: Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association. 1931 1935 1936 1937 $1.51 $1. 52 1.98 1.76 $2.64 1.94 2.03 1.51 1. 64 2.40 1.24 1.98 2.81 2. 77 2.16 1.66 2.87 1. 57 2. 67 2.88 2.06 1.83 2.24 1. 79 1.79 1.99 1.95 1.72 2.12 2.48 1.84 1. 71 1.78 1.86 1. 41 1.82 1. 91 1.51 2.07 2.20 1.91 2.40 1.97 2.18 1.97 2.02 2.00 1.96 2.69 1.87 1.79 2.13 1. 97 1. 72 1.84 1. 76 1. 64 1.68 2.08 2.30 2.08 1.80 2.74 2.17 2. 32 2.43 2. 51 2.23 2.16 2.04 2.30 1.98 2.13 2.89 2.36 1.86 2.41 1.96 2.03 2.02 2.18 1.89 1.61 1938 $2. 49 2.18 1.94 1.86 2. 53 1.93 1.99 2. 93 1. 77 2.21 2. 32 1.84 2.46 2.39 2.42 2.16 2.26 2. 27 2.10 2.18 2.37 2. 80 2. 58 2.02 2.31 2.27 2.08 2.04 2.65 1.91 1.69 CH APTER 8. W O R K IN G CON DITION S, PERQUISITES, AND GENERAL SU M M ARY WORKING CONDITIONS The typical Hawaiian sugar plantation is a small world in itself, consisting of (1) the plantation town, which includes stores, clubs, a motion-picture theater, a recreation field, hospital, and such services as electric lighting, a water system, police and fire protection; (2) a transportation system, including trucks, tractors, and in most cases a railroad; (3) the plantation land area, only about a third of it devoted to sugar, the remainder including some unused wooded land,1 a small dairy or ranch, an area set aside for diversified crops, and the planta tion town itself; (4) repair shops with expert mechanics for the main tenance of trucks, tractors, railroad equipment, and mill machinery; (5) the sugar mill; (6) the central office of the management where continuous and remarkably detailed records covering every aspect of the plantation are kept. On a typical working day the Hawaiian field laborer will appear at the plantation center as early as 6 in the morning,2 to be taken (in most cases by truck) to the field to which he and his coworkers are assigned for the day. The “ luna” or straw boss assumes responsibility for immediate direction of the work in accordance with instructions which he has received at headquarters. On most plantations there will be a period of about 15 minutes quite early in the morning for a light snack or breakfast, and half an hour in the neighborhood of 11:30 or 12 o ’clock for a cold noon-day lunch eaten in the field. The food is usually oriental, the most important item being boiled rice. For those who are on regular daily rates of pay the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association policy is to maintain an 8-hour day. This rule is not rigidly observed, however.3 For those on piece rates it is pos sible to increase earnings by working more intensively or longer. Some plantations discourage long hours, but in the busier periods of the year a working day in excess of 8 hours is not uncommon for piecerate workers. For those on long-term cultivation contracts, only occasional super vision is necessary. Since the men are paid in accordance with the number of tons of cane harvested from the fields which they have contracted to cultivate, it is to the common interest of both manage ment and labor to maximize output. For this reason the manage ment need only make sure that cultivation is not being neglected. 1 Plantations dependent on ground water often own and maintain the wooded slopes nearby to protect their sources of water supply. 2 The morning whistle blows as early as 4:30 or 5 o’clock. 3 The Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association in the published report of President H. A. Walker before the fifty-sixth annual meeting on December 7, 1936 (p. 17) supports the 8-hour day as an official policy, but the agencies, and even the individual plantation managers, are given a fairly wide latitude in this respect. The fact that many plantations maintain their own daylight saving time further confuses the situation. There is clear evidence that working days of more than 8 hours are not uncommon. 70 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 71 T o this limited extent long-term cultivators are independent, and some work longer in order to increase earnings by increasing output. For the great majority of plantation laborers the working day ends as early as 3 or 4 o ’clock in the afternoon, at which time they are brought back to the plantation center.4 In many of the small plantation homes there is a shower bath, just inside the back door, where the worker will remove his soiled clothes (extremely sooty if he has been cutting burned cane) and take a bath, after which there still remains a period of time for recreation. It must be remembered that Hawaiian life is distinctly an outdoor life. The temperature throughout the year is such that there is no month in which outdoor games cannot be played in comfort. Thus the social life of the Hawaiian plantation tends to center in recreation, especially in the intra- and inter-plantation games, such as football, tennis, basketball, and the like. On many plantations there are also workers’ clubs, which usually tend to organize along racial lines. It is not uncommon to find plantation clubrooms con taining tables for games and a room for entertainments provided in part by the plantation and in part by the club dues. These clubs are not in any sense labor unions. They are usually in simple, cheap, frame buildings with the simplest kind of furniture and benches. In addition to clubs for the ordinary field workers, there are often better clubs for the higher ranks of plantation officials. The motion-picture theater is either directly or indirectly controlled by the management; but, in view of the early hour at which the typical laborer must arise and the arduous work which he must perform throughout the day, it is not often that he can remain up long after sunset. It must be remembered that the whole plantation area, including the town, is owned by the plantation company, and although there are frequently many shops, such as drugstores, tailor shops, shoemakers, and the like, that are privately operated, they rent their sites from the plantation and can remain only as long as the plantation permits them to do so. Anyone on any part of the plantation is a trespasser unless he has the permission of the management to be there. This is one of the primary reasons why labor organization, as such, has little opportunity to obtain a foothold in the sugar industry. The plantation manager is the chief official and central authority on all aspects of plantation life. He must, in addition to his technical knowledge regarding sugar production, be able to direct the operation of the sewage and water systems, the fire protection system, the police force, the railroad, and to perform the functions that the mayor of a town would perform. He even sits as an informal judge on cases involving minor disturbances and petty larceny. P E R Q U IS IT E S As a part of their remuneration, plantation workers receive goods and services from the company as follows: M inor perquisites.— These vary considerably in the different plan tations. On some of them electric power is supplied to the workers at less than cost. Very little heat is required for warmth, but a certain 4 Transportation time to and from work is, in most cases, not counted as a part of the working time. 72 LABOR IN- THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 amount is required for cooking, and this is frequently supplied in the form of an allowance (usually a graduated allowance proportionate to the size of the family) of wood or kerosene. On some plantations a special allowance of food is made to workers who have established long records of service or who have especially large families. It is not uncommon for plantations to provide trucks for carrying children of the workers to picnics and 4 -H Club meetings, or to carry plantation workers to interplantation games or to the beaches on holidays. Recreation.— All plantations maintain recreation fields. Some plantations originally adopted a decentralized arrangement of small communities scattered over the plantation area. Where communities of this type remain there may be a small recreation field in each center, but the trend for the last 20 years has been toward one large com munity for each plantation. T a b l e 29 .— Percentage o f pla n tation s eq u ip p ed with va rious recreational fa c ilitie s , b y islan d s Oahu Swimming pools _______ ___ _ ____ Beaches___________ __ ___ _ _ Mountain h o u s e s ______ _ ... _ ____ ___ Playground equipment-- _ ___ Basketball____ ___ - _____ _ _____ _ Tennis courts: Lighted__ ___ ________ ____ _ ____ Not lighted__________________________________ V olleyball______________________________________ Baseball or football -- __ - ______________________ Softball _____ _________ _ -__________ Gymnasiums _ . _ Boxing rings_______ _______________ Community centers-. - _ _ . . _ Clubhouses____ _____ _____ _ ________ ______ Miscellaneous___________ _________ ___________ Kauai Maui Hawaii Total 12.5 50.0 0 87.5 100.0 20.0 70.0 50.0 30.0 90.0 55.6 88.9 22.2 66.7 100.0 31.3 18.8 37.5 56. 3 87. 5 29.8 56.9 27.4 60.1 94.4 50.0 62.5 100.0 75.0 100.0 62. 5 75.0 37.5 37.5 62.5 30.0 80.0 100.0 100.0 90.0 40.0 70.0 60.0 0 40.0 55.6 77.8 100.0 100.0 88.0 55.6 77.8 55.6 55.6 33.3 62. 5 87.5 100.0 87. 5 87.5 81.3 50.0 68.7 6. 3 25.0 49. 5 81. 9 100.0 90.6 91. 6 59.8 68.2 55. 4 24.8 40.2 In such centers recreation fields are -not unlike the football fields of the ordinary city high school, with stands from which the spectators may watch the games. There are also outdoor basketball and tennis courts. Over half of the plantations have a gymnasium, which may be used in wet weather, and some even a modern swimming pool. These represent the activities in which the bulk of the leisure time of the plantation workers is spent. Medical care.— All plantations provide medical care for the workers and their families, but there are some variations in the extent and character of the hospitalization available. The great majority main tain their own hospitals, under the direction of a trained physician and a staff of nurses. For the most part, their work has to do with out patients— workers who have colds or who have met with some accident. Strong encouragement is given the workers to call at the hospital for even slight injuries or illnesses, in order to maintain working efficiency. Each hospital contains a ward and separate rooms for infectious diseases. One of the important functions of the hospital is the care of maternity cases. Most of the hospitals are well equipped with surgical instruments, supplies, and X-ray equipment. Housing .— Housing is always provided by the management without a rental charge. These homes are of light wooden frame construction, the typical family house being a small square building, with board flooring, containing three to four rooms including a kitchen. Many of the homes are equipped with running water and toilet facilities, LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 73 but on the least profitable plantations old-fashioned outhouses are still typical and good bathing facilities are lacking. Roughly speaking, plantation housing may be divided into two classes: (1) family housing and (2) single group housing. On the whole, married men receive far more in the way of perquisites than do single men. The plantation not only provides housing for the entire family, but it is also generally true that the family houses are newer and better than the single group houses. None of the houses have basements, and where there is very heavy rainfall, as on the Hamakua coast of Hawaii, it is not uncommon to build them 5 or 6 feet above the ground, so as to reduce the humidity.5 The single group houses are often merely old family houses that have been turned over to single men (usually Filipinos). They are, in most cases, more poorly furnished and cared for than the family houses. Some plantations, however, provide large men’s dormitories which contain a living room and a dining room in addition to the bed rooms. Water and toilet facilities vary considerably in different parts of the Territory. In some plantation areas modern conveniences are lacking. If the housing accommodations provided on plantations were closely crowded together, as they are in many of the industrial districts in our mainland cities, they would produce slum conditions. But each house is in a small yard. It often has a little garden and not infre quently a chicken coop in the back yard. The climate is such that flowers and vegetables can be planted at any time during the year. In fact, the atmosphere of plantation life is distinctly an out-of-doors atmosphere. The natural climatic advantages, together with the added space, make general living conditions better than they would otherwise be. Since there is such a wide variation in the character of perquisites not only as between plantations but even as between various groups within the same plantation, an accurate evaluation of perquisites is impossible. For example, in some cases, timber is cut by plantation workers, part of it used on the plantation and part by the workers. M anv of the services provided by the plantation might be classified either as a regular part of plantation work or as a service to the laborers, such as transportation to the fields or the maintenance of health. M oreover, it becomes extremely difficult to separate the cost of the maintenance of trucks for distinctly plantation purposes from their utilization for transportation in connection with recreational activities. Of the many estimates that have been made, none can be considered to be precise; but they are useful indications of the general range within which the perquisites of the various plantations tend to M l. A primary consideration in such an evaluation is whether perquisites should be valued in accordance with their cost to the plantation man agement, or should be based upon what they would cost the plantation worker if he had to maintain them himself. The various estimates that have been made and the observations on 17 plantations made by those conducting this study indicate that if the plantation workers 6 Furnishings are not supplied by the plantation. They are extremely plain, wooden or wicker furniture being the rule. Pictures are, for the most part, cheap highly colored lithographs. The addition of details, such as curtains, cushions, and other appurtenances, depends upon the character and racial background of the housewife. Electrical appliances, such as radios, electric washers, ironers, and refrigerators, have come to have a social significance among plantation workers in addition to their usefulness as labor-saving devices. For this reason plantation workers will frequently make sacrifices greater than are justified to be able to purchase electrical equipment of this sort. 74 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1 9 3 9 had to purchase these services, their cost would range from $20 to $28 a month. The Wage and Hour Division, however, has stated that the valuation of perquisites for the purpose of estimating the workers' income should be given in terms of the cost to management and not the cost to the employee. The Hawaiian Sugar Planters' Association, in reporting its estimate for the Wage and Hour Division, stated that it considered them to be worth 6 cents per working hour, on the basis o f an 8-hour day and a 6-day week, which would amount to $12.96 a month of 27 working days. Because of the variation in the different plantations any aver age figure for the industry as a whole is misleading, however. The value of perquisites within the plantation differs sharply as between the worker with a family and the unmarried worker. Observations covering this point indicate that the unmarried worker receives per quisites equivalent to not more than 40 percent of the value of the perquisites received by the married worker and his family. On some plantations the perquisites do not represent an average cost per worker of more than $10 a month, whereas on others they average as high as $16. PENSIONS The plantations do not maintain a standardized pension system. Each case comes before the management and is decided on its merits at the time it arises. The result has not always been satisfactory from the point of view o f labor since the management is inevitably in fluenced by the financial outlook of the plantation at the time the decision is made.6 Equally deserving employees whose cases appear at different times may thus receive different treatment. For this reason a careful study is being made (1939-40) looking toward the possible adoption o f a formal pension system which should be more satisfactory. COMPARATIVE POSITION OF HAWAIIAN LABOR Because, in the earlier days of the sugar industry in Hawaii, im ported oriental labor received extremely low wages, it is frequently assumed by writers on sugar production that the Hawaiian industry is based upon a foundation of “ cheap oriental labor." At present the situation of Hawaiian sugar workers compares very favorably with that of agricultural workers on the mainland in respect to both rate of earnings and regularity of employment. Seasonality o f employment on Hawaiian plantations is far less than that o f the average o f other American farm areas, where crops are distinctly seasonal and producers are dependent on migrant labor for harvesting. Seasonal variation in farm employment for the United States as a whole shows that the amount of employment in the high m onth (June) averages 43 percent greater than the amount of em ploy ment in the low month (January). Variations in the employment of hired workers are much more extreme. For the United States as a whole, the employment o f hired workers in January has been about 30 percent lower than the monthly average, and in July about 20 percent higher.7 6 A private organization which made a detailed study of the sugar and pineapple industries m 1938-39 strongly recommended the adoption of a standardized pension scheme for all plantations. 7 Monthly Labor Review, U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics, June 1939, vol. 48, No. 6, p. 1251. 75 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 SEASONAL V A R IA T IO N IN FARM E M P L O Y M E N T AVERAGE FOR TWELVE MONTHS = 100 NORTHWESTERN UNITED STATES AREA OF GREATEST VARIATION, HIRED LABOR INDEX 1 9 2 5 -1 9 3 6 INDEX 140 120 100 80 60 HAWAII LABOR ON HAWAIIAN SUGAR PLANTATIONS INDEX 140 120 100 80 60 UNITEO STATES BUREAU OP LABOR STATISTICS SOURCE: W.RA. NATIONAL RESEARCH PROJECT, REPORT NO.A-B- AND MONTHLY LABOR' REVIEW, JUNE IBSB 76 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 Ch art 4. WAGE AVERAGE TRENDS 1924-29 -100 AVERAGE INCOMES OF FARM WAGE EARNERS 1924 1929 OF HAWAIIAN UNITED STATES 1935 AVERAGE INCOMES SUGAR PLANTATION BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS 1932 1938 WORKERS s o u r c e : u n it e d states d e p a r t m e n t o f a g r ic u l t u r e a n d _________ MONTHLY LABOR REVIEW, JULY ISSS _______ LABOR I2ST THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 77 Workers in the Hawaiian sugar industry also enjoy a relatively favorable position in comparison with specific mainland sugarproducing areas. The cane-producing areas on the mainland show distinctly greater seasonality in respect to employment and earnings in both field work and in the manufacture of raw sugar. In Louisiana the period of least employment is estimated to be slightly less than half of the peak. In the cane mills employment at the peak is nearly 10 times that in the slack season. In Hawaii, as previously shown, there is only a 7 to 10 percent increase in employment in the peak months of June, July, and August, including both fields and mills. In respect to earnings, workers in the Hawaiian sugar industry hold an equally favorable position. The monthly wage rates of farm work ers for the United States as a whole averaged $27.72 with board, and $35.63 without board in 1938. For the quarter ending April 1, 1939, these figures were $27.08 and $35.42, respectively. By comparison, in March 1939 the average monthly earnings of nonsalaried male workers on Hawaiian sugar plantations amounted to $48.88, not in cluding perquisites which are equivalent to from $10 to $16 depending on the plantation, the average being about $13. Hawaii also compares favorably, in respect to wages, with mainland sugar-producing areas. The Sugar Division of the Agricultural Adjustment Administration, in its wage determinations, provides about the same requirements for Louisiana as for Hawaii in respect to daily earnings, but, since employment is extremely seasonal in Louisiana as compared to Hawaii, annual earnings average much higher in Hawaii. There are no accurate studies of annual earnings of field labor in Louisiana, but reports received by the Sugar Division indicate that they range between $200 and $250. iVverage annual earnings of nonsalaried male workers in the Hawaiian sugar indus try, including employees who worked on the plantations only part of the year, amounted to $546, not including perquisites. Beet-sugar workers receive considerably higher wages per day. Estimates received from the Sugar Division indicate that daily earnings ranged from $4.13 for thinning to $5.50 for topping, for a 10-hour day. Daily earnings of beet-sugar workers are thus about twice those of Hawaiian cane-sugar workers. The former average less than 60 days of employment per year, however, and to obtain it they must remain in the beet-sugar area throughout the whole season. A study prepared by the Bureau of Labor Statistics indicates 8 that for beet work in 1935 the annual earnings averaged $340 per family, and not more than $130 annually per worker. The total annual supple mentary income per family, earned outside of the beet-sugar industry, averaged $51. Many of them are on relief throughout the winter. Agricultural labor is one of the most poorly paid groups in the United States as a whole, and Hawaiian plantations, being organized on a mass-production basis, necessarily include a larger proportion of technically trained workers than would appear in the general group of hired laborers on American farms. Hence a comparison between the earnings of workers in the Hawaiian sugar industry and earnings of agricultural labor on the mainland is subject to significant quali fications. It is nevertheless true that, contrary to popular opinion, Hawaiian plantation labor receives higher monthly wrages than the 8 Monthly Labor Review, February 1938, “ Wages, Employment Conditions, and Welfare of Sugar-Beet Laborers.” 78 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 general average of farm labor or the average of mainland cane-sugar workers. Because of the advantages of climate, irrigation, and a continuous cycle of growth, the stability of employment and econ omic security of the average plantation worker in Hawaii is far greater than that of the farm or plantation worker on the mainland. For the same reasons, the average annua] earnings of Hawaiian plantation labor amount to far more than the average annual earnings of farm labor on the mainland. GENERAL SUMMARY The sugar industry offers the largest occupational opportunity in Hawaii, representing over one-third of the total number gainfully employed. From its inception, the Hawaiian sugar industry has been in creasingly dependent upon the American market. In 1876 it ob tained preferential treatment in a reciprocal trade agreement with the United States. Upon annexation in 1898 it was given the protection of the American tariff system. The Jones-Costigan Act of 1934 brought Hawaii within the framework of the American sugar quota system, which allotted to the Territory about one-seventh (14.1 percent) of the total American market. Under these conditions the margins of cultivation have been pushed out in respect to both the intensity of land use (in terms of labor, fertilizer, irrigation, etc.) and the extension of cane cultivation into poorer areas of land. As a result marginal costs are high in spite of a high technical efficiency. The industry is now completely dependent on the American market and without protection the industry and the labor engaged in it would suffer serious dislocations. The Hawaiian sugar industry is more highly integrated than that of any other sugar-producing area, because of the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association and the five corporations, known as factors, that formulate its policies. As a result, the industry tends toward a greater stability and uniformity of practice than would otherwise obtain. It has adopted large-scale scientific procedures which are continually increasing the efficiency of production in all operations. For these reasons, the plantations cannot be broken down into small, independent, sugar farms without abandoning present massproduction methods and lowering efficiency, with a resultant general lowering in standards of living. Wages, hours, and working conditions which were extremely bad in the earlier days of the industry have shown a gradual improvement. In 1939 hourly and monthly earnings were higher than they had been in 1929. There was a decline in wages in 1932 and 1933 but the marked rise of 1934 to 1939 more than offset the decline. Monthly earnings (not including perquisites equivalent to about $13 per month) average $48.88 for Hawaii as compared with a monthly average of $35.63 (without board) for all agricultural workers of continental United States. Since there is more continuous employment for agricultural workers in Hawaii than on the mainland, average annual wages of Hawaiian sugar workers compare even more favorably with the aver age of agricultural labor for the country as a whole. There has been a gradual improvement in housing, hospitalization, and recreational facilities; but there is still a wide variation in respect LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 79 to these perquisites in the various plantations, and even in various parts of a single plantation. Housing bordering slum conditions is still to be found, representing about 20 percent of the total. The labor supply on the plantation is passing through a rapid tran sition, from uneducated imported alien labor to native-born citizen labor (children and grandchildren of the original immigrants) taught in American schools. Citizen labor, which constituted only 12 per cent of the total on the plantations in 1930, already constitutes 45 percent (July 1939). Since citizens now comprise four-fifths of the total population of the islands, the percentage of citizen laborers on plantations may be expected to continue to rise rapidly. Conditions that have been more or less acceptable to illiterate alien labor are less acceptable to citizen labor with elementary, high-school, and, in a few cases, university training. The shift from alien to citizen labor cannot occur without serious difficulties, unless there is a large degree of flexibility in the structural organization of the plantation which will make possible a gradual change in the character of labormanagement relationships in the industry during the coming decade. The factors favoring a satisfactory transition of this sort are— (a) Efforts being made by plantation managers to improve relations between labor and management, and among racial groups on the plantations ; (b) Plans for the continued improvement of housing, recreation, and hospitalization, involving a gradual change in the social atmos phere, as well as the living conditions, so as to make work on the plantations an acceptable way of life to educated citizen laborers; (c) Organized experimentation looking toward greater mechaniza tion and specialization providing technical positions which are more acceptable to educated workers; and (d) The rise in the general wage level of sugar workers that has occurred in recent years. The factors unfavorable to a satisfactory transition to citizen labor are— (a) The difficulty of integrating the educational program of the Territory with the general economic background of Hawaii; (b) The continued use of some low-grade housing which, although a small proportion of the total, creates centers of discontent; (c ) The paternalistic attitude of management; and {d) The high concentration of power in the hands of management in contrast with the unorganized position of labor, which makes it possible for the management to be arbitrary in its labor policy. (1) The practice of making wage payments by piece rates and long term cultivation agreements provides a situation in which there are no prevailing standard rates, in which management may make arbi trary judgments in respect to wage payments from which there is no effective appeal through organized representation on the part of labor. (2) Pensions are arranged individually as each case arises, so that workers are dependent upon the good will of management and the outlook for the industry at the time they retire, rather than on a standardized pension plan which defines their position in this respect. (3) The complete dependence of employees upon the plantation in respect to every aspect of the life of the working community makes them less independent than farm laborers on the mainland. 80 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 The foregoing should not be taken to imply that the Hawaiian sugar industry is in a position to continue to increase plantation wages at the rate at which they have increased between 1934 and 1939. Sugar prices during the period 1938-40 have been extremely low. During the past decade a number of developments have seriously affected the competitive position of Hawaii. (а) There has been a marked technological advance in the produc tion of beet sugar.9 (б) As previously indicated, Hawaii has already achieved significant technical advances and has been a leader in the development of mechanization. These advances improved the competitive position of the Hawaiian industry and are already reflected in Hawaiian sugar costs. But other sugar areas are now rapidly taking over many of the techniques developed in Hawaii which will also lower their costs. In other areas both beet-sugar and cane-sugar costs are declining. (c) The Hawaiian producers pay higher taxes per ton (primarily for local purposes), more freight (because of the great distance between Hawaii and the market in which the sugar is sold), higher wages, and more in the way of perquisites. For these reasons, further rapid improvements in wages and work ing conditions, unless they can be offset by new techniques which will lower costs, or a higher market price for sugar, are looked upon as being incompatible with the maintenance of a competitive position. But they do not preclude the possibility of a flexible adjustment of em ployer-employee relationships which will conform to the rapidly changing character of the labor on Hawaiian plantations. ®There is also the prospective opening up of new areas, such as the Grand Coulee, Boulder, and others that are excellently suited to beet-sugar cultivation. These will not offer competition until they are per mitted to enter the quota system, however. Part II The P in ea p p le In d u stry 81 C H A P T E R 9. T H E D E V E L O P M E N T O F T H E A N D O R G A N IZ A T IO N IN D U S T R Y DEVELOPMENT The Hawaiian pineapple industry is considerably younger than the sugar industry. The actual date of the introduction of pineapples to Hawaii is unknown, although they were known to have grown wild on the Kona coast very early in the nineteenth century. They did not become a significant island product until the middle of the century. In 1851, 21,310 pineapples were exported, of which over 14,000 were from Maui. The first pineapple plantation did not appear, however, until 1885. Even as late as 1909 only slightly over 5,000 acres were in pineapples. In that year the Ginaca machine was developed for peeling and coring the fruit, and in the following year, 1910, pineapple juice was first publicized. By 1920 the land owned or leased by pineapple companies amounted to 46,845 acres. The decade between 1920 and 1930 witnessed a further rise in production and a marked shifting of the areas under pineapple cultiva tion. Production on the island of Hawaii ceased. Lanai and Molokai appeared as producers of pineapples on a large scale. The relatively small island of Lanai, which had been used only for grazing land, was first used for pineapples in 1924 and has since become one of the most important pineapple-producing areas in the Territory, being second only to Oahu. By 1930 the gross area used by the plantations amounted to 78,000 acres. Only about 50,000 of this, however, was directly devoted to the growing of pineapples. T able 3 0 . — Land owned or leased by pineapple plantations (showing changing areas of production) 1 9 0 9 , 1 9 2 0 , and 1937 [In acres] 1909 Oahu___ _________ ____ _______ _____ __________ ______ Kauai,_ __________________________________ _______ ______ Maui. _ ___________________________ _____________ .... ______ Hawaii__ ______________________ _____________ _____ _________ _ Molokai _ - _ ____________________________________________ ___ Lanai. ______________________________________ ________________ Total ............ ............................................................................ 1920 5,080 50 170 60 32,800 1,900 6,100 6,045 5,360 46,845 1937 14,954 2,945 9,595 9,267 13,363 50,124 Source: Territorial Planning Board, First Progress Report, February 1939. The total value of the pineapple pack reached an all-time high in 1930 of $50,055,569, but sank to only $9,570,569 in 1932, a year of drastic curtailment. Since 1932, however, the industry has made a marked recovery though it still shows signs of instability. In 1937 canned pineapple shipped from Hawaii was valued at $42,705,114. In addition to this, pineapple juice shipments amounted 241404— 40------- 7 83 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 84 to $16,689,976. Thus the total valuation of shipments of the pine apple industry was $59,395,090.1 In 1938, however, the value of canned pineapple sank to $25,056,692, and of juice to $13,353,183. This represents a decline of $20,985,215 in the value of pineapple and juice combined, or a decrease of more than one-third of their combined value in 1937. The Hawaiian pineapple industry represents 80 percent of the total world production of canned pineapples, but in spite of its dominant position its history is one of marked fluctuations. At present it is subject to increasing competition from both domestic and foreign producers. T a b l e 31 .— P in e a p p le pack o f H a w a ii , 1 1 9 2 2 to 1 9 8 8 Year 1922............................. 1923__________ _____ 1924........... ............ . 1925________________ 1926____ ____ _______ 1927________________ 1928_____ ____ ______ 1929________________ 1930______________ Total cases (000 omitted) 4,770 5,896 6,826 8,729 8,940 8,879 8, 663 9,211 12, 672 Value $19,557,980 20,004,798 30,033,978 30, 550,030 34,417,422 33, 297,195 33, 352, 766 38,227,210 50, 055, 569 Year 1931..................... 1932........................... . 1933............................. 1934________________ 1935___________ ____ 1936__________ _____ 1937__________ _____ 1938....................... . Total cases (000 omitted) 12,808 5,064 7,816 2 12,113 29,850 212, 709 213,239 2 8,466 Value $34,997,300 9, 570, 569 23,000,000 34, 416,281 28, 629, 711 38,835,794 42, 705,114 25,056, 692 1 Does not include juice, for which figures are not available. 2 Estimated on basis of 1 case equals 45 pounds. Source: First Progress Report, Territorial Planning Board, Honolulu, 1939, p. 92. “ Pineapples," by R. N. Chapman, director of experiment station of the Pineapple Producers’ Cooperative Association. STRUCTURAL ORGANIZATION The pineapple industry has tended toward large-scale plantation organization in much the same way and for the same reasons as did the sugar industry. Since the pineapple industry is younger, it has followed many of the plantation procedures of the sugar industry in respect to housing and other perquisites, as well as the general struc tural organization of the plantation as a whole. There is an obvious tendency toward a further integration of the industry at the present time. In 1929, for example, there were 13 companies with 11 can neries; 10 years later, in 1939, there were only 9 companies with 8 canneries, although production was much greater. One company pro duces approximately 40 percent of the combined pineapple and juice output of the islands. Although there is some degree of coordination between the various companies by virtue of (1) intercorporate and intrafamily holdings, (2) interlocking directorates, and (3) relation ships between the pineapple concerns and the five large agencies that dominate the sugar industry, the pineapple industry cannot be said to have achieved as high a degree of integration as has the sugar industry. There are several reasons for this: (1) The sugar industry is largely island-owned, whereas some of the important pineapple companies are only branches of large packing companies on the mainland; (2) be cause the industry is younger, it has not had time to achieve full coor dination; (3) it has suffered, even in recent years, from violent fluc tuations in production and demand. i The value of sugar shipments was only about $4,000,000 more, amounting to $63,575,478 in that year. These figures were obtained from the Annual Report of the Governor of the Territory of Hawaii, 1938 and 1939. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 85 In 1909 the first organization of firms engaged in pineapple growing was established. It was called the Pineapple Growers’ Association and was formed primarily for starting a mainland advertising campaign. Scientific experimentation in the growth of pineapples was initiated on a large scale in 1920, and further expanded in 1922. Between 1909 and 1932 the association passed through three reorganizations, finally emerging as the “ Pineapple Producers’ Cooperative Association.” This association includes seven of the nine firms operating in Hawaii.2 Under a cooperative arrangement these firms agree to limit produc tion to meet the needs of the market, sell the combined pineapple pack through a marketing committee, pool their advertising, and stand ardize the pack. The association is a nonprofit organization and charges one-fourth to one-half cent per case for the association’s ex pense. The agreement covers canned pineapple only and does not refer to juice or byproducts. It ends May 31, 1942. It is commonly assumed, in Hawaii and elsewhere, that “ the pine apple industry has a quota system similar to that of the sugar indus try.” While it is true that both industries have established quotas, an examination of the pineapple agreement indicates that they are distinctly different in their nature and purpose. The sugar quota, as previously indicated, is imposed by the Federal Government in the interests of the country as a whole and consists of a broad framework of legal regulation for stabilizing the American market, Hawaii being allotted 14 percent of the total. The Hawaiian pineapple industry, on the other hand, controls 80 percent of the total world production of canned pineapple. Its quota system covers only the Territory. It is not based on govern mental action but is self-imposed in the interest of earnings in the industry. Because of its dominant position, by regulating production the industry can affect price. In this respect, however, it can operate only within the limitations set by competing substitute fruits. A lowering of the price of canned peaches, for instance, will affect the sale of canned pineapples. The quota system should not be taken to mean that the association maintains a single marketing organization. The two large mainland packing corporations sell canned pineapples along with their other products (produced elsewhere) through their own marketing organiza tions. Two large Hawaiian companies have established branches in San Francisco as outlets. Another employs a Cleveland concern to act as its agent. The pineapple industry thus maintains a much less integrated and standardized marketing system than the sugar industry. Within the limits of the quota system, which is carefully administered by a joint committee, there is a high degree of competition. For these reasons, general information on the industry as a whole is not as complete as in the case of the sugar industry, and some specific details, considered strictly confidential, are not available. 2 The 4 largest firms can 88 percent of the pack. C H APTER 10. P IN E A P P L E P L A N T A T IO N S LABOR SUPPLY A detailed discussion has already been presented explaining the growth and racial complexity of the population of the islands. Al though the pineapple plantations have played a very minor role in the importation of labor, as compared with the sugar plantations, they have had to depend upon the same general labor market. It is only natural, therefore, that the racial groups on pineapple plantations should be similar to those on the sugar plantations. The Filipinos constitute the largest single racial group, representing 57 percent of all pineapple plantation labor. The Japanese constitute the next largest group, representing 29 percent. The remaining 14 percent consists of a mixture of other races. Plantations (both pineapple and sugar) will be able to rely less on Filipinos in the future because of the high percentage of single men and the number of Filipinos return ing to their homes. It seems probable that the Japanese (and to a less marked degree the Portuguese) will increase in importance as Filipino labor declines. Because the pineapple industry is relatively young, the average age of plantation workers is below that of those in the sugar industry. Fifty-six percent of the pineapple plantation workers (and 71 percent of the cannery workers) are below 35 years of age. It appears inevi table, however, that just as the sugar industry is now facing the problems of aged and dependent workers, so the pineapple plantations will in the future have workers of a considerably higher average age. The same problems occasioned by the rapid rise in the percentage of citizen laborers must also be faced by the pineapple plantations. Management has been traditionally opposed to labor organization as in the sugar industry. As is indicated later, a large part of the pineapple industry is closely associated with the sugar industry m respect to labor policy. Frequent efforts have been made to organize both plantation and cannery labor. Strikes involving about 1,800 pineapple plantation workers occurred in June and August 1937. Since then unionizat on groups have been especially active. Under an agreement signed by the management and officers of the union, on May 20, 1939, a vote was taken at Kalaheo, Kauai. As a result, the United Cannery, Agricultural, Packing and Allied Workers of America, Local 76, Congress of Industrial Organizations, was voted the exclusive representative of the workers for collective bargaining.1 This action was given wide publicity in the press and is considered by both plantation and cannery workers to be a significant precedent. i The election was held under the provisions of the Labor Relations Act. Only nonagricultural workers were eligible as voters, and some confusion arose as to who were agricultural and who nonagricultural workers. 86 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 87 TYPES OF OPERATIONS Hawaiian pineapple production passes through a 5-year cycle (from one first planting to the next first planting). The first crop requires approximately 18 months to mature. Since the second and third crops grow on the plants from which the first crop was harvested, they require only about 12 months to mature. The greater the number of such ratoon crops, the smaller the average size of the pineapple. Hence it is usually not considered advisable to attempt a fourth crop without replanting. There is thus about 3% years of continuous crop growth. This is followed by a period of a year or more during which the land is allowed to lie fallow and recuperate, after which a new cycle of preparation of the soil, planting, cultivation, and harvesting is begun. (1) Preparation o f the soil .— Much the same types of crawler tractors and heavy-duty plows are used for preparing the soil as are used on the sugar plantations. Tractor drivers and their helpers are thus the principal types of labor required. There is an important additional operation in preparing the land for pineapples, however. After being plowed and harrowed, the pineapple fields are laid out in parallel rows from 4 to 6 feet wide, and well treated with fertilizer. They are then covered with an asphalt-treated mulch paper about 3 feet in width. This serves the triple purpose of preventing the growth of weeds, of holding the moisture, and of attracting heat. It reserves all of the fertilizer and the growing power of the soil for the fruit alone, and greatly reduces the amount of hoeing and weeding that would otherwise be required. (2) Planting .— After the paper is laid, holes are made through the paper and the pineapple crown (or in some cases the pineapple plant slip) is set in each hole. There follows a long period of growth during which little has to be done to the plants beyond spraying and fertilizing. (3) S p ra yin g .— Spraying is used not only to keep down insect pests, but also to provide certain elements lacking in the soil. There is very little iron in Hawaiian soil, hence this is supplied in the form of an iron sulphate sprayed on the plant by large mechanical sprayers. Formerly one man and a pair of mules could cover 30 to 40 acres a day. At present there are two methods of machine spraying. On Lanai a cable spray is used. Two heavy trucks folloV along parallel roads with a cable strung tightly between, across the field, on which is hung a long hose with a series of nozzles from which the spray is forced under pressure. Elsewhere a single motorized machine is used. This carries a large tank with very long arms extending out to either side to which are appended nozzles at just the right intervals to provide the maximum of spray age down the rows of pineapples. Such a machine will average 240 acres a day, making it possible for one man to do as much as six to eight men did before. Experimenta tion is now being carried on to extend the length of the arms and thus obtain an even greater coverage. Although one man is sufficient to operate such a machine, it must be serviced by a truck which brings the liquid to the machine at prearranged intervals. Spraying for insect control (particularly mealy bugs) is also an important factor in the cost of production, amounting to over a half million dollars per year for the industry as a whole. This is 88 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 much more demanding work and must be done with a hand sprayer. In 1939 the experimental station of the Pineapple P roduced Associa tion developed a new “ spray head” which can be lowered over the plant and will reach all parts that must be sprayed in a single opera tion. Heretofore, the sprayer had to be moved around each plant and applied at the right angles to reach all of the essential parts. The new sprayer head has already resulted in a decrease in the number of workers required on one plantation by 102 men. (4) Harvesting and transporting consist of picking the ripe fruit from the plants, carrying it in sacks to a point of concentration at the edge of the field, cutting the crowns from the fruit, sorting the fruit into three grades according to size, filling empty boxes with fruit, and finally loading trucks and trailers with the boxes for delivery to the canneries. The plantations on Lanai and Molokai have the additional problem of transferring the boxes of pineapples to barges on which they are shipped to Honolulu for canning. To date, all of these operations have depended exclusively upon hand labor. But the pineapple industry is at present passing through a period of intensive experimentation with various types of “ field fruit carriers.” These are sometimes erroneously called fruit pickers, but they still require picking by hand. Heretofore the workers have had to carry the pineapples in sacks as they picked them. These sacks became a heavy burden as the pickers approached the ends of the long rows. The physical effort of carry ing these loads was as great as that of the picking itself. Women and minors were often used to do the hand work involved in topping, sort ing, and packing into “ lug boxes.” 2 These operations were performed at a point of concentration on the roadside at the end of the field to which the pickers were required to carry their loads. The “ field fruit carrier” alters all these operations. The most successful of these machines developed to date has a small crawlertractor type of traction which permits operation in wet weather. It can turn about in a much smaller space than an ordinary motorcar, thus making it possible to turn from one row back into the next row on the very narrow roadways that run through the pineapple fields. It carries a wide platform above the tops of the fruit and a belt con veyor extending down at the back of the machine. The machine moves very slowly through the field, making it possible for pickers to follow it closely and toss the fruit as rapidly as picked onto the conveyer belts which carry the fruit past a buzz saw on the platform. The saw tops the fruit as it passes into a lug box. Workers on the platform pile up lug boxes as rapidly as they are filled. At the end of the field they are shoved off onto trucks to be carried to the cannery. Some of these machines are already in commercial operation, and those concerned in the experiment feel that success is assured. In addition to greatly increasing the speed and efficiency of operations, the machines show a reduction in bruising. In June 1939, in an experiment carried on side by side with field labor in the same field, the machine-harvested fruit showed only 2.04 percent bruised fruit as compared with 12.3 percent bruised fruit for regular hand work. A rate of 5 percent of bruised fruit has heretofore been considered highly satisfactory. 2 A wooden box with hand grips at either end used in transporting the pineapples from the field to the cannery. Pineapples become bruised when piled in open trucks without such protection. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 89 If the machines are successful, it is planned to equip them with powerful electric lights, so that work can be carried on at night. There would then be two 8-hour shifts plus one-half hour for meals for each shift, and two quarter-hour “ smoking (relaxation) periods.” This, together with 1 hour for changing the shift, would cover a span of 19 hours a day. At the peak of the season, when very hard pressed, an additional half-day shift of 4 hours could be included. The great advantage of this method of harvesting grows out of the fact that pineapples tend to ripen quickly during the height of the season.3 To obtain the fruit at the peak of ripeness and yet not permit it to become overripe is the secret of turning out the best possible product in the cannery. The “'field fruit carrier” provides a partial solution by increasing both the number of working hours per day and the speed of harvesting during the peak season. The effect of the use of this machine on labor on the pineapple plantations would be (1) to increase the efficiency of the men, (2) to reduce the number of laborers required, and (3) largely to eliminate women and minors from field labor (particularly topping). For performing the various operations described above, pineapple plantations require a large number of semiskilled and unskilled laborers, and relatively few skilled laborers. The truck drivers, mechanics, and the drivers of the tractors and mechanical sprayers represent less than one-tenth of the total number employed on the plantations. The other nine-tenths comprising the general field labor on the plantations are shifted from one occupation to another. They engage in practically all of the steps in cultivation and har vesting, such as laying mulch paper, planting, hoeing, weeding, cultivating, picking, topping, and sorting the fruit, as well as piling and loading the lug boxes. 3 Experimentation is being conducted to spread out the peak by the use of a gassing process, which hastens the ripening of the fruit. But seasonality is still a difficult problem. CHAPTER 11. METHODS OF PAYMENT AND EARNINGS METHODS OF PAYMENT The pineapple plant grows only waist high and remains in clear-cut rows instead of spreading about in a tangled growth like that of sugar. Work in the field and the supervision of such work are simpler than on a sugar plantation. Because direct supervision is possible at all times, there are no workers who correspond to the long-term culti vators of the sugar industry. There are three methods of payment on pineapple plantations: (1) Salaries, (2) hourly wage rates, (3) piece-rate wages. Piece rates are paid on a group basis in the same way as on the sugar plantations; that is, men work in gangs of 5 to 15 or more at a rate per unit of work performed, which is announced in the field by the “ lunas” or straw bosses at the time the work starts. The share of each worker is in proportion to the number of hours he works on the job. Piece rates vary in accordance with varying conditions of weather, topography, and of the crop itself. In June 1939 on a typical plants tion they were as follows: Occupation: Harvesting__________ Laying mulch paper. Weeding_____________ Fertilizing___________ Planting_____________ Stripping____________ Trimming___________ Bagging seed________ R ate p er unit 20 3 35 70 70 90 45 to 8 cents per crate. cents per roll. to 7 cents per line. to 60 cents per 100 pounds. cents per 1,000 plants. cents to $1 per 1,000 plants. cents per 1,000 plants. cents per 1,000 plants. EARNINGS ON PINEAPPLE PLANTATIONS The statistical study of earnings of workers on pineapple plantations is based upon a sample of 4,566 workers, constituting about one-third of the total employment on all pineapple plantations in July 1938. It was drawn from the records of three of the eight plantations of varying size on the islands. They are located on the islands of Maui, Lanai, and Oahu. H o u r l y e a rn in g s .— The average hourly earnings of all piece-rate and hourly-rate workers combined were 32.3 cents.1 For males, who constituted more than 93 percent of the labor force, the average was 33.0 cents. Two-thirds of the males (67.0 percent) received between 25 and 35 cents per hour. Nearly one-third (29.7 percent) received between 27.5 and 30 cents per hour. Only 7.9 percent received less than 25 cents per hour (table 32). Records of plantation pay rolls indicated that of those working at hourly rates, over two-thirds (68 percent) were hired at an hourly rate of 25 cents. Because of overtime, for which they are paid time i A total of 145 salaried workers are excluded from the section on hourly earnings, since for many of these the actual number of hours worked per week was not available. 90 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 91 193 9 and one-half, their actual earnings average somewhat higher. The high concentration of workers at or near this rate is due to the fact that nine-tenths of all the labor employed on pineapple plantations is unskilled or semiskilled. T 32. — Distribution o f nonsalaried workers on pineapple plantations in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by sex, August 1988 able Females 1 Males Average hourly earnings Under 12.6 cents_________________________ 12.6and under 15 cen ts..____ ____________ 15 and under 17.5 cents___________________ 17.5 and under 20 cents__________________ 20 and under 22.5 cents___________________ 22.5 and under 25 cents___________________ 25 and under 27.5 cents______ _____ _____ 27.5 and under 30 cents___________________ 30 and under 32.5 cents___________________ 32.5 and under 35 cents___________________ 35 and under 37.5 cents................................ . 37.5 and under 40 cents___________________ 40 and under 42.5 cents___________________ 42.5 and under 45 cents... _________ ._ 45 and under 47.5 cents 47.5 and under 50 cents 50 and under 52.5 cents 52.5 and under 55 cents.._ 55 and under 57.5 cents................................. 57.5 and under 60 cents....................... .......... ................... 60 cents and over____ _ T otal___________ _________ _________ Average hourly earnings__________ ____ N um ber of workers Simple percent age C um u lative percent age 29 0.7 0.7 6 21 32 66 175 480 1,221 632 428 238 165 103 85 97 95 70 58 38 22 262 4,123 $0.330 .1 .5 .8 1.6 4.2 11.6 29.7 15.3 10.4 5.8 4.0 2.5 2.1 2. 4 2.3 1. 7 1.4 .9 .5 1.5 Num ber of workers 6 .8 2.1 9 26 109 58 27 1.3 3.7 7.9 19.5 49.2 64.5 74.9 80.7 84.7 87.2 89.3 91. 7 94.0 95.7 97.1 98.0 98.5 20 18 12 6 3 1 3 Simple percent age 2.0 3.0 8.7 36.7 19.5 9.1 6.7 6.0 4.0 2.0 1.0 .3 1.0 C um u lative percent age 2.0 5.0 13.7 50.4 69.9 79.0 85.7 91.7 95.7 97.7 98.7 99.0 100.0 298 $0. 222 1238, or 79.9 percent of all female workers were Japanese. 2The average of all workers earning 60 cents and over amounted to 66 cents. The distribution of hourly earnings of nonsalaried workers indicated very little difference in racial earnings of males (table 33). Filipinos, representing over half of the total sample, received an average of 33.3 cents per hour. Nearly three-fourths of them earned between 25 and 32.5 cents per hour. The Japanese, representing one-fourth of the total, earned an average of 33 cents per hour, but showed a somewhat wider dispersion. Only 1.2 percent of the Filipinos received less than 25 cents per hour, whereas 20.4 percent of the Japanese received less than 25 cents per hour. On the other hand, a somewhat larger per centage of the Japanese received over 35 cents per hour. Earnings of females averaged 22.2 cents or a third less than the average of males. Three-fourths of the female workers received between 15 and 25 cents per hour, 36.7 percent of them receiving be tween 17.5 and 20 cents per hour. No female worker received more than 42.5 cents per hour (table 32). Nine-tenths of the total number of plantation workers are un skilled or semiskilled. They are moved from one type of operation to another as required, such as mulch paper laying, harvesting, loading, road repairing, and the like. 92 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 T a b l e 3 3. — Average hourly and monthly earnings of male nonsalaried workers on pineapple plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, hy race, August 1938 Race Total____ ______ ________________________ ______ Japanese_________________ _____ _______________ _ Filipino.................. _ . . . ___ _ _ . _ ___ _ Chinese_________ ____ _________ __ _________ _____ Portuguese____ _________________ . ___ __ ________ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian_________________________ Korean______. . . . _________ ______________ . . . ____ All o t h e r s .___ _______ ___________________ ________ Number Percent 4,123 100.0 1,042 2,491 117 76 94 182 25.3 60.5 121 2.8 1.8 2.3 4.4 2.9 Average hourlyearnings Average m onthly earnings $0.330 $58.62 .330 . d33 .326 .316 .329 .296 .318 56.86 59. 56 67. 51 57.78 62.68 50.26 55.83 M o n t h l y ea rn in g s .— The average monthly earnings of male non salaried workers for August 1938 amounted to $58.62 (table 34). Over one-fourth of all such workers (28.5 percent) received between $50 and $60. Filipinos averaged $59.56 and Japanese $56.86. Chi nese received the highest average monthly earnings, amounting to $67.51, and Koreans the lowest, $50.26. The average monthly earnings of female nonsalaried workers were $30.44, or only slightly over half that of males. This was due not only to the lower hourly earnings of females but also to the fact that they had less regular employment. All 4,566 workers in the sample, including the 145 salaried workers, averaged $57.93 per month. In this group, 12.0 percent received less than $30 per month. There was a strong concentration between $50 and $70, 42.4 percent of all employees receiving earnings within this range. Only 8.2 percent earned $90 or more per month. T able 3 4 .— Distribution of nonsalaried1 workers on pineapple plantations in the Hawaiian Islands, according to monthly earninas. by sex and race, August 1988 * co M i lies Japanese Total—all races M onthly earnings Simple percent age 64 37 24 39 17 25 40 25 31 40 58 70 62 81 82 126 127 1.6 .9 .6 100 150 673 504 406 293 233 212 66 61 39 263 4,123 $58.62 .6 1.0 .6 .8 1.0 1.4 1.7 1.5 2.0 2.0 3.1 3.1 2.4 3.6 16.3 12.2 9.8 7.1 5.7 5.1 4.0 3.1 2.0 1.6 1.5 .9 1.5 6.0 6.6 7.4 8.4 9.8 11.5 13.0 15.0 17.0 20.1 23.2 25.6 29.2 45.5 57.7 67.5 74.6 80.3 85.4 89.4 92.5 94.5 96.1 97.6 98.5 35 21 16 22 4 14 24 13 14 20 26 32 33 20 24 39 25 18 27 98 74 72 59 63 55 35 29 28 25 20 17 40 1,042 $56.86 3.4 2.0 1.5 2.1 .4 1.3 2.3 1.2 1.3 1.9 2.5 3.1 3.2 1.9 2.3 3.7 2.4 1.7 2.6 9.5 7.2 6.9 5.7 6.0 5.3 3.4 2.8 2.7 2.4 1.9 1.6 3.8 3.4 5.4 6.9 9.0 9.4 10.7 13.0 14.2 15.5 17.4 19.9 23.0 26.2 28.1 30.4 34.1 36.5 38.2 40.8 50.3 57.5 64.4 70.1 76.1 81.4 84.8 88.6 90.3 92.7 94.6 96.2 17 5 3 10 8 4 9 8 8 12 22 26 20 47 45 68 82 68 106 494 367 303 197 136 117 104 73 47 35 27 12 11 2,491 $59.56 Simple percent age Chinese Cumula Number tive of percent workers age 0.7 0.7 .9 .4 .3 1.4 1.7 1.9 2.3 .2 .1 .2 .4 .3 .3 .5 .9 1.0 .8 1.8 1.9 2.7 3.3 2.7 4.3 19.8 14.7 12.2 7.9 5.5 4.7 4.2 2.9 1.9 1.4 1.1 .5 .4 1.0 Simple percent age 1 1 1 0.9 2 2 1.7 1.7 3 2.6 .9 .9 2.6 2.9 3.4 4.3 5.3 6.1 8.0 9.8 12.5 15.8 18.5 22.8 42.6 57.3 69.5 77.4 82.9 87.6 91.8 94.7 96.6 98.0 99.1 99.6 2 1 4 3 16 13 5 5 1.7 3.4 .9 2.6 11.0 13.6 12 15 10 10 1 2 4.3 4.3 10.3 12.7 8.5 8.5 .9 1.7 2 1.7 3 3 2.6 2.6 Cumula tive percent age 0.9 .6 1.8 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 2.7 4.4 6.1 6.1 8.7 10.4 13.8 14.7 17.3 30.9 41.9 46.2 50.5 60.8 73.5 82.0 90.5 91.4 93.1 95.7 98.3 117 $67.51 1 Only 145 workers in the sample were salaried. 2The average of all workers earning $120 and over amounted to $145.42. The averages by race were $150.57 for Japanese; $125.93 for Filipinos; $134.02 for Chinese; $128.70 for Portuguese; $156.58 for Hawaiians and part Hawaiians; $122.76 for Koreans; and $151.95 for all others. 19 39 165 127 83 .9 .4 1.6 2.5 3.1 4.0 4.4 5.0 Simple percent age Filipino Cumula Number tive of percent workers age LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, Under $5___ __________________________________ ____ $5 and under $7.50_________________________________ $7.50 and under $10 __ ___________________________ $10and under $1:2.50________________________________ $12.50 and under $15_______________________________ $15 and under $17.50 _ _ _ ____ ___ ___________ ____ $17.50 and under $20_______________ ___ ______ _____ $20 and under $22.50._____ ______________ ____ ___ _ $22.50 and under $25._________ ___________ ________ $25 and under $27.50._____ _ ______________________ $27.50 and under $30______________ ________________ $30 and under $32.50_______________________________ $32.50 and under $35_______________________________ $35 and under $37.50_______________________________ $37.50 and under $40_______________________________ $40 and under $42.50_______________________________ $42.50 and under $45_______________________________ $45 and under $47.50____________________________ _ $47.50 and under $50_______________________________ $50 and under $55_______________ ____ _____________ $55 and under $60____________________ : ____________ $60 and under $65__________________________________ $65 and under $70_______________________ ____ ______ $70 and under $75__________________________________ $75 and under $80_____ _________________________ _ $80 and under $85_______ ______ ____________ _______ $85 and under $90_______________ ______ ____ ______ $90 and under $95___________________ ____ _________ $95 and under $100---------- ---------- ---------------------- ------$100and under $110............................ ............. .............. $110and under $120_________ _________________ _____ $120and over------- ------- --------------------------------- ---------Total . __________ _________ Average monthly earnings. . . ______ Number of workers Cumula Num ber tive of percent workers age Females Males—Continued Hawaiian and part Hawaiian Portuguese Monthly earnings Korean All races3 All others Total........ ........... ............. ....... Average monthly earnings................ 1 1.3 3 3.9 1 1 2 2 3 1 1 1 2 5 4 3 2 5 7 7 5 1 1 5 4 2 2 4 1 1.3 1.3 2.6 2.6 3.9 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.6 6.6 5.4 3.9 2.6 6.6 9.2 9.2 6.6 1.3 1.3 6.6 5.4 2.6 2.6 5.4 1.3 1.3 1.3 5.2 5.2 5.2 6.5 7.8 10.4 13.0 16.9 18.2 19.5 20.8 23.4 30.0 35.4 39.3 41.9 48.5 57.7 66.9 73.5 74.8 76.1 82.7 88.1 90.7 93.3 93.3 98.7 76 $57. 78 3238, or 79.9 percent, of all female workers were Japanese. 1 1 1.1 1.1 3 3 3.2 3.2 1 4 1 1 1 1 2 3 3 3 2 1.1 4.3 1l 1.1 1.1 1.1 2.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.1 5 7 3.2 7.3 8.4 5.3 7.3 3 4 12.7 3. 2 4.3 4 4.3 3 7 8 2 ,12 1 1 6 1 94 $62.68 2.1 1.1 1.1 6. 4 1.1 1.1 2.2 2.2 5.4 8.6 9.7 9.7 14.0 15.1 16. 2 17.3 18.4 20.5 23.7 26.9 30.1 32.2 35.4 42.7 51.1 56.4 63.7 65.8 78.5 81.7 86.0 87.1 88.2 94. 6 95. 7 11 7 1 3 2 1 2 3 3 6 1 5 4 7 5 45 28 10 14 8 7 3 2 1 2 1 182 $50.26 6.0 3.8 .6 1.6 1.1 .6 1.1 1.6 1.6 3.3 .6 2.7 2.2 3.8 2.7 24.8 15.5 5.5 7.7 4.4 3.8 1.6 1.1 .6 1.1 .6 6.0 9.8 10.4 12.0 12.0 13.1 13.7 14.8 14.8 14.8 14.8 16.4 18.0 21.3 21.9 24.6 26.8 30.6 33.3 58.1 73.6 79.1 86.8 91.2 95.0 96.6 97.7 97.7 98.3 99.4 99.4 1 1 0.8 .8 3 2.5 1 2 4 1 1.7 3.3 3 5 .8 .8 5 4 4 5 2.5 4.1 5.0 4.1 1.7 4.1 3.3 3.3 4.1 4 3.3 7 4 5.8 3.3 5.0 9.2 4.1 4.1 4.1 3.3 6 5 2 1 8 6 11 5 5 5 4 3 2 4 121 $55.83 .8 6.6 2.5 1.7 3.3 0.8 1.6 4.1 4.1 4.9 6.6 9.9 10.7 13.2 17.3 22.3 26.4 28.1 32.2 35.5 38.8 42.9 43.7 47.0 53.6 59.4 62.7 67.7 76.9 81.0 85.1 89.2 92.5 92.5 95.0 96.7 24 3 3 13 17 13 6 9 15 22 22 12 24 23 25 7 9 10 5 15 7 9 2 2 1 8.1 1.0 1.0 4.4 5.7 4.4 2.0 3.0 5.0 7.4 7.4 4.0 8.1 7.7 8.4 2.3 3.0 3.4 1.7 5.0 2.3 3.0 .7 .7 .3 8.1 9.1 10.1 14.5 20.2 24.6 26.6 29.6 34.6 42.0 49.4 53.4 61.5 69.2 77.6 79.9 82.9 86.3 88.0 93.0 95.3 98.3 99.0 99.7 100.0 1939 Under $5.............................................. $5 and under $7.50______________ __ $7.50 and under $10— ............. .......... $10 and under $12.50________ _____ $12.50 and under $15__________ ___ $15 and under $17.50_______________ $17.50 and under $20— ........... .......... $20and under $22.50................ .......... $22.50 and under $25_______________ $25 and under $27.50-......... ............. $27.50 and under $30........................... $30 and under $32.50....................... . $32.50 and under $35______________ $35 and under $37.50....... ................... $37.50 and under $10........................... $40 and under $42.50....... ................... $42.50 and under $45................ .......... $45 and under $47.50______________ $47.50 and under $50______________ $50 and under $55.......... ........ ............ $55 and under $60__________ ______ $60 and under $65_________________ $65 and under $70_________________ $70 and under $75.......... ’___________ $75 and under $80........ ................... . $80 and under $85________ ____ ___ $85 and under $90............................ . $90 and under $95.......... ........ ............ $95 and under $100........ ............... $100and under $110............................ $110and under $120. ............_............ $120and over....................... ............... LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, Cumu Cumu Simple Cumu N um Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu N um Simple N um Simple N um lative lative lative lative ber of percent percent ber of percent lative ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent percent workers workers workers age age age workers age workers age age age age age age 298 $30.44 CO Oi 96 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, EFFECT O F S E A S O N A L IT Y 1939 O N E A R N IN G S The nature of the pineapple is such that it tends to ripen during the summer months, particularly in the latter half of July, although there is a minor fruiting period in January. Even in the equable climate of Hawaii, it has been extremely difficult to spread this ripening period. The gassing process, a recent development, provides a partial con trol over the fruiting period of pineapples. It consists of placing a small quantity of acetylene (or ethylene) in aqueous solution directly into the heart of the plant. Under proper climatic conditions (such as those on Lanai) a small quantity of the carbide itself may be put into the heart of the plant and the rain water will generate the necessary gas. Pineapples must be gassed 5 to 6 months prior to the time when it is desired to harvest them. It cannot be used to retard fruiting but only to accelerate it. The effect of gassing is to pull the pineapple period forward and thus reduce the peak at the height of the summer season. Gassing has one disadvantage. It does not condition the fruit as to size so that the earlier the pineapples are brought to fruition, the smaller the size. Experimentation is now going forward on retarding the fruit so as to spread the harvest period on through the latter part of the summer and early fall. In these experiments certain chemicals are applied which induce a dormancy in the fruit. Should a successful technique be discovered, it is expected that, just as the acceleration o f fruiting diminishes the size of the pineapple, the retarding of the date of fruiting will increase the size, thus offsetting the losses in quantity due to the gassing process. Under these conditions pineapple harvesting and canning could be spread from the latter part of May to the middle of September. In addition to the efforts to spread the season, experimentation has been undertaken in recent years to develop techniques for meeting the intense demands of July with power-driven machines rather than by relying upon sharp increases in the quantity of labor hired, thus reduc ing seasonal changes in the volume of employment. This has been partially successful, the most significant recent development in this direction being the “ field fruit carrier” previously described. Until these methods are perfected, however, the industry will continue to exhibit a high concentration of production during the summer months. The seasonality of employment on pineapple plantations is far greater than on the sugar plantations. In 1938 the average employ ment in the 9 off-season months amounted to 8,591, which was only two-thirds of the average employment in the months of June, July, and August (13,019). The peak month of July required 14,840 laborers, which was more than twice as many as the 7,154 employed in November. An analysis of the records of three plantations for the fiscal year July 1, 1938, to July 1, 1939, indicated that of the additional laborers hired during June, July, and August, nearly one-half were students. It is not surprising, therefore, that of the total separations during the year, less than half (48 percent) were discharged or laid off, the re mainder quitting of their own volition. It should also be noted that the average number of hours of labor per day increases during the summer peak. Pineapple plantations maintain an 8-hour day not including the time required for transport LABOR 1ST TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 97 by truck to and from the fields. But because of occasional days of bad weather and periods when full-time work is unnecessary, the average hours per week for any month very seldom rise to 40 hours per week even in the peak months and fall as low as 27 hours per week in the low months. Therefore, seasonality measured in terms of man hours and earnings per month is greater than seasonality measured in terms of number of employees. Pineapple pay rolls in November are only one-third of the total for the month of July. It will be noted that the average monthly earnings of male pine apple plantation workers were somewhat higher than those of male sugar workers (tables 16 and 35). Complete data are not available, but from the information at hand it appears that the average annual earnings of pineapple plantation workers in 1938 were between $400 and $450, substantially less than the $561 reported for workers on sugar plantations (table 22). The poorer showing of the pineapple plantation workers with respect to annual earnings is, of course, due to greater seasonality in their employment. Since sugar and pineapple plantations depend on the same labor market, it is natural that there should have been a rise in wages on pineapple plantations accompanying that on the sugar plantations. This increase is shown by table 35. Between 1932 and 1937 the base rate for male pineapple plantation laborers rose from 15 to 25 cents per hour, and for female plantation workers, from 12.5 cents to 18 cents. T able 35 .— Comparison of average hourly and monthly earnings in 1929 and 1938 of pineapple-plantation workers in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex Sex Average hourly earnings Average m onthly earn ings 1929 M ale.--- _- -_ Female_______ ___ _____________ ____ __ ______ _ ____ .. _ ___ $0. 227 .116 1938 $0. 330 .222 1929 $41.96 8.89 1938 $58. 62 30. 44 Source: Data for 1929 from U. S. Bureau of Labor Statistics Bulletin 534: Labor Conditions in the Ter ritory of Hawaii; data for 1938 from present survey. In respect to seasonality and annual earnings the conditions on Hawaiian pineapple plantations approximate the conditions of the average farm laborer on the mainland more closely than do those of the sugar plantations. CHAPTER 12. PERQUISITES, WORKING CONDITIONS, AND SUMMARY PERQUISITES The perquisites of workers on pineapple plantations are very similar to those of the sugar plantations and include housing, community services and utilities, hospitalization, recreational facilities, and other minor perquisites. Since the pineapple industry is much younger, it has had the advantage of being able to draw upon the prior experience of the sugar industry in establishing the plantation community and in setting up the general structural organization of the plantation as a whole. It also has the advantage of not being burdened with obsolete housing and other equipment. In spite of these facts, however, pineapple plantations on the whole do not provide as adequate perquisites. It is true that the best and most recently developed of the pineapple plantation communities are well organized and equipped, and will compare favorably with the best of the sugar plantations. But the range in the quality of pineapple plantation equipment is very great, and in the poorest of them housing and other perquisites are far from satisfactory, particularly during the summer months. The reasons for this are obvious. The pineapple industry has been relatively unstable both in respect to localities in which pineapples are produced and the volume of output. This instability has been due to sharp changes in price and demand occasioned by competitive sub stitute goods. It is also a result of crop uncertainties due to insect pests. Within the past decade the industry suffered so severely from a plant wilt that some producers were ready to abandon Hawaii altogether. Again consideration must be given to the fact that some plantations are on leased land and face uncertainties with regard to the renewal of leases. These conditions led not only to restriction of the construction of new housing, but also reduced reconditioning and replacements to the barest minima. An additional retarding influence on the development of satisfactory conditions grows out of the fact that about half of the industry is controlled from the mainland by concerns that produce competing fruits elsewhere and have only a minor interest in the island communi ties as such. But the most fundamental reason for housing and other difficulties is to be found in the marked seasonality of employment. Employ ment in the peak month of July is over twice that of November. This in turn means that to provide fully adequate housing for all employees during the peak months results in having much of the investment lying idle during the remainder of the year. The result, therefore, has been to provide moderately adequate housing only for the fully employed, and to take care of the additional employees of the peak period by either doubling up or providing less permanent forms of housing. Housing facilities are roughly divided into (1) single group houses and (2) family group houses. Because of the predominance of un98 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 193 9 99 married Filipinos in the labor force, single group houses are more numerous and are, on the whole, less adequate than family houses. Broadly speaking, the quality of accommodations varies with the age of the plantation town. The newer plantation communities have wide streets, modern sanitary conveniences, and good houses with adequate space for gardens. But in contrast there are too many plantation camps on old locations in which houses are unpainted, without screens, in need of repairs, and entirely lacking in modern sanitary conveniences. Many of them do not have full partitions between rooms. In these areas common toilets and bathhouses are the rule. During the peak season there is over loading of toilet and other facilities creating unsanitary conditions which, in the warm humid climate of Hawaii, constitute a serious health hazard. In some camps the water supply is insufficient for proper sanitation and is not palatable for drinking. Overcrowding creates an unsatis factory social condition when families must live in houses for single men because of the shortage of family group houses. In the plantation areas of this type, permanent satisfied workers cannot be expected and a high labor turn-over is inevitable. Thus, the pineapple plantations, like the sugar plantations, provide a wide range of living conditions for their employees, from excellent facilities to extremely poor accommodations. There is another sense in which the value of perquisites varies markedly. A careful estimate indicates that married men received three times as much in the way of perquisites as unmarried. The married man receives housing and hospitalization for his whole family, whereas the single man is merely one of a large group in a dormitory. Obstetrical treatment and the care of children is a very important item in the cost of the hospital. Plantation management justifies additional outlay for married workers on the following bases: (1) Studies indicate that married males work about 40 percent more hours per month than single males. (2) There is far less turn-over among married males. (3) The children of married males provide future employees, thus stabilizing the plantation community. (4) Boarding houses for single males are generally operated at some loss, and club and gymnasium facilities are used to a much larger extent by single males, so that these charges should be allocated to a greater extent against single rather than married men. The extreme range in the quality of perquisites applies not only to housing but also to hospitalization and recreation. Although there are pineapple plantations with their own hospitals, the majority depend upon an arrangement with the hospital of a sugar plantation nearby, or with a county or town hospital. Because of these variations it is difficult to evaluate perquisites. A survey of six representative plantations indicates that the cost to management ranges from as low as $7.50 to as high as $16 per worker per month. The average cost was estimated to be approximately $11.50.1 i A rough measure of the value of perquisites in the case of one plantation operated in connection with a cannery is to be found in the hourly differential between the cannery and the plantation rates. In one case 2 brothers, one working at the cannery at 32 cents per hour without perquisites, and the other working on the plantation at 25 cents per hour plus perquisites, stated that the difference about measured the value of perquisites. The manager stated that if the hourly rate at the cannery were raised there was a flow of labor toward the cannery, whereas if the hourly rate at the cannery was lowered, there was a flow of labor from the cannery to the plantation. 2 41 4 0 4 — 40--------8 100 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 PINEAPPLE PLANTATIONS---- SUMMARY The pineapple industry is relatively young, but has shown a remarkable, though irregular, expansion. Today Hawaii produces 80 percent of the total world supply of canned pineapple. Hawaiian pineapple plantations regulate their production to con form with a quota system. This is distinctly different from the quota system of the sugar industry, however, since it is not a Federal quota covering the United States as a whole but is established by the Hawaiian producers themselves for their own purposes. Because of the dominant position of the industry in the world market, the quota system has a stabilizing effect on markets and prices. There has been no integration of the actual marketing functions, however. Within the framework of the quota system individual Hawaiian producers are sharply competitive. And since there are so many other canned fruits, they are also in constant competition with other products. About half of the industry is island-owned. This half is much more highly integrated within the pineapple industry itself, as well as in relation to other Hawaiian enterprises, than that part of the industry which is controlled from the mainland. In comparison with management, labor is relatively unorganized. The pineapple industry appeared too late to play a significant part in the importation of labor, but it draws its workers from the same labor market as that of the sugar industry. Over one-half of the pineapple workers are Filipinos, and over one-quarter of them are Japanese, the remainder being largely Portuguese and Hawaiians. Only about one-tenth of the workers on the pineapple plantations are skilled, since the great bulk of the work requires only semiskilled and unskilled labor. Employment shows marked seasonality, the month of lowest em ployment being less than half of that of the peak month. Due to the intense demand for labor at the peak, earnings show an even greater seasonality than employment, the total pay roll for the peak month being three times as great as that of the low month. The average hourly earnings for the month of August 1938 were 33 cents, and average monthly earnings were $58.62. Because of the high degree of seasonality, average annual earnings were much less than might be expected from these figures, in the neighborhood of $400 to $450. By comparison, the average monthly earnings of hired labor on American farms as a whole for the quarter ending July 1 of the same year were $37.28,2 and average annual earnings for the same year were estimated to be $300.3 Because the industry is young, its workers have a lower average age than in other agricultural pursuits in the Territory, but the indus try will be faced with the same problems of old age and dependency which are confronting the sugar industry. It must also face the fundamental problem which permeates the whole of Hawaiian industry, namely, the difficulties of adjustment that grow out of the rapid shift from uneducated, alien (largely oriental) labor to the second- and third-generation citizen laborers with American schooling and standards who are rapidly taking their places. 2U. S. Department of Agriculture—Agricultural Statistics—1939, pp. 502, 503. 3M onthly Labor Review, July 1939, vol. 49, N o. 1, p. 61. CHAPTER 13. PINEAPPLE CANNERIES: LABOR SUPPLY AND TYPES OF OPERATIONS The three largest pineapple canneries are located in Honolulu. They pack four-fifths of the total output. Five smaller canneries on the islands of Maui and Kauai pack the remainder. The largest can nery packs about one-third of the total Hawaiian output and, in addi tion, does an extensive business in pineapple juice. The pineapple companies as a group maintain a self-imposed quota system with an announced quota1 for each establishment under the Pineapple Producers’ Cooperative Association. The extent to which each company fulfills its quota is kept confidential, the figures of production being reported only as totals for the industry. Unlike the sugar industry, approximately half of the pineapple industry is owned and directed from the American mainland, compris ing only one part of the many canning operations of these enterprises in other parts of the United States. As has already been noted, the plantations are all owned by companies that also operate canneries. LABO R SUPPLY The total number of laborers required for the pineapple industry at the height of the season, including both plantations and canneries, ranges between 30,000 and 35,000. Slightly over half of this number (between 16,000 and 19,000) are employed in the canneries. The statistical study of earnings was drawn from 4 representative can neries (located on the islands of Oahu and Maui) and included over 10,000 workers, or a sample of about 60 percent of the total employ ment in the canneries. The workers in the canneries were about evenly divided as between males and females. The study covers the period of peak summer production and there fore includes a very large number of temporarily employed persons, since the peak months of June, July, and August represent four times as much employment as the average for the remainder of the year. This marked seasonal demand is the reason for locating the canneries in urban centers rather than on the plantations (four-fifths of the total output being canned in Honolulu), since seasonal labor of this sort would not be available elsewhere. The majority of cannery employees are thus persons who look upon the work as a temporary source of additional income each year. i The quota applies to the pineapple pack. It does not extend to juice. 101 102 T able LABO B IN THE T E B B IT O B Y OF H A W A II, 1»39 36.— Racial distribution o f workers in representative Hawaiian pineapple canneries, July and August 1938 Total Male N um ber All races________________ ____ 5,547 682 Caucasian______________ _____ Japanese--------------------------------- 2,065 Filipino------ --------------------------- 1,076 834 Chinese______________ _______ 380 Hawaiian and part Hawaiian. 141 Korean______________________ 369 All others____________________ Warehouse la b o r1 Cannery labor Female Male Female Male Per cent N um ber Per cent N um ber Per cent N um ber Per cent N um Per ber cent 100.0 5,073 473 2,076 138 985 701 235 465 100.0 2,990 351 932 632 546 203 100.0 4,477 420 1,784 124 890 622 217 420 100.0 1,523 2.8 749 337 160 12.3 37.2 19.4 15.0 6.9 2.5 6.7 9.3 41.0 2.7 19.4 13.8 4.6 9.2 101 225 11.7 31.2 21.1 18.3 6.8 3.4 7.5 9.4 39.8 19.9 13.9 4.8 9.4 100 3177 100.0 6.6 49.2 22.1 10.5 11.6 1 Nine-tenths of all workers in the sample were in the cannery and warehouse, including 423 female ware house workers not in the table. In addition to these, there were 390 repairmen, mechanics, and maintenance men, 337 “ outside workers” (such as yardmen and truck drivers), and 196 male and 39 female clerical work ers. There were also 111 males and 134 females in supervisory work. 2 Includes Hawaiian and part Hawaiian and Korean. In one cannery over 2,400 summer employees were students, repre senting one-third of the total employment at that time, and slightly less than one-half of the increase in employment during the 3 summer months over the average employment for the remainder of the year. Many of the female employees are domestic servants, who leave their regular employment for the higher wages and shorter hours obtainable at the canneries. The upper middle class families of Hono lulu frequently complain that it is impossible to obtain or retain domestic servants during this period. It is also true that many house wives, particularly of Japanese and Chinese extraction, look upon the canneries as a source of additional income during the summer months. Thus, although both the plantations and the canneries make large additional demands in June, July, and August, the resultant disloca tions in the isolated labor market of Hawaii are not as great as might be expected. The canning industry derives a decided advantage from the long vacation of the school year which coincides with the seasonal labor requirements of the industry. TYPES OF OPERATIONS IN THE CANNERIES Canning operations begin on the receiving platform, the fruit being delivered in railroad cars or trucks. The operations consist of (1) unloading and trucking; (2) peeling and coring (a single machine operation); (3) trimming and slicing; (4) packing into cans; (5) processing and sealing; and (6) warehousing, labeling, and shipping. In addition to these basic operations, there are other types of work connected with the recovery of juice and byproducts. (1) U n loa d in g a n d tru ck in g .— The truckers push the trucks loaded with boxes of fruit from the railroad cars or trucks, across a large loading platform beside the cannery, to the bins. These bins are conveniently located next to the Ginaca machines which are classified relative to the size (diameter) of the pineapples. Dumpers empty the fruit from the boxes into the bins, and truckers return the empty boxes to the railroad cars or trucks, to be sent back to the plantations. LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 103 The pineapples are then taken from the bins and fed to the Ginaca machines by placing them on a belt conveyor. (2) Peeling and coring.— Peeling and coring operations are performed by the Ginaca machine as the pineapple passes quickly through it. Many of these machines will handle 84 or more pineapples per minute. In most plants the machines are electrically operated and are looked after by a machine operator. The cylinder of fruit which remains after peeling and coring passes by gravity from the machine down onto another belt conveyor. (3) Trimming and slicing.— This work is performed by lines of girls, in white aprons and white rubber gloves, who stand along the trimming tables and take the cored cylinders of pineapples as they pass by on belt conveyors, inspect them, complete the trimming with knives by cutting off any part of the skin which remains, and return the fruit to the conveyors. Relief trimmers are available to fill in whenever it is necessary for an employee to drop out of line. “ Fore ladies” are in charge of the trimming and eradicating tables as well as of the canning operations. As the fruit passes automatically from the trimming tables, it passes through slicing machines, where it is washed, cut into slices of uniform thickness, and delivered to the belt conveyors of the canning tables. (4) Packing into cans.— Canning is also performed by girls in white uniforms with white rubber gloves who take the cylinders of sliced pineapples, make selections as to grade, and fill the cans. Slices which are imperfect are picked out and carried from the packing tables by conveyors, to be used for crushed pineapple. (5) Processing and sealing.— The cans are then fed by conveyor into machines which place in each can a given quantity of clarified pineapple juice. This juice is from the recovery plant of the cannery and is thickened to a sirup of the proper density by the addition of refined cane sugar. Passing from the siruping machines, the cans are warmed by live steam, air bubbles are expelled, and can covers auto matically sealed upon them; after which the sealed cans pass through steam pressure cooking equipment with a temperature slightly above the boiling point. They are then given a lacquer bath which improves appearance and protects against rust formation in the humid climate of Hawaii. Thence they go to the drying machine and through the cooler, at the other side of which tray stackers pick up the trays of canned fruit and stack them. Truck operators, using electric trucks, take these stacks to cooling rooms, where they are kept 24 hours for inspection for leaks, bulges, or other imperfections. After this they are moved to the warehouse. (6) Warehousing , labeling, and shipping.— The bare cans are taken from the trays and stacked in the warehouse. In filling orders, cans are taken from the stacks, inspected, placed on trays, and trucked to labeling machines. Here they are fed into the machines and appear at the other side labeled. The labeling is inspected, after which the cans are taken from the conveyor belt and packed in wooden cases. These cases are assembled by box makers from wood purchased by the canneries already cut to size, the assembling consisting of nailing the sides, ends, bottoms, and tops. The boxes are also inspected before being packed with cans. 104 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 Other operations.— In addition to sliced pineapple, crushed pine apple, and pineapple juice constitute important products of the can neries. Crushed pineapple is handled in much the same way as sliced pine apple. It consists of fruit chosen for that purpose, and, in addition, slices and small pieces of pineapple which have been eliminated from the sliced pineapple tables. These pass through crushing machines into kettles, where they are cooked. The sterilized brew is then con veyed to automatic filling machines where the cans are filled and sealed, after which they are handled in the same manner as sliced canned pineapple. Juice is recovered from the skin or peelings of the pineapples, which are delivered b y belt conveyors from the Ginaca machines to a roller mill. The pressed juice then passes automatically to the recovery department, where it is neutralized, filtered, concentrated, and treated with refined cane sugar in order to make sirup of the correct standard for use in filling the cans of sliced pineapple. Recently, the industry has packed pineapple juice as a beverage on a large scale. The me chanical operations are not unlike those already described. Less sugar is added than in the manufacture of sirup. In 1937, juice shipments were valued at $16,689,976, or nearly two-fifths of the value of the total pineapple pack. In 1938 juice shipments amounted to $13,353,183. Because of the sharp decline in the value of the pack that year, this represented slightly over half of the value of the pack. Finally, the skins which remain after the extraction of juice are shredded and treated for use as stock feed. For each ton of fruit canned, 50 or 60 pounds of stock feed are obtained. C H A P TE R M E N T 14. A N D P IN E A P P L E C A N N E R IE S : E A R N IN G S ; T H E P R E SE N T M E T H O D P O S IT IO N OF O F P A Y T H E IN D U S T R Y METHOD OF PAYMENT Only 95 employees 1 out of more than 10,000 reported in the sample were salaried workers. The reasons for this are obvious. Even during the peak of the season there is considerable irregularity in number of hours worked per day or per week. In the height of the season it is not uncommon for the canneries to operate at full speed with two or three shifts a day and often for 7 days a week. But it is also true that it often happens that the supply of pineapples on hand is exhausted, and the plant shuts down for the remainder of the day or for several days until additional supplies become available. All canneries operate on a basic schedule of 8 hours a day for 5 days, and 4 hours on Saturday, making a 44-hour week. But a surprisingly large percentage of employees work less than 44 hours, although overtime is also common. Overtime is usually paid for at time and a half (though in a few cases double time is paid). Thus, not only because of the extreme seasonality of the industry, but also because of the marked fluctuation in houi^s per day and per week, most of the cannery workers are employed at an hourly rate. The following tables deal with nonsalaried employees, the 95 salaried workers being omitted. DISTRIBUTION OF HOURLY AND WEEKLY EARNiNGS The average hourly earnings in the summer of 1938 of the 10,620 nonsalaried workers covered by this study were 37.1 cents. This over-all average, however, is not typical of the earnings of any large group. Males averaged 42.6 cents; females, somewhat less than half the labor force, 31.2 cents. The overwhelming bulk of the cannery workers are employed at straight hourly rates, with time and one-half for overtime. Further more, there is a marked concentration of workers at basic minimum rates of pay. Thus, in one cannery, whose rates in July 1938 were studied in detail, slightly less than half of the males were employed at a basic rate of 37.5 cents an hour and over half of the females at 30 cents. This concentration of earnings is shown in tables 37 and 38. M ore than two-fifths of the male workers earned 37.5 cents but less than 40 cents an hour. The higher average for all males reflects the fact that only 10 percent earned less than 37.5 cents, whereas ap proximately 30 percent earned more than 42.5 cents. Only 1 out of 20 male workers, however, earned as much as 60 cents an hour. Among females, there was an even more pronounced concentration of earnings. Three-fifths earned 30 but less than 32.5 cents an hour. 1 This figure does not include salaried workers in executive positions, since executives were not included in this study. 105 106 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 39 Approximately one-sixth earned 25 but less than 27.5 cents, while another sixth earned 32.5 but less than 35 cents. Only 1 out of 50 females earned as much as 40 cents an hour. There is no evidence in the distributions of average hourly earnings of discrimination between racial groups other than Caucasian. T 3 7 .— D istr ib u tio n o f m ale non sa laried 1 w orkers i n p in ea p p le canneriep in the H a w a iia n I sla n d s according to average h ou rly ea rn in g s} J u l y a nd A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 able Average hourly earnings Number of Simple per Cumulative workers centage percentage Under 32.5 cents________________________ ____ _____________________ 32.5 and under 35 cents____________________________________________ 35 and under 37.5 cents_____________________________ ___________ . . . 37.5 and under 40 cents______ __________ ________ _________________ 40 and under 42.5 cents____________ ________ __________ ____ ____ _ 42.5 and under 45 cents.______ ________________________ ___________ 45 and under 47.5 cents___________ ________ ____________ _________ 47.5 and under 50 cents . . . _ _________ _______ ____________________ 50 and under 52.5 cents____________________________________ _______ 52.5 and under 55 cents__________ _____ ___ ______ _____ 55 and under 57.5 cents_______________________ ____________________ 57.5 and under 60 cents__________ ______ _____ _____ ______________ 60 and under 62.5 cents_____ _____________________________ _______ 62.5 and under 65 cents__________________ __________________ ______ 65 cents and over___ _ ________ ____________ ____ ___ ____________ 10 352 198 2,359 925 476 282 228 188 122 88 53 47 25 2 194 T otal. ______ _______ ______ _____________ ____ _____________ Average hourly earnings ____________________________________ _ 5,547 $0.426 0.2 6.3 3.6 42.5 16.6 8. 5 5.1 4.1 3.4 2.2 1.6 1.0 .8 .5 3.6 0.2 6. 5 10.1 52.6 69.2 77.7 82.8 86.9 90. 3 92. 5 94.1 95.1 95.9 96.4 1 Only 95 workers were salaried. 2 The average of all workers earning 65 cents and over amounted to 77.8 cents. T a b l e 3 8 .— D istrib u tio n o f fem a le n o nsalaried w orkers in p in ea p p le ca n n eries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s, J u l y and A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 Average hourly earnings Under 25 cents __ . . . . _____ _______ ______ ____________ . . . 25 and under 27.5 cents____ . . _________ _____ _________ _____ 27.5 and under 30 cents. ___________________________ _____________ 30 and under 32.5 cents__________ _____ ____________ _______ ______ 32.5 and under 35 cents__________ __________ ___________________ . . 35 and under 37.5 cents____________________ _____________ _______ 37.5 and under 40 cents__________ _ ______________________ ______ 40 and under 42.5 cents. _ ______________ __ ________ ____ _____ 42.5 and under 45 cents_________ _________ _ _______ ___ ______ 45 and under 47.5 cents. . ____ ______ . . . . . . . ___ ______ 47.5 and under 50 cents. . . . ____ __ _. __ . . _____ _ ... 50 cents and over _ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ___ T otal. .. ._ ______ Average hourly earnings. . . . __ __ __ ____ ___ ___________ __ ... . . __ __ ___ N um ber of Simple workers percentage 4 831 33 3,079 818 162 53 30 13 24 12 i 14 0.1 16.4 .7 60.6 16.1 3.2 1.0 .6 .3 .5 .2 .3 Cum ula tive per centage 0.1 16.5 17.2 77.8 93.9 97.1 98.1 98. 7 99.0 99.5 99.7 5,073 $0. 312 1 T he average of all workers earning 50 cents and over amounted to 55.3 cents. Table 39 shows the average earnings of male workers, by race. Japanese constitute about two-fifths and Filipinos about one-fifth of the labor force. They average, respectively, 42.6 cents and 41.2 cents. The bulk of the workers in both groups average 37.5 to 42.5 cents. However, 17.3 percent of the Filipinos average less than 37.5 cents as compared with 11.8 percent of the Japanese. On the other hand, 14.6 percent of the Japanese earn 50 cents or more as compared with 8 percent of the Filipinos. The Chinese have the lowest average earnings (40.7 cents), primarily because so small a proportion of them (17.7 percent) earn more than 42.5 cents an hour. The earnings of LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 10 7 19 3 9 Caucasian males, like those of all other groups, concentrate between 37.5 and 42.5 cents. On the other hand, a low proportion (5.7 percent) earn less than 37.5 cents, while a relatively high proportion (28.3 per cent) because of their more responsible positions earn more than 47.5 cents. It is this which accounts for the fact that Caucasians average 46 cents an hour. Among women, the differences in earnings are even less than those just noted. The extreme range of the average shown in table 40 is from 30.3 cents for Caucasians to 32.1 cents for Chinese. For every racial group earnings concentrate in the interval 30 to 32.5 cents. In no group do more than 5 percent of the women earn as much as 35 cents. The difference in average hourly earnings is almost entirely accounted for by differences in the proportion who earn less than 27.5 cents. This is particularly high among Caucasians and low among Chinese. T 3 9 .— A vera g e h ou rly and w eek ly ea rn in gs o f m ale non sa la ried w orkers in p in ea p p le ca nneries in the H a w a iin Isla n d s , hy ra ce, J u l y a nd A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 able Average Average Average hours weekly hourly worked earnings1 earnings per w eek 1 N um ber Percent Total_________________________________________ 5,547 100.0 $0.426 43.6 $19. 04 Caucasian______ _____________ __ _______ __ Japanese___________________________________________ Filipino------------------- ------------- ---------------------- ------- Chinese__________________ ________________ .. Hawaiian and part Hawaiian ___________________ Korean_____________ ____________ ______ . All others__________________________________________ 682 2, 065 1, 076 834 380 141 369 12.3 37.2 19.4 15.0 6.9 2.5 6.7 .460 .426 .412 .407 .433 .428 .443 43.6 44.0 43.2 43.5 43.3 43.7 43.2 20.62 19.33 18.12 17.90 19. 27 18.92 19. 53 Race 1 These figures do not include 418 workers of one company for whom weekly hours and weekly earnings were not available. T 4 0 .— A verag e h ou rly and w eek ly earnings o f fem a le n o nsa laried w ork ers in p in ea p p le canneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s , hy race, J u l y and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 able Average W eekly hours earn worked ings i per w eek 1 N um ber Percent H ourly earnings Total________________________________ . _____ 5,073 100.0 $0. 312 40.4 $12. 90 Caucasian_____ ___________ ____ _________________ __ __ ... . Japanese............ ......... _ __ Filipino______ - _________ _______ __________ ____ Chinese_____ ________ _ ________ . . . ______ _ ... . Hawaiian and part Hawaiian............ Korean ____ ________ ______ __ ... ... . . All others____ ___________ _________________________ 473 2, 076 138 985 701 235 465 9.3 41.0 2.7 19.4 13.8 4-6 9.2 .303 .307 .304 .321 .314 .317 .318 39.5 41.3 36.7 40.7 39.3 39.8 39.3 12.61 13. 07 11.60 13.12 12. 68 12. 68 12. 62 Race i These figures do not include 685 workers of 1 com pany for whom weekly hours and weekly earnings were not available. In connection with this table it is to be noted that Filipino women constitute the smallest racial group in the canneries. This reflects the overwhelming preponderance of males in this recent migrant group. These tables indicate a marked difference in hours worked by males and females. Males averaged 43.6 hours; females, 40.4 hours. Com - 108 LABOR m TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 bined with substantially lower hourly earnings, this resulted in average weekly earnings of $19.04 for males and $12.90 for females. The distributions of weekly earnings for males and females are shown in tables 41 and 42. The distribution of weekly earnings of males, by race, indicated that in the case of each race the majority of males earned between $15 and $22.50 per week. Nearly two-thirds of all nonsalaried men were in this group. Only one-fifth earned over $22.50. Caucasian men received the highest average weekly earnings, amounting to $20.62. Chinese received the lowest ($17.90). The distribution of weekly earnings of females, by race, also showed a markedly similar pattern, the overwhelming m ajority in each race earning between $10 and $17.50 per week. Seven-eighths of all non salaried women were in this group. Over half (54.4 percent) were in the narrow interval of $12.50 and less than $15. Chinese women received the highest average weekly earnings of $13.12 and Filipino women the lowest ($11.60). Thus, there was a difference of only $1.52 between the highest and lowest average weekly earnings of women, b y race. T 4 1 .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale non sa laried w ork ers 1 in p in ea p p le ca n n eries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s , J u l y and A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 able Num ber of Simple per Cumulative workers percentage centage W eekly earnings U n d er$ 5 ____ _________ _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ ______ . . . $5 and under $7.50_________________ ________ _ _ _ ___ ________ __ $7.50 and under $10_______ ______ ___________________ __________ $10 and under $12.50_____________ ______ _______ _______________ _ $12.50 and under $15_______________________________________________ $15 and under $17.50___________________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ____________ $17.50 and under $20____ _______ _ __ ____________ _____ _______ $20 and under $22.50__________ _______ ___ __ _ ____ _________ $22.50 and under $25__________________________ ________ _________ $25 and under $27.50____________________ _______________________ $27.50 and under $30.__ ________ ______ __ __ __________________ $30 and under $32.50___ _________ _ _ _ _ _________________ ___ $32.50 and under $35_______ *_ _________________ ____ ____ _________ $35 and under $37.50________ _ ___ ______ ___ _______ _______ _ $37.50 and under $40_______________________________ _ ___ ________ $40 and over_______ _ __ __ _______ _ _______ 57 65 112 157 472 1, 526 1,180 580 301 190 187 70 60 50 28 2 94 T otal________ __ __ _____________________________________ Average weekly earnings ______ _ _ _ _ 5,129 $19. 04 1.2 1.3 2.2 3.1 9.2 29.7 22.9 11.3 5.9 3.7 3.6 1.4 1.2 1.0 .5 1.8 1.2 2.5 4.7 7.8 17.0 46.7 69.6 80.9 86.8 90.5 94.1 95.5 96.7 97.7 98.2 1 W eekly hours were not reported for 1 com pany, hence weekly earnings for individuals are not avail able for this company. Data in this table covers 3 establishments. 2 The average of all workers earning $40 and over amounted to $45.70. T 4 2 .— D istr ib u tio n o f fem a le n o nsalaried w orkers 1 in p in ea p p le ca n n eries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s , J u ly and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 able Number of Simple per Cumulative centage workers percentage W eekly earnings Under $5_____________ __ _______ __ ________ _____ ____________ $5 and under $7.50___ _______________ ________________ ___ ___ $7.50 and under $10 __ __ __ _______ ___________ $10 and under $12.50. _ _ ________ _ _____ __ ________ $12.50 and under $15 _ ___________ _____ __ $15 and under $17.50 _ _ __ _ _ _ _ _ _____ ____ __ $17.50 and under $20 ________________ ____ _____ $90 and nvp.r _ _ _ _ ____ _____ Total Average weekly earnings __ _____ __ - 118 107 206 895 2, 383 557 63 259 2.6 2.4 4.7 20.4 54.4 12.7 1.4 1.4 2.6 5.0 9.7 30.1 84.5 97.2 98.6 4, 388 $12. 90 1 W eekly hours were not reported for 1 company, hence weekly earnings for individuals are not avail able for this company. Data in this table cover 3 establishments. 2 The average of all workers earning $20 and over amounted to $23.51. LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 109 19 3 9 Earnings, b y type of work, are covered in tables D to L in the appendix. M ale supervisory workers (i. e., direct supervision of can ning operations) received the highest average hourly earnings (56.6 cents), although maintenance and repair men followed closely, with average hourly earnings of 55.1 cents. Female labor inside the cannery, representing over two-fifths of the total sample of all labor, averaged 31 cents per hour. Of this group, nearly two-thirds (63.5 percent) received between 30 and 32.5 cents per hour, indicating that the great m ajority of female workers were hired at the base rate of 30 cents per hour. There was no significant difference in earnings b y race, the extreme range being from 30 cents (Filipinos) to 31.9 cents (Chinese). Japanese women represented 39.8 percent; Chinese, 19.9 percent; Hawaiian, 13.9 percent; and Filipinos, only 2.8 percent of this group. Male workers in the cannery represented slightly over one-fourth of all labor and averaged 40.4 cents per hour. Here again earnings by race showed very little variation. Japanese men contributed 31.2 percent; Filipinos, 21.1 percent; Chinese, 18.3 percent; Caucasians, 11.7 percent; and Hawaiians, 6.8 percent of this group. M ale employees in the warehouse, representing about one-seventh of all workers, averaged 41 cents per hour. Nearly half of them (49.2 percent) were Japanese. There was very little racial difference in earnings. Female laborers predominate in the cannery but constitute only one-fifth of the workers in the warehouse. They averaged 30.1 cents, the m ajority of them earning between 30 and 32.5 cents per hour. W eekly earnings of male workers in the cannery averaged $18.16, and of female workers $12.75 with very little difference in earnings by race in either case. Warehouse workmen averaged slightly less per week ($16.21) than those in the cannery and showed somewhat greater differences in racial averages, the lowest average weekly earnings being $14.40 (Cauca sians) and the highest $16.94 (Japanese). Female warehouse workers averaged $12.16 per week. T 4 3 .— A verag e h ou rly and w eek ly earnings o f w orkers in p in ea p p le ca n n eries in the H a w a iia n I s la n d s , b y ty p e o f w o rk , b y race and sex, J u l y and A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 able Warehouse labor Cannery labor (inside) Race Hourly A ll races______________ ______ ___________ Caucasian___________________________ __ Japanese____ _____ _ _____ _ ______ Filipino_____ ________ ________ ________ Chinese____ _____ _______________________ Hawaiian and part H a w a iia n .__________ Korean _ _ __ __ _________ _ All others________________________________ Female Male $0.404 .415 .399 .400 .398 .405 .421 .419 W eekly1 H ourly $18.16 18. 06 18.44 18.41 17. 43 17.99 18. 74 18. 34 $0.310 .302 .307 .300 .319 .311 .315 .315 W eekly1 $12.75 12.24 13.07 11.34 12. 98 12. 35 12. 51 12. 35 Male H ourly W eekly1 $0.410 .399 .417 .412 .392 .406 $16.21 14.40 16.94 16.08 15. 62 15.41 .397 14. 52 1 W eekly hours were not reported for 1 company, hence weekly earnings for individuals are not available for this com pany. Data in this column cover 3 establishments. S E A S O N A L IT Y The seasonal nature of pineapple production, already covered in the discussion of the pineapple plantations, affects employment in the canneries to an even greater degree than employment on the plantations. 110 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 G ood canned pineapple requires a harvesting schedule that will take care of the fruit at the exact peak of ripeness and an elastic canning schedule which will expand and contract in tempo and volume in direct response to the harvest. There is no period when pineapples are not ripening; but the nature of the plant is such that the great bulk of the plants come to fruition in June, July, and August, the peak being reached during the last 2 weeks of July. Because of this, it is misleading to speak of annual earnings of cannery workers. For the m ajority of such workers the earning period covers only a fraction of the year. Even during that period, the number of hours worked per day or days employed per week may vary widely, including days with considerable overtime work and days in which canning operations stop entirely. About three-fourths of the cannery workers must look upon the industry as merely a temporary source of income. Seasonality and earnings.— Employment in the pineapple canneries is four times as large at the peak as for the average during the re mainder of the year. The over-all average was only 19.7 weeks of employment for the year. Half of the employees (50.9 percent) worked during 13 weeks or less, and 70.6 percent worked during less than 34 weeks of the year. Only 10.7 percent were reported as working 52 weeks. It is not surprising, therefore, that one-third of the total earned less than $100 and two-thirds (65.5 percent) earned less than $200 within the year 1938.2 Of all workers, 36 percent received between $50 and $125. Those whose work was spread over 52 weeks showed average earn ings of $819 during the year, whereas the 51 percent who worked less than 13 weeks averaged only $89. The general average for those who worked any part of the year was $245. M ale workers received slightly more weeks of employment per year on the average than females. Fifty-three and five-tenths percent of all males worked more than 13 weeks, whereas only 43.6 percent of all females worked more than 13 weeks during the year. The average earnings of male workers were $329. Japanese, constituting over one-fourth of all male employees, worked an average of 20.9 weeks and earned an average of $357 during the year. Filipinos, the next largest racial group, showed the highest annual earnings ($387), but they averaged by far the greatest number of weeks of employ ment (31.1) during the year. There was a wide racial variation in the average number of weeks worked, the lowest being 16.4 weeks (Cau casians), an average only slightly over half that of the Filipinos. Caucasians earned $312, however, which was approximately four-fifths of the annual average for Filipinos. a The 11,543 workers shown in table 45 are the total number of nonsalaried workers employed at any time in 1938 in the canneries covered. Turn-over within the canning season somewhat increases the proportion of short-time workers. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, T able 19 3 9 111 44.— A vera g e an n u a l ea rn in gs o f w ork ers in p in ea p p le ca n n eries i n the H a w a iia n I s la n d s , b y sex and ra cef 1 9 3 8 Employees whose work was spread over— 52 weeks 13 weeks or less A n y part of year i Sex and race N um ber of em ploy ees Aver Per age an cent of nual earn total ings N um ber of em ploy ees Aver Per age an cent of nual earn total ings N um ber of em ploy ees Aver age num Aver ber of age an weeks nual over earn which ings work was spread All workers.............................. 1,239 10.7 $819 5,881 50.9 $89 10,427 19.7 $245 Caucasian—................. . Japanese........................... Filipino............................. Chinese............................. Hawaiian and part Ha waiian. . . ....................... Korean............... .............. A ll others------------ --------- 86 395 194 201 8.2 10.6 17.3 10.8 1,131 814 659 614 612 1,689 254 985 58.5 45.4 22.7 53.1 98 96 96 102 995 3,139 871 1,759 16.6 20.7 29.6 20.2 253 249 359 219 112 $29 11.2 5.8 9.5 697 565 1,1109 480 221 1,640 48.1 58.5 67.7 86 98 70 938 355 2,370 21.3 17.5 15.4 227 182 228 M ales. ..................................... 808 12.7 $1,026 2,959 46.5 $103 5,258 20.4 329 Caucasian.............._•........ Japanese_____ ____ ____ Filipino------------: ______ Chinese__________ ____ Hawaiian and part H a waiian— Korean------------------------A ll others______________ 70 233 189 86 *0.0 12.1 18.6 10.3 1,295 1,094 665 848 420 779 195 444 59.7 40.5 19.2 52.9 109 113 102 123 652 1,343 769 746 16.4 20.9 31v 1 19.2 312 357 387 275 45 8 177 12.3 5.6 12.9 1,095 (2) 1,291 161 70 890 44.1 48.6 64.8 110 113 80 307 121 1,320 20.1 16.5 16.7 333 242 315 Females. _ ------------------------- 431 8.3 432 2,922 56.4 75 5,169 19.0 158 Caucasian_____________ Japanese........................... Filipino________________ Chinese....... . ................. Hawaiian and part Ha waiian_______________ Korean------------- -------All oth ers..____ _______ 16 162 5 115 4.7 9.0 4.9 11.3 (2) 413 (2) 440 192 910 59 541 55.8 50.6 57.3 53.3 75 81 74 85 343 1,796 102 1,013 16.9 20.6 1&5 20.8 142 168 148 178 67 14 52 10.6 6.0 5.0 430 (2) 490 319 151 750 50.5 64.5 71.4 74 91 57 631 234 1, 050 21.8 18.1 13.9 176 151 120 1 Does not include 1,116 workers for whom data on weeks worked were not reported. The average annual earnings for all workers (11,543), for whom annual earnings were reported, amounted to $250. The average b y race, regardless of sex, was $250 for Caucasians; $259 for Japanese; $363 for Filipinos; $219 for Chinese; $224 for Hawaiian and part Hawaiian; $184 for Koreans; and $226 for all others. 2 N um ber of employees too few to justify the computation of an average. Included in total for all workers of this race. Female workers employed at any time during 1938 averaged only $158 for the year. Tins was less than half of the annual average earn ings of males. In view of the fact that females received nearly as many weeks (19) of employment during the year as males (20.4) and that they averaged 31.2 cents per hour as compared with 42.6 cents for males, it would appear that female workers should average somewhat more than half of the annual average earnings of males. The explanation lies in the fact that the warehouse and maintenance departments, which depend largely on men, provide more continuous daily work than the canning department which depends more heavily upon women. For this reason, women averaged 40.4 hours per week, whereas men averaged 43.6 hours, thus widening the gap between the annual earnings of male and female employees. T able 45.— D istribu tion o f all workers in p in ea p p le canneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to annual ea rn in g s , b y w eeks w ork ed , 1 9 3 8 to Workers whose annual earnings were— Number of weeks over which work was spread $25 and under $50 Under 4 weeks_______ ______ ._ 4 and under 7 weeks. _____ _ ___ 7 and under 10 w e e k s .____ _ . . . 10 and under 13 w e e k s __ . . . 13 and under 16 weeks. . . . 16 and under 22 weeks_____ _ . . . . . . 22 and under 28 weeks . . . . . . . . . . 28 and under 34 weeks_______ . . 34 and under 40 w e e k s __________ ___ 40 and under 46 weeks _ __ 46 and under 52 weeks . . . ______ . . . 52 weeks _ _ __ N ot rep orted ... . ______ _________ . 579 44 2 2 1 16 38 Total_________________________ Simple percentage------ --- - ____ _ . Cumulative percentage-___________ . 644 5.6 5.6 693 6.0 11.6 199 377 65 10 2 2 $50 and under $75 $75 and under $100 $100 and under $125 6 124 627 468 27 15 1 1 25 276 916 227 42 8 1 2 183 82 1,200 10.4 22.0 1,351 11.6 33.6 23 477 452 54 8 2 1 $125 and under $150 $150 and under $200 $200 and under $250 i 8 70 63 67 88 191 46 10 $250 and under $300 $300 and under $350 10 136 448 182 97 8 4 2 1 4 42 376 159 127 94 139 5 125 108 127 1 47 26 8 20 18 33 109 35 24 119 22 25 1,623 14.0 47.6 996 8.6 56.2 1,073 9.3 65.5 592 5.1 70.6 437 3.8 74.4 415 3.6 78.0 1 $350 and under $400 $400 and under $450 i 3 11 11 14 64 41 18 149 288 34 1 3 14 9 29 21 11 56 45 27 1 3 4 17 29 15 36 48 24 634 5.5 83.5 216 1.9 85.4 179 1.6 87.0 $500 and under $550 $550 and under $600 1 1 2 2 36 48 32 50 128 77 28 10 $450 and under $500 $600 and under $650 1 3 4 11 4 43 64 21 1 1 4 8 13 14 4 35 65 20 i 2 1 11 21 6 17 41 27 150 1.3 88.3 165 1.4 89.7 128 1.1 90.8 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 1939 Under $25 Workers whose annual earnings were— Number of weeks over which work was spread $750 and under $800 $800 and under $850 $850 and under $900 $900 and under $950 $950 and under $1,000 1 1 1 5 7 5 5 37 32 118 1.0 91.8 93 0.8 92.6 $1,100 and under $1, 200 $1, 200 and under $1,300 $1, 300 and under $1, 400 $1, 400 and under $1, 500 $1,500 and over 1 1 4 6 6 12 33 14 1 4 3 4 2 8 47 17 2 4 1 9 41 20 6 48 20 77 0.7 93.3 86 0.7 94.0 77 0. 7 94.7 79 0.7 95.4 1 1 5 46 21 1 1 4 5 78 16 1 4 52 5 1 3 1 1 65 8 76 0.7 96.1 105 0.9 97.0 64 0.6 97.6 79 0.7 98.3 2 2 4 1 1 1 44 2 30 47 0.4 98.7 32 0.3 99.0 1 2 6 6 99 l 114 1.0 Total Simple per centage Cumula tive per centage 808 1,065 1, 613 2,395 756 440 331 737 352 154 537 1, 239 1,116 7.0 9.2 14.0 20.8 6.5 3.8 2.9 6.4 3.0 1.3 4.7 10.7 9.7 7.0 16.2 30.2 51.0 57.5 61.3 64.2 70.6 73.6 74.9 79.6 90.3 100.0 11, 543 THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 1939 2 1 2 8 13 7 7 45 33 1 The average of all workers whose annual earnings were $1,500 and over amounted to $1,908. $1,000 and under $1,100 m _____ _ Total Simple percentage _______ Cumulative percentage $700 and under $750 LABOR Under 4 weeks___________________ _ 4 and under 7 weeks. __ . _________ 7 and under 10 w eeks... ._ _____ . . . 10 and under 13 weeks____ _________ 13 and under 16 weeks____________ . . 16 and under 22 weeks______ . . . . 22 and under 28 weeks______ . _____ 28 and under 34 weeks____ _ 34 and under 40 weeks . . . 40 and under 46 weeks. ... . _ _ . . . 46 and under 52 weeks_______________ 52 weeks_______ _. . . . ________ ___ Not reported _ _. . . . . . . $650 and under $700 03 able 4 6 .— D istrib u tio n o f male w orkers in p in ea p p le canneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to a nnual ea rn in g s , by w eeks w ork ed , 1 9 3 8 114 T Workers whose annual earnings were— Number of weeks over which work was spread Under $25 $50 and under $75 $75 and under $100 $100 and under $125 112 116 20 1 17 228 92 21 1 4 119 227 138 6 1 22 264 137 4 7 2 1 1 Under 4 weeks _______ _______ ______ 4 and under 7 weeks__________ ___ 7 and under 10 weeks_________ ___ 10 and under 13 weeks___ _ _ _ _ _ _ 13 and under 16 weeks_______ _____ _ 16 and under 22 weeks_________ _ _ _ 22 and under 28 weeks___ __ ___ _ _ 28 and under 34 weeks_____ 34 and under 40 weeks_________ _____ 40 and under 46 weeks_______________ 46 and under 52 weeks_____ _________ 52 weeks______________ ____________ N ot reported________________________ 311 21 1 2 1 16 37 180 81 Total_________________________ Simple percentage- ________________ Cumulative percentage_________ ____ 352 5.5 5.5 287 4.5 10.0 540 8.5 18.5 576 9.0 27.5 1 1 $125 and under $150 $150 and under $200 $200 and under $250 $250 and under $300 $300 and under $350 9 131 430 34 8 1 1 1 4 39 362 152 40 14 1 1 1 7 66 60 59 38 10 2 2 34 46 31 46 46 8 125 108 127 1 47 26 7 19 18 32 96 19 1 1 2 25 564 8.9 36.4 723 11.4 47.8 740 11.7 59.5 291 4.6 64.1 239 3.8 67.9 222 3.5 71.4 $350 and under $400 $400 and under $450 1 3 9 11 12 42 37 8 2 4 34 1 3 14 8 28 21 8 14 5 27 1 3 2 15 27 14 32 31 23 163 2.6 74.0 129 2.0 76.0 150 2.4 78.4 $500 and under $550 $550 and under $600 1 1 2 1 $450 and under $500 $600 and under $650 1 - 3 3 11 3 43 52 21 1 1 4 8 10 12 4 30 58 20 1 2 1 9 21 5 15 28 25 136 2.1 80.5 148 2.3 82.8 108 1.7 84.5 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H AW A n, 1939 $25 and under $50 Workers whose annual earnings were— Under 4 weeks______________________ 4 and under 7 weeks________________ 7 and under 10 weeks________________ 10 and under 13 weeks__________ ____ 13 and under 16 weeks_______________ 16 and under 22 weeks_______________ 22 and under 28 weeks_______________ 28 and under 34 weeks_______________ 34 and under 40 weeks_______________ 40 and under 46 weeks_______________ 46 and under 52 weeks________ ____ __ 52 weeks____ ________ ______________ N ot reported________________________ Total_______ ____ Simple percentage____ _____________ Cumulative percentage._______ ___ . $650 and under $700 $700 and under $750 $750 and under $800 $800 and under $850 $850 and under $900 $900 and under $950 $950 and under $1,000 $1,000 and under $1,100 1 2 1 2 8 11 7 7 31 33 1 1 5 7 5 4 29 32 102 1.6 86.1 84 1.3 87.4 $1, 200 and under $1,300 $1,300 and under $1,400 $1,400 and under $1,500 $1, 500 and over 1 1 4 6 6 10 30 14 1 4 3 4 2 7 45 17 1 2 3 1 7 39 20 72 1.1 88.5 83 1.3 89.8 72 1.1 90.9 1 1 2 4 i i 6 47 20 5 43 21 4 4 77 16 1 4 49 5 1 3 1 1 65 8 77 1. 2 92.1 73 1.1 93.2 103 1. 6 94.8 61 1.0 95.8 79 1.2 97.0 1 The average of all male workers whose annual earnings were $1,500 and over amounted to $1,911. $1,100 and under $1,200 1 1 1 44 2 30 47 0.7 97.7 32 0. 5 98. 2 1 2 6 6 98 i 113 1.8 Total 445 523 786 1,205 340 202 177 288 206 76 202 808 1,108 6,366 Simple per centage Cumula tive per centage 7.0 8.2 12.3 19.0 5.3 3.2 2.8 4.5 3.2 1.2 3.2 12.7 17.4 7.0 15.2 27.5 46.5 51.8 55.0 57.8 62.3 65.5 66.7 69.9 82.6 100.0 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 2 4 1 4 0 4 -4 0 - Number of weeks over which work was spread Oi T able 47.— D istrib u tio n o f fem a le w orkers in 'pineapple canneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to a nnual ea rn in gs , b y w eeks w ork ed , 1 9 3 8 Workers whose annual earnings were— Number of weeks over which work was spread _ 7 268 23 1 10 and under 13 weeks 16 and under 22 weeks__ ___ 22 and under 28 weeks.. __ 87 261 45 9 2 1 6 249 360 33 7 2 2 5 400 330 21 15 1 3 12 779 223 35 6 9,R and under 34 weeks 1 34 and under 40 weeks 40 and under 46 weeks 46 and under 52 weeks 52 weeks Not reported T o t a l..._____ ________ Simple percentage__________ Cumulative percentage_____ 292 5.6 5.6 1 3 1 406 7.8 13.4 660 12.7 26.1 775 15.0 41.1 1,059 20.6 61.7 1 5 18 148 89 7 3 1 1 273 5.3 67.0 3 14 7 87 80 138 4 333 6.4 73.4 1 4 3 8 50 181 44 10 301 5.8 79.2 2 1 2 under1 16 weeks. 2 _ 13 and 1 4 i 2 I 82 13 1 22 69 16 4 28 23 10 3 10 118 147 42 20 284 40 198 3.8 83.0 i The average of all female workers whose annual earnings 'were $600 and over amounted to $753. 193 3.7 86.7 471 9.1 95.8 87 1.7 97.5 2 2 2 1 4 17 1 29 0.6 98.1 1 1 3 2 12 5 7 14 0.3 98.4 17 0.3 98.7 $600 and over 3 3 T 9 51 2 1 69 1.3 Total Simple percent age 363 542 827 1,190 416 238 154 449 146 78 335 431 8 7.0 10.5 16.0 22.9 8.0 4.6 3.0 8.7 2.8 1.5 6.5 8.3 .2 5,177 100.0 Cumula tive per centage 7.0 17.5 33.5 56.4 64.4 69.0 72.0 80.7 •83.5 85.0 91.5 99.8 100.0 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 U nder 4 weeks 4 and under 7 w eeks __ and under 10 weeks $200 $125 $150 $100 $250 $300 $75 $350 $400 $25 $50 $450 $500 $550 and and and and and and and and and and Under and and and and under under under under under under under under under under under under under under $25 $150 $200 $250 $300 $350 $400 $450 $500 $550 $600 $125 $100 $75 $50 CO <£> LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 PRESENT POSITION 117 OF THE PINEAPPLE INDUSTRY As previously stated, in addition to tlie sharp seasonal fluctuations in the pineapple industry, there have also been marked fluctuations in annual production during the past decade which have affected not only the number of persons employed in the canning season, but also that basic group (primarily male) which is permanently employed. It was hoped that after the plant wilt of the early thirties and the effects of the world-wide depression of the same period had been overcome, the industry could be stabilized at its former high level. Indeed, in 1937, the export value of canned pineapple and pineapple juice reached a high of $59,395,090, but in 1938 it dropped to $38,409,875, a decline of $20,985,215, or about one-third less than the total value of shipments in 1937. This may be largely accounted for by the general economic recession of that year and the competition of other canned fruits. The reciprocal trade agreement with the United Kingdom in November 1938 reduced the duty on imports of canned pineapples from all British sources, primarily the Federated M alay States, from 2 cents per pound (Tariff A ct of 1930) to 1.5 cents per pound. Be cause of the most-favored-nation clause in our treaty with Japan this rate also became applicable to pineapples from Formosa. Partly as a result of this, the total importation from abroad during the first 6 months of 1939 was very nearly equal to the total importation, into the United States, for the whole of 1938. Foreign importations and the sharp competition of domestically produced canned fruit may be expected to cause further fluctuations in the yearly output of Hawaiian canned pineapples. For these reasons the pineapple indus try in the Territory as a whole possesses much less stability from month to month, and from year to year, than does the sugar industry. Thus, in addition to the fundamental labor problems centering around the rapidly changing outlook and character of the workers themselves, the Hawaiian pineapple industry is faced with the problem of seasonal and cyclical fluctuations in both canneries and plantations. Present experimentation looks toward a widening of the harvesting season and increased mechanization as partial solutions. If success ful, these techniques will reduce the seasonality of employment. But they will also reduce the total employment opportunity afforded by the pineapple industry. P art III N o n p la n ta tio n A g r ic u ltu r e 119 CHAPTER 15. COFFEE The economy of Hawaii is basically agricultural. It rests almost exclusively upon the export to the mainland of sugar and pineapples. These constitute all but 3 or 4 percent of the exports of Hawaiian products to the mainland, and require the use of all but about 5 percent of the arable land. One other crop, coffee, is on an export basis. Of the 17,750 acres under cultivation in products other than sugar and pineapples, 5,553 are in coffee. While the industry is thus of some importance, it is distinctly one of the minor Hawaiian industries. The coffee industry is older than either the sugar or the pineapple industry. As early as 1813, coffee was grown by native Hawaiians on Kauai, Oahu, and Hawaii. The first plantation was started in Kauai, in 1836. From the beginning, production has been subject to wide fluctuations, due primarily to changes in the price. In 1847, for instance, 26,243 pounds were exported from Kauai. In 1850 this had grown to 208,428 pounds. B y 1884 it had dropped to 4,231 pounds. Between 1884 and 1898 there were approximately 14,000 acres devoted to coffee production. B y 1910 this had dropped to 4,000 acres.1 Throughout this period, coffee was tried as a commercial crop on all of the islands, but during the past 30 years it gradually became cen tered in the K ona area on the western slopes of the island of Hawaii. During this period it also shifted from a system of plantation produc tion controlled by Caucasians to a small-scale enterprise conducted by farmers of oriental extraction. A t the beginning of the century, estates of several hundred acres, financed and controlled by American capital, produced most of the export crop. But due to the depression about that time, coffee cultivation shifted more and more into the hands of Japanese producers, who leased tracts of about 5 acres each. The valorization program of Brazil stabilized the price of coffee between 25 and 28 cents per pound during the period 1920 to 1929. This led to a sharp rise in Hawaiian production. M any abandoned fields and even cane lands were devoted to coffee. The value of the production in Kona rose from $671,332 in 1920 to $2,165,825 in 1929. A t that time there were nearly 1,000 families (largely of Japanese extraction) dependent on coffee production. Within 3 years after Brazil abandoned the valorization program in 1929, the coffee price dropped to its old level (from $15 per 100-pound bag of parchment coffee to $5.25 per bag). Today there are less than 600 families in coffee production, utilizing 5,553 acres. M ost of the coffee farmers are on leased land, and many of them are heavily in debt to local stores that are, in turn, in debt to the factors in Honolulu. The plight of the coffee farmers on the Kona coast is one of the most difficult social problems of Hawaii at the present time. Homes in this area are badly in need of repair, and many of them lack 1 Territorial Planning Board, First Progress Report, February 1939, p. 94. 121 122 LABOR I N TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 even the simplest equipment to make them livable. The low-income coffee farmers of Kona have been poverty stricken for nearly a decade, and in many cases their diet has been at an emergency level. In 1939 a special study was made by the Department of Agriculture in this area as a basis for bringing about a financial readjustment which would stabilize the position of these families. This program is being carried out by the Farm Security Adminis tration of the Department of Agriculture. It calls for a diversification of crops and provides loans for those willing to adopt the program. The purpose of the diversification is to provide for the needs of the family directly from the farm and to produce additional cash crops such as tomatoes, taro, papaya, avocados, as well as poultry and hogs, so that the Kona farmers will not be entirely at the mercy of the coffee market. Before the loans were made, the creditors of these farmers, who had already given up any hope of obtaining complete repayment, were brought together and agreed to a downward revision of the debts on the basis of ability to pay. In this way it is expected that the farmers will be financially able to adopt a diversification plan and thus stabilize their economic position on a subsistence farming basis aided by a small cash income from coffee. The small traders in Kona (generally a group of three or four fam ilies with a mill) are in a weak financial position, many of them deeply in debt. Although practically all of them have made marketing and price agreements, they sometimes sell secretly at a discount to obtain cash. Coffee sold this way is called “ bootleg coffee” and has the effect of still further weakening the coffee market. Pickers on K ona coffee farms average 75 cents per 110-pound bag of “ cherry coffee.” A good picker will pick about 3 bags per day. Coffee storage and mill plants in this area are often small family enterprises, in which there is no record of wages or hours. The larger mills maintain a 44-hour week, consisting of 8 hours per day (7:30 to 4:30 with an hour for lunch) for 5 days and 4 hours on Satur day. M ale laborers receive 30 cents per hour and obtain work for 4 to 6 months a year. Female laborers, primarily sorters, receive 25 cents per hour. They work intermittently, as seasonal demands require, over a period of 9 months (October to June), but the total time actually worked will not exceed 3% months. T oday the future of the coffee industry is as uncertain as ever. Over 95 percent of K ona coffee is shipped to the mainland for blending purposes; but since it contributes less than six-tenths of 1 percent to the total American market, there is little that Hawaiian producers can do to stabilize the local industry, and it may be expected to suffer further sharp fluctuations in volume in response to shifts in the world price. T a b l e Year 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 Thousands of pounds 48.— G reen coffee p ro d u c tio n ,l 1 9 2 2 - 3 8 Value ____________ 4,400 $704,000 ____________ 4,150 664,000 4,658 ____________ 978,096 ____________ 1,827,812 6,528 ____________ 5, 524 1, 491,480 ____________ 6,908 1, 796, 210 1A p p r o x i m a t e l y Year 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 Thousands of pounds Value ____________ 7,465 $2,015,442 8,663 2,165,825 ____________ 1,326,975 ____________ 8,846 1, 500,000 10,000 ____________ ____________ 9,808 1 , 000,000 1,098, 743 ____________ 9,233 Year 1934 . . . . 1935 1936 1937 1938 Thousands of pounds Value 10,388 $1,454,268 ____________ 9,659 1,101,107 1,089,941 ____________ 9,828 9,047 977,032 ____________ 912,967 8,079 ____________ 95 p e r c e n t o f K o n a c o ffe e s h ip p e d to t h e m a in la n d is f o r b le n d in g p u r p o s e s . S o u r c e : T e r r it o r ia l P la n n in g B o a r d , F i r s t P ro g re s s R e p o r t , F e b r u a r y A g r ic u lt u r e . 1939, a n d U . S. D e p a rtm e n t of CHAPTER 16. TRUCK FARM IN G While Hawaii is agricultural, it produces only about one-third of its own food requirements. Some 95 crops are raised on small farms which are for the most part on marginal land. There are some 5,589 acres in truck crops, 2,040 acres in corn, 1,952 acres in avocados and bananas, 1,276 acres in rice and 1,340 acres in nuts, papaya,1 and fruits. In addition, as will be noted below, there is a significant cattle-raising industry. The present section is a discussion of truck farming. In 1938, truck farms produced crops with a value of less than $2,000,000. Vegetable imports from the United States have been of about equal value. The significance of truck crops among the minor agricultural products is shown in table 49. For strategic reasons, military and naval officials are greatly inter ested in providing self-sufficiency in respect to food in the Territory. The competition of mainland truck crops, and the financial advantage of specializing on sugar and pineapples for export, however, are such that minor agricultural crops, with the possible exception of papaya, will show only minor increases in the near future, unless subsidized by the government. T able 49 .— D iversified c ro p s , 1 9 3 8 1 M arket value Truck farms, vegetable crops__________________________________ _____ $1, 931, 102 Coffee, 8,079,358 pounds_____________________________________________ 912, 967 Taro, 16,814,310 pounds (from which “ poi” is made)_______________ 454, 036 Potatoes, 18,938,547 pounds_________________________________________ 225, 882 Bananas, 227,154 bunches___________________________________________ 225, 508 Rice, 4,013,358 pounds_______________________________________________ 100, 309 Honey, 1,591,094 pounds____________________________________________ 69, 178 Macadamia nuts, 164,448 pounds____________________________________ 41, 544 All others (approximately)___________________________________________ 1, 100, 000 Total__________________________________________________________ 5, 060, 526 i Figures from the University of Hawaii Agricultural Extension Service, for year ending Dec. 31, 1938. Preliminary estimates indicate figures for 1939 will be larger. Since most of these crops are produced on small, one-family farms (largely Japanese), few or no records regarding either hours or wages are available. Therefore, the survey of wages, hours, and working conditions in this field consists of a sampling of the farms in several representative areas. Evidence obtained in this survey indicates that much of the nonplantation land is distinctly marginal, and that families working it are also marginal. The more energetic and able of this group have obtained positions in town or in connection with plantation production. A very large proportion of nonplantation agriculture is little more than subsistence farming. A brief descrip tion of several typical farms will provide some indication of working conditions in nonplantation agriculture. 1 Papaya is a tree-borne fruit similar to a small cantaloup in size, shape, and texture. 123 124 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 Farm L — An 8-acre aquaculture farm in low marshlands producing watercress, taro, and rice. Five laborers worked on this farm at $1.50 a day for an “ 8-hour day” though no records were available in respect to time. Evidence showed that workers were occasionally asked to work overtime without pay. Perquisites consisted only of housing (no food) which was of the very poorest sort, poorer than anything that would be found on any of the plantations, consisting of make shift tin shacks with dirt floors. Farm 2 .— A medium-sized truck farm (primarily potatoes). The labor on the farm is performed by a family of three, in addition to four hired workers. Workers received $2 per day and one meal, but no housing. Farm 3 .— A large flower farm. The farm was owned by a family of five, of whom four worked in town, contributing to family income. In addition, there were 6 laborers on the farm (4 men and 2 w om en). M en received $2 per day and housing, but no food. One woman (17 years of age) received $1 a day. The other (older) received $1.10. W ork in the fields begins at 7 a. m. One hour is allowed for lunch. The day ends at 5:30 or 6 p. m. They work one-half day on Sundays and all holidays. The flowers produced on this plantation were made up to be taken into town and to provide the material out of which “ leis” are made. Farm 4 -— A small strawberry farm leased for $30 per year plus a payment of $36 per year for water. An elderly Japanese man and his wife, living in the nearby town, worked this farm. The man and wife worked continuously. Two sons and two daughters helped them Saturday afternoons and Sundays. One son and daughter worked in town, the other two were in school. The farm grossed $1,500 in 1938, providing a total net income of about $900, which was con sidered an unusually good year. Farm 5.— A 5-acre truck farm. A father, mother, and oldest son work continuously on this farm. Another son in school works Saturday afternoons and Sundays. They own two mules and some small farm implements. They earn a net income from the farm of about $500 to $700 a year. Farm 6.— A one-acre vegetable farm. An elderly Japanese man and his wife work this acre very intensively, obtaining from 6 to 8 crops a year (Japanese radish, carrots, onions, beets, eggplant, lettuce, spinach). Hard, continuous, and intensive work on this land yields the couple an average of $1.50 to $2 per day net income from the farm. Because of climatic conditions, growth is continuous, and truck vege tables may be planted any day in the year. Several obstacles stand in the way of the development of diversified agriculture: (1) Lack of availability of farm land under present conditions, (2) lack of water on such lands as are available and suit ably located, (3) quarantine restrictions on the mainland against most of the Hawaiian-grown fruits and vegetables, (4) difficulties in the control of disease and pests, (5) lack of standardization in grading and in packing, (6) the competition of fruits and vegetables imported from the mainland. The first two of these problems might be solved by the use of public funds for the development of irrigation, or possibly by the organization of private or mutually owned water companies. Several thousand acres, particularly in M olokai and Oahu, could be converted into fertile fruit and vegetable land if they had a moderate LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 125 supply of inexpensive water. Quarantine restrictions could be removed by treating the Hawaiian products now banned from the mainland with a harmless fumigant. The earnings on truck farms are quite variable due to variations in rainfall and market conditions. On the average, truck farmers represent one of the lowest income groups in the Territory. M any of these farmers are hopelessly in debt to local stores.2 The truck-farming situation in Hawaii is an example of the prin ciple of comparative advantage in interregional trade. The trend toward sugar and pineapple production, now occupying 95 percent of all the arable land, is due to the economic fact that they provide a greater income than can be obtained from other crops. A marked decline in the price or the market for sugar or pineapples over a long period would lead to an increase in the quantity of truck-farm products. Under present conditions some increases in local production to meet local needs may be expected, but the popular demand for a general broad development of diversified agriculture on plantation land has no economic basis. * M any of the stores are also deeply indebted to the “ factors” through which they b u y mainland pioducts. CHAPTER 17. CATTLE RAISING Cattle raising is one of the oldest and most picturesque of island industries. It received its start when Captain Vancouver presented King Kamehameha with some Spanish longhorns from California in 1793. These were for nearly 40 years protected by a strict taboo and by 1830 had become very numerous. B y the middle of the century the sugar plantations, which utilize the lower and more fertile lands, had begun to push the ranchers back into the higher areas and dry sections which could not be used for crops. Pure-bred animals, Aberdeen-Angus, were imported in 1851; but later, about 1890, Herefords became, and are today, the most popular breed. There are altogether 42 ranches which occupy about 1,447,000 acres, which is nearly one-third of the area of the Territory. They are located on the upland slopes of the mountains of all the islands. These ranches have a total of approximately 120,000 head of cattle. It comes as a surprise to most Americans to learn that the second largest ranch in the United States is in Hawaii. The Territory raises approxi mately 15,000,000 pounds of dressed beef annually, valued at about $2,250,000. This is three-fourths of the total beef consumption in the Territory and represents a marked rise in production in recent years. In 1928 only one-fourth of the beef requirements was pro duced locally. Studies are being made looking toward the improve ment of feeding methods, which are expected to further expand local production to the point where it will fully meet the consumption requirements of the islands. In addition to the cattle, there are about 42,000 head of hogs (representing an annual production of 6,600,000 pounds of pork valued at $1,318,000) and 31,000 head of sheep. While a part of these are to be found on the large ranches, many of them (hogs in particular) are raised in connection with the small family farms previously described. The total value of all livestock is estimated to be $11,960,000. Some of the ranches maintain dairies.1 Normally the total volume of dairy products consumed in the Territory, if converted to a freshmilk basis, would amount to about 14,000,000 pounds monthly. But three-fourths o f this is imported. Nine-tenths of the imported dairy products come from the United States mainland. M ost importations are processed dairy products such as butter, cheese, evaporated milk, etc. Dairies located in the Territory therefore have the advantage of selling in a fluid milk market, practically all of their product being absorbed by the local bottle trade. The m onthly production for local consumption is about 3,400,000 pounds. 1 M any of the plantations maintain small ranches and dairies for their own purposes. The work in such establishments is performed b y regular plantation employees who were covered in the study of the planta tions. There are also some commercial dairies in the vicinity of Honolulu. T he base rate for milkers in the commercial dairies is $90 per m onth. T hey work unusually long hours, however; 9 hours per day and 28 days per month is typical. Field men receive $60 per month, barn foremen $100 to $125 per m onth. C om mercial dairies also provide perquisites of a house (including light and water), m ilk allowance, and medical care in addition to salary. 126 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 127 About 800 families earn their living in the cattle-raising industry. This is one of the few fields in which Hawaiians hold a predominant place. Of the workers in the group covered, 44.7 percent were Hawaiian or part Hawaiian, 33.8 percent were Japanese, 10.7 percent were Causasian (largely Portuguese), the remainder being a mixture. Hawaiians make excellent cowboys, and in many cases Hawaiian families have been on the same ranch for several generations. Ranch perquisites are similar to those on the sugar and pineapple plantations. They include housing, in some cases hospitalization, recreation, and often allowances in respect to food and fuel. On one plantation, for example, taro 2 is raised on plantation land and sold at half price to the ranch workers. M any families have worked on the same ranch for several generations and privileges and perquisites for such families have developed over that period of time. A wide range of housing is provided: Very fine homes for the execu tive staff; intermediate homes of two bedrooms, a living room, a kitchen, and bathing and toilet facilities; and very old houses without inside toilet or bathing facilities for the less permanent employees. Some ranches advance money to workers, for purposes considered beneficial, without notes or interest. Because of this, some of the workers become deeply indebted. The monthly pay roll of one ranch indicated that one-fifth of those on the list received little or no pay because of prior indebtedness to the ranch. Ranches keep no hour or time records of any sort aside from a simple record of days worked. As ranch managers put it, “ the cow boy’s time depends on the demands of the cattle.” For this reason it was impossible to obtain hourly earnings. Daily hours are obviously much longer during certain times of the year, such as round-up and calving times. Nevertheless, with the exception of the fact that during the summer months the ranches often employ a number of minors, wdio are the children of the workers on the ranches, there is little seasonality o f employment in the industry. This is partly due to the fact that ranching is one of the oldest of the island industries, and among the larger establishments there has been a tradition of employer-employee relationships between the same families for several generations, and partly to the fact that there is a considerable amount of work on the ranch that can be held in reserve for slack periods. The average monthly earnings o f 280 workers on 4 ranches were $55.90 (table 50). This is somewhat higher than the earnings on sugar plantations. 2 Taro is the oldest of Island crops. At one time over 10,000 acres were devoted to its cultivation. Poi, the basic food of the native Hawaiian, is its principal product. Other types of food products are now being made from taro. 128 T a b l e LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 50 .— Distribution of male ranch workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to earnings in 1 month o f 1 93 9 , by race Number and race M onthly earnings Total Caucasian 1 Under $10__ _________ ___ ___________ ___ $ 10 and under $20 ......... . __ __ _____ _____ 7 5 2 8 2 1 2 $20 and under $30_______ __ - _____ _____ $30 and under $35________________________ $35 and under $40___________________ _____ $40 and under $45___________ ____________ $45 and under $50................ __ ................. . $50 and under $55_________________________ $55 and under $60._______________________ $60 and under $65________________________ $65 and under $70___________________ ____ $70 and under $75_______ __________ ____ $75 and under $80________________________ $80 and under $85___ . _ ____________ $85 and under $90_________________________ $90 and under $100____________ _ _ _______ $100 and under $ 1 1 0 _______- _ _____ _____ $ 1 10 and under $ 12 0 __________ ____ _____ $120 and under $130______________________ $130 and over____________________ _______ 3 5 1 27 T otal_____________ _________________ Average m onthly earnings________________ 280 $55. 90 30 $49.51 14 30 42 35 32 25 13 Japanese 4 3 5 6 2 10 8 4 1 2 1 5 15 12 9 7 7 3 3 Hawaiian and part Hawaiian 1 1 10 14 18 13 15 9 3 6 4 9 4 1 6 1 3 3 4 4 2 2 3 5 89 $58.11 125 $59. 23 2 9 5 7 3 3 1 1 1 2 3 6 3 4 10 7 A ll other races 1 6 2 2 36 $44.2 0 1 P r im a r ily P o rtu g u e se . a T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 1 3 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 1 5 3 .8 6 . fo r t h e J a p a n e s e ; a n d $159 fo r H a w a ii a n s a n d p a r t H a w a ii a n s . T h e a v e r a g e s b y r a c e w e r e $ 14 1 P art IV T ou rist T ra d e 129 CHAPTER 18. TOURIST TRADE Although Hawaii is over 2,000 miles from the American mainland and an even greater distance from any other significant population center, it is nevertheless an important recreation center because of its climatic and other advantages. The tourist industry, therefore, rep resents an important element in the Hawaiian economy. The amount of the tourist expenditure has been estimated at 11 to 12 millions of dollars a year. While much of this involves the resale to tourists of imported foods and other products, its fundamental importance as an originating source of income to the islands 1 is indicated by the fact that exports to the mainland of Hawaiian products other than sugar and pineapples total only $3,000,000 to $4,000,000. Tourists can be conveniently divided into two classes: (1) Regular tourists, that is, those whose destination is Hawaii and who go there for a definite period of recreation and travel; (2) transient tourists, those who are en route to other ports and who stop over only during the time their ship is in Honolulu. The expenditures of tourists enter into the econom y of Hawaii in many ways. This busi ness forms the basic income for most of the hotels and restaurants, taxicab and car-rental enterprises, curio shops, bathing and surfboarding establishments, as well as a large portion of the income of clothing establishments (especially beach wear), theaters, interisland transportation companies, public clubs for golfing and dancing, and such picturesque occupations as the vending of leis. T able Year 51 .— N u m b e r o f through p a ssen gers and tourist a rrivals , 1 9 2 2 - 3 9 Through pas sengers 1 18,202 19,492 19,103 19,201 19,478 19, 657 20, 793 22, 262 21, 585 1922. 1923. 1924. 1925. 1926. 1927. 1928. 1929. 1930. Tourist arriv als 2 9, 676 12,021 12,468 15,193 16,762 17,451 19,980 22,190 18, 651 Year 1931_____________ 1932_____________ 1933_____________ 1934_____________ 1935_____________ 1936____________ 1937_____________ 1938_____________ 1939_____________ Through pas sengers 1 Tourist arriv als 2 19,268 16,662 17,173 25,110 25,992 27,942 31,951 27,132 41,156 15,780 10,370 10, 111 16,161 19,933 22,199 21,987 23,043 24, 381 1 All cabin passengers on trans-Paciflc steamers who are in Hawaii only during the ship’s stay in port. spend 2 days or more in Hawaii. 2Those who Source: Hawaii Tourist Bureau. A detailed study of tourist expenditures was made by the Hawaii Tourist Bureau in cooperation with the University of Hawaii, covering the year 1930. In that year there were 21,585 transient tourists, representing a total expenditure of $351,089. There were 18,651 regu lar tourists, representing a total expenditure of $7,264,740, or an 1Recognizing the importance of this trade, the Territorial government appropriates funds for the main tenance of the Hawaii Tourist Bureau. The Tourist Bureau is directly associated with the Honolulu Chamber of Commerce, however, and Territorial appropriations are matched two to one b y subscriptions raised on all the islands. This provided a budget of $275,000 for the year 1939. 131 241404—40- -10 132 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 average of $17.50 per tourist-day. The total number of tourists in 1939 was 41,156 transient and 24,381 regular tourists, a total of 65,537, which is an increase of 25,301 over the 1930 figure. It is frequently said in Hawaii that the tourist business now represents an income of “ a million a m onth77 to the Territory. The Hawaii Tourist Bureau estimated the figure for the year 1939 to be somewhat less than that. Any analysis of the tourist business must distinguish carefully between the “ level of tourist population77 and the “ flow of tourists.77 For example, in many years the level has been higher than the flow in February, due to the gradual accumulation of tourists throughout the winter, whereas the flow of tourists is normally greater in July when large numbers on vacation for only a few weeks come to the Territory. Tourist arrivals by months show a distinct seasonal pattern with two peaks, the first appearing in the winter months of December, January, and February, and the second in the summer months of June, July, and August. The sharp decline in the early thirties was due to the depression, the low year being 1933 when only 10,111 regular tourists arrived. In the following 5 years tourist arrivals more than doubled. Should the European war continue, a further sharp increase is expected. But, in any case, a continued upward trend appears probable because of the improved transportation facilities between the mainland and the Territory, and the increasing popularity of the islands. A special effort is being planned by the tourist bureau to further popularize the islands by a celebration of the fiftieth anni versary of annexation in 1948. Of the total tourist arrivals, 84.5 percent are from the American mainland (78 percent American and 6.5 percent Canadian). In 1938, of the 23,043 regular tourists, 19,645 arrived from the mainland, 1,208 were on cruises, 1,482 arrived from Australia and the Orient (even these consisted in part of Americans returning to the mainland), and only 708 were from all other sources. Australians are coming to Hawaii in increasing numbers and now constitute about 5 percent of all tourists. Orientals account for 4 percent. Europe and Latin America combined account for 5 percent; all others slightly over 1 percent. Over 90 percent of the occupational opportunity represented by the tourist business lies within the city of Honolulu. The remainder is spread throughout the other islands, largely centering in Hawaii and Kauai. It is estimated by the Hawaii Tourist Bureau that (in the order o f their importance on the basis of numbers employed) workers serving tourists are in (1) hotels and restaurants, (2) transportation, (3) clothing manufacture and merchandising, (4) recreation and amuse ments, (5) curios, (6) personal service industries (laundries, cleaning establishments, barbers, hairdressers, etc.), (7) postcards, photo graphs, and photographic supplies, and (8) groceries and drugs (purchased largely by tourists living in apartments). None of these establishments make any effort to divide tourist and nontourist business accurately. Hence, no dependable figures on the actual quantity of employment due to the tourist industry are available. On the basis of a m onthly tourist expenditure of about $1,000,000, it is estimated that the industry represents the permanent employ ment of approximately 12,300 persons. This, however, is merely a rough measure of the impact of tourist expenditures on the economy of LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 133 the islands. In reality, a considerably smaller number is fully employed in distinctly tourist enterprises, and a far larger number partially employed by the demands of tourists in enterprises serving tourists and residents alike. Although no accurate measures of the various aspects of this influence are available, it represents a signifi cant and an expanding influence in the creation of occupational opportunities in Hawaii, and in this respect holds third place among the industries of Hawaii. Offsetting this is the fact that an increasing number of tourists find positions and settle in the Territory. The excess of tourist arrivals over departures at present amounts to about 2,100 per year. The effects of this trend are presented later in the discussion of occupa tional opportunities. P art V Subsidiary Industries 135 IN T R O D U C T IO N Hawaii resources support three types of income-producing estab lishments that determine its place in world trade. Its soil and climate are well adapted to sugar and pineapples. Its climate, scenery, and location have made possible the development of a tourist industry. Its strategic location in the Pacific has made it a key point in the defense system of the mainland. On the basis of these three types of activity, trade with the mainland is maintained. There are no mineral or fuel resources on the basis of which the islands may hope to develop an export trade in manufactured articles. It is, of course, conceivable that the population might process goods imported in semifinished form from the mainland and reexported as finished articles. Such an economy could be maintained, in the face of the high cost of the inevitable long double haul, only at the expense of labor income. A t present there is almost no trade of this sort. It might well develop if the basis of either the sugar or pineapple economy was undermined. Such a catastrophe would leave the large island population only three possibilities: Competition with more favored areas of the mainland through pressure on the wage scale of the islands; large-scale migration from the islands of its citizen labor supply; or the development of a subsistence economy at poverty levels. The overwhelming importance of sugar and pineapples to the Hawaiian economy can hardly be exaggerated. About 101,000 per sons (employees and their families), or nearly one-fourth of the total population of the Territory, live on the sugar plantations alone. These plantations represent the employment of 40,000 to 45,000 workers, or somewhat less than a third of all gainfully employed. T o this should be added all those persons directly employed by the sugar industry in the maintenance of transport facilities, trading arrangements, and records outside of the plantations. Finally, there are the many con cerns that, though not entirely dependent on the industry, would be less advantageously placed without its presence. The pineapple industry, at its peak, employs about 35,000 laborers and is much more seasonal than the sugar industry. The pineapple plantations and canneries, together with enterprises directly depend ent on them (such as can manufacture in Hawaii), represent at least a fourth of total employment. So far the poverty of the islands as regards mineral and fuel re sources has prevented the development of any large degree of selfsufficiency in manufactured products. The relative profitableness of sugar and pineapples has lifted the standard of living at the expense of dependence on the outside world for at least two-thirds of the food supply. The three basic sources of income for the Hawaiian economy as a whole— plantation agriculture, tourist trade, and national defense— have required the development of an elaborate group of service in- 137 138 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 dustries. Shipping and longshore work necessarily is the corollary of the heavy dependence on export-import trade. The population must be housed, and national-defense works have also required an extension of the construction industry. Public utilities are needed to maintain the population. In aggregate employment, the utilities are probably third in importance, following after sugar and pineapples. There has been some development of manufacturing to meet local consumer and tourist needs and to service the canneries and sugar mills. Printing and publishing, can manufacture, the production of wallboard from cane waste, some iron foundries, and garment factories are the principal manufactures. There is also a rapidly expanding tuna-canning industry which appears to have possibilities. Finally, extensive employment in trade and service industries is needed to maintain the basic economy. These ancillary industries are the subject matter of part V. They exist, at least on their present scale, by virtue of the basic em ploy ment of half of the gainfully occupied population on plantations. But whatever their reason for being, they are the source of miscellaneous employments to about half the workers on the islands. These miscellaneous and ancillary employments have social as well as economic importance. As has been frequently pointed out, Hawaii is in transition. The fundamental supply of labor was formerly imported from oriental countries with a low standard o f living and with traditions of absolute authority for the employer. A t present labor is recruited from among the children and grandchildren of immigrants. This citizen labor has had the advantages of primary and, increasingly, of high-school education. The ideals of the schools are those of the western world blended with racial attitudes that are uniquely Hawaiian. M any of this younger generation, in Hawaii as on the mainland, seek to escape from the comparative poverty and back-breaking work of agriculture. The nonagricultural employments described in this section are, therefore, avenues of such opportunity. The distribution of employment in Hawaii in 1930 according to broad occupational classes is shown in table 52. Similar distributions for the continental United States and for the State of Louisiana are also presented for comparison. It is evident that employment oppor tunities in Hawaii outside of agriculture are much more circumscribed than in the continental United States, and on the whole are about the same as in one of the southern States which also depends to a high degree on agriculture. T 52.— Percentage distribu tion o f person s g a in fu lly em p lo ye d , b y so cia l-eco n o m ic g r o u p sf T errito ry o f H a w a iiy State o f L o u is ia n a } and continental U n ited Statesy 1930 1 able Social-economic group P rofessional___ _________ ____________________________ . . . Proprietary 2________________________________________________ Clerical,. _________ _ ___ ___________ __ . . . _ _______ . Skilled______________________________________________________ Semiskilled____ ____ _________ _____ _ ________ __ _ ... Farmers (owners and tenants)_______________________________ Unskilled and farm labor____________________________________ Territory of Hawaii 5.4 5.3 8.7 11.1 8.4 3.5 57.6 State of Louisiana 4.0 5.7 10.8 8.1 10.2 19.5 41.7 Continental United States 6.0 7.5 16.3 12.9 16.1 12.3 28.9 1 Classification used is that given b y A. M . Edwards, A Social-Economic Grouping of the Gainful W o rk ers of the United States, 1930, U. S. Bureau of the Census, 1938, excepting that soldiers, sailors, and marines are excluded from the table. In the monograph mentioned, these were classified as semiskilled. 2 N ot including farm proprietors, given below. LABOR m THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 139 The difference between the ways in which agriculture is carried on in Hawaii and in Louisiana is forcibly illustrated by the table. In Louisiana, farm owners and tenants constitute nearly one-fifth of all gainfully employed, and much of the farm labor is done directly by this class. In Hawaii, on the other hand, the number of farm operators is much smaller (3.5 percent), but the number of unskilled and farm laborers is equivalently larger, so that the proportions which farm operators and unskilled and farm laborers bear to all gainfully em ployed in the two sections are almost identical (61.1 percent in Hawaii and 61.2 percent in Louisiana). C H A P TE R 19. P U B L IC U T IL IT IE S The public utilities of Hawaii are very similar to typical mainland utilities in respect to their structural organization, services, and the types of labor they require. W ith the exception of the Honolulu Board of Water Supply, they are all privately owned. Their total capitalization is slightly over $37,000,000, and their annual gross reve nue is over $15,000,000. Taken as a whole, they stand third in island enterprises, being exceeded in value and annual revenue only by the sugar and pineapple industries. The utilities chosen for this study included two railroads, an electric company, a telephone company, a gas company, and a municipal street railway and bus company. Their total estimated valuation exceeded $26,000,000, or about 71 percent of the value of all public utilities. Because there are so few public utilities (in some cases a single utility supplies service for the entire Territory) it was impossible to break down the statistical tables into analyses of particular services or occupations without revealing the identity and the wage structures of specific firms. It was necessary, therefore, to treat public utilities as a whole. For the purposes of the study, all executive officials and all techni cians whose income exceeded $250 per month were excluded. The resultant sample included 1,996 workers. Of these, 809, or 40.6 per cent, were Caucasians, though Caucasians constitute only 16 percent of the total population. This was the only large industry among all those included in the study in which Caucasians held the dominant position among the rank and file o f workers. Hawaiians and part Hawaiians held second place, with 487; and Japanese were third, with 430. EARNINGS Hourly earnings.— The average hourly earnings of all workers amount ed to 61.8 cents. For male workers the average was 62.3 cents, and for female, 56.2 cents. Thus there was a much smaller variation between the hourly earnings of male and female workers than in other island industries. It should be noted, however, that only 191 workers were females. About half (49.1 percent) of all workers received between 45 and 67.5 cents per hour; 29.6 percent received between 50 and 62.5 cents per hour (table 53). There were 687 salaried workers, who averaged 73.4 cents per hour, the average for males being 75.1 cents and for females, 60.3 cents. Only 84 females were salaried (table 54). The 1,309 nonsalaried workers averaged 56.1 cents per hour, males averaging 56.3 cents and females, 53 cents. Public utilities thus pro vided the highest average hourly earnings of any of the large enterprises in the Territory (table 55). Weekly earnings.— Hawaiian public utilities maintain weekly hours ranging from 40 to 48 or more. A 40-hour week is typical, however. Overtime is paid for at time and a half. 140 LABOR m THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 39 141 The average weekly earnings of all workers were $26.67. One-third (33.4 percent) received between $17.50 and $25, and 70.4 percent re ceived between $17.50 and $37.50. M ale workers averaged $27.12 and female, $22.42. Twenty-four percent of the male workers received less than $20 per week, whereas 40.9 percent of the female workers received less than this amount (table 56). Salaried workers received an average of $30.36 per week, males aver aging $31.24 and females, $24.01; Nonsalaried workers averaged $24.74 per week, the average for males being $25.06 and for females, $21.17 (tables 57 and 58). Racial earnings showed only a moderate variation (table 59). Caucasians led, with weekly earnings of $29.63. Chinese were next, with earnings of $28.61. Hawaiians and part Hawaiians earned $27.21. Japanese and Filipinos were lowest, with $21.32 and $21.29 per week, respectively. About half (50.8 percent) of all salaried workers were Caucasian, with average weekly earnings of $32.42. Japanese received the lowest earnings in this group ($24.76); salaried Filipinos were too few in number to justify the computation o f an average. Caucasian workers also showed the highest earnings ($27.51) per week among all nonsalaried workers, and Japanese, the lowest paid, earned $20.18. Among the salaried female workers well over half (57 percent) were Caucasian, with earnings of $28.09 per week. Nonsalaried Caucasian women earned $24.06 per week, whereas Hawaiian and part Hawaiian women averaged $18.48. Annual earnings; seasonality and turn-over.— Because of the very equable climate and the relative isolation of Hawaii, the demand for the services of public utilities shows little variation throughout the year.1 Due to this and to the fact that the public utilities pay higher wages than other large industries in Hawaii, they experience relatively less seasonality and turn-over than other industries. Of all the employees, 272, or only 14.3 percent, Worked less than 52 weeks. Of these, exactly half worked less than 27 weeks and re ceived an average of $280 in 1938. The remaining half, whose work extended over 27 weeks but less than 52 weeks, earned an average of $850. The great m ajority (85.7 percent), however, worked throughout the year and received average annual earnings of $1,485, males averag ing $1,515 and females, $1,200. The salaried workers in this group averaged $1,715, and the nonsalaried workers, $1,354 (table 61). The distribution of annual earnings of this 52-week group indicates a concentration of 42.6 percent of all workers in the salary range of $900 to $1,400, 25.8 percent receiving between $1,000 and $1,300. Eight percent of the male workers and 25 percent of the females re ceived less than $900 per year (table 62). The table on annual earnings, by race, includes all workers who worked any part of the year and indicates an average of $1,352 per year (table 60). Chinese received the highest average annual earn ings, which amounted to $1,531. Caucasians were next, with earn ings of $1,485. Filipinos received only $919, which was the lowest average. Am ong the salaried workers, Chinese also led, with average annual earnings of $1,710, Caucasians receiving $1,641. Among the non’Such variations as do appear are due to fluctuations in the number of tourists. 142 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 salaried workers, Caucasians received the highest earnings, averaging $1,363 per year, Hawaiians and part Hawaiians being next, with earnings of $1,302. W ith respect to earnings as a whole, Caucasians and Chinese occupy the top positions. Hawaiians and part Hawaiians and Japanese follow in that order, with Filipinos in the lowest position. W O R K IN G C O N D IT IO N S The Public Utilities Commission and some of the public utilities, with significant exceptions, have played a part in setting up labor standards for the Territory as a whole. Labor in the public utilities, although relatively less organized2 than on the mainland, has also played its part in raising the general level of labor standards. A t the time the field study was being made, of 17 public utilities, 12 had adopted the 8-hour day, the remainder stating that they had no fixed policy in this regard. Utilities representing slightly over half of total employment had adopted the 40-hour week. Others maintained a 44-hour week of 8 hours per day for 5 days with 4 hours on Saturday. It is a typical Hawaiian practice for offices to open at 8 a. m. or earlier and to close at 4 p. m. or 4:30 p. m., with a half-hour for lunch, a schedule to which the offices of utilities conform. Some concerns maintain a combination of a 40-hour week for salaried workers, and a 44-hour week for nonsalaried workers. A few still retain a 48-hour week, or reported that they had no definite policy in this respect, but they were under pressure by both labor organiza tions and the Public Utilities Commission to set up improved stand ards. Time and a half for overtime is standard practice for all but a very few concerns, overtime being defined as more than 8 hours in 1 day, or more than the standard hours in 1 week for the concern in question. A clearly stated policy on minimum wages was less common. Eight concerns reported ^hat they had no fixed policy in this regard. Those that reported minima showed a wide range. Reported minimum hourly rates varied from 25 cents to 45 cents. Lower rates were found in concerns that had not established minima, however. Tw o concerns stated that $1.50 per day was their lowest beginning wage. Another concern had established $60 per month as its minimum. It must be remembered that some concerns use a large number of unskilled laborers whereas others depend heavily upon skilled workers, which accounts in part for these wide variations. Employment of minors (those below 16 years of age) is now pro hibited by Territorial law, but prior to its enactment most of the public utilities had either prohibited it or had confined such em ploy ment to school vacation periods. Of 17 companies, 13 regularly grant sick leave with pajr, the re mainder reserving the right to make their decision on the basis of each individual case. Group insurance programs are maintained by 8 of these firms. In 3 cases this includes group medical care. One concern maintains its own hospital and shares expenses with employees. Another, following plantation practice, provides housing and hos pitalization. 2 The streetcar and bus operators have an agreement with the Honolulu Rapid Transit Co. which was revised in July 1939 to provide better wages and working conditions. Aside from this, only a few of the highly skilled trades dominated b y workers brought in from the mainland are organized. 143 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 Special privileges or perquisites are granted to employees by a few companies, as, for instance, the right to a reduced rate for the service of the utility, in one case at a 50 percent discount, in another at a 33% percent discount. Tw o concerns that sell equipment allow em ployees to buy at a discount. They also pay them a commission on the sales of such equipment in addition to their regular earnings. Annual vacations with pay are granted by practically all public utilities, ranging from 1 week to 1 month. A fairly typical practice is to grant one week to regularly employed nonsalaried workers and 2 weeks to salaried employees. Some firms do not grant vacations until the second year of employment. S U M M A R Y In respect to capitalization and earnings, public utilities as a whole rank next to the sugar and pineapple industries. Central offices and employment in these concerns are highly con centrated in the city of Honolulu. In regard to both earnings and working conditions (with a few notable exceptions) they are comparable with typical public utilities in other parts of the United States. They stand above the average of other Island enterprises in these respects. This is due in part to the fact that they depend largely upon trained office workers and skilled la b or,,but also in part to the policies of the Public Utilities Commission. T a b l e 53 .— D istr ib u tio n o f w orkers in p u b lic u tilities in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to average h o u rly ea r n in g s , b y sex, A p r i l a nd M a y 1 9 3 9 ALL W ORKERS Total Average hourly earnings Male 5 Under 25 cents__ ___ 25 and under 27.5 cents. _._ 6 27.5 and under 30 cents. 10 30 and under 32.5 cents. . . . 67 21 32.5 and under 35 cents. .. 35 and under 37.5 cents____ 53 62 37.5 and under 40 cents. .. 40 and under 42.5 cents. 69 42.5 and under 45 cents____ 78 45 and under 47.5 cents _ . . . 171 44 47.5 and under 50 cents. 50 and under 52.5 cents_____ 166 74 52.5 and under 55 cents_____ 114 55 and under 57.5 cents. 57.5 and under 60 cents_____ 109 135 60 and under 62.5 cents_____ 72 62.5 and under 65 cents_____ 103 65 and under 67.5 cents. _. 67.5 and under 70 ce n ts .. __ 56 70 and under 72.5 cents_____ 66 72.5 and under 75 cents. _. 58 75 and under 80 cents. . . __ 69 89 80 and under 85 cents____ _ 69 85 and under 90 cents___ __ 66 90 and under 95 cents______ 95 and under 100 cen ts.. . . . 20 70 100 and under 110 cents____ 29 110 and under 120 cents____ 120 and under 130 cents__ __ 16 i 29 130 cents and over ______ 1,996 T otal________________ Average hourly earnings___ $0. 618 0.3 .3 .5 3.4 1.1 2.7 3.1 3.5 3.9 8.5 2.2 8.2 3.7 5.6 5 . ’x 6.7 3.6 5.2 2.8 3.3 2.9 3.5 4.5 3.5 3.3 1.0 3.5 1.5 .8 1.5 0.3 .6 1.1 4.5 5.6 8.3 11.4 14.9 18.8 27.3 29.5 37.7 41.4 47.0 52.4 59.1 62.7 67.9 70.7 74.0 76.9 80.4 84.9 88.4 91.7 92.7 96.2 97.7 98.5 1 3 4 58 19 42 60 64 73 150 30 150 69 111 96 122 63 94 49 58 57 66 86 63 63 18 65 28 16 27 1,805 0.1 .2 .2 3.2 1.1 2.3 3.3 3.5 4.0 8.3 1.7 8.3 3.8 6.1 5.3 6.7 3.5 5.2 2.7 3.2 3.2 3.7 4.8 3.5 3.5 1.0 3.6 1.6 .9 1.5 | $0,623 1The average of all workers earning $1.30 and over amounted to $1,483. Female N um Simple Cum u N u m Simple C um u N um Simple C u m u lative ber of percent percent ber of percent lative ber of percent lative percent workers percent workers workers age age age age age age 0.1 .3 .5 3.7 4.8 7.1 10.4 13.9 17.9 26.2 27.9 36.2 40.0 46.1 51.4 58.1 61.6 66.8 69.5 72.7 75.9 79.6 84.4 87.9 91.4 92.4 96.0 97.6 98.5 4 3 6 9 2 11 2 5 5 21 14 16 5 3 13 13 9 9 7 8 1 3 3 6 3 2 5 1 2.1 1.6 3.1 4.7 1.0 5.8 1.0 2.6 2.6 11.1 7.3 8.5 2.6 1.6 6.8 6.8 4.7 4.7 3.7 4.2 .5 1.6 1.6 3.1 1.6 1.0 2.6 .5 2 191 $0,562 1.0 2.1 3.7 6.8 11.5 12.5 18.3 19.3 21.9 24.5 35.6 42.9 51.4 54.0 55.6 62.4 69.2 73.9 78.6 82.3 86.5 87.0 88.6 90.2 93.3 94.9 95.9 98.5 99.0 99.0 14 4 T able LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 54.— D istrib u tio n o f workers in 'public utilities in the H a w a iia n according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s , b y s e x , A p r i l and M a y 1 9 8 9 Is la n d s S A L A R IE D W O R K E R S Total Average hourly earnings Under 25 cents....... ................ 25 and under 27.5 cents_____ 27.5 and under 30 cents_____ 30 and under 32.5 cents_____ 32.5 and under 35 cents_____ 35 and under 37.5 cents_____ 37.5 and under 40 cents ___ 40 and under 42.5 cents_____ 42.5 and under 45 cents_____ 45 and under 47.5 cents_____ 47.5 and under 50 cents_____ 50 and under 52.5 cents_____ 52.5 and under 55 c e n ts ____ 55 and under 57.5 cents_____ 57.5 and under 60 cents_____ 60 and under 62.5 cents_____ 62.5 and under 65 cents_____ 65 and under 67.5 cents_____ 67.5 and under 70 cents_____ 70 and under 72.5 cents_____ 72.5 and under 75 cents_____ 75 and under 80 cents............ 80 and under 85 cents______ 85 and under 90 cents______ 90 and under 95 cents______ 95 and under 100 cents____ 100 and under 110 cents____ 110 and under 120 cents____ 120 and under 130 cents _ . . 130 and under 140 cents____ 140 cents and over Male N um Simple Cum u N um Simple Cum u N um Simple C um u lative lative ber of percent percent ber of percent lative percent ber of percent percent workers workers age age workers age age age age 5 4 5 14 8 9 10 11 42 17 15 21 15 7 58 10 31 11 31 26 44 32 47 43 46 11 49 26 15 7 1 17 T o t a l _______ _ _ __ 687 Average hourly earnings___ $0. 734 0.7 .6 .7 2.0 1.2 1.3 1.5 1.6 6.1 2.5 2.2 3.1 2.2 1.0 8.3 1.5 4.5 1.6 4.5 3.8 6.4 4.7 6.8 6.3 6.7 1.6 7.1 3.8 2.2 1.0 2.5 0.7 1.3 2.0 4.0 5.2 6.5 8.0 9.6 15.7 18.2 20.4 23.5 25.7 26.7 35.0 36.5 41.0 42.6 47.1 50.9 57.3 62.0 68.8 75.1 81.8 83.4 90.5 94.3 96.5 97.5 1 2 1 6 6 8 10 9 40 10 15 20 15 6 49 7 29 9 25 18 43 30 45 39 43 10 45 25 15 6 16 0.2 .3 .2 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.7 1.5 6.6 1.7 2.5 3.3 2.5 1.0 8.0 1.2 4.8 1.5 4.1 3.0 7.1 5.0 7.5 6.5 7.1 1.7 7.5 4.1 2.5 1.0 2.6 0.2 .5 .7 1.7 2.7 4.0 5.7 7.2 13.8 15.5 18.0 21.3 23.8 24.8 32.8 34.0 38.8 40.3 44.4 47.4 54.5 59.5 67.0 73.5 80.6 82.3 89.8 93.9 96.4 97.4 603 ________________ $0. 751 1 The average of all workers earning $1.40 and over amounted to $1,563. Female 4 2 4 8 2 1 4.8 2.4 4.8 9.4 2.4 1.2 2 2 7 2.4 2.4 8.3 1 1.2 1 9 3 2 2 6 8 1 2 2 4 3 1 4 1 1.2 10.6 3.6 2.4 2.4 7.1 9.4 1.2 2.4 2.4 4.8 3.6 1.2 4.8 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 84 $0.603 4.8 7.2 12.0 21.4 23.8 25.0 25. 0 27.4 29.8 38.1 38.1 39.3 39.3 40.5 51.1 54.7 57.1 59.5 66.6 76.0 77.2 79.6 82.0 86.8 90.4 91.6 96.4 97.6 97.6 98.8 145 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 T able 5 5 .— D istrib u tio n o f w orkers in 'public utilities i n the H a w a iia n according to average h ou rly ea rn in g s , b y s e x , A p r i l and M a y 1 9 3 9 Isla n d s N O N S A L A R IE D W O R K E R S Total Average hourly earnings Under 30 cents_____________ 30 and under 32.5 cents_____ 32.5 and under 35 cents___ 35 and under 37.5 cents......... 37.5 and under 40 cents_____ 40 and under 42.5 cents_____ 42.5 and under 45 cents_____ 45 and under 47.5 cents_____ 47.5 and under 50 cents_____ 50 and under 52.5 cents_____ 52.5 and under 55 cents_____ 55 and under 57.5 cents_____ 57.5 and under 60 cents_____ 60 and under 62.5 cents_____ 62.5 and under 65 cents_____ 65 and under 67.5 cents_____ 67.5 and under 70 cents_____ 70 and under 72.5 cents_____ 72.5 and under 75 cents.__ 75 and under 80 cents______ 80 and under 85 cents______ 85 and under 90 cents______ 90 and under 95 cents__ . . . 95 and under 100 cen ts.. . . . 100 and under 110 cen ts.. _. 110 cents and over_________ Male Female N um Simple Cum u N um Simple C um u N um Simple C um u lative ber of percent lative ber of percent percent ber of percent lative percent workers percent workers age age workers age age age age 7 53 13 44 52 58 36 154 29 145 59 107 51 125 41 92 25 40 14 37 42 26 20 9 21 i9 0.5 4.0 1.0 3.4 4.0 4.4 2.8 11.8 2.2 11.1 4.5 8.2 3.9 9.5 3.1 7.0 1.9 3.1 1.1 2.8 3.2 2.0 1.5 .7 1.6 .7 0.5 4.5 5.5 8.9 12.9 17.3 20.1 31.9 34.1 45.2 49.7 57.9 61.8 71.3 74.4 81.4 83.3 86.4 87.5 90.3 93.5 95.5 97.0 97.7 99.3 4 52 13 34 50 55 33 140 15 130 54 105 47 115 34 85 24 40 14 36 41 24 20 8 20 9 0.3 4.3 1.1 2.8 4.2 4.6 2.7 11.7 1.2 10.8 4.5 8.7 3.9 9.6 2.8 7.1 2.0 3.3 1. 2 3.0 3.4 2.0 1.7 .7 1.7 .7 0.3 4.6 5. 7 8.5 12.7 17.3 20.0 31.7 32.9 43.7 48.2 56.9 60.8 70.4 73.2 80.3 82.3 85.6 86.8 89.8 93.2 95.2 96.9 97.6 99.3 3 1 2.8 .9 10 2 3 3 14 14 15 5 2 4 10 7 7 1 9.3 1.9 2.8 2.8 13.2 13.2 14.1 4.7 1.9 3.7 9.3 6.5 6.5 .9 1 1 2 .9 .9 1.9 1 1 .9 .9 2.8 3.7 3.7 13.0 14.9 17.7 20.5 33.7 46.9 61.0 65.7 67.6 71.3 80.6 87.1 93.6 94.5 94. 5 94. 5 95.4 96.3 98.2 98. 2 99.1 100.0 Total __________ 1,202 107 1, 309 j 1 ! _______ 1 $0,530 Average hourly earnings . . $0,561 i > $0,563 1 The average of all male workers earning $1.10 and over amounted to $1,275. T able _______ 5 6 .— D istrib u tio n o f workers in p u blic utilities i n the H a w a iia n according to w eek ly ea rn in g s , by s e x , A p r i l and M a y 1 9 3 9 Isla n d s ALL W ORKERS Total W eekly earnings Under $5____ __ __________ $5 and under $7.50_________ $7.50 and under $10________ $10 and under $12.50_______ $12.50 and under $15_______ $15 and under $17.50_______ $17.50 and under $20______ $20 and under $22.50____ __ _ $22.50 and under $25_______ $25 and under $27.50_______ $27-50 and under $30_______ $30 and under $32.50_______ $32.50 and under $35_______ $35 and under $37.50_______ $37-50 and under $40_______ $40 and under $42.50_______ $42.50 and under $45_______ $45 and under $47.50_______ $47.50 and under $50__ _____ $50 and under $55__________ $55 and under $60__________ $60 and over. . . . . .. Total. __ _______ Male Female N um Simple C um u N um Simple C um u N um Simple C um u lative lative ber of percent percent ber of percent lative percent ber of percent percent workers workers age age workers age age age age 10 24 27 32 74 145 201 239 231 181 181 142 128 106 73 68 32 41 13 25 15 18 1,996 0.5 1.2 1.4 1.6 3.7 7.2 10.0 11.9 11. 5 9.1 9.1 7.1 6.4 5.3 3.7 3.4 1.6 2.1 .7 1.3 .8 .4 0.5 1.7 3.1 4.7 8.4 15.6 25.6 37.5 49.0 58.1 67.2 74.3 80.7 86.0 89.7 93.1 94.7 96.8 97.5 98.8 99.6 1. 8 21 22 24 56 134 170 216 206 157 167 136 122 102 70 65 30 40 13 24 14 8 0.4 1.2 1. 2 1.3 3.1 7.4 9.4 12.0 11.4 8.7 9.3 7. 5 6.8 5.7 3.9 3.6 1.7 2.2 .7 1.3 .8 .4 0.4 1.6 2.8 4.1 7.2 14.6 24.0 36.0 47.4 56.1 65-4 72.9 79.7 85.4 89.3 92.9 94.6 96.8 97.5 98.8 99.6 1,805 1 $27.12 1 Average weekly earnings___1 $26.67 1 1 The average of all male workers earning $60 and over amounted to $68.38. 2 3 5 8 18 11 31 23 25 24 14 6 6 4 3 3 2 1 1.0 1.6 2.6 4.2 9.4 5.8 16.3 12.0 13.2 12.6 7.3 3.1 3.1 2.1 1.6 1.6 1.0 .5 1 1 .5 .5 191 $22. 42 1.0 2.6 5.2 9.4 18.8 24.6 40.9 52.9 66.1 78.7 86.0 89.1 92.2 94.3 95.9 97.5 98.5 99.0 99.0 99. 5 100.0 i 146 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 T a b l e 57. — D istrib u tio n o f w orkers i n pu b lic utilities i n the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s, b y sex , A p r i l and M a y 1 9 3 9 SALARIED W ORKERS Total Weekly earnings $5 and under $7.50_________ $7.50 and under $10________ $10 and under $12.50_______ $12.50 and under $15_______ $15 and under $17.50_______ $17.50 and under $20_______ $20 and under $22.50_______ $22.50 and under $25_______ $25 and under $27.50_______ $27.50 and under $30_______ $30 and under $32.50_______ $32.50 and under $35_______ $35 and under $37.50_______ $37.50 and under $40_______ $40 and under $42.50_______ $42.50 and under $45_______ $45 and under $47.50_______ $47.50 and under $ 5 0 .__ $50 and under $55_________ $55 and under $60________ $60 and over. _ Total Average weekly earnings__ Male Female Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative ber of percent lative ber of percent lative ber of percent percent percent workers age percent age workers age age workers age age 1 5 9 18 45 60 29 79 52 93 47 56 46 23 39 20 34 3 20 12 16 0.1 .7 1.3 2.6 6.6 7.3 4.2 11.6 7.6 13.6 6.8 8.2 6.7 3.3 5.7 2.9 4.9 .4 2.9 1.7 .9 0.1 .8 2.1 4.7 11.3 18.6 22.8 34.4 42.0 55.6 62.4 70.6 77.3 80.6 86.3 89.2 94.1 94.5 97.4 99.1 2 3 7 41 43 27 67 42 84 44 51 43 22 36 19 33 3 19 11 6 0.3 .5 1.2 6.8 7.1 4.5 11.1 7.0 13.8 7.3 8.5 7.1 3.6 6.0 3.2 5.5 .5 3.2 1.8 1.0 1 3 6 11 4 0.3 .8 2.0 8.8 15.9 20.4 31.5 38.5 52.3 59.6 68.1 75.2 78.8 84.8 88.0 93.5 94.0 97.2 99.0 2 12 10 9 3 5 3 1 3 1 1 1.2 3.6 7.1 13.0 4.8 8.3 2.4 14.2 11.9 10.7 3.6 6.0 3.6 1.2 3.6 1.2 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 7 687 603 84 $30. 36 $31. 24 $24. 01 1.2 4.8 11.9 24.9 29.7 38.0 40.4 54.6 66.5 77.2 80.8 86.8 90.4 91.6 95.2 96.4 97.6 97.6 98.8 100.0 1 The average of all male salaried workers earning $60 and over amounted to $69.08. T a b l e 58. — D istrib u tio n o f w orkers in p u blic utilities in the H a w a iia n I s la n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in gs, by sex, A p r i l a nd M a y 1 9 3 9 NONSALARIED WORKERS Total Weekly earnings Under $5_________________ $5 and under $7.50........ .. _ $7.50 and under $10________ $10 and under $12.50_______ $12.50 and under $15_______ $15 and under $17.50_______ $17.50 and under $20_______ $20 and under $22.50_______ $22.50 and under $25______ $25 and under $27.50_______ $27.50 and under $30_______ $30 and under $32.50_______ $32.50 and under $35_______ $35 and under $37.50_______ $37.50 and under $40_______ $40 and under $42.50 $42.50 and under $45_____ _ $45 and under $47.50 $47.50 and under $50 $50 and over Total . . . Average weekly earnings__ Male Female Num Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Simple Cumu lative Num lative Num lative ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent workers age age workers age age workers age j age 10 23 22 23 56 100 151 210 152 129 88 95 72 60 50 29 12 7 10 1 10 0.8 1.8 1.7 1.8 4.3 7.6 11.5 15.9 11.6 9.9 6.7 7.3 5.5 4.6 3.8 2.2 .9 .5 .8 .8 0.8 2.6 4.3 6.1 10.4 18.0 29.5 45.4 57.0 66.9 73.6 80.9 86.4 91.0 94.8 97.0 97.9 98.4 99.2 1,309 _______ _______ $24.74 8 21 20 21 49 93 127 189 139 115 83 92 71 59 48 29 11 7 10 10 1,202 $25.06 0.7 1.7 1.7 1.7 4.1 7.7 10.6 15.7 11.6 9.6 6.9 7.7 5.9 4.9 4.0 2.4 .9 .6 .8 .8 0.7 2.4 4.1 5.8 9.9 17.6 28.2 43.9 55.5 65.1 72.0 79.7 85.6 90.5 94.5 96.9 97.8 98.4 99.2 _______ 2 2 2 2 7 7 24 21 13 14 5 3 1 1 2 1.9 1.9 1.9 1.9 6.5 6.5 22.5 19.6 12.1 13.1 4.7 2.8 .9 .9 1.9 1 .9 107 $21.17 1 The average of all male nonsalaried workers earning $50 and over amounted to $56.20. 1.9 3.8 5.7 7.6 14.1 20.6 43.1 62.7 74.8 87.9 92.6 95.4 96.3 97.2 99.1 99.1 100.0 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, T 147 19 39 5 9 .— A verag e hours w orked per w eek, and average w eek ly ea rn in gs o f w orkers in pu b lic utilities in the H a w a iia n Is la n d s , b y race and sex, A p r i l a nd M a y , 1 9 8 9 able T o ta l C la s s a n d ra c e A v e r age h o u rs w o rk e d per w eek N um b e r of w o rk e rs M a le A v e r age w e e k ly e a rn in g s N um b e r of w o rk e rs F e m a le A v e r age h o u rs w o rk e d per w eek A v e r age w e e k ly e a rn in g s N um b e r of w o rk e rs A v e r age h o u rs w o rk e d per w eek A v e r age w e e k ly e a rn in g s ALL WORKERS A l l r a c e s __________ ____________________ C a u c a s i a n _________ ___ ___ J a p a n e s e ____________ _ _____ F i l i p i n o _____________ _ C h i n e s e ______ ___________ _______ H a w a iia n a n d p a r t H a w a i i a n . _____________ ________ O t h e r r a c e s ______ __________ 4 3.2 1,996 809 430 8.1 129 4 3.5 44.1 4 0.8 4 0 .2 $26. 67 29. 63 21.32 21. 29 28. 61 1,805 723 396 81 116 4 3.5 4 3.9 4 4.3 4 0.8 4 0.2 $27.12 30.02 21.38 21.29 29. 50 191 86 34 13 0) 487 60 4 3.0 4 3 .2 27. 21 23.97 440 49 4 3.5 4 4.2 28.20 25.16 47 11 3 8.4 17.93 0) 0) 687 349 107 4 87 4 1.4 30. 36 32. 42 24.76 4 1 .6 4 1 .9 4 0 .9 31.24 33.11 25. 53 4 0.9 31.09 603 301 95 4 84 84 4 1 .6 4 0.8 4 0.9 127 13 4 1.5 29. 66 110 4 1.8 1,309 460 24. 74 27. 51 20.18 21.11 23.48 1,202 422 301 42 44.1 4 5.0 4 5.2 4 0.7 3 8.8 360 47 4 3.5 4 3.7 26. 35 23. 81 3 9.9 4 0.3 4 1.1 $22. 42 26.31 20. 64 0) SALARIED WORKERS A l l r a c e s ____________ _________________ C a u c a s i a n ____________________ J a p a n e s e ________________________ F i l i p i n o ______ _________ ___ . . . C h i n e s e ________ _______________ H a w a iia n a n d p a r t H a w a i i a n __________________ ______ O t h e r r a c e s ____________________ 0) 0) 0) 9 0) 0) 3 9.8 4 0.0 24. 01 12 0) 0 31.37 3 0) 0 31.62 17 4 0) 0) 0 0) 21.17 22 3 9 .9 4 0.8 4 2.0 0) 0) 0) 48 28. 09 N ON SALARIED WORKERS A l l r a c e s ____________________________ . C a u c a s i a n _________ ____________ J a p a n e s e ________________________ F i l i p i n o _________ ________________ C h i n e s e __________________________ H a w a iia n a n d p a r t H a w a i i a n __________________ O t h e r r a c e s .................................... 323 77 i 25.06 27. 82 20.07 21.11 24. 60 107 38 32 4 4 .5 4 5.3 45.4 4 0.7 3 8.3 10 0) 0) 330 4 4.0 27.06 24. 98 30 37.7 0 0 77 40 44.7 7 24.06 21.72 18. 48 1 Number of workers too few to justify the computation of an average. T able 6 0 .— A v era g e annual earnings o f w orkers in p u blic utilities in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s, b y race and sex, 1 9 3 8 Total Class and race ALL WORKERS All races__________ . . . ____________ . . . Caucasian_____ _ _ _______ ____ Japanese____ Filipino Chinese. . . . . . Hawaiian and part Hawaiian______ Other races.. _____________________ SALARIED WORKERS All races______________________________ Caucasian___ _ __ _____ _ . . . . _ Japanese____ _____ ____ ._ _____ .. Filipino_____ Chinese___________________________ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian. _____ Other races___________ ___________ Male Female Number of work ers Average annual earnings Number of work ers Average annual earnings Number of work ers i 1, 907 759 421 77 124 471 55 $1,352 1, 485 1,128 919 1, 531 1, 379 1, 207 1, 721 674 386 77 111 427 46 $1, 383 1, 521 1, 134 919 1, 586 1,434 1, 257 186 85 35 $1, 068 1, 199 1, 063 13 44 9 0 659 332 105 4 83 123 12 1,596 1,641 1, 401 0 1, 710 1.596 582 288 93 4 80 108 1, 660 1,698 1,451 0 1,727 1, 717 77 44 12 1,112 1, 263 0 3 15 3 0 0 0 i 1, 248 427 316 73 41 348 43 1, 223 1,363 1, 038 895 1,168 1, 302 1,166 9 0 0 Average annual earnings 0 847 NONSALARIED WORKERS All races_______________ ______________ Caucasian_____ ______________ _ Japanese__________________________ Filipino ............................ Chinese____________ __ _ . ____ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian____ . . . Other races..____ ______ ___ ___ 1,139 386 293 73 31 319 37 1,241 1, 388 1, 034 895 1, 223 1,338 1, 211 1 Includes 3 males and 1 female for whom the number of weeks worked was not reported. 2Number of workers too few to justify the computation of an average. 2 4 1 4 0 4 — 4 0 --------11 109 41 23 10 29 6 1, 037 1,130 1, 090 0 0 909 148 T able LABOR m 6 1 .— THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 Average annual earnings of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex, 19881 Employees whose work extended over— 52 weeks 27 and less than 52 weeks Sex Average number of weeks Average Percent over annual of total which earnings work was spread Number of em ployees Percent of total Average annual earnings All workers__________________ 1, 631 85.8 $1, 485 136 7.1 41.3 $850 Males.. _________________ Females_________________ 1, 479 152 86.1 82. 2 1,515 1, 200 121 15 7.0 8.1 41.4 40.8 861 765 Salaried workers................. ...... 593 90.0 1,715 26 3.9 36. 5 832 Males___________________ Females__________ _______ 534 59 91.7 76.6 1,761 1, 297 19 7 3.3 9.1 36. 5 36.6 855 768 Nonsalaried workers__________ 1, 038 83. 5 1,354 110 8.8 42. 5 855 945 93 83.2 86.1 1,375 1,139 102 8 9. 0 7.4 42.3 44. 5 862 763 Males___________________ Females_________________ Number of em ployees Employees whose work extended over— Less than 27 weeks Sex Number of em ployees Any part of year Average number of weeks Average Percent over annual of total which earnings work was spread Average number Number of weeks Average of em over annual ployees which earnings work was spread All workers_____ ____________ 136 7.1 15.6 $280 1,903 48.6 $1, 354 Males___________________ Females_________________ 118 18 6.9 9.7 16.1 11.7 283 257 1,718 185 48.8 47. 2 1, 384 1, 073 Salaried workers_____________ 40 6.1 16. 5 333 659 49. 2 | 1,596 Males____________ ____ Females__ _____________ 29 11 5.0 14.3 17. 5 13.8 332 338 582 77 49. 8 45. 1 1, 660 1,112 Nonsalaried workers.___ _____ 96 7.7 15. 2 257 1, 244 48.3 1 1.225 Males......................... ......... Females.................. ............. 89 7 7.8 6.5 15.7 8.4 267 129 1, 136 108 48.3 48.6 1, 243 1,046 i Excludes 3 males and 1 female for whom the number of weeks worked was not reported. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 149 62.— Distribution of workers in 'public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, by sex, 1938 T able ALL WORKERS Total Annual earnings 1 Males Num Simple Cumu lative Num ber of per ber of per work cent cent work age ers ers age Under $600_______________ $600 and under $700_______ $700 and under $800_______ $800 and under $900_______ $900 and under $1,000______ $1,000 and under $1,100____ $1,100 and under $1,200____ $1,200 and under $1,300____ $1,300 and under $1,400___ $1,400 and under $1,500____ $1,500 and under $1,600____ $1,600 and under $1,700____ $1,700 and under $1,800____ $1,800 and under $1,900........ $1,900 and under $2,000_....... $2,000 and under $2,200____ $2,200 and under $2,400____ $2,400 and under $2,600____ $2,600 and under $2,800____ $2,800 and under $3,000____ $3,000 and over 9 13 53 82 134 140 135 144 140 106 106 67 92 97 43 112 57 42 22 14 i 23 T o ta l________ 0.6 .8 3.2 5.0 8.2 8.6 8.3 8.9 8.6 6.5 6.5 4.1 5.6 5.9 2.6 6.9 3.5 2.6 1.3 .9 1.4 0.6 1.4 4.6 9.6 17.8 26.4 34.7 43.6 52.2 58.7 65.2 69.3 74.9 80.8 83.4 90.3 93.8 96.4 97.7 98.6 1, 631 Females Simple Cumu lative per per cent cent age age 5 6 36 72 120 117 124 127 127 95 102 64 90 94 41 108 53 41 22 13 22 0.3 .4 2.4 4.9 8.1 7.9 8.3 8.6 8.6 6.4 6.9 4.3 6.1 6.4 2.8 7.3 3.6 2.8 1.5 .9 1.5 0.3 .7 3.1 8.0 16.1 24.0 32.3 40.9 49.5 55.9 62.8 67.1 73.2 79.6 82.4 89.7 93.3 96.1 97.6 98.5 Number of workers 1Simple Cumu lative j per per I cent cent | age age 4 7 17 10 14 23 11 17 13 11 4 3 2 3 2 4 4 1 2.6 4.6 11.2 6.6 9.2 15.1 7.2 11.2 8.6 7.2 2.6 2.0 1.3 2.0 1.3 2.6 2.6 .7 1 1 .7 .7 2.6 7.2 18.4 25.0 34.2 49.3 56.5 67.7 76.3 83.5 86.1 88.1 89.4 91.4 92.7 95.3 97.9 98.6 98.6 99.3 152 1, 479 1 The average annual earnings for all workers earning $3,000 and over amounted to $3,601. 63.— Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks according to annual earnings, by sex, 1938 T able SALARIED W ORKERS Total Total. __- _ Females Num Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Simple Cumu lative Num lative Num lative per ber of per ber of ber of per per per per work cent cent cent cent work cent work cent age age ers ers ers age age age age Annual earnings Under $600_______________ $600 and under $700_______ $700 and under $800_______ $800 and under $900_______ $900 and under $1,000______ $1,000 and under $1,100____ $1,100 and under $1,200___ $1,200 and under $1,300____ $1,300 and under $1,400____ $1,400 and under $1,500____ $1,500 and under $1,600____ $1,600 and under $1,700____ $1,700 and under $1,800____ $1,800 and under $1,900____ $1,900 and under $2,000___ $2,000 and under $2,200____ $2,200 and under $2,400____ $2,400 and under $2,600 $2,600 and under $2,800 $2,800 and under $3,000___ $3,000 and over ________ Males \ ! ! | | : ! 4 8 15 15 25 25 31 41 47 29 44 25 42 45 21 03 36 30 16 11 i 20 593 0.7 1.3 2.5 2.5 4.2 4.2 5. 2 6.9 7.9 4.9 7.4 4.2 7.1 7.6 3.5 10.7 6.1 5.1 2. 7 1.9 3.4 0.7 2.0 4.5 7.0 11.2 15.4 20.6 27.5 35.4 40.3 47.7 51.9 59.0 66.6 70.1 80.8 86.9 92. 0 94. 7 96.6 1 1 8 11 22 23 29 36 44 24 43 23 40 42 20 59 33 30 16 10 19 534 0.2 ,2 L5 2.1 4.1 4.3 5.4 6. 7 8.2 4.5 8.1 4.3 7. 5 7.9 3. 7 11.0 6.2 5. 6 3.0 1.9 3.6 0.2 .4 1.9 4.0 8.1 12.4 17.8 24.5 32.7 37.2 45.3 49.6 57.1 65.0 68. 7 79.7 85. 9 91. 5 94. 5 96.4 ______ i___ 1 3 7 7 4 3 2 2 5 3 5 1 2 2 3 1 4 3 5.1 11.8 11.8 6.8 5.1 3.4 3.4 8.5 5.1 8. 5 1.7 3.4 3.4 5.1 1.7 6. 7 5.1 1 1 1.7 1.7 59 5 The average annual earnings for all salaried workers earning $3,000 and over amounted to $3,687. 5.1 16.9 28.7 35.5 40. 6 44.0 47.4 55.9 61.0 69.5 71.2 74.6 78.0 83. 1 84.8 91. 5 96. 6 96. 6 96. 6 98.3 150 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 a b l e 6 4 . — Distribution of workers in public utilities in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks according to annual earnings, by sex, 1938 NONSALARIED WORKERS Total Annual earnings Males Females Num Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Simple Cumu lative Num lative Num lative ber of per per ber of ber of per per per per work work cent work cent cent cent cent cent age age ers ers ers age age age age Under $600______ ______ _ _ $600 and under $700_____ $700 and under $800_______ $800 and under $900_______ $900 and under $1,000______ $1,000 and under $1,100____ $1,100 and under $1,200____ $1,200 and under $1,300____ $1,300 and under $1,400____ $1,400 and under $1,500____ $1,500 and under $1,600____ $1,600 and under $1,700____ $1,700 and under $1,800.. _ _ $1,800 and under $1,900.___ $1,900 and under $2,000____ $2,000 and under $2,200... $2,200 and under $2,400____ $2,400 and under $2,600____ $2,600 and over 5 5 38 67 109 115 104 103 93 77 62 42 50 52 22 49 21 12 1 12 Total_______________ 1,038 0.5 .5 3.7 6.5 10.5 11.0 10.0 9.9 9.0 7.4 6.0 4.0 4.8 5.0 2.1 4.7 2.0 1.2 1. 2 0.5 1.0 4.7 11.2 21.7 32.7 42.7 52.6 61.6 69.0 75.0 79.0 83.8 88.8 90.9 95.6 97.6 98.8 4 5 28 61 98 94 95 91 83 71 59 41 50 52 21 49 20 11 12 945 0.4 .5 3.0 6.5 10.4 9.9 10.1 9.6 8.8 7.5 6.2 4.3 5.3 5.5 2.2 5.2 2.1 1.2 1.3 0.4 .9 3.9 10.4 20.8 30.7 40.8 50.4 59.2 66.7 72.9 77.2 82.5 88.0 90.2 95.4 97.5 98.7 1 1.1 10 6 11 21 9 12 10 6 3 1 10.8 6.5 11.7 22.5 9.7 12.8 10.8 6.5 3.2 1.1 1 1.1 1 1 1.1 1.1 1.1 1.1 11.9 18.4 30.1 52.6 62.3 75.1 85.9 92.4 95.6 96.7 96.7 96. 7 97.8 97.8 98.9 100.0 93 1 The average annual earnings for all male n insalaried workers earning $2,600 and over amounted to $2,839. CHAPTER 20. THE CONSTRUCTION INDUSTRY T h e c o n s t r u c t io n in d u s t r y in H a w a i i p r e s e n t s m a n y u n iq u e fe a t u r e s n o t fo u n d o n th e m a in la n d . v a r ie ty o f p r o je c ts and th e A t th e sa m e tim e , b e ca u se o f th e g r e a t ir r e g u la r ity o f e m p lo y m e n t, d e ta ile d in f o r m a t i o n , p a r t ic u la r ly o n p r i v a t e c o n s t r u c t io n , w a s d iffic u lt t o o b t a i n . Due to the depression there was a sharp drop in construction in the period 1931 to 1934. Since then, however, there has been a marked recovery in which Government appropriations played a significant part. In proportion to the size of Hawaii, construction has occupied a more important position in the Territory in recent years than it has on the average in other areas in the United States. This is due in part to the rapid expansion of Honolulu. During 1938 and 1939 Honolulu ranked with far larger cities, being sixteenth and thirtyfirst among the Nation’s 125 leading cities in the value of building construction in the 2 years, respectively. The department of buildings of the city and county of Honolulu estimated the value of building construction in the city and county for 1938 to be $9,584,438 1 of which $5,129,293 was for dwellings, $1,075,763 was for business build ings, and $3,379,382 was for other buildings (particularly schools, public buildings, and theaters). During the first 8 months of 1939 building construction in Honolulu amounted to $7,700,612. GOVERNMENT CONSTRUCTION An added factor which greatly increases the volume of construction is to be found in the large number of special types of Government projects in the Territory. The Army, the Navy, Federal-aid highway construction, PWA, WPA, municipal, and Territorial construction combined account for over two-thirds of the total amount of building in the islands. Thus, whereas private construction is typical on the mainland, public construction is typical in Hawaii. From the point of view of the Territory a serious difficulty arises out of the fact that appropriations for these types of construction are for the most part erratic and unpredictable. The Navy, for example, during the decade of 1930 to 1940 spent three times as much for new building construction in the peak year as it spent in the lowest year. The program for new building construc tion for 1940-42 represents a sevenfold increase in annual expenditure over that of the lowest year during the past decade. Our largest Army post is in Hawaii and Army expenditures for construction show equally marked variations. 1 Roughly, one-third of building costs are direct wage payments in construction on the site, the remainder being expended for materials. 151 152 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 GOVERNMENT APPROPRIATIONS AND EMPLOYMENT When it is recalled that the total number of gainfully employed in the Islands is only about 160,000, sharp shifts in the volume of construction of this sort represent a distinctly disturbing factor. When a large new project is undertaken, numbers of men who have the requisite skill are drawn from other enterprises. Since these are, in many cases, insufficient, workers are imported from the mainland. These men usually come under contract for a stated period at an agreed wage. Provision is often made for their return to the mainland at the conclusion of their work, but in quite a number of cases they stay on after their job is finished with the expectation of obtaining new construction work. If Government appropriations are plentiful, that is quite easy to d o ; but when they fall off, there is a sharp increase in unemployment. As yet there has been no effective effort to coordinate the various governmental appropriations in this field so as to overcome the sharp ups and downs in the volume of employment. WORKING CONDITIONS AND METHODS OF PAYMENT For th e pu rposes of a n a ly s is , p r iv a te and p u b lic c o n s tr u c tio n in H a w a ii m u s t b e s tr ic tly se p a r a te d . Private construction, for all but very large projects, is under the control of Japanese contractors. Many of the contractors for the smaller jobs have no established offices and maintain very little in the way of records. The lowest-paid carpenters in private construction are boy appren tices who receive $1 to $1.25 per day of 8 ){hours (7 to 4:30, with 1 hour for lunch). With gradual improvement in skill they will be earning $2 to $2.50 per day within 2 years and up to $4.50 per day in 6 or 7 years. A skilled “ finishing carpenter” or a foreman will receive about $5.50 per day. Most of the Japanese contractors hire their carpenters directly, but let all of the other work (plumbing, plastering, electrical work, etc.) to subcontractors. S u b c o n tra c to rs cau se th e y th e ir m e n tra cto rs no m u st pay a b o u t th e e s tim a te th e ir sa m e w a g es as c o n tr a c to rs, b u t b e b id s to w o r k a h a lf h o u r to and su b c o n tra c to rs g u a r a n tie s as to num ber h ir e of very c lo s e ly th e y o fte n an h o u r ex tra p er d a y . th e ir days m en of by th e w ork . jo b The re q u ire B o th con day w ith or usu al p a y -r o ll p e r io d is 2 w e e k s . On ordinary days overtime is paid for at the rate of time and onequarter, but Sunday or holiday work is paid for at the rate of time and one-half. Work for less than 1 day is paid pro rata by the hour. T h ere are n o m in im u m tim e s p a id b e in g g u a r a n tie s a s to w a g e s . A b o n u s is s o m e a s a s p e c ia l in d u c e m e n t fo r in t e n s iv e w o r k w h e n a jo b c o m p le te d under p ressu re or w hen th ere is s p e c ia l need is fo r p a r tic u la r ly c a r e fu l w o r k , b u t su c h b o n u s e s a re ra re . The typical Japanese contractor keeps about 6 men in his regular gang. These he tries to keep employed so as to hold a minimum nucleus of workers. Whenever he is especially busy, outsiders or extras are hired and as readily fired, since the contractor feels no responsibility for them. There are in Oahu about 120 members of the Japanese Contractors’ Association. These men have in their em ploy approximately 900 to 1,100 workers. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 153 Public construction, representing over two-thirds of all construction, is in an entirely different category, since it is subject to government supervision to enforce established regulations as to minimum wages and maximum hours. These regulations vary as between the different governmental agencies controlling the construction. Standard practice required by the Public Works Administration for Federal-aid projects 2 in this category requires that contracts pay a minimum of $1 per hour for skilled labor, 65 cents per hour for inter mediate labor (such as truck drivers), and 55 cents per hour for un skilled labor. This is for a 40-hour week (8 hours per day, with Saturdays off). The city and county projects require a 55-cent mini mum and a 40-hour week but make no further specification. Terri torial construction permits a 45-hour week and requires that a mini mum of $3 per day be observed (including $3 for a half day on Sat urday, or $18 per week). Federal-aid highway construction requires the payment of a mini mum of 45 cents per hour for unskilled labor, 70 cents for intermedi ate, and $1 for skilled labor. Until October 1939 the standard week was 44 hours; from then until October 1940 it is 42 hours; and there after, 40 hours. All Federal work in the navy yard requires the use of cifizen labor. Civilian workers in the navy yard have a 45-hour week (7:45 a. m. to 4:15 p. m., with a 30-minute lunch period, and 5 hours on Saturday). They are allowed a 30-day vacation per year, with pay, and 15 days’ sick leave in addition. The number of men hired for new construction will fluctuate sharply. There is, however, a large civilian personnel for the maintenance of buildings and equipment that remains fairly constant. With the increasing importance of Pearl Harbor as a naval base, this constant personnel is gradually expanding. WAGES AND HOURS The sharp distinction in the position of labor in public and private construction is revealed in table 65, showing a distribution of average hourly earnings. Over half of the workers (51.8 percent) in private construction received less than 45 cents per hour, whereas not a single worker in public construction received less than 45 cents. Only 8.6 percent of those in private construction received 65 cents or more per hour, whereas 52.1 percent of all employees in public construction received 65 cents or more per hour. The difference appears more clearly in the case of laborers (table 66) in which the highest hourly earnings of any worker in private construc tion were less than the lowest hourly earnings in public con struction. Weekly earnings (table 67) do not show so great a discrepancy as hourly earnings because of the very pronounced difference in average hours worked per week. In public construction these were 33.6 hours, and in private construction 47.6 hours, or 14 hours per week more (table 68). Observation and conferences with individual laborers in the construction industry indicated that more careful supervision was needed on some of the public construction projects to prevent 2 When relief projects were first started noncitizens as well as citizens were employed, but a ruling of the relief agencies required that all noncitizens be dismissed. These noncitizens are, therefore, largely cared for by Territorial relief derived from a special “ Territorial relief tax.” 154 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 infringement of established regulations and that in private construction subcontractors tend to demand unreasonably long hours. T 6 5 . — Distribution of workers in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of construction, 1938 and 1939 able Type of construction Total Public Private Average hourly earnings Num Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Simple Cumu lative Num lative Num lative per ber of per ber of ber of per per workers per workers per workers centage centage centage centage centage centage Under 15 cents_____ ______ 15 and under 17.5 cents____ 17.5 and under 20 cents ... . 20 and under 22.5 cents____ 22.5 and under 25 cents......._ 25 and under 27.5 cents 27.5 and under 30 cents____ 30 and under 32.5 cents____ 32.5 and u nd er 35 cents 35 and under 37.5 cents____ 37.5 and under 40 cents__ _ 40 and under 42.5 cents____ 42.5 and under 45 cents____ 45 and under 47.5 cents____ 47.5 and under 50 cents........ 50 and under 52.5 cents____ 52.5 and under 55 cents____ 55 and under 57.5 cents____ 57.5 and under 60 cents____ 60 and under 62.5 cents........ 62.5 and under 65 cents____ 65 and under 67.5 cents____ 67.5 and under 70 cents____ 70 and under 72.5 cents____ 72.5 and under 75 cents____ 75 and under 80 cents______ 80 and under 85 c e n t s . . . . 85 and under 90 cents ___ 90 and under 95 cents______ 95 cents and under $1 . _ $1 and under $1.10_________ $1.10 and under $1.20____ _ $1.20 and under $1.30_____ $1.30 and over__ _ 6 2 7 3 4 14 11 32 20 19 26 33 22 61 12 349 27 121 10 49 14 258 5 39 1 94 21 9 9 0.4 .1 .5 .2 .3 1.0 .8 2.3 1.4 1.4 1.8 2.3 1.6 4.3 .9 24.8 1.9 8.6 .7 3.5 1.0 18.3 .4 2.8 .1 6.7 1.5 .6 .6 89 12 10 1 18 6.3 .9 .7 1.3 0.4 .5 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.5 3.3 5.6 7.0 8.4 10.2 12.5 14.1 18.4 19.3 44.1 46.0 54.6 55.3 58.8 59.8 78.1 78.5 81.3 81.4 88.1 89.6 90.2 90.8 90.8 97.1 98.0 98.7 30 3 317 3 96 1 38 3 239 1 38 1 91 20 9 9 2.9 .3 30.9 .3 9.4 .1 3.7 .3 23.3 .1 3.7 .1 8.9 2.0 .9 .9 84 12 10 18 8.2 1.2 1.0 1.8 2.9 3.2 34.1 34.4 43.8 43.9 47.6 47.9 71.2 71.3 75.0 75.1 84.0 86.0 86.9 87.8 87.8 96.0 97.2 98.2 6 2 7 3 4 14 11 32 20 19 26 33 22 31 9 32 24 25 9 11 11 19 4 1 1.6 .5 1.8 .8 1.0 3.6 2.9 8.3 5.2 4.9 6.8 8.7 5.7 8.1 2.3 8.3 6.3 6.5 2.3 2.9 2.9 4.9 1.0 .3 3 1 .8 .3 5 1.3 1,407 1,023 384 Average hourly earnings___ $0. 584 $0.659 $0,444 Total........................... 1.6 2.1 3.9 4.7 5. 7 9.3 12.2 20.5 25.7 30.6 37.4 46.1 51.8 59.9 62.2 70.5 76.8 83.3 85.6 88.5 91.4 96.3 97.3 97.6 97.6 98.4 98.7 98.7 98.7 98.7 100.0 1 The average hourly earnings for all workers earning $1.30 and over amounted to $1,513. T 6 6 . — Distribution of workers in 2 selected occupations in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of construction, 1938 and 1939 able CARPEN TERS AN D HELPERS Type of construction Total Public Private Average hourly earnings Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative Num lative Num lative ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent workers age age age workers age age workers age Under 15 cents 15 and Tinder 17.5 nents 17.5 and under 2ft cents 2ft and under 22.5 cents 22.5 and under 25 cents____ 2 1.1 1 .6 1 .6 1.1 1.1 1.7 1.7 2.3 2 1.6 1 .8 1 .8 1.6 1.6 2.4 2.4 3.2 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 155 6 6 . — Distribution o f workers in 2 selected occupations in the construction industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings, by type of construction, 1938 and 1939— Continued T able CARPEN TERS AN D HELPERS—Continued Type of construction Total Public Private Average hourly earnings Num Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative lative Num ber of percent lative ber of percent percent ber of percent percent workers age workers age workers age percent age age age 25 and under 27.5 cents........ 27.5 and under 30 cents__ . 30 and under 32.5 cents__ 32.5 and under 35 cents...... 35 and under 37.5 cents __ . 37.5 and under 40 cents___ 40 and under 42.5 cents 42.5 and under 45 cents____ 45 and under 47.5 cents......._ 47.5 and under 50 cents____ 50 and under 52.5 cents___ 52.5 and under 55 cents____ 55 and under 57.5 cents____ 57.5 and under 60 cents____ 60 and under 62.5 cents____ 62.5 and under 65 cents__ _ 65 and under 67.5 cents____ 67.5 and under 70 cen ts___ 70 and under 72.5 cents...... 72.5 cents and over 2 5 6 6 5 6 12 10 12 4 12 14 10 5 7 2 28 3 4 i 22 1.1 2.8 3.4 3.4 2.8 3.4 6.7 5.6 6.7 2.2 6.7 7.8 5.6 2.8 3.9 1.1 15.5 1.7 2.2 12.3 3.4 6.2 9.6 13.0 15.8 19.2 25.9 31.5 38.2 40.4 47.1 54.9 60.5 63.3 67.2 68.3 83.8 85.5 87.7 4 7.7 23 44.2 3 22 5.8 42.3 7.7 7.7 51.9 51.9 57.7 2 5 6 6 5 6 12 10 12 4 12 14 10 5 3 2 5 3 1 179 52 127 Average hourly earnings___ $0.539 $0. 794 LABORERS $0,462 Total____ 1.6 3.9 4.7 4.7 3.9 4.7 9.4 7.9 9.4 3.2 9.4 11.1 7.9 3.9 2.4 1.6 3.9 2.4 .8 4.8 8.7 13.4 18.1 22.0 26.7 36.1 44.0 53.4 56.6 66.0 77.1 85.0 88.9 91.3 92.9 96.8 99.2 100.0 Type of construction Total Private Public Average hourly earnings Num Simple Cumu Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative Num lative ber of percent percent ber of percent lative ber of percent percent age workers workers age percent workers age age age age Under 15 c e n t s .,_________ 15 and iindar 17.5 rants . . 17.5 and under 20 cents____ 20 and under 22.5 cents____ 22.5 and under 25 cents........ 25 and under 27.5 cents____ 27.5 and under 30 cents____ 30 and nndp.r 32.5 rants 32.5 and under 35 cents__ _ 35 and under 37.5 cents__ 37.5 and under 40 cents___ 40 and under 42.5 cents____ 42.5 and under 45 cents____ 45 and nndfir 47.5 rants 47.5 and under 50 cents 50 and under 52.5 cents.. 52.5 and under 55 cents... 55 and under 57.5 cents........ 57.5 and under 60 cents 60 and under 62.5 cents 62.5 and under 65 cents _ . _ 65 and under 67.5 cents... _ 67.5 and under 70 cents___ 70 and under 72.5 cents. . 72.5 cents and over Total_____________ . 2 0.4 3 .7 6 4 4 1 1.3 .9 .9 .2 30 3 271 2 92 1 14 6.8 .7 61.0 .4 20.8 .2 3.1 9 2.6 1 22 .2 .4 0.4 .4 .4 .4 .4 1.1 1.1 2.4 3.3 4.2 4.4 4.4 4.4 11.2 11.9 72.9 73.3 94.1 94.3 97.4 97.4 99.4 99.4 99.6 2 30 3 271 2 92 1 14 7.1 .7 63.8 .5 21.6 .2 3.3 9 2.1 1 2 .2 .5 10.0 3 15.0 6 4 4 1 30.0 20.0 20.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 25.0 25.0 55.0 75.0 95.0 100.0 7.1 7.8 71.6 72.1 93.7 93.9 97.2 97.2 99.3 99.3 99.5 445 425 20 Average hourly earnings___ $0,503 $0.517 $0.303 1 Includes 2 workers whose earnings were between 75 and 80 cents; 1 between 85 and 90 cents; 2 between 90 and 95 cents; and 17 between $1 and $1.10. 3 Includes 1 worker whose earnings were between 72.5 and 75 cents; and 1 at $1.10. 156 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 67.— D i s t r i b u t i o n o f w o r k e r s i n th e c o n s tr u c t io n i n d u s t r y i n th e H a w a i i a n I s l a n d s a c c o r d in g to w e e k l y e a r n i n g s , b y t y p e o f c o n s t r u c t io n , 1 9 3 8 a n d 1 9 3 9 able Type of construction Total Public Private Weekly earnings Num Simple Cumu Num Cumu Num Cumu ber of lative ber of Simple lative ber of Simple lative work percent percent work percent percent work percent percent age age age ers age ers ers age age Under $5........ ...................... $5 and under $7.50_________ $7.50 and under $10.............. $10 and under $12.50_______ $12.50 and under $15_______ $15 and under $17.50_______ $17.50 and under $20......... $20 and under $22.50........... . $22.50 and under $25_______ $25 and under $27.50_______ $27.50 and under $30......... $30 and under $32.50_______ $32.50 and under $35_______ $35 and under $37.50_______ $37.50 and under $40......... $40 and under $42.50...........$42.50 and under $45_______ $45 and under $47.50_______ $47.50 and under $50_______ $50 and over__ __ ____ 36 34 63 75 63 92 149 294 111 200 58 107 20 22 4 52 3 3 3 i 18 2.6 2.4 4.5 5.3 4.5 6.5 10.6 20.9 7.9 14.2 4.1 7.6 1.4 1.6 .3 3.7 .2 .2 .2 1.3 Total................. ......... 1,407 Average weekly earnings___ $21.84 34 29 44 59 38 52 '97 248 50 143 35 80 16 19 3 49 3 3 3 18 2.6 5.0 9.5 14.8 19.3 25.8 36.4 57.3 65.2 79.4 83.5 91.1 92.5 94.1 94.4 98.1 98.3 98.5 98. 7 3.3 2.8 4.3 5.8 3.7 5.1 9.5 24.1 4.9 14.0 3.4 7.8 1.6 1.9 .3 4.8 .3 .3 .3 1.8 3.3 6.1 10.4 16.2 19.9 25.0 34.5 58.6 63.5 77.5 80.9 88.7 90.3 92.2 92.5 97.3 97.6 97.9 98.2 2 5 19 16 25 40 52 46 61 57 23 27 4 3 1 3 0.5 1.3 4.9 4.2 6.5 10.4 13.5 12.0 16.0 14.8 6.0 7.0 1.0 .8 .3 .8 0.5 1.8 6.7 10.9 17.4 27.8 41.3 53.3 69.3 84.1 90.1 97.1 98.1 98.9 99.2 100.0 384 $21.13 1,023 $22.11 i The average of all workers earning $50 and over amounted to $55.39. T 68.- — A v e r a g e h o u r s w o r k e d p e r w e e k a n d a v era g e w e e k l y e a r n i n g s o f w o r k e r s i n th e c o n s tr u c t io n i n d u s t r y i n the H a w a i i a n I s l a n d s , b y r a c e , 1 9 3 8 a n d 1 9 3 9 able Type of construction Total Public 1 Private1 Race Num Average Num Average Num Average hours Average hours Average hours Average weekly ber of worked weekly ber of worked weekly ber of worked workers per week earnings workers per week earnings workers per week earnings All workers— Caucasian____ _ Japanese________ Chinese__________ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian______ All others________ 1,407 37.4 $21.84 1,023 33.6 $22.11 384 47.6 $21.13 213 715 60 32.7 41.5 36.0 22.21 22.63 22.17 211 352 59 32.7 34.9 36.5 22.16 23. 76 22.49 2 363 1 (2) 47.9 (2) (2) 21.53 (2) 149 270 32.6 33.1 19.92 20.43 145 256 32.4 32.4 20.16 20.80 4 14 (2) (2) (2) (2) 1 A greater proportion of workers in public construction was included in these tables to give the proper weight to the general averages since public construction is two to three times as great as private construction in the Territory as a whole. * Too few workers to justify the computation of an average; included in total for all workers. T a b l e 69.— A v e r a g e h o u r l y e a r n i n g s , w e e k ly e a r n i n g s , a n d a v era g e h o u r s w o r k e d p e r w e e k o f w o r k e r s i n s elec ted o c c u p a t i o n s i n the c o n s tr u c tio n i n d u s t r y , i n the H a w a i i a n I s l a n d s , a c c o r d in g to t y p e o f c o n s tr u c t io n , 1 9 3 8 a n d 1 9 3 9 Type of construction Total Public Private Number of workers Apprentices_______________ Carpenters and helpers____ Electricians and helpers____ Foremen_________________ Form builders____________ Laborers_________________ Masons and helpers.______ Painters and helpers_____ _ Plasterers and helpers_____ Plumbers and helpers_____ Reinforced steel workers___ 19 179 34 40 132 445 30 98 30 62 27 Average hourly earnings $0.261 .539 .588 .835 .720 .503 .529 .504 .665 .545 .710 Average hours worked per week 49.2 44.9 38.5 42.7 37.0 34.2 44.2 42.4 38.0 43.5 30.8 Average weekly earnings Number of workers $12.86 24.20 22. 65 35. 69 26. 67 17.19 23.40 21.36 25.25 23. 72 21.89 1 Too few workers to justify the computation of an average; included in total. 52 18 24 132 425 6 32 10 10 27 Average hourly earnings $0.794 .781 1.023 .720 .517 (9 .744 1.327 .891 .710 Average hours worked per week 36.0 30.1 38.4 37.0 33.4 (9 30.1 25.1 31.2 30.8 Average weekly earnings $28.59 23. 51 39.28 26. 67 17.28 (9 22.42 33.31 27.80 21.89 Number of workers Average hourly earnings Average hours worked per week Average weekly earnings 19 127 16 16 $0.261 .462 .452 .616 49.2 48.5 48.0 49.2 $12.86 22.40 21.69 30.30 20 24 66 20 52 .303 .465 .432 .478 .500 50.4 46.2 48.3 44.0 45.9 15.27 21.47 20.84 21. 22 22.94 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAW AII, 1 9 3 9 Occupation O i 158 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 SEASONALITY AND TURN-OYER B e c a u s e o f t h e e v e n c l i m a t e o f H a w a i i t h e r e is n o d i s t i n c t l y s e a s o n a l p a tte r n in th e v o lu m e of c o n s tr u c tio n . N e v e r th e le s s , e m p lo y m e n t s h o w s e x t r e m e f lu c t u a t i o n s a n d t u r n - o v e r is r e p o r t e d b y b o t h c o n t r a c to r s a n d e m p lo y e e s to b e v e r y h ig h . N o a c c u r a te re c o r d s w e re a v a ila b le o n tu r n -o v e r , h o w e v e r . A d is t in c t s e r v ic e c o u ld b e re n d e r e d to th e w o r k e r s in th e in d u s tr y , w h ic h w o u ld a ls o a id to som e d e g r e e in th e s o lu tio n o f e m p lo y m e n t p r o b le m s in H a w a ii, b y th e c o m p ila tio n o f a c o n tin u o u s c o n s tr u c tio n s c h e d u le fo r t h e T e r r i t o r y a s a w h o le w h ic h w o u ld fo r e c a s t th e v o lu m e o f a c tiv ity in th e in d u s tr y . A record o f a ll a p p r o p r ia tio n s fo r c o n s t r u c t io n p u r p o s e s a n d th e p la n s g r o w in g o u t o f t h e m , to g e th e r w it h a r e c o r d o f p e r m it s fo r p r iv a t e c o n s tr u c tio n , w o u ld p r o v id e th e b a s is fo r c o n t in u o u s e s t im a t e s o f a ll p r o je c t e d c o n s t r u c t io n . p r o v id in g a ls o a p p r o x im a te o c c a s io n a lly serve e s tim a te s to of p reven t fu tu re th e I n a d d itio n to e m p lo y m e n t c o n ju n c tio n of th is m ig h t s e v e r a l la r g e p r o je c t s a t o n e t im e a n d th u s a v o id a s h a r p p e a k in c o n s tr u c tio n w o r k . T h e in f o r m a t io n is a lr e a d y a v a ila b le in s e p a r a t e a n d u n r e la t e d o ffic e s . CHAPTER 21. MANUFACTURES PRIN TING AND PUBLISHING B e c a u s e o f th e la c k o f m in e r a ls a n d o t h e r in d u s tr ia l r a w m a t e r ia ls , th e r e is , a s h a s b e e n s a id , r e la t iv e ly lit t le m a n u f a c t u r in g in t h e T e r r i to ry . O n l y t h e p r i n t i n g i n d u s t r y is c a r r ie d o n in a s u f f i c i e n t l y la r g e n u m b e r o f e s ta b lis h m e n ts to b e s e p a r a te ly a n a ly z e d . In the city of Honolulu, in which the printing industry centers, there are 4 daily newspapers with a combined circulation of about 75,000. Of these, 2 are English newspapers and 2 are JapaneseEnglish newspapers. In addition to these dailies, there are 12 other newspapers, 3 of which are triweekly papers, the other 9 being weekly. Four of the weekly papers are English, 3 are FilipinoEnglish, 1 is Korean, and 1 Japanese. There are also a number of monthly publications in various languages. O u tsid e in w h ic h p u b lis h e d . o f H o n o lu lu one E n g lis h T h ere are th e and c h ie f p u b lic a tio n several s m a lle r c e n t e r is H i l o , H a w a i i , fo r e ig n -la n g u a g e p r in tin g n ew sp ap ers e s ta b lis h m e n ts on th e are o th e r is la n d s . All newspapers have departments for handling job printing. There are also smaller job-printing shops. The survey of the printing and publishing industry included 505 workers and covered Hilo, as well as Honolulu. No industry in the Territory showed a more marked stratification of earnings along racial lines. In 1936 a study of the industry was conducted by the N. R. A. An additional study by the Typothetae of Hawaii was undertaken in 1937. These studies showed that prior to the N. R. A. extremely low earnings and long hours were to be found among the unskilled workers, particularly in the foreign-language newspaper and publishing houses. The N. R. A. did much to improve working conditions, but, after it was declared unconstitutional, many firms returned to their previous practices. On May 1, 1938,1 an agreement was signed by six newspaper and publishing houses in Honolulu with the Honolulu Typographical Union (A. F. of L.). A year later, on March 15, 1939, an additional large newspaper signed a similar contract. The contract provides a minimum for journeyman printers of 70 cents per hour beginning with the day of the agreement. This increases to 80 cents at the end of the first 6 months, to 90 cents at the end of 12 months, to $1 at the end of 18 months, and to $1.15 at the end of the second year. The contract also provides that time and one-half shall be paid for overtime, which is defined as more than 8 hours in any 1 shift or more than 40 hours in a single week. Printing shops in other parts of the Territory have a somewhat lower scale, and oriental-language nonunion shops a very much lower scale. i Labor unions in the printing and publishing industries are among the oldest in Hawaii. They were brought to the Territory by the journeyman printers who came from the American mainland to the Terri tory in the early days of the industry. For this reason they have been closely associated with mainland unions but have been largely restricted to the English language press and a relatively small group of workers. The 1938 agreements thus represent a distinct expansion in their influence though many small shops are still unorganized. 159 160 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 There is thus a wide range in the wage rates in the industry. B y way of illustration, one worker who had been working 56 hours per week for $65 per month, upon transferring to one of the large unionized shops, received 75 cents per hour on a 44-hour week. Thus he earned over twice as much for the same type of work, with 12 fewer hours per week. N o satisfactory records of wages and hours were available in the smallest shops with the lowest wage rates. T o that extent the tables are not representative, but they cover over 80 percent of the workers in the printing industry. There is a well-known comment on wages in Hawaii to the effect that, “ There are three levels of wages in Hawaii, what the ‘haole’ 2 pays the ‘haole’ , what the ‘haole’ pays the oriental, and what the oriental pays the oriental.” The studies of the wage structures of various Hawaiian industries that have been presented here indicate that there are a number of large industries to which this statement does not apply. In such firms variations in earnings by race are so slight as to be of no signifi cance. In many concerns given rates are paid for specific types of work regardless of race. In the public utilities, for example, it was showm that the average annual earnings of Chinese workers were somewhat above those of Caucasian, although public utilities are under Caucasian management. Nevertheless, broadly speaking, and with numerous exceptions, there is some justification for the commonly accepted belief stated above. The printing and publishing industry is a case in point. Variations in earnings by race are very marked in this industry. An examination of the schedules on which the tables are based reveals the fact that the variations in earnings by firms are even more marked than the variations by race. Those firms that pay the highest rates and maintain the shortest hours employ workers of all races. Hence orientals working for such firms tend to raise the average earnings and to lower the average hours per week when combined with orientals working for the foreign-language publishing concerns. Hourly earnings.— Caucasians constituted 34.0 percent of the workers covered in the survey, Japanese represented 41.6 percent, and all others (primarily Chinese) 24.4 percent. The average hourly earnings of all male workers were 63.3 cents. Caucasians earned an average of 84.4 cents per hour, whereas Japanese averaged 42.2 cents, or exactly half of that figure (table 70). Only one-fourth (23.6 percent) of the Caucasians received less than 60 cents per hour, but 86.8 percent of the Japanese and 51.9 percent of all others received less than 60 cents per hour. Female workers (57.6 percent of which were Japanese) constituted only 23.9 percent of total employment, and received average earnings of 31.7 cents. A distribution of hourly earnings by type of work indicated that male compositors averaged 69.3 cents per hour (table 71). Caucasian compositors received the highest hourly earnings (91.4 cents) and Japanese compositors received the lowest (39 cents). No Japanese compositors received more than 50 cents per hour, whereas only one Caucasian compositor received less than 50 cents per hour. Female bindery workers averaged 37.8 cents per hour. 2 “ H a o l e ” m e a n s a p e r s o n w i t h w h i t e s k i n , h e n c e a fo r e ig n e r , a n d is c o m m o n ly u s e d to d e s ig n a t e C a u c a s i a n s o f b e t t e r t h a n a v e r a g e social o r e c o n o m ic p o s i t i o n . T a b l e 70 .— Distribution of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to average hourly earnings , by sex and race, spring of 1989 Male F e m a le C a u c a s ia n T o t a l— A ll ra c e s Ja p a n e se T o t a l— A l l ra c e s A ll o th e rs A v e r a g e h o u r l y e a r n in g s Cum u la tiv e p e rc e n t age N um b e r of w o rk e rs S im p le p e rc e n t age Cum u N u m - 1 S im n le j la tiv e b er of , p e rc e n t- ! p e rc e n t w o rk e rs 1 age age ! Cum u la t iv e p e rc e n t age 0. 3 0. 3 1 0 .7 1.1 2.1 3 .9 6 .7 1 3 3 4 2.1 ! 2.1 2. s ; 11 .8 1.0 1.8 2 .8 8 5 .5 17 4 .3 11.0 4 i 3 4 7 11 2 .8 1 3 .8 2 25 16 14 13 6 .3 4 .0 3 .5 3 .3 5 .0 2 .5 5 .5 20.1 i 20 10 22 11 12 3 5 10 8 6 3 8 10 2.8 3. 0 .8 1 .3 2 .5 2 .0 1. 5 .8 2. 0 2. 5 4 1.0 12 3 .0 4. 0 3. 0 4. 5 3 .0 8 .9 4. 5 3 .0 16 12 18 12 36 18 12 18 T o t a l _______________________ ______________ 3 98 A v e r a g e h o u r l y e a r n i n g s _________________ $ 0. 633 24. 1 2 7 .6 3 0 .9 3 5 .9 3 8 .4 4 3 .9 4 6 .7 4 9. 7 5 0. 5 5 1 .8 5 4 .3 5 6 .3 57. 8 5 8. 6 6 0. 6 63! 1 6 4 .1 6 7 .1 7 1 .1 7 4 .1 78. 6 8 1. 6 9 0. 5 95. 0 9 8 .0 1 2 .7 1 .3 . 7 . 7 1 3 4 " '4 1 0 1 3 7 4 4 1 8 0 2 8 6 7 7 24 14 11 2.0 1" 0 .7 2 .0 2 7 ' " 2 .7 _7 2. 0 2. 0 4 .7 2 .7 2. 7 . 7 5. 4 4. 0 1. 3 3 .4 5. 4 4 .0 4. 7 4. 7 1 6 .0 9. 3 7 .4 4. 7 0 .7 . 7 3 .4 4 .7 5. 4 5 .4 6.1 8.1 10.8 10.8 10 6 2 2 8 .9 4 .8 6 .9 4. 1 1. 4 1. 4 "2 2 2 l.T 1 .4 1 .4 3. 4 5 02 6 78.' 6 8 7. 9 9 5 .3 2 2 1 .4 1 .4 3 2.1 2 1 .4 ... 1 | I 1-------------- 6 .2 9 13 7 1 3 .5 1 4 .2 16. 2 16. 9 is ! 9 2 3 .6 2 6 .3 2 9. 0 2 9 .7 3 5 .1 3 9! 1 40. 4 43! 8 49. 2 53! 2 5 7. 9 149 $ 0 .8 4 4 6 20 10 11 145" $ 0. 422 __ Cum u la tiv e p e rc e n t age N um b e r of w o rk e rs 0 .7 ; 6 .2 ! 4. 1 1 3 .7 6 9 7 .6 9 N u m - j S im p le p e rc e n t b e r of age w o rk e rs ! i 2 .8 4 .9 7 .7 13. 2 1 9 .4 2 3 .5 3 7. 2 4 4. 1 5 1 .7 5 7 .9 66 .8 7 1 .6 7 8 .5 8 2 .6 8 4. 0 8 5 .4 8 5 .4 86 .8 88 .2 8 9 .6 8 9 .6 89. 6 8 9 .6 8 9 .6 9 3 .0 9 3 .0 9 3 .0 9 4 .4 9 5 .8 9 7 .9 9 9 .3 9 9 .3 1__________ l ” 2 3 4 3 4 6 2 1 i .' o 1 .9 2 .9 3 .8 2 .9 3 .8 5 .8 1 .9 i .' o " 2 .9 5 .8 9 .6 1 2 .5 1 6 .3 22.1 2 1 .9 4 2 3 .8 1 .9 1 .9 7 .7 5 .8 8. 7 2 .9 8 .7 1 .9 2 4 .0 2 5 .0 2 7 .9 3 0 .8 3 8 .5 4 2 .3 4 9 .0 4 9 .0 5 0 .9 5 1 .9 5 3 .8 5 3 .8 5 5 .7 5 5 .7 5 9 .5 6 1 .4 6 3 .3 7 1 .0 7 6 .8 8 5 .5 8 8 .4 9 7 .1 9 9 .0 1 1.0 100.0 3 3 8 4 7 2 1 2 2 2 8 6 9 3 9 1.0 2 .9 2 .9 7 .7 3 .8 6 .7 1 .9 1.0 1 .9 104 $ 0. 6 25 1_______ 11 12 11 14 15 8 3 6 3 7 S im p le p e rc e n t age Cum u la t iv e p e rc e n t age 8 .8 8 .8 9 .6 1 8 .4 2 7 .2 3 8 .4 5 0 .4 5 6 .8 5 9 .2 6 4 .0 6 6 .4 7 2 .0 7 2 .8 7 8 .4 8 1 .6 8 7 .2 8 .8 11.2 12.0 6 .4 2 .4 4 .8 2 .4 5 .6 1 .8 7 4 7 5 .6 3 .2 5 .6 1 .8 88 .0 88 .0 88 .0 3 2 .4 2 2 1 2 1 .6 1 .6 .8 1 .6 9 0 .4 9 2 .0 9 3 .6 9 4 .4 9 6 .0 9 6 .0 9 6 .0 9 6 .0 9 6 .8 9 6 .8 9 8 .4 9 8 .4 9 8 .4 9 9 .2 9 9 .2 1 .8 2 1 .6 1 .8 1 .8 19 3 9 _ U n d e r 15 c e n t s _______ ______________ 15 a n d u n d e r 1 7 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 1 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 2 0 c e n t s ___________________ 2 0 a n d u n d e r 2 2 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 2 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 2 5 c e n t s , _ __________ . 25 a n d u n d e r 2 7 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 2 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 0 c e n t s ___________________ 3 0 a n d u n d e r 3 2 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 3 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 35 c e n t s ___________________ 3 5 a n d u n d e r 3 7 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 3 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 0 c e n t s ___________________ 4 0 a n d u n d e r 4 2 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 4 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 45 c e n t s ___________________ 4 5 a n d u n d e r 4 7 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 4 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 5 0 c e n t s ___________________ 50 a n d u n d e r 5 2 .5 c e n t s , _ _ ... . 5 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 55 c e n t s . . _ _______ 55 a n d u n d e r 5 7 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 5 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 6 0 c e n t s ___________________ 6 0 a n d u n d e r 6 2 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 6 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 6 5 c e n t s _ _____________ 65 a n d u n d e r 6 7 .5 c e n t s ___________________ 6 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 7 0 c e n t s 7 0 a n d u n d e r 7 2 .5 c e n t s __________ _____ 7 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 7 5 c e n t s . . . ____________ 7 5 a n d u n d e r 8 0 c e n t s ______________________ 80 a n d u n d e r 85 c e n t s . 8 5 a n d u n d e r 9 0 c e n t s . . . . . _____ . . . 9 0 a n d u n d e r 9 5 c e n t s ______ . . . _______ 9 5 a n d u n d e r 1 00 c e n t s ______ ... . 100 a n d u n d e r 110 c e n t s ___________________ 110 a n d u n d e r 120 c e n t s ______ ________ 120 a n d u n d e r 130 c e n t s ___________________ 1 30 c e n t s a n d o v e r _______ S im p le p e rc e n t age LABOR IK THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, N um b e r of w o rk e rs 100.0 125 ... $ 0 . 317 O) 1 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l m a l e w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 1 .3 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d to $ 1, 457 . T h e a v e r a g e , b y r a c e , w ; s $ 1 ,4 7 8 f o r C a u c a s i a n a n d $ 1 ,3 1 3 f o r J a p a n e s e . 162 T a b l e LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 71.-— Average hourly earnings of male workers in selected occupations in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Isla nds , M a y 1989 O c c u p a tio n A ll ra c e s C o m p o s i t o r s ____ _______________________ __ _____ _____ ___ _ _ _ ____________ L i n o t y p e o p e r a t o r s __________________ P r e s s m e n ____ ____________ ___________ ___ _________________ ________ T y p e p ic k e rs 2 ............................................................ _ . __ _____ ___ $ 0 . 693 .8 6 9 .5 7 8 .3 4 0 C a u c a s ia n $ 0 .9 1 4 1 .0 8 1 .7 8 6 Ja p a n e se $ 0 .3 9 0 .5 5 4 .3 8 2 A l l o th e rs i $ 0 . 821 .9 0 5 .5 5 2 1 N o t i n c l u d i n g t h e C h i n e s e , w h o a v e r a g e d $ 0 ,4 0 1 p e r h o u r . 2 F e m a l e t y p e p i c k e r s a v e r a g e d $ 0 ,2 0 0 p e r h o u r . Weekly earnings.— The average weekly earnings of all male workers were $26.49, Caucasians averaging $33.81 and Japanese $18.89 (table 72). The discrepancy in weekly earnings as between Japanese and Caucasians is not so great as in hourly earnings, because Japanese averaged 45.3 hours per week, whereas Caucasians averaged only 39.9 hours per week (table 73). As previously stated, the differences in racial earnings were less than they would otherwise have been because of the higher earnings and shorter hours of those Japanese who worked for the large unionized concerns. Female workers averaged 41.9 hours and received average earnings of $13.30 per week. Of the female workers 87.9 percent received less than $20 per week, whereas only 38.6 percent of all males received less than $20. For Caucasian males this figure was only 16.2 percent, and for Japanese males it was 64.8 percent. Linotype operators (male) averaged $34.89 per week, Caucasians averaged $39.96, and Japanese $25. All others averaged $40.48. A distribution of these earnings indicated that only 19 percent of the Caucasians earned less than $30 per week, whereas 66 percent of the Japanese earned less than $30 per week. About one-third of all male linotype operators (32.9 percent) earned between $37.50 and $47.50. T able 72 .— Distribution of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to weekly earningsy by sex and. race, spring of 1989 1 C a u c a s ia n T o t a l— a ll ra c e s Ja p a n e s e T o t a l— a ll ra c e s A ll o th e rs W e e k l y e a r n in g s Cum u N um ber N u m b e r S im p le la t iv e of of p e rc e n t p e rc e n t w o rk e rs w o rk e rs age age U n d e r $ 5 __________________________________________ $5 a n d u n d e r $ 7 .5 0 $ 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 0 _________________________ $ 1 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 2 .5 0 ________________________ $ 1 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 5 ________________________ $ 15 a n d u n d e r $ 1 7 .5 0 ________________________ $ 1 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 0 ________ _______ ________ $ 20 a n d u n d e r $ 2 2 .5 0 ________________________ $ 2 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 5 ____________________ $ 25 a n d u n d e r $ 2 7 .5 0 ___________________ . . $ 2 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $30 $ 3 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 2 .5 0 ________________________ $ 3 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 5 _____ ________________ $35 a n d u n d e r $ 3 7 .5 0 $ 3 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 4 0 $ 4 0 a n d u n d e r $ 4 2 .5 0 ________________________ $ 4 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $45 $45 a n d u n d e r $ 4 7 .5 0 ________________________ $ 4 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 5 0 $ 5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 55 $55 a n d o v e r T o ta l A v e r a g e w e e k l y e a r n in g s 4 2 17 18 38 38 33 37 27 17 18 17 17 22 12 20 12 15 4 13 28 389 $ 2 6 . 49 1 .0 .5 4 .4 4 .6 9 .8 9 .8 8 .5 9 .4 6 .9 4 .4 4 .6 4 .4 4 .4 5. 7 3 .1 5 .1 3 .1 3 .9 1. 0 3. 3 2 .1 1 .0 1 .5 5 .9 1 0 .5 2 0 .3 3 0 .1 3 8 .6 4 8 .0 5 4 .9 5 9 .3 6 3 .9 6 8 .3 7 2 .7 7 8 .4 8 1 .5 8 6 .6 8 9 .7 93. 6 9 4 .6 9 7 .9 1 4 4 4 6 5 7 13 8 10 10 8 10 7 12 9 11 2 11 7 149 $ 33 . 81 S im p le p e rc e n t age 0 .7 2 .7 2 .7 2 .7 4 .0 3 .4 4 .7 8 .6 5 .4 6 .7 6 .7 5 .4 6 .7 4 .7 8 .1 6 .0 7 .4 1 .3 7 .4 4 .7 Cum u la t iv e p e rc e n t age N um ber of w o rk e rs 6 .7 3 .4 6 .1 8 .8 1 2 .8 1 6 .2 2 0 .9 2 9 .5 3 4 .9 4 1 .6 4 8 .3 5 3 .7 60. 4 6 5 .1 7 3. 2 79. 2 8 6 .6 8 7 .9 9 5 .3 2 1 10 8 27 23 17 19 9 4 3 3 1 2 1 1 1 .5 .7 7 .4 5 .9 1 9 .9 1 6 .9 1 2 .5 1 4 .0 6 .6 2 .9 2. 2 2 .2 .7 1 .5 2 2 1 1 .5 1 .5 .7 136 $ 1 8 . 89 1 D o e s n o t i n c l u d e 18 w o r k e r s f o r w h o m d a t a o n h o u r s w o r k e d i n 1 w e e k w e r e n o t r e p o r t e d . 2 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l m a l e w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $55 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d to $ 7 1 .2 7 . S im p le p e rc e n t age '.7 Cum u N um ber la tiv e of p e rc e n t w o rk e rs age 1 .5 2 .2 9 .6 1 5 .5 3 5 .4 5 2 .3 6 4 .8 7 8 .8 8 5 .4 8 8 .3 9 0 .5 9 2 .7 9 3 .4 9 4 .9 9 5 .6 9 6 .3 9 6 .3 9 7 .8 9 9 .3 1 0 0 .0 S im p le p e rc e n t age 2 1 .9 3 6 7 9 11 11 5 5 5 4 8 10 4 7 3 2 2 .9 5 .8 6 .7 8 .7 1 0 .6 1 0 .6 4 .8 4 .8 4 .8 3 .8 7 .7 9 .6 3 .8 6 .7 2 .9 1 .9 1 1 1 .0 1 .0 1 04 $ 2 5 .9 4 Cum u N um ber la t iv e of p e rc e n t w o rk e rs age 1 .9 1 .9 4 .8 1 0 .6 1 7 .3 2 6 .0 3 6 .6 4 7 .2 5 2 .0 5 6 .8 6 1 .6 6 5 .4 7 3 .1 8 2 .7 8 6 .5 9 3 .2 9 6 .1 9 8 .0 9 8 .0 9 9 .0 S im p le p e rc e n t age 1 13 38 22 8 9 11 2 4 3 0 .9 1 1 .2 3 2 .7 1 8 .9 6 .9 7 .8 9 .5 1 .7 3 .4 2 .6 1 2 .9 1 .7 i .9 l .9 116 $ 1 3 . 30 Cum u la tiv e p e rc e n t age 0 .9 1 2 .1 4 4 .8 6 3 .7 7 0 .6 7 8 .4 8 7 .9 8 9 .6 9 3 .0 9 5 .6 9 5 .6 9 6 .5 9 8 .2 9 8 .2 9 8 .2 9 9 .1 9 9 .1 9 9 .1 1 0 0 .0 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 2 4 1 4 0 4 -4 0 - F e m a le s M a le s O CO 164 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 73.— Average hours worked per week and average weekly earnings of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands , by race and , spring of 1 9 3 9 1 able sex T o ta l R ace N um ber of w o rk e rs M a le F e m a le A ve ra g e A ve rag e A v e ra g e A ve rag e N u m b e r A ve rag e N u m b e r A ve ra g e h o u rs h o u rs h o u rs w e e k ly w e e k ly of of w e e k ly w o rk e d w o rk e d w o rk e d e a r n in g s w o rk e rs e a r n in g s w o rk e rs e a r n in g s per w eek per w eek per w eek A l l r a c e s _______ 505 4 2 .3 $ 2 3 .4 6 389 4 2 .4 $26. 49 116 4 1 .9 $ 1 3 .3 0 C a u c a s i a n ______________ J a p a n e s e ________________ A l l o t h e r s _______________ 1 78 1 99 1 28 3 9 .6 4 5 .0 4 1 .7 3 1 .4 4 1 6 .0 7 2 3 .8 3 149 1 36 1 04 3 9 .9 4 5 .3 4 2 .0 3 3 .8 1 1 8 .8 9 2 5 .9 4 29 63 24 3 8 .0 4 4 .3 4 0 .3 1 9 .3 0 1 0 .0 1 1 4 .6 8 1 D o e s n o t i n c l u d e 18 w o r k e r s f o r w h o m d a t a o n t h e h o u r s w o r k e d i n 1 w e e k w e r e n o t r e p o r t e d . Male compositors averaged $29.13 per week. Of all male composi tors, 38.4 percent earned between $15 and $25; another group, repre senting 30.8 percent, earned between $35 and $45. Pressmen earned an average of $25.44 per week. Of these, 55.3 percent earned between $15 and $30. Annual earnings.— The average annual earnings of all workers amounted to $1,222 (table 74). The earnings of these workers were spread over an average of 48.5 weeks. Those whose work was spread over a period of more than 39 but less than 52 weeks represented only 13.4 percent of all workers, and they earned an average of $1,462 per year. The work of 72.8 percent of all workers was spread over 52 weeks. This group, however, included a larger percentage of those with lower hourly earnings. Hence, the group as a whole averaged only $1,287. The Caucasians in this group averaged $1,755, whereas Japanese averaged only $915. Caucasian males in the group whose work was spread over 52 weeks showed the highest average annual earnings which amounted to $1,869 per year. The average annual earnings of all females were $624, and their work was spread over an average of 45.8 weeks. The average annual earnings of all male compositors were $1,550 (table 75). Linotype operators showed the highest average annual earnings, which amounted to $1,853. Those whose work was spread over 52 weeks showed an annual average of $2,035. 16 5 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 89 T able 7 4 . — Average annual earnings of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands according to sex and race, 1988 E m p lo y e e s w h o se w o rk w a s s p re a d o v e r— 52 w e e k s 40 a n d u n d e r 52 w e e k s S e x a n d ra c e N um ber of em p lo y e e s P e rce n t of to ta l A ve ra g e N u m b e r annual of em e a r n i n g s p lo y e e s P e rce n t of to ta l A n y p a rt of y e a r i A ve ra g e num ber A v e ra g e N u m b e r of w e e k s A v e r a g e annual of em over annual e a r n i n g s p lo y e e s w h ic h e a r n in g s w o rk w a s sp re a d A l l w o r k e r s ____________ 338 7 2 .8 $ 1 ,2 8 7 62 1 3 .4 $ 1 ,4 6 2 448 4 8 .5 $ 1 ,2 2 2 C a u c a s i a n _______ J a p a n e s e - .. . . . A l l o t h e r s ________ 99 1 50 89 6 2 .3 7 7 .3 8 0 .2 1, 755 9 15 1 ,3 9 2 31 15 16 1 9 .5 7 .7 1 4 .4 1 ,8 8 2 769 1 ,3 0 0 144 193 111 4 8 .8 4 7 .4 5 0 .0 1 ,6 8 3 816 1 ,3 2 8 272 7 4 .5 1 ,4 3 3 46 1 2 .6 1 ,7 0 0 350 4 9 .2 1, 3 8 9 85 109 78 6 1 .6 8 0 .7 8 4 .8 3 ,8 6 9 1 ,0 6 0 1. 4 8 0 28 7 11 2 0 .3 5 .2 1 2 .0 1 .9 5 0 ( 2) ( 2) 1 24 134 92 4 9 .3 4 8 .1 5 1 .0 1 ,7 9 6 972 1 ,4 4 8 66 66. 7 683 16 1 6 .2 98 4 5 .8 624 14 41 6 6 .7 6 9 .5 5 7 .9 ( 2) 531 3 8 5 1 4 .3 1 3 .6 2 6 .3 20 59 19 4 6 .0 4 5 .9 4 5 .3 986 462 744 M a l e s ___________________ C a u c a s i a n _______ J a p a n e s e . _________ A l l o t h e r s ________ F e m a l e s ______________ . C a u c a s i a n ______ i J a p a n e s e _____ . A l l o t h e r s ________ 11 ( 2) | i 7 79 ( 2) (2) ( 2) 1 D o e s n o t i n c l u d e 10 w o r k e r s f o r w h o m d a t a o n w e e k s w o r k e d w e r e n o t r e p o r t e d . T h e a v e ra g e a n n u a l e a r n i n g s f o r a l l w o r k e r s fo r w h o m a n n u a l e a r n i n g s w e r e r e p o r t e d a m o u n t e d t o $ 1 ,2 3 1 . T h e a v e ra g e b y ra c e , r e g a r d l e s s o f s e x , w a s $ 1 ,6 7 5 f o r C a u c a s i a n s ; $ 8 1 3 f o r J a p a n e s e ; a n d $ 1 ,3 2 8 f o r a l l o t h e r s . 2 N u m b e r o f w o r k e r s to o f e w to j u s t i f y t h e c o m p u t a t io n o f a n a v e ra g e . I n c lu d e d i n t o t a l. T 7 5 .— Average annual earnings of workers in selected occupations of the printing and publishing industry, by sex, in the Hawaiian Islands, 1 938 able E m p lo y e e s w h o se w o r k w a s s p re a d o v e r— 52 w e e k s A n y p a rt of y e a r i O c c u p a t io n a n d s e x M a le : _______ ______________ ________ C o m p o s i t o r s _______ L i n o t y p e o p e r a t o r s ___________________________ . P r e s s m e n ._ . __________ _______ F e m a l e : T y p e p i c k e r s ________________________________ N um ber of em p lo y e e s P e rce n t of to ta l A v e ra g e annual e a r n in g s N um ber of em p lo y e e s 50 33 42 25 7 8 .0 5 8 .9 7 9 .2 6 4 .1 $ 1 , 532 2 ,0 3 5 1, 3 0 9 438 60 54 50 39 A v e rag e n u m b e r of w eeks over w h ic h w o rk w a s sp re a d 4 9 .9 4 7 .7 5 0 .0 4 4 .8 A ve rag e annual e a r n in g s $ 1 ,5 5 0 1 ,8 5 3 1, 3 2 7 376 i D o e s n o t i n c l u d e 4 c o m p o s it o r s , 2 l i n o t y p e o p e r a t o r s , a n d 3 p r e s s m e n , f o r w h o m d a t a o n w e e k s w o r k e d w e re n o t re p o rte d . A distribution of average annual earnings indicated that about one-third or 33.9 percent of all workers received between $700 and $1,100 (table 76). Only 9.3 percent of the males earned an average of less than $700 per year, whereas 63.7 percent of the females earned less than $700 per year. There is a large percentage of unskilled workers and semiskilled workers among the females, whereas there is a very large percentage of skilled workers among the males, which partially accounts for the marked differences in earnings by sex. 166 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 76 .— Distribution of workers in the printing and publishing industry in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 5 2 weeks, according to annual earnings, by sex, 1 938 T a b l e T o ta l N um b e r of w o rk e rs A n n u a l e a r n in g s U n d e r $ 3 0 0 ___________________________ $ 3 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 4 0 0 ______________ $ 4 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 5 0 0 _____________ $ 5 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 6 0 0 _____________ $ 6 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 7 0 0 _ _ _________ $ 7 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 8 0 0 _______ ___ $ 8 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 9 0 0 _____________ $ 9 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,0 0 0 ___________ $ 1 ,0 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,1 0 0 _______ $ 1 ,1 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,2 0 0 ________ $ 1 ,2 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,3 0 0 ________ $ 1 ,3 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,4 0 0 ............... $ 1 ,4 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,5 0 0 ________ $ 1 ,5 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,6 0 0 ________ $ 1 ,6 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,7 0 0 _ _ __ $ 1 ,7 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,8 0 0 _______ $ 1 ,8 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 ,9 0 0 ________ $ 1 ,9 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 ,0 0 0 ________ $ 2 ,0 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 ,2 0 0 ________ $ 2 ,2 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 ,4 0 0 ________ $ 2 ,4 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 ,6 0 0 ________ $ 2 ,6 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 ,8 0 0 ________ $ 2 ,8 0 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 ,0 0 0 ________ T o ta l _______________ ________ 2 12 15 17 21 29 23 29 34 13 10 15 8 10 17 5 11 7 11 15 17 8 9 338 S im p le p e r c e n t age 0 .6 3 .6 4 .4 5 .0 6 .2 8 .6 6 .7 8 .6 1 0 .0 3 .8 3 .0 4 .4 2 .4 3 .0 5 .0 1 .5 3 .3 2 .1 3 .3 4 .4 5 .0 2 .4 2 .7 M a le Cum u la t iv e p e r c e n t age 0 .6 4 .2 8 .6 1 3 .6 1 9 .8 2 8 .4 3 5 .1 4 3 .7 5 3 .7 5 7 .5 6 0 .5 6 4 .9 6 7 .3 7 0 .3 7 5 .3 7 6 .8 8 0 .1 8 2 .2 8 5 .5 8 9 .9 9 4 .9 9 7 .3 1 0 0 .0 N um ber of w o rk e rs S im p le p e r c e n t age 1 1 4 9 10 23 18 23 32 12 10 14 7 10 17 5 10 7 10 15 17 8 9 0 .4 .4 1 .5 3 .3 3 .7 8 .5 6 .6 8 .5 1 1 .7 4 .4 3 .7 5 .1 2 .6 3 .7 6. 2 1 .8 3 .7 2 .6 3 .7 5 .5 6 .2 2 .9 3 .3 F e m a le Cum u la tiv e p e r c e n t age 0 .4 .8 2 .3 5 .6 9 .3 1 7 .8 2 4 .4 3 2 .9 4 4 .6 4 9 .0 5 2 .7 5 7 .8 6 0 .4 6 4 .1 7 0 .3 7 2 .1 7 5 .8 7 8 .4 8 2 .1 8 7 .6 9 3 .8 9 6 .7 1 0 0 .0 272 N um ber of w o rk e rs S im p le p e r c e n t age 1 11 11 8 11 6 5 6 2 1 1 .5 1 6 .7 1 6 .7 1 2 .1 1 6 .7 9 .1 7 .6 9 .1 3 .0 1 .5 1 1 1 .5 1 .5 1 1 .5 1 1 .5 Cum u la tiv e p e r c e n t age 1 .5 1 8 .2 3 4 .9 4 7 .0 6 3 .7 7 2 .8 8 0 .4 8 9 .5 9 2 .5 9 4 .0 9 4 .0 9 5 .5 9 7 .0 9 7 .0 97 0 9 7 .0 9 8 .5 9 8 .5 1 0 0 .0 66 MISCELLANEOUS MANUFACTURING Aside from the manufacture of raw sugar, the pineapple canneries, and the printing industry, the principal manufactures are can manu facture, the canning of tuna fish, the fabrication of construction board from sugarcane waste, and some relatively small iron foundries. Each of these manufactures is represented by only one or two enter prises. The strictly confidential nature of the pay-roll reports of any individual enterprise requires that the reports of at least three or more concerns must be combined in a single general table so that the identity of any single firm will not be revealed. It is, therefore, im possible to report wages, hours, and working conditions in a given manufacturing industry, since to do so would involve a report on one concern. On the other hand, the wage structures of these various manufac turing industries are far from homogeneous. The result given here, therefore, is not typical of any one of the fields covered. It is, however, useful as a picture of the employment con ditions in the miscellaneous manufactures in Hawaii as a whole in contrast with agricultural earning opportunities. The tables should be interpreted only in these terms. Hourly earnings.— Male workers averaged 52.6 cents per hour. Well over half of them (56.8 percent) received between 35 and 50 cents per hour (appendix table M ). The range in hourly earnings by race was fairly large. Hawaiians and part Hawaiians averaged 56.9 cents per hour, Caucasians 56.3 cents, Japanese 48.1 cents, Filipinos 41.7 cents, and all other races 54.5 cents. 167 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 Female workers in these industries received distinctly lower aver age hourly payments of 24.4 cents (appendix table N ). Japanese women, who constituted over four-fifths of all female workers in these fields, averaged only 22 cents per hour. Caucasian women, repre senting slightly less than one-tenth of total employment, averaged 37.7 cents per hour. All other races combined averaged 30.2 cents. Weekly earnings.— Average hours worked per week and average weekly earnings are given in table 77. It should be noted that racial variations in respect to both hours and earnings are large. The differences in hours and earnings by sex are even greater. The principal occupational opportunity for women in the group of manufactures represented here is in tuna canning. This work is not only seasonal but extremely variable as to hours of operation per week, which depend upon the catch. This explains the low average of 20.8 hours of employment per week for the Japanese women, since most of them are employed in this industry. It also explains the very low annual average earnings of Japanese women ($98), since for the great majority of them tuna canning represents only a temporary source of income during a few weeks of irregular employment, rather than a permanent position. T 7 7 . — Average hours worked per week and average weekly earnings of workers in miscellaneous manufacturing industries in the Hawaiian Islands, by sex and race, 1988 and 1989 able N u m b e r of w o rk e rs S e x a n d ra ce A v e ra g e h o u rs w o rk e d per w eek A ve ra g e w e e k ly e a r n in g s _________________ 417 40.3 $21. 23 C a u c a s i a n _______ ___ __ _ _ J a p a n e s e _______________ ____________ . . . __________ ___ _________________ . F i l i p i n o ___________________ _____ _ . ..................... ... _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _ H a w a i i a n a n d p a r t H a w a i i a n _____________________________ _ _______ A l l o t h e r s __ __________ _ _ _ _ . . . _____ _________ _ _ ___ ___ 161 78 65 66 47 41.7 40.3 35.8 40.0 42.3 23. 50 19. 40 14.94 22.79 23.04 M a l e — T o t a l ________ _ •_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . _______________________ 569 22.2 5. 42 C a u c a s i a n _______ _ _ ________ ________ _____________________________ __ _ ___ Ja p a n e se _ _____ ___ _______ _________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ A l l o t h e r s .. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ________ _ _ _ _ ___ 40 481 48 32.2 20.8 27.4 12.12 4. 58 8. 25 F e m a l e — T o t a l ___________________________________________________________ 168 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 T a b l e 78 .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale workers in m iscella n eou s m a n u fa ctu rin g in d u s tries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s, 1 9 3 8 and 1 9 3 9 Weekly earnings Under $5________________ ______ _____ _______ ______ _ . . $5 and under $7.50____________________ __ _________ $7.50 and under $10________________ ___________________ $10 and under $12.50_________________ _________________________ $12.50 and under $15_______ __________________________________ $15 and under $17.50_________________________ _ ______________ $17.50 and under $20________________ _____ _______________ ____ $20 and under $22.50___________________ ______________ . . . _ _ $22.50 and under $25_____________ ___ ___________ _____ _ _ $25 and under $27.50_________ _ ___________________________ __ $27.50 and under $30____ _______________________ ____ ___ _ __ $30 and under $32.50_________________________________ _________ $32.50 and under $35_________________________ ___________ _____ $35 and under $37.50____________ ____ ___ ______ __________ $37.50 and under $40____________________________________ ______ _ $40 and under $42.50_______________ _______ ____ ___ ____ ______ $42.50 and under $45__________________________________________ $45 and under $47.50____________ _____ _____________ _______ ____ $47.50 and under $50_____ _____ ___ __________ ______ ____ ________ $50 and over_______ ___________________________________________ Total workers _______ ____ ____________ ______________ ____ Average weekly earnings_________________ _____________ _____ Number of workers 5 8 10 17 30 93 71 51 32 19 16 19 11 4 8 10 5 2 2 i4 Simple percent age 1 .2 1.9 2.4 4.1 7.2 2 2 .2 17.0 1 2 .2 7. 7 4. 6 3.8 4. 6 2. 6 1. 0 1.9 2.4 1 .2 .5 .5 Cumula tive percentage 1. 2 3.1 5. 5 9.6 16.8 39.0 56.0 68.2 75.9 80. 5 84.3 88.9 91.5 92. 5 94.4 96.8 98.0 98. 5 99.0 1 .0 417 $21. 23 1 The average of all males earning $50 and over amounted to $62.13. T a b l e 79 .— D istrib u tio n o f fem a le w orkers in m iscella n eou s m a n u fa ctu rin g in d u s tries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s , 1 9 3 8 and 1 9 3 9 Weekly earnings Under $2.50___________________________________________________ $2.50 and under $5___________ _ _ _ _ _ _ . . . _________ ____ _____ $5 and under $7.50_____ _ ____________ ________________________ $7.50 and under $10__ . . . __ __________ _____ ______________ ____ $10 and under $12.50_____________________________________ __ . . . $12.50 and under $15____________________ __ __________________ $15 and under $17.50____________ ___________________ ______ ___ $17.50 and under $20______________________________________ _____ $20 and under $22.50_________________________ ______ ___________ $22.50 and under $ 2 5 . ___________ ____________________________ $25 and under $27.50_________________ __________________ ______ $27.50 and under $30_____ ______ _______________________ _______ _ Total workers______ ____ Average weekly earnings ... ___ ________________________ _ . __ ______ _ ____ Number of workers 51 320 113 19 18 28 10 2 1 1 4 2 Simple per centage 9.0 56.1 19.8 3.3 3.2 4.9 1.8 .4 .2 .2 .7 .4 Cumula tive percentage 9.0 65.1 84.9 88.2 91.4 96.3 98.1 98.5 98.7 98.9 99.6 100.0 569 $5.42 For a fairly large group of male workers, on the other hand, mis cellaneous manufactures offer more regular employment. The dis tribution of male workers, according to annual earnings by weeks worked (table 80), indicates that only 9.3 percent received less than 13 weeks of employment. Another 8.8 percent received between 13 and 28 weeks. But 81.9 percent worked over 28 weeks and about half of all male workers (49.7 percent) worked during 52 weeks of the year. This latter group averaged $1,250 for the year, the average annual earnings of all male workers, including those who worked any part of the year, being $920. T a b l e 80.— D istribu tion o f male workers in m iscellaneous m a n u fa ctu rin g in d u stries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to annual ea rn in g s, 1988 Number of workers whose annual earnings were— $75 $ 1 0 0 $125 $150 $ 2 0 0 $250 $25 $50 Under and and and and and and and and $25 under under under under under under under under $75 $ 1 0 0 $125 $150 $ 2 0 0 $250 $300 $50 Under 13 weeks____ ___ 13 and under 28 weeks___ 28 and under 52 weeks___ 52 weeks_______________ 17 Number of workers. Simple percentage_______ Cumulative percentage... 18 3.8 3.8 6 10 1 1 3 . .. 3 2 2 1 1 2 3 4 7 1 1 1 $350 and under $400 4 3 5 3 6 3 . 2.3 9 1.9 6 .1 8 .0 11 5 $300 and under $350 1 7 1.5 9.5 5 6 1.3 1 0 .8 1 .1 11.9 7 1.5 13.4 8 1.7 15.1 9 1.9 .17.0 7 1.5 18.5 9 1.9 20.4 $400 and under $450 $450 and under $500 $500 and under $550 3 7 10 1 $550 and under $800 2 9 1 4 11 2.3 22.7 .8 23.5 $600 and under $650 $650 and under $700 7 9 11 2.3 27.3 8 1.7 29.0 Number of workers whose annual earnings were— Number of weeks over which work was spread Under 13 weeks______ 13 and under 28 weeks. 28 and under 52 weeks. 52 weeks__________ _ Number of workers _ ___ Simple percentage____________ Cumulative percentage_____ . _ Number of $1,000 $1,100 $1, 200 $1, 300 $1,400 $1, 500 $1,600 $1 , 700 $1,800 $1,900 $2,000 $2, 200 $2, 400 and and and and and and and and and and and and and workers under under under under under under under under under under under under over $1,100 $1,200 $1,300 $1, 400 $1, 500 $1 , 600 $1 , 700 $1,800 $1,900 $2,000 $2, 200 $2,400 1 4 28 5 21 5 13 1 11 2 20 33 6.9 69.7 26 5.5 75.2 18 3.8 79.0 12 2.5 81. 5 22 4.6 86.1 1 ____ 12 8 13 2.7 88.8 8 1.7 90.5 1 ____ 5 7 6 1.3 91.8 The average annual earnings of all workers earning $2,400 and over amounted to $2,884. 7 1.5 93.3 4 1 13 4 .8 94.1 14 2.9 97.0 1 6 7 1.5 98.5 4 3 i7 1.5 $750 and under $800 $800 and under $850 i 1 7 1.5 25.0 $700 and under $750 44 42 153 236 475 9 1.9 30.9 6 1 8 1.7 32.6 13 i4 14 25 5.3 37.9 28 5.9 43.8 12 $850 and under $900 19 20 39 8 .1 51.9 $900 and under $950 12 17 29 6 .1 58.0 $950 and under $1 , 0 0 0 7 16 23 4.8 62.8 Average Simple Cumula Average number of percent tive per annual weeks over age centage earnings which work was spread 9. 3 9.3 8.8 18.1 32.2 50. 3 49.7 ________ $50 263 843 1,250 6.5 19.9 44. 5 52.0 920 42. 6 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 Number of weeks over which work was spread O CO 170 T able LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 8 1 .— A verag e a n n u a l earnings o f workers i n m iscella n eou s m a n u fa ctu rin g in d u stries in the H a w a iia n I s la n d s , hy race and sex , 1 9 2 8 Average number of Number of weeks over which workers work was spread Race and sex Males ______ .. ______ . . . . ____ . . . . . . . _ . _. ... Average annual earnings 475 42.6 $920 161 110 90 68 46 48.9 36.5 33.4 44.8 49.3 1,188 702 507 1,007 1,188 ___________ _______ 821 28.4 130 Caucasian.. __________ _________ _____ __________ _____ Japanese ___________________ ___ _______ ______________ ___ All others _______ ____ _______ ____ _ __ _ ______________ 39 725 57 38.1 27.4 35.8 480 98 295 . __________ __________________ Caucasian___ ______ _ Japanese _________ __ . . . _________ . . . ____ _ _____ F ilipino__________ _____________ ____________ ____ ________ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian___________ __ _____ ________ All others _______ _________________________ _____________ Females_____ _______ __________ _______ CHAPTER 22. LONGSHORE WORK The Territory of Hawaii is over 2,000 miles from the American mainland, yet it is as dependent upon and as completely integrated with the American economy as any of the States. Because of this, and because of the imperative necessity for frequent and large ship ments to coordinate the production and exchange of goods between the islands of the Territory, longshore workers occupy a significant position. It is characteristic of this work that it makes frequent intense demands for relatively brief periods. In Honolulu, where such work centers, regularly scheduled steamer arrivals and departures make it possible to devise a program for reducing lay-offs and spreading peaks by adjusting the less urgent jobs to fill in between the immediate ones. In spite of careful planning, however, the occasional conjunc ture of several arrivals and departures at one time will require intense work and overtime hours to meet the sudden peak in the demand for longshoremen.1 The study of longshore work in Hawaii included direct observations of working conditions and conferences with representatives of labor and of management in ports of the four islands of Oahu, Hawaii, Maui, and Kauai. The longshore workers in the sample, however, include only those in Honolulu and Hilo, which are by far the largest shipping centers in the islands; Honolulu longshoremen alone repre sent over two-thirds of total employment. There has been no exact enumeration of the total employment in this field, but it is estimated that the sample constitutes roughly 70 percent of total employment. LABOR Two races constitute over two-thirds of all workers included in the study, the Japanese representing 35.4 percent, and Hawaiians and part Hawaiians 33.8 percent. Of the remaining races, Caucasians comprise 13.6 percent, Filipinos 10.3 percent, and all others 6.9 per cent. Among the salaried workers, exactly one-third (33.3 percent) were Caucasians and one-quarter Japanese. Filipinos had an ex tremely small representation in the salaried group. Of the workers directly engaged in loading and unloading opera tions, over two-fifths were Japanese (42.5 percent). Hawaiian and part Hawaiian workers constituted 34.3 percent of this group. 1The problem of a fluctuating demand for longshore workers is even more difficult to meet at the principal ports of the other islands. There the interisland steamships are the only ones on a regular schedule, and the occasional arrival of trans-Pacific freighters requires a considerably larger force than that regularly employed. It would be quite expensive and impractical to maintain a sufficiently large staff necessary to handle such stevedoring work in idleness between the arrivals of such steamers. It is also expensive to ship in a special crew from Honolulu. The way in which the work is handled is illustrative of the many adjustments that are necessary to meet the exigencies of an island economy, and that have made Hawaii what it is today. On Maui, for example, stevedoring is handled by a railroad company which also maintains bus lines, a quarry, and a lumberyard. In addition, it undertakes work for the local island government in the care of parks, public highways, etc. This latter work is such that much of it can be held in reserve to provide employment when other demands slacken off. Thus, when a large ocean steamer arrives, the quarry and lumber workers become stevedores. If the need is urgent, even part of the regular railroad and bus workers can become longshoremen. The great distance to the mainland, as well as the immigration restrictions, tend to isolate Hawaii in respect to the total labor available. To a limited degree each separate island has a similar problem. This separateness brings into a sharp focus the imperative necessity for shifting local labor from one type of work to another to meet the needs of the island enterprises, which is clearly illustrated in the case of local long shore work. 171 172 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 E A R N IN G S Nearly two-thirds (61 percent) of the nonsalaried workers received between 65 and 75 cents per hour (table 82). It should be noted that nonsalaried workers averaged higher weekly earnings ($29.65) than salaried ($28) (table 83). In M ay 1939 nonsalaried workers averaged 40.7 hours per week. Nearly half (46 percent) of all workers received an average of between $22.50 and $32.50 per week. There is some degree of seasonality in the shipment of certain products, particularly pineapple products. This seasonality differs in respect to different goods, however, so that no exceptionally pro nounced seasonal problems are experienced in Honolulu and Hilo. As previously explained, by carefully planning the work program rela tive to steamer schedules, a fairly continuous employment is provided for the “ regular workers.” T a b l e 8 2 .— D istr ib u tio n o f n on sa laried longshore w ork ers in the H a w a iia n Is la n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s , M a y 1 9 8 9 Number of Simple per Cumulative workers percentage centage Average hourly earnings Under 50 cents____ __________________________________________ 50 and under 52.5 cents___________________ ______________________ 52.5 and under 55 cents____ _________ _______ ____________________ 55 and under 57.5 cents_________________________________________ 57.5 and under 60 cents ________________________________________ 60 and under 62.5 c e n t s .________ ____________ _________________ 62.5 and under 65 cents__________________________ ______________ 65 and under 67.5 cents_________________________________________ 67.5 and under 70 cents___ ______ _______________________________ 70 and under 72.5 cents ________________________________________ 72.5 and under 75 cents - _ _____- _____ __________________________ 75 and under 80 cents______ _ _ _______________ _______ ______ 80 and under 85 cents________________________________ _________ 85 and under 90 cents ___ ___________ ____________________ 90 and under 95 cents_____________ __ ___________ _____ _ _ 95 and under 100 cents_____________________________ ____ ________ 100 cents and ov er.________________________________ ___________ Total_____________________ ________ ______ ___ ______ _____ Average hourly earnings. ________ ______ ________________________ 1 The average of all workers earning $1 and over amounted to $1,055. T a b l e 8 3 .— 5 10 3 19 23 43 42 152 189 90 140 82 24 19 27 26 141 935 $0. 729 0.5 1.1 .3 2.0 2.5 4.6 4.5 16.3 20.1 9.6 15.0 8.8 2.6 2.0 2.9 2.8 4.4 0.5 1.6 1.9 3.9 6.4 11.0 15. 5 31.8 51.9 61.5 76.5 85.3 87.9 89.9 92.8 95.6 D istr ib u tio n o f longshore w orkers in the H a w a iia n I s la n d s according to w e ek ly ea rn in g s , M a y 1 9 8 9 All workers Weekly earnings Nonsalaried Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative lative lative ber of percent percent ber of percent percent ber of percent percent workers age workers age workers age age age age 5 0.5 5 0.5 0.5 13 1.4 1.2 13 1.7 3.4 1.9 18 18 1.7 1.9 18 5.1 18 1.7 7.0 19 2.0 20 1.9 42 4.5 43 4.1 11.1 36 3.9 39 3.7 14.8 41 4.4 46 4.3 19.1 29.2 91 9.7 107 10.1 10.4 81 8.7 110 39.6 93 9.9 12.8 52.4 136 122 13.1 134 65.1 12.7 94 10.1 74.6 100 9.5 83 8.9 8.0 82.6 85 54 5.8 $37 50 a n d u n d e r $40 54 87. 7 5.1 4.1 91.5 38 40 3.8 $40 and under $42.50____ 30 3.2 3.0 94.5 32 $42.50 and under $45____ $45 a n d u n d e r $47.50 21 2.2 2.0 96. 5 21 6 .6 $47.50 a n d u n d e r $50 6 .6 97.1 30 3.2 $50 a n d o v e r l 31 2.9 935 Tnta.1 1,058 $29. 65 Average weekly earnings. $29.46 1 The average of all workers earning $50 and over amounted to $55.34. Under $5 _ _ $5 and under $7.50__ $7.50 and under $ 1 0 __$10 and under $12.50___ $12.50 and under $ 1 5 ___ $15 and under $17.50___ $17.50 and under $ 2 0 ___ $20 and under $22.50__ _ $22.50 and under $25____ $25 and under $27.50____ $27.50 and under $30____ $30 and under $32.50____ $32.50 and under $35____ $35 and under $37.50 ___ Salaried 0. 5 1.9 3.8 5.7 7.7 12.2 16.1 20.5 30.2 38.9 48.8 61.9 72.0 80.9 86.7 90.8 94.0 96.2 96.8 1 1 3 5 16 29 43 12 6 2 0.8 .8 2.4 4.1 13.0 23.6 35.0 9.8 4.9 1.6 2 2 1.6 1.6 1 123 .8 0.8 1.6 4.0 8.1 21.1 44.7 79.7 89.5 94.4 96.0 96.0 97.6 99.2 99.2 99.2 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 173 The average annual earnings of all workers were $974. There was a fairly sizeable group, however, representing 10.4 percent of total employment, which received less than $50 during the year. This group distinctly lowered the average of the more fully employed. Table 84 reveals that, whereas well over one-quarter of the total number of employees received less than $500, 3.4 percent received between $500 and $750, and nearly half, or 47.8 percent received between $1,000 and $1,500. This concentration of workers in one group with average annual earnings below $500, and another with average annual earnings between $1,000 and $1,500, with very few between $500 and $1,000, is due to the fact that the management attempts to give fairly continuous employment to a large body of regular workers, and increases this force when necessary by taking on outside workers for periods of more than normal demand. T a b l e 84 .— D istrib u tio n o f longshore w orkers 1 in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to annual ea rn in g s , 1 9 3 8 Number of Cumulative Simple workers percentage percentage Annual earnings Under $50 _ _ __ __ . _ _ _____ __ ___________ $50 and under $100 ____ _ _____________ _ ____________ _____ $100 and under $150 _ __________ __ _____ $150 and under $200 _____ ______ ______ ___ __ _ __________ __ $200 and under $250 _ ____ _____ __ _____ ______ $250 and under $300__^__ _ __ __ ___ _________ _ ___ ________ $300 and under $350 ___ __ _ .___ _ _ _ _ _______ $350 and under $400 _______________ ___ _____ _ __ _____ $400 and under $450 ______ _ __ _ __ . _______ $450 and under $500 _ __ ______ _ _ ___ __ _ _______ _ $500 and under $550 _____ __ _ $550 and under $600 __ _____ _ _ _ .___ $600 and under $650 _____ __ ___ _ _ ____ $650 and under $700 __ _ ___ __ _ _____ _ _ _ _ $700 and under $750 _ _ ______ __ ____ $750 and under $800 _______ _ _ _ _______ ____ _______ __ $800 and under $850 _ __ ____ _ _ _ _ __ ___ __ _ _ $850 and under $900 __ ______ _ __ _ ___________ _____ ___ $900 and under $950 ___ __ _ _____ ______ ______ $950 and under $1,000 _ ___ _ _____ _ _ _ $1,000 and under $1,100_______ _ _ __ _ _ __________________ $1,100 and under $1,200 __ __ __ __ ____ _ __ __ $1,200 and under $1,300 ____ __ __ ____ _ ________ _______ _ $1,300 and under $1,400 __ _______ _ _ _ _ _ _ ________ $1,400 and under $1,500 . _ _ _ ___ _ _ __ _ _ _ $l,500|and under $1,600 ___ _ ___ _____ _ _ _ .__ _ _ _ _ $1,600 and under $1,700 __ _____ __ ________ ___ _ _____ $1,700 and under $1,800_____ _______ __ _ _ __ __ _______ _ _ $1,800 and under $1,900 _ ____ ... _ ________________ _ __ $1,900 and under $2,000.__ __ _ _ ______ ____ _ ______________ $2,000 and over _ __ _______ _ _____ __ Total _ _ ______ ___ . ______ Average annual earnings _ _ __ ____ 129 40 33 29 39 34 14 12 17 14 10 8 9 5 11 15 12 20 25 19 66 90 112 175 146 44 11 15 15 21 2 45 1,235 _ __$974 1 Excludes workers paid a monthly salary, clerks paid by the day, and watchmen. 2 The average of all workers earning $2,000 and over amounted to $2,187. 10.4 3.2 2.7 2.3 3.2 2.8 1.1 1.0 1.4 1.1 .8 .6 .7 .4 .9 1.2 1.0 1.6 2.0 1.5 5.3 7.3 9.1 14.3 11.8 3.6 .9 1.2 1.2 1.7 3.7 10.4 13.6 16.3 18.6 21.8 24.6 25.7 26.7 28.1 29.2 30.0 30.6 31.3 31.7 32.6 33.8 34.8 36.4 38.4 39.9 45.2 52.5 61.6 75.9 87.7 91.3 92.2 93.4 94.6 96.3 CHAPTER 23. TRADE AND SERVICE INDUSTRIES In addition to the industries already discussed, there is a consider able volume of employment in trade and the service industries. In thi$ section data are presented on earnings in mercantile establish ments, service stations, and motion-picture houses, and in a variety of service industries such as hotels, restaurants, laundries, beauty shops, and barber shops.1 In connection with all of these types of enterprises, it is especially difficult to draw a representative sample. These are typically the fields of small proprietorships. No effort has been made in this study of employment opportunities to ascertain the earnings of pro prietors. Especially in the case of the small shop with no employees other than members of the family, it is doubtful that earnings are higher than those of wage earners in larger establishments. It is virtually certain, though we have no statistical evidence of the fact, that the earnings of wage earners in the small establishments are lower than in the larger ones. Such small establishments do not ordinarily maintain any record of time worked. They often have no records of weekly payments. Hence the average earnings that are presented in this part of the report are too high to be representative of the Territory as a whole. The range within which earnings are found, however, is probably representative and some effort is made in the text, even at the expense of repetition, to indicate the types of shop within which such earnings prevail. MERCANTILE ESTABLISHMENTS Although there are a few large department stores in Honolulu, the typical mercantile establishment there (as well as in the Territory as a whole) is the small independent shop dealing in dry goods, curios, drugs, ladies’ dresses, hats, second-hand goods, and the like.2 The smaller stores are usually owned and managed by orientals, primarily Japanese, and often deal in oriental goods. The m ajority of them have no outside employees, being serviced b y the owner and his family. There are no records of wages and hours in such stores, although observations and interviews indicated that they averaged distinctly more hours per week than the larger stores did.3 1 The Women’s Bureau of the Department of Labor assisted in this survey by sending a representative, Miss Ethel Erickson, who made a special study of women in industry in Hawaii. Her study is to be sepa rately published as a bulletin of the Women’s Bureau under the title “ Earnings and Hours in Hawaiian Woman-Employing Industries.’’ Although other members of the field staff aided in the survey of the mercantile and service industries, Miss Erickson is largely responsible for the collection of the data and the findings in these fields. With the exception of the section on oil distribution and motion pictures the mate rial covering these industries is a summarization of this part of Miss Erickson’s work. It should be noted that her published report covers them in greater detail and includes much additional material on the work of women in other fields. 2 There has been some growth of chain stores, however, there being at present a chain of grocery stores, of drug stores, and of low-price retail stores. This last organization is a large one, covering the 4 islands, but it was impossible to obtain wage-and-hour data on its employees; hence to that extent the tables Biro not/ representative 3All stores open eariy, usually at 7:30 or 8 a. m., but the large stores close at 4:30 or 5 p. m., whereas the small stores oftenremain open till 8 p. m. or later and arefrequently open Sundays. 174 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 175 The figures given here, therefore, refer primarily to the medium sized and large establishments. Of the 41 stores included in the sur vey, 28 were in Honolulu and employed 815 workers, 13 were on the islands of Hawaii and Kauai, and employed 154 workers. Honolulu stores.— In Honolulu, women constituted three-fifths and men two-fifths of total employment. The racial distribution of em ployees in the Honolulu stores showed that Caucasian women were by far the largest single group, representing 54 percent of all women employees. Japanese women constituted 27.6 percent and Chinese women 13.7 percent of this group. The dominant position of Cauca sian women is due to the fact that the largest department and readyto-wear stores in Honolulu depend largely on Caucasians as sales people. Japanese men comprised 37.4 percent, Caucasians 33.4 percent, and Chinese 22 percent of all male employees in the Honolulu stores. Hourly earnings {Honolulu).— Hourly earnings of saleswomen ranged from a low of 11.5 cents for a Chinese saleswoman to $1.92 per hour for a Caucasian saleswoman. None of the Caucasian women earned less than 20 cents per hour, whereas nearly one-third of all Japanese and Chinese women received less than 20 cents per hour. Seventy percent of all women earned less than 40 cents per hour. The median earnings for all saleswomen were 34 cents per hour. The hourly earnings of salesmen were considerably higher, the me dian being 54.4 cents. There was a very wide range in earnings by race, however. The median for Caucasian men was 72.3 cents per hour, whereas the median for the Japanese men was only 34.5 cents. Weekly hours and weekly earnings {Honolulu).— Scheduled hours ranged from 42 hours per week (6 seven-hour days) in one large store, to over 60 hours in the smaller stores. The longest scheduled hours were 63, but some of the single-family stores maintained even longer hours. The majority of the smaller stores exceeded 48 hours. Weekly earnings of women by race reflected the sharp variations in hourly earnings. The median for Caucasian women was $18.05 per week, whereas for Japanese women it was only $10.85. Nearly twofifths (39.2 percent) of all women and over half (57.3 percent) of Japanese women received $10 and less than $15 per week. Weekly earnings of men also showed a marked variation by race. The median for all men was $26.25 per week, but for the Caucasians it was $33.75 and for the Japanese, $18.75. Sixty percent of all men received between $10 and $25 per week. Annual earnings {Honolulu).— There is practically no seasonality in merchandising in Hawaii, but such establishments have a high turn over. One-sixth of all women employees worked less than 4 weeks and received median earnings of only $20.10 during the year. Twofifths (39.9 percent) worked less than 13 weeks and received median annual earnings of $45. Less than a third (31.2 percent) were re corded as having employment in 52 weeks of the year. The median earnings for this last group were $770 for the year. Nearly three-fourths (70.6 percent) of all men were employed in every week throughout the year. Annual earnings of this group ranged from about $475 to $4,500, the median earnings being $1,059.10. Wages and hours in stores outside of Honolulu.— Caucasians consti tute a smaller percentage of the population of other parts of the Territory than they do in Honolulu. It is also typical of most in dustries in Hawaii that the wage structure outside of the Honolulu 176 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 area is somewhat lower than that of Honolulu. Merchandising is no exception to these generalizations. Japanese represent over two-thirds of all employment in the stores outside of Honolulu. Average earn ings were distinctly lower than in Honolulu. The median weekly earnings for women were only $9.35 and for men only $16.30 in the outside stores. Approximately two-thirds of the women had weekly earnings of less than $10, and only 12 percent earned as much as $15. Hours of work were usually extremely long. Over half of the stores had scheduled work of over 55 hours per week. HOTELS A bout 96 percent of the continuously changing tourist population lives in Honolulu. It is also true that many of the inhabitants of other islands are in Honolulu for business or shopping at frequent intervals. For these reasons the hotels and restaurants play an even larger part in the life of Honolulu than in a typical mainland city. Hence approximately nine-tenths of all employment in the hotels of the Territory is in Honolulu and its environs. Hotels must provide services at all hours, including holidays and Sundays. The demand for these services varies from hour to hour during the day, and seasonally from week to week throughout the year. The demands on hotel workers are thus intermittent and present a problem to management in planning work schedules so as to provide satisfactory service without burdening workers with excessive hours. The hotel industry, therefore, is not strictly comparable with the more standardized manufacturing and mercantile industries. The larger Hawaiian hotels tend to use oriental “ boys” instead of chambermaids and waitresses, hence women represent a small proportion (about one-ninth) of total employment. Practically all of the hotels maintain a semimonthly pay-roll period. M any of the workers are on a salaried rather than an hourly basis. This is because the number of hours they are required to be present usually exceeds the number of hours of actual work. Waiters often are required to appear before 7 a. m. and to be on hand throughout the day till the dinner hour ends at approximately 9 p. m. They have hours off (frequently intermittent and irregular) during the day. Thus, though actual hours of work may be 8 or less, the over-all spread may be 12 to 15 hours daily. Bell boys have an actual work schedule of 8% hours, but in many cases have to be on hand 17 hours daily. M any of the desk clerks, telephone operators, and elevator men in Hawaii work alternate long and short day shifts. The long day is usually 7 a. m. to noon and 6 p. m. to 11 p. m., the short day being noon to 6 p. m. Forty-five percent of all male employees were Japanese, and 28.9 percent were Filipinos. Semimonthly earnings showed a definite racial pattern. The median for Caucasians (representing 12.3 per cent of total employment) was $51.45, for Japanese was $28.15, and for Filipinos was $25.05 per half-month. The better positions, such as desk clerks, skilled maintenance men and heads of departments, are held almost exclusively by Cau casian men. Japanese were widely employed in all departments as cooks, waiters, bellboys, elevator operators, gardeners, and in other services. Fili- LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 177 pinos showed a somewhat narrower job distribution, being employed, for the most part, as room boys, hall boys, and cooks' helpers. M onthly earnings showed a fairly wide range in all types of work. In the large Honolulu hotels in 1939 room boys received from $30 to $52.50 per month, elevator boys from $29 to $71 per month, bell boys from $29 to $45 per month, and head bellboys from $63 to $80 per month. The median earnings for male dining-room employees were $52.20 per month, and for male kitchen employees were $77.50, this latter group receiving the highest average earnings. All employees in these food service divisions received meals in addition to their salary and somewhat more than one-fourth also received a room. Waiters re ceived from $42 to $60, bus boys from $29 to $47, and fountain men from $45 to $50 per month. M any kitchen and dining-room workers were members of labor unions, but there were no closed union-shop agreements at the time of the survey. Only about half of the male employees received work during all weeks of the year; their median earnings were $701.55 for 1938. The median for all workers, including those who worked less than a full year, was $505.35. Female workers represented only a ninth of total employment in hotels. Their hours were similar to those for men, but they received somewhat lower average monthly wages. Waitresses ranged from $30 to $40, maids and linen-room girls $35 to $45, and dining-room cashiers from $63 to $75 per month. Those engaged in food service received meals in addition to their wages. Slightly less than half of all female employees received employment during 52 weeks of the year. The median earnings for all female workers, including those who worked only part of the year, were $364.30 for 1938, not including perquisites. RESTAU RAN TS Aside from the hotel dining rooms, there are relatively few large restaurants in Hawaii; the overwhelming majority of them are small establishments, generally under oriental management. The majority of the smaller ones maintain bars and cater to service men, or to plantation or other workers. On the whole, their standards in respect to wages, hours, and work ing conditions are distinctly low, though a few of the larger restaurants are an exception to this general rule. M ost of the restaurants have insufficient provision for the conven ience of their employees. Common toilet rooms are used by both customers and workers, and not infrequently there are no separate rooms for men and women. M ost workers must report in the clothes in which they work, since a dressing room is rarely provided. Hours.— The majority of both men and women employed in restau rants worked 7 days a week and were scheduled for an over-all spread of more than 10 hours per day. Over 40 percent of the women em ployees reported days with a spread of 12 or more hours. The usual schedule for this group covered three meal periods, and included an over-all spread ranging from 13 to 15}£ hours a day. Earnings.— Restaurants employed men and women in about equal numbers. Slightly less than two-thirds of all female employees re- 178 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 ceived weekly earnings of less than $10, and nearly two-thirds of all male employees earned less than $15 per week. The median earnings of women were $9.15, and of men were $12.80 per week. M any of the smaller restaurants employed fewer than five workers and maintained very incomplete records of earnings. It was, there fore, impossible to obtain annual earnings for those workers who, on the basis of their weekly records, would show the lowest earnings and the greatest irregularity of employment. Of the relatively few women for whom annual earnings records were available, about half had received employment in 52 weeks of the year. Over half of these received less than $500, and all but two of the remainder received between $500 and $800 during 1938. The median earnings of men whose work was spread over the entire year were $731.80. Two-thirds of these men earned between $500 and $1,000 in 1938. L A U N D R IE S The great bulk of commercial laundry work in Hawaii is handled by large power laundries comparable to those on the mainland. Five power laundries, four in Honolulu and one in Hilo, employing 463 workers were included in the survey. This represents over half of the total employment in all commercial laundries. The marking and sorting of soiled articles, machine and hand ironing, folding, as sembling, and wrapping are the work of women. Male workers handle the machine operations of washing and drying, and collect and deliver the laundry. A little more than two-thirds of all laundry employees in Hawaii are women, two-fifths of this group being Cau casian women of Portuguese extraction. Hawaiian and Japanese women each constitute about one-fourth of total employment. Hours.— Only 7.1 percent of women employees worked less than 40 hours in the week, whereas 20 percent worked over 48 hours. The great majority, however, worked more than 44 but not more than 48 hours weekly. M en averaged longer hours than women, nearly 30 percent of them working over 48 hours per week. Only 8 percent of the male employees worked less than 48 hours. N o record of hours worked was kept for drivers, who are paid partly on a commission basis; but interviews indicated that they worked irregular and ex tremely long hours. Hourly earnings.— The median hourly earnings of women were 20.4 cents. There were only slight differences in racial averages, Cauca sians averaging 20.3 cents, Japanese 19.8 cents, and Hawaiians 21.2 cents per hour. Two-fifths (39.2 percent) of all women received between 15 and 20 cents per hour and an additional 36.7 percent received between 20 and 25 cents per hour. The median earnings for men were 31.8 cents per hour. Weekly earnings.— The median weekly earnings for women were $9.60. Over three-fourths (77.3 percent) of all women received be tween $7 and $12 per week (45.2 percent receiving between $8 and $10 per week). M en received median earnings over twice as great as women, amounting to $19.75 per week. Median earnings for Caucasian males were $28 per week, whereas for all other races they were only $15.95. Annual earnings.— There is some degree of seasonality in Hawaiian laundries due to the influx of tourists in midwinter and midsummer. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 193 9 179 The change in volume is handled to a large extent by increases and decreases in hours and in mechanical equipment, though there are some changes in numbers employed. There is also a moderately high rate of turn-over. Well over two-fifths of all employees did not receive a full year of work, but about seven-tenths of all employees received work during 40 or more weeks of 1938. The median earnings of men in this latter group were $1,250, and of women were $495.35 during the year 1938. Hand laundries and pressing shops were, in most cases, family concerns, but usually employed a few outsiders to work for them. Broadly speaking, hours were longer and wages lower than for workers in power laundries. H alf of the women worked over 48 hours, one reporting 60 hours per vreek. Two-thirds of the women employees received less than 18 cents per hour, the range being from 9 to 32 cents per hour. In a few of these small family shops, the one or two “ outside em ployees” lived with the family, and in most cases such employees had one or more meals with the family. TAILORING AND GARMENT MANUFACTURE The clothing concerns in Hawaii range from numerous small tailor shops catering largely to the custom trade of Army and N avy men to a few larger garment shops producing Aloha shirts, beachwear, slacks, and other sportswear garments for island and tourist trade.4 The equipment for a small shop is not elaborate or expensive; a few sewing machines, cutting tables, and some pressing equipment will suffice. Hence, in Honolulu, as on the mainland, garment shops come and go, being less stable than most other island enterprises. The 14 concerns covered in the study included 9 engaged in making garments (primarily sportswear) and 5 tailor shops. They ranged in size from shops of only 4 employees to a factory of 111 workers. But 12 of the 14 concerns employed less than 18 workers. The survey included 272 employees. Only about one-tenth of them were men. Japanese women were by far the predominant racial group, accounting for 161. These, together with the 52 Chinese women employees, accounted for nearly four-fifths of total employment. A 44-hour week, 5 days of 8 hours and a 4-hour Saturday, was typical for the industry. The median hourly earnings of women were 25 cents. Half of them (49.8 percent) earned between 25 and 30 cents an hour. Only 11.9 percent earned more than 30 cents an hour. The hourly earnings of women 5 in the garment industries in Hawaii were distinctly below the average earnings of those engaged in the manufacture of inex pensive dresses, sportswear, and uniforms on the mainland. (Accord ing to Women's Bureau Bulletin No. 175, Earnings in the W omen's and Children's Apparel Industry in the Spring of 1939, p. 10, these were 38.5 cents an hour.) 4 The largest of sportswear concerns have been growing in recent years and are now exporting to the main land. Strictly speaking, they should be classified under manufacturing rather than service industries. A significant part of production, however, is in the smaller shops that cater directly to custom, as well as ready-to-wear, trade. s The relatively few men engaged in industry had much higher earnings. Only one-fourth earned less than 35 cents an hour. One-fifth earned between 50 and 55 cents an hour, and another one-fourth earned over 55 cents an hour. Most of these men w^ere employed in the tailor shops. 241401— 40--------13 180 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 The median weekly earnings of all women were $9.65; 21.4 percent earned between $11 and $12 per week; nearly half (45.7 percent) earned between $5 and $10; only 1 in 20 earned as much as $15. The annual earnings of women reflected a very high turn-over in the garment industry. Nearly two-fifths (38.7 percent) received less than 8 weeks of employment; one-quarter received employment of over 24 and less than 40 weeks; 22.4 percent were employed 40 weeks or m ore; only one-tenth received work in 52 weeks of the year. The slightly more than one-fifth who were employed during 40 or more weeks of the year received median annual earnings of $442. About two-fifths of this group received between $350 and $450. About one-fourth of them received between $500 and $600 during the year Working conditions in the garment industry were below the standards maintained by most of the other manufacturing plants in the Territory. W orkrooms were, for the most part, established in old buildings under makeshift conditions with very little attempt to adapt the rooms to the needs of the work. Toilet, wash-room, and rest-room facilities were inadequate. In a number of cases separate toilets for men and women were not provided. In addition to the accumulation of waste cuttings, seating arrangements were hap hazard and rooms crowded.6 D R E S S M A K IN G In addition to the garment making in the tailor shops and garment factories, there is a fairly large dressmaking business carried on as a wom en’s home industry. The United States Census of Occupations for 1930 reported about 600 women in the Territory as engaged in dressmaking, but not employed in factories. Three-quarters of these were Japanese. The presence of Japanese as a predominant racial group in Hawaii accounts in part, at least, for the unusually large development of dressmaking of this sort in Hawaii. Ability to sew for the family has been traditionally regarded by the Japanese as a part of the essential preparation of every girl for marriage.7 Although some of the older generation of Japanese women born in Japan still wear kimonos, practically all of their daughters and granddaughters wear westernized machine-made clothing. This requires a different technique, so these girls are sent to commercial dressmakers or to dressmaking schools to be trained in the new styles and methods. Thus, most of the dress makers in the Territory who cater to individual customers are assisted by young apprentices who are often unpaid. This has made it possible for residents to have their work done at very low rates. In some sections of Honolulu cotton dresses are made for as little as 7 5 cents, A price of $3 for a silk street dress is common. 6 Some employers complained that operators did not develop sufficient speed. But the organization of the shops and the fact that so many types of garments and styles are manufactured in Hawaii makes it difficult for operators to gain the same automatic dexterity in handling garments as in mainland shops. 7 Miss Y. Kimura of the Honolulu Y. W. C. A. staff made a report on dressmaking in the Territory. Miss Kimura was, of course, in a position to understand thoroughly the point of view of the families, and states: ‘‘The system of apprenticeship is taken for granted as a means of securing training in a trade without expense. According to the traditional conception in Japan, it is considered a privilege on the part of the trainees, while it is a generous act of benevolence on the part of the proprietors. Giving them plenty of work is the proper thing for a proprietor to do. Parents feel quite privileged if the girls are given plenty of prac tical experience. In other words, the custom of apprenticeship is in the mores. Apprenticeship interpreted as exploitation is hard for them to understand.” LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 181 These extremely low rates grow out of the fact that shop owners, in many cases, augment their income by teaching and training appren tices,8 charging them fees which range from $3 to $10 a month. After the initial stages of training, girls in the smaller shops often work on garments for customers, but may continue as apprentices for as long as 2 or more years.9 Actual employees on a wage basis were thus few, although a few girls were reported on a commission basis, receiving from 40 to 60 percent of the prices charged the customers for their work. In summary it may be said that both garment manufacture and dressmaking as a household occupation constitute one of the sore spots in Hawaiian industry. W ith the exception of a few shops, working conditions and wages are on a distinctly low level in this field. DOMESTIC SERVICE Closely related to the service industries is the employment of women as domestic servants. Although no accurate figures are available, it appears probable that the proportion of Caucasian families with maids is higher in Hawaii than in most mainland communities. This is especially true of families of Army and N avy officials and in university and professional circles. Because of the limitations of time and the difficulties of obtaining accurate results from a direct sampling of households in Hawaii, it was necessary to depend rather heavily upon employment agencies and social-service agencies in obtaining information in this field. Japanese are generally considered the most desirable maids and the 1930 census indicated that over two-thirds of household servants were Japanese.10 The m ajority of domestic servants receive less than $10 a week. Inexperienced girls without references are usually paid $5 a week or $20 a month. The overwhelming m ajority range be tween this figure and $10 a week. Only unusually able servants, capable of doing the cooking and carrying other responsibilities, re ceive more than $10. All agencies report, however, that the demand for the trained and experienced household employees is in excess of registrants. Paralleling the findings in many of the industries studied, interviews in Hawaii and Kauai indicate that the wage structure for s In addition to the regular shops, there are also dressmaking schools scattered throughout the larger cities and towns of Hawaii, usually in the homes of the owners. Students attend these schools, not for professional training, but for the practical value of a knowledge of sewing in their own home economy. Such schools range from 2 or 3 to as many as 100 girls. Daily classes are conducted from 8 to 4,6 days a week, and nightly classes from about 7 to 9. Night school pupils often include those who work in stores, factories, or in domestic services. 9Some random notes on the shops visited will give some indication of these conditions. (1) One shop had 5 girls who were paying $3 a month for instruction; 2 girls who received instruction but paid no fees were working on customers’ orders and had agreed to remain at least 1 more year to compensate the owner for their training. (2) A shop with 3 girls and the owner, 1 girl receiving $30 a month and her meals, the other 2 being apprentices with no compensation. The apprentices paid fees in the first month of their train ing but at the time the agent visited the shop, were compensating for that training with their services. (3) A shop with 7 girls, 1 of whom received $5 a month and the others nothing. The employer considered all of them apprentices, but the owners of the garment stores nearby reported that they directed their own cus tomers who were buying materials to this shop for sewing services of all kinds. The shop advertised special embroidery and general dressmaking services. (4) A girl in 1 of the shops reported, who had completed her training several years before, was working in the same shop on a commission basis of 50 percent of the prices charged for the work allocated to her. In the preceding month she had worked 20 days and her commission had amounted to between $14 and $15. One peculiarity of wages in domestic service in Hawaii appears to be that maids who live out receive slightly less than those who live in. The explanation seems to be that Japanese mothers keep in close touch with the employers of their daughters and, if living conditions do not meet with their approval, the parents will recall their daughters. Since the Japanese girls traditionally expect to turn over their cash earnings to their parents, the girls themselves are at least as much, even more, interested in working condi tions. hours of duty per day, size of family and location, as in cash rates. 182 LABOR 11ST THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 domestic servants on these islands is slightly lower than on Oahu. There, girls receiving $20 or more a month are expected to be able to cook and act as all-around housemaids. Inexperienced girls receive monthly wages ranging from $12 to $20. School girls who work as mothers’ helpers often receive only board and room, though, in some cases, cash wages of $6 to $10 a month are paid. During the summer months, domestic servants are unusually difficult to obtain, because many of them prefer temporary em ploy ment in the pineapple canneries during the peak season which, of course, is June, July, and August. On the whole, in spite of the racial complexities involved, household employment in the Territory is quite comparable to conditions on the mainland as to wage structure. But the demand, relative to the population as a whole, appears to be somewhat greater. BEAUTY PARLORS Beauty culture as a commercial field has come rapidly to the fore during the past two decades. In this respect Hawaii is no different from the rest of the United States. The Honolulu directory lists over 100 beauty shops. M ost shops are small and in quite a number of cases the owner is the sole operator. Such concerns are, of course, not included in the survey, which covered 34 shops. The step from employee-operator to owner-operator is readily taken, particularly in those cases in which an employee has a clientele of satisfied cus tomers. This is because equipment companies make the financing of a new beauty parlor an easy venture by a liberal credit policy. The tendency toward numerous very small independent shops is, therefore, an important factor in this business. The size of the shops covered ranged from those with only 1 paid apprentice to one with 10 employed operators, but nine-tenths of the shops covered employed 4 or less operators. Over half of the shops had apprentices in training. W ith the exception of 1 man, all em ployees were women. It appeared that many of the operators in this field had come from the American mainland. Over half of them were Caucasians, and about one-fifth were Chinese. Hours and working conditions.— Broadly speaking, the hours main tained in Honolulu beauty shops are shorter than those found on the American mainland. M ost of the shops are on a 44- to 48-hour week. When night appointments are necessary, they are generally taken by the owners. Because of its personal-service nature and the needs of customers, lunch periods are a problem. While regular provision is made for lunch periods, these are in practice very frequently dis regarded in order to meet customer needs. Because offices in H ono lulu generally close at 4 p. m. most of the shops remain open till 5 or 6 to take care of office-worker customers. Earnings.— The median weekly earnings of regular employees were $16.15. Apprentices are in an entirely different category. Half of the apprentices were not paid, and the majority of those who were paid received less than $10 per week. There are no beauty schools as such in Hawaii, so that those who receive their training there must depend upon the apprentice system. There is a regular licensing system and a Territorial Board of Ex aminers which holds examinations for operators twice a year. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 183 BARBER SHOPS Although there are a few male-operated barber shops similar to the typical mainland shop, the overwhelming m ajority of barbers in Hawaii are Japanese women. This custom grew out of the fact that Japanese men established many small shops in which their wives assisted. When it became possible for the husband to find temporary or permanent work outside, the wife took over the management, and often hired additional Japanese girls to help her. The typical oriental barber shop in the Territory today is now owned and operated by women. The survey covered 25 shops with 53 paid barber girls, 16 apprentices, and 18 owner-operators. All of these shops were small, most of them employing only 3 to 5 persons. A number of them were operated by the owner and the members of her immediate family. Such concerns were, however, not included in the survey, since they did not maintain wage and hour data. Some of these Japanese girls were from Honolulu but a large number came from plantation homes. As is typical of Japanese custom, arrangements were frequently made between the family of the girl and the shop owner whereby the wages of the barber girl were paid to the parents and she retained only tips. Generally speaking, the shop owner considered herself guardian in the place of the girls’ parents, and m ost of the girls lived with the owner in a rear living room or in rooms above the shop. Hours of work.— Hours of work are uniformly long in all shops. Prior to January 1939, shops often remained open until 9 or 10 o ’clock in the evening, but a Honolulu ordinance of that date provided that shops might be open from 7 a. m. to 8 p. m. daily, except for Saturdays and days before holidays, when the closing may be extended until 9 p. m. Although, of course, they are not at work continuously, even the present arrangement provides an over-all schedule of 13 hours on weekdays and 14 on Saturdays. Time off for meals depends on the rush of business. N oon and evening meals are usually eaten on the premises, and very little time is allowed for them if customers are waiting. Allowing a half-hour per meal for noon and evening meals, the over-all hours thus amount to 73 per week, which means that most o f the girls are averaging less than 15 cents per hour. Earnings.— There was a very wide range of individual cash earnings on a monthly basis, from as low as $10 to as high as $60, but approxi mately one-third of the group earned $30 per month. An additional third earned between $32 and $45 per month. Tips were reported to range, in the m ajority of cases, from $1 to $3 per week. Commissions based on the number of customers were not common. Apprentices are on an entirely different basis from the regular barber girls. Here again the arrangements are usually made by the parents and the shop owner, the apprenticeship period being usually 18 months. Board and room are provided from the beginning, and after a few months, nominal wages of $3 to $5 or more are often paid, although this is not necessarily the case. Fees for training are not paid. Male earnings.— As previously stated, there were relatively few shops owned and operated by men. These were for the most part unionized Caucasian shops and provided a 9-hour weekday and a 9K-hour Saturday. Barbers received $30 a week out of the first $42 worth of service rendered to customers, and a commission of 65 per- 184 LABOR IK THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 cent on all above this amount. There were also a few nonunion shops with Filipino boys as barbers, who received distinctly lower wages and worked longer hours. MOTION PICTURES There are 31 motion-picture theaters in Honolulu County (the is land of Oahu). In addition to this, practically every plantation town on the other islands has its own motion-picture theater. The survey of the motion-picture industry covered 457 workers and was drawn from all parts of the Territory. The tables indicating the earnings in motion-picture theaters in Hawaii must be interpreted with many reservations. It is possible for a worker to be employed every week in the year in this industry, and yet have quite irregular hours and earnings. The term “ salaried worker” may even include a program-delivery boy who delivers pro grams once a week, at $1 per delivery, throughout the year. Be cause there are so many part-time workers, such as ushers, poster men, college students working at night, and the like, the average annual-earnings figure is not very significant even for those whose work was spread over 52 weeks. Sixteen workers in this group, for example, show earnings of less than $100 for the year. It can hardly be assumed that this represents the earnings of full-time workers. On the other hand, in the higher-income brackets are to be found workers who are fully employed throughout the year. The tables, therefore, must be interpreted in this light and are useful primarily as indicating the occupational opportunity and the earnings which the m otion-picture theaters provide in the Territory. In the sample studied there were 366 salaried and 91 nonsalaried workers paid on a semimonthly basis. In most cases no record of hours was available. The earnings data in tables 85 and 86 are therefore presented for the full pay-roll period. In comparing the average earnings of $47.16 and $33.37 for salaried males and females shown in table 85 with figures for other industries, it must be recalled that these averages cover only half a month. The earnings of salaried workers in motion-picture theaters in half a month are about the same as those of nonsalaried workers on sugar plantations in a full month. The nonsalaried workers shown in table 86 are for the most part occasional or part-time workers, such as substitute ushers or cashiers. These theaters employed 396 “ salaried” workers at one time or another in 1938; 308 of them worked during 52 weeks. Continuity of employment, as is to be expected in this occupation, is marked. As has been noted, however, this is not full-time employment; 16 workers made less than $100, for example. The average was $1,052. H alf the workers made more than $900 (table 87).11 u The earnings of 37 workers whose work was spread over 26 weeks or less, and of 51 workers who had more than half a year but less than a year of employment, were tabulated. The first group averaged 16.5 weeks and $171. The latter group averaged 37 weeks and $192. The distribution of earnings ranged from less than $50 to more than $800. There was no concentration of earnings worthy of mention. 185 LABOR 1ST THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 T a b l e 85. — Distribution of salaried workers in motion-picture theaters in Hawaiian Islands according to earnings in half-month period, June 1939 Half-month earnings $10 and under $12.50____ $12.50 and under $15____ $15 and under $17.50____ $17.50 and under $20____ $20 and under $22.50 __. . $22.50 and under $25____ $25 and under $27.50____ $27.50 and under $30____ $30 and under $32.50____ $32.50 and under $35____ $35 and under $37.50____ $37.50 and under $40- _ $40 and under $42.50____ $42.50 and under $45____ $45 and under $47.50____ $47.50 and under $50____ $50 and under $55______ $55 and under $60______ $60 and under $65. _____ $65 and under $70______ $70 and under $75______ $75 and under $80______ $80 and under $85______ $85 and under $90______ $90 and under $9 5-___ _ $95 and under $100.____ $100 and under $110_____ $110 and under $120___ $120 and under $130$130 and under $140 $140 and over.. Females Males Total the Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu lative lativelative per per per ber of ber of ber of work cent percent work cent percent work cent percentage age age ers age ers age age ers 6 5 19 8 13 13 13 12 44 24 26 22 21 8 10 13 28 18 15 6 4 5 5 4 4 3 2 3 2 3 i7 1.6 1.4 5.2 2.2 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.3 11.9 6.6 7.1 6.0 5.7 2.2 2.7 3.6 7.7 4.9 4.1 1.6 1.1 1.4 1.4 1.1 1.1 .8 .5 .8 .5 .8 1.9 1.6 3.0 8.2 10.4 14.0 17.6 21.2 24.5 36.4 43.0 50.1 56.1 61.8 64.0 66.7 70.3 78.0 82.9 87.0 88.6 89.7 91.1 92.5 93.6 94.7 95.5 96.0 96.8 97.3 98.1 Total____ __ __ _ 366 Average half-monthly earnings__ _ __ _ $43.96 2 4 8 4 9 9 9 7 36 18 21 15 17 6 9 9 25 17 13 5 3 5 5 3 4 2 1 3 2 3 7 0.7 1.4 2.8 1.4 3.2 3.2 3.2 2.5 12.9 6.4 7.5 5.3 6.0 2.1 3.2 3.2 8.9 6.0 4.6 1.8 1.1 1.8 1.8 1.1 1.4 .7 .4 1.1 .7 1.1 2. 5 0.7 2.1 4.9 6.3 9.5 12.7 15.9 18.4 31.3 37.7 45.2 50.5 56.5 58.6 61.8 65.0 73.9 79.9 84.5 86.3 87.4 89.2 91.0 92.1 93. 5 94.2 94.6 95. 7 96.4 97.5 4 1 11 4 4 4 4 5 8 6 5 7 4 2 1 4 3 1 2 1 1 4.7 1.2 12.8 4.7 4.7 4.7 4.7 5.9 9.3 7.1 5.9 8.2 4.7 2.4 1.2 4.7 3.5 1. 2 2.4 1.2 1.2 1 1.2 1 1 1.2 1.2 281 85 $47.16 $33. 37 4.7 5.9 18.7 23.4 28.1 32.8 37.5 43.4 52.7 59.8 65. 7 73.9 78.6 81.0 82.2 86.9 90.4 91.6 94.0 95.2 96.4 96.4 96.4 97.6 97.6 98.8 100.0 1 The average of all male workers earning $140 and over amounted to $161.57. T a b l e 86. — Distribution o f nonsalaried workers in motion-picture theaters in the Hawaiian Islands according to earnings in half-month period , June 1939 Total Half-month earnings Females Males Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu Num Simple Cumu ber of per lative per per ber of ber of lative lative work cent percent work cent percent work cent percent age age ers age ers age ers age age Under $2.50____________ $2.50 and under $5______ $5 and under $7.50______ $7.50 and under $10_____ $10 and under $12.50....... $12.50 and under $15____ $15 and under $17.50____ $17.50 and under $20__ $20 and under $22.50___ $22.50 and under $2 5___ $25 and over_____ 41 9 8 11 3 6 2 1 4 1 15 Total____________ A verage half-m onth earnings................. .... 91 80 11 $7.82 $8.15 $5.43 45.0 9.9 8.8 12.1 3.3 6.6 2.2 1.1 4.4 1.1 5. 5 45.0 54.9 63.7 75.8 79.1 85.7 87.9 89.0 93.4 94. 5 39 6 5 9 3 5 2 1 4 1 5 48.7 7.4 6.3 11.2 3.8 6.3 2. 5 1. 3 4.9 1. 3 6.3 1 Average of all male workers earning $25 and over amounted to $38.20. 48.7 56.1 62.4 73.6 77.4 83.7 86.2 87.5 92.4 93.7 2 3 3 2 18.2 27.3 27.3 18.2 1 9.6 18.2 45.5 72.8 91.0 91.0 100.0 186 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 a b l e 8 7 .— Distribution of workers in motion-picture theaters in the Hawaiian Islands whose work was spread over 52 weeks , according to annual earnings , 1 938 Number of workers Annual earnings Under $100-._ __ _____ . . . ... _ _ ______ $100 and under $200___________ ______ _________ ____ ___________ $200 and under $300____________________________________________ $300 and under $400_______________ ___________________________ $400 and under $500_____________________________________ _______ $500 and under $600_____________________________________ _______ $600 and under $700_______________ _ ______________ __________ $700 and under $800_____ ______________________- - ______ _______ $800 and under $900_____________ _______________________________ $900 and under $1,000________ __________________________ _____ $1,000 and under $1,100_________________________________________ $1,100 and under $1,200___ ____________________________________ $1,200 and under $1,300___ ___ . ___________________________ $1,300 and under $1,400_______________________ __________________ $1,400 and under $1,500_________________________________________ $1,500 and under $1,600_____ - ______ _______________________ $1,600 and under $1,700________ _________________________________ $1,700 and under $1,800_____________________ __________________ _ $1,800 and under $1,900_________ ______________________________ $1,900 and under $2,000_____________________________ ________ $2,000 and under $2,200_________________________________________ $2,200 and under $2,400________________ _______________________ $2,400 and under $2,600_____ __________________________________ $2,600 and under $2,800_________________ ________________ _______ $2,800 and under $3,000_________________________________________ $3,000 and over__ ____ ._ _ .. Total. - - - - - - Average annual earnings - . _. __ _, Simple Cumulative percentage percentage 16 9 7 17 14 12 12 35 33 26 14 24 16 11 10 6 9 2 2 4 7 4 2 3 1 i 12 5.2 2.9 2.3 5.5 4.5 3.9 3.9 11.5 10.8 8.5 4.5 7.8 5.2 3.6 3.2 1.9 2.9 .6 .6 1.3 2.3 1.3 .6 1.0 .3 5.2 8.1 10.4 15.9 20.4 24.3 28.2 39. 7 50. 5 59.0 63.5 71. 3 76. 5 80. 1 83. 3 85.2 88.1 88.7 89.3 90.6 92.9 94.2 94.8 95. 8 96.1 3.9 308 $1,052 1 A verage of all w orkers earn in g $3,000 a n d over a m o u n te d to $3,667. OIL DISTRIBUTION AND SERVICE STATIONS Oil is an important import of Hawaii. Neither oil nor coal is found within the Territory. Since coal is such a bulky and expensive com m odity to handle, not only over the great distance between the main land and Hawaii, but also in the transshipment necessary for distri bution among the islands, oil is the basis of practically all the fuel used in the Territory, with the exception of the bagasse (cane waste after the juice has been expressed) used for fuel by the sugar mills. The electrical power plant of Honolulu uses crude oil for fuel and even the gas plant converts crude oil rather than coal into gas for domestic and commercial purposes. Kerosene is used extensively in plantation homes for cooking, but not for heat since the mild climate makes heating equipment unnecessary. In addition to these requirements, the demand for oil and gasoline for m otor cars must be considered. There is one motor car for every five persons in the city and county of Honolulu. There are also well-organized systems of bus lines on all of the islands. T o service these cars there are 255 filling stations in the city and county of Honolulu. The following tables (88 and 89) indicate the earnings of workers in the merchandising of oil products in Honolulu. Because of the extremely even climate, this business is not as seasonal as it is on the mainland. Only 22 of the 198 workers of the group covered worked less than 52 weeks. They received annual earnings of $686; the remaining workers, whose work was spread over the entire year, had average annual earnings of $1,784. Of these workers, 46.7 percent received between $1,600 and $1,900 per year. 187 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE HAWAII, 19 3 9 The average semimonthly earnings of all workers were $74.25. Of these, 48.1 percent received between $65 and $80. The oil industry thus represents comparatively high earnings for the relatively few workers engaged in it. T 8 8 .— D istrib u tio n o f workers engaged in the m erch and ising o f oil products in H o n o lu lu , T . H . t according to earnings in ha lf-m on th p erio d , M a y and J u n e 1989 able Number of workers One-half month earnings 7 19 8 13 25 31 39 18 11 2 9 116 Under $50_____________ _______ _ _________ ________________ $50 and under $55_______ _______ ________ _ ________ _____ $55 and under $60_______ _ _________ ____________ _________ $60 and under $65___. . . _____ _ _ _ _ _ _ ___ ______ ___________ $65 and under $70______________ ______ _______________________ $70 and under $75__________________________________ _________ $75 and under $80_ _ _ ___ ______ __________ $80 and under $85 ____ ___ _ _ ______ _________________ $85 and under $90, _____ .__ _ _ ______ _____ ________________ $90 and under $95- ______ ____ _ _ _______ ____ _______ _________ $95 and under $100______ ___________________ ____ ___ _________ _ ___ ________________ $100 and over__ Total. ______________ _ 3.5 9.6 4.0 6.6 12.6 15.7 19.8 9.1 5.6 1.0 4.5 8.0 Cumula tive per centage 3.5 13.1 17.1 23.7 36.3 52.0 71.8 80.9 86.5 87.5 92.0 198 _ _________ ____ ______________ Average half-month earnings________ Simple percent age $74. 25 ___________ ____ _____ 1 The average of all workers earning $100 and over amounted to $108.27. T 89.— D istrib u tio n o f workers w hose w ork w as spread over 5 2 w eeks in the m erch andising o f oil products in H o n o lu lu , T . H ., according to a nnual ea rnings, 1988 able Number of workers Annual earnings $1,200 and under $1,300___ ______ _ _ _ ............ . ............... ............. $1,300 and under $1,400________ ____________ _ _______ _____ $1,400 and under $1>500___ _ _ _ _ __ _____ _ ............... ......... $1>500 and under $1,600__ ____________________ _______________ $1,600 and under $1»700___ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ............... ___........... . $1»700 and under $1»800_________________________ ______________ $1,800 and under $1,900__ _._ __ ___ _ ________ __________ __ $1,900 and under $2,000___ ___ _ _ ____ ___________ _____ $2,000 and under $2,200_______ ____ ____________________ . . . ____ $2,200 and under $2,400__ ___ _ ______ _ __________________ __ $2,400 and under $2,600___ __________ ______ ____________ _____ _ $2,600 and over __ __ ___ Total- __ ____ ___________ ________________ 1 The average of all workers earning $2,600 and over amounted to $2,759. 7 25 5 10 23 32 27 11 11 10 11 i4 176 Simple percent age 4.0 14.2 2.8 5.7 13.1 18.3 15.3 6.2 6.2 5. 7 6.2 2.3 Cumula tive per centage 4.0 18. 2 21.0 26.7 39.8 58.1 73.4 79.6 85.8 91.5 97.7 CHAPTER 24. WHITE-COLLAR WORKERS A study of white-collar work, essentially office work, involves an occupational rather than an industrial approach. Each of the in dustries studied so far offers a greater or less amount of office employ ment. The problem of white-collar employment in the Territory is so important, however, that it has seemed wise to segregate such occupations. In recent years there has been an increasingly intense upward pressure into the ranks of the white-collar workers on the part of the second and third generations of plantation laborers.1 Free public schools of excellent quality in the American democratic tradition are provided throughout the Territory. It is not uncommon for planta tion workers to make great sacrifices so that their sons and daughters may receive the benefits of higher education as well. Large numbers of them graduate from high school, special training schools, or college into the active life of an economy in which the largest occupational opportunity is that of a field worker on a plantation. Such work does not offer any scope for the exercise of their capacities, nor does the plantation community have much to offer them in the way of intellectual or cultural life. M oreover, there is a feeling, particularly among orientals, that to return to plantation field work after gradu ation is to “ lose face.” The study is based on a sample drawn from the lists of office workers in practically all industries covered in the survey.2 It also includes office workers in the “ factors” (the large sugar agencies) and in the sales and service offices of automobile companies. The public utilities and the “ factors,” since they maintain the largest office staffs, have the largest representation in the sample. Over 90 percent of the total in the sample are business-office em ployees. There are some, however, who are not, strictly speaking, in business offices, for example, cashiers in restaurants or motionpicture-theater ticket booths, clerks checking shipments on the wharves, and the like. Their work, however, is similar to office work. The principal occupations covered were accountants, bookkeepers, cashiers, clerks, secretaries, stenographers, timekeepers, private branch exchange telephone operators, and typists. Clerks and typists were the leading classifications. There were also minor clas sifications such as comptometer operators, addressograph and m ulti graph operators, and delivery dispatchers. 1 In spite of this upward pressure, Caucasians hold the dominant position in office work. Island-horn citizens of oriental extraction find proportionately little representation in the offices of the larger firms of the Territory, when one considers the large numbers seeking such employment. 2 White-collar workers in the offices of concerns in the following branches of industry were included in the survey: Automobiles (sales and services), bakeries, blueprinting and photocopying, can manufacture, department stores, drug stores, factors, foundries and machine shops, garments, hotels, laundries and dry cleaning, longshore companies, mercantile stores (other than department and drug stores), motion-picture theaters, oil products, pineapple canneries, pineapple plantations, printing and publishing, public construc tion, public utilities, restaurants and bars, sugar plantations, tuna packing, and wholesale and retail grocery and meat markets. 188 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 189 The tables are not representative in one respect, however. There are numerous small retail establishments in Hawaii (particularly oriental) in which stenographic or other part-time office work may be required. Often such stores are managed by the members of a family. Even when this is not the case, records are meager and not very dependable. Although there is little office work in any one establish ment, in the aggregate it constitutes a significant volume of such work which is not represented in these tables. Conferences with the owners of such establishments indicate that they pay lower salaries and demand distinctly longer hours than the larger concerns. Thus a truly representative sample which included this group would probably show somewhat lower average earnings and somewhat longer average hours per day. Broadly speaking, it is also true that, among those firms included in the sample, the smaller concerns pay lower salaries for longer hours. Some of the largest offices, which pay the highest salaries, are closed Wednesday afternoon and all of Saturday. This is exceptional, however. M ost of the offices open at 8 a. m. and close at 4 p. m. with half an hour (in some cases, 45 minutes) for lunch, and with a half day (or full day) off on Saturday. The range in regular hours per week is thus from as low as 33 to over 50, but the overwhelming majority of office workers work between 40 and 45 hours per week. Provisions for vacations with pay, sick leave, group insurance, and pensions differ widely.3 Two weeks annual vacation with pay is fairly typical. Monthly earnings.— Table 90 presents the monthly earnings of 1,438 white-collar workers by sex and race. It may be noted in the first place that there were three times as many males as females. In the second place, the distribution by race shows the dominant position of Caucasians. N ot only do they hold the better paying jobs, but they constitute nearly half of the workers, though this group constitutes about a sixth of the population. A t the other extreme one may note that so few Filipinos are employed in white-collar jobs that they have not been tabulated as a separate racial group, though they constitute one-eighth of the population. In the firms covered, Caucasians had the highest average earnings per month, $139 for males and $120 for females. The difference between these averages and those of other racial groups is especially marked in the case of females. One tenth of the Caucasians received $195 per month or over. Only slightly more than 1 in 30 of all other groups combined received as much. Japanese, constituting about one-fourth of total employment, re ceived the lowest average m onthly wage ($98). Over half of the Caucasians received $125 or more, whereas less than one-quarter of the Japanese fell in this classification. Chinese represented a somewhat smaller group than the Japanese (one-fifth of the total) but averaged distinctly higher monthly earnings ($124). 3 A description of these provisions for office workers in the public utilities has been given in a preceding section. $115 and under $125 $125 and under $135 $135 and under $145 $145 and under $155 $155 and under $165 $165 and under $175 $175 and under $185 27 35 28 5 3 58 40 24 18 4 36 36 28 8 6 42 29 14 13 1 77 26 34 17 4 56 23 6 10 4 58 16 25 4 31 8 21 2 27 36 3 9 5 22 1.5 1.9 40 2.8 4.7 $132 98 124 122 99 13 0.9 98.4 = 23 1.6 1,438 120 3 6 1 2 3 16 1 2 4 31 45 73 128 37 59 81 80 107 92 77 74 41 25 3 10 4 27 5 3.5 5.6 7.7 7.6 10.1 8.7 6.9 12.1 7.3 7.0 4.3 2.9 3.9 2.4 2.6 0.3 0.5 0.9 0.4 5.6 11.2 18.9 26.5 36.6 45.3 52.2 64.3 71.6 78.6 82.9 85.8 89.7 92.1 94.7 95.0 95.5 96.4 96.8 11 1.0 97.8 24 2 2 5 2 1 2 2 2 $235 and under $245 15 4 2 5 2 j $225 and under $235 $215 and under $225 643 337 278 133 47 | $205 and under 1 $215 16 1 2 4 $195 and under $205 8 $185 and under $195 Average month ly salary 1 $105 and under | $115 50 29 21 15 9 i Total number of workers $95 and under $105 31 29 17 11 4 i $255 and over $85 and under $95 20 19 16 5 4 $245 and under $255 $75 and under $85 8 22 5 2 3 10 3 1 2 3 Total________________ 6 Simple percentage-________ _ 0.4 Cumulative percentage_____ 0.4 99 158 64 98 144 114 99 103 62 39 92 124 53 28 32 4 11 4 6 4.5 6.4 8.6 6.8 10.0 7.9 6.9 11.0 6.9 7.2 4.3 2,7 3.7 1.9 2.2 0.3 0.4 0.8 0.3 9.2 15.6 24.2 31.0 41.0 48.9 55.8 66.8 73.7 80.9 85.2 87.9 91.6 93.5 95.7 96.0 96.4 97.2 97.5 === MALES Caucasian_________________ Japanese___________________ Chinese___ _ _____________ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian. All others___ ______ ._ . . . Total_________ _______ Simple percentage______ . . . Cumulative percentage_____ — FEMALES Caucasian... . . _______ _ Japanese___ . _________ . . ________ Chinese____ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian. All others________ _____ T otal..______________ Simple percentage_______ .. Cumulative percentage_____ 1 5 6 1.6 1.6 1 1 ’ 1 3 2 2 9 1 1 3 7 0.7 0.7 15 1.4 2.1 4 9 1 1 6 13 4 2 8 10 13 3 3 12 9 3 2 1 16 22 10 8 3 15 7 7 3 1 30 24 10 9 8 20 5 11 6 1 19 34 21 4 2 8 1 7 1 1 35 36 22 12 2 21 33 25 8 5 23 4 2 6 2 25 18 37 15 27 33 43 3.9 6.5 7.0 8.6 11.3 4.7 9.7 5.5 12.0 19.0 27.6 38.9 43.6 53.3 15 3 3 23 28 13 8 1 19 1 1 5 49 26 33 16 4 31 16 25 2 27 1 2 16 1 19 11 .... 8 26 3 8 4 10 12 4 2 5 2 3 19 1 1 5 2 1 2 2 2 5 1 1 9 1 1 2 23 2.2 399 277 237 102 40 1,055 — 139 105 132 130 101 126 — 120 65 82 95 (3) 1 1 1 12 22 26 30 22 29 17 2 8 3 5 5.7 6.8 7.8 5.7 7.6 4.4 2.1 3.1 0.8 1.3 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.5 59.0 65.8 73.6 79.3 86.9 91.3 93.4 96.5 97.3 98.6 98.9 99.2 99.5 99.5 100.0 1 383 104 1 1 19 2 15 7 21 2 244 60 41 31 7 1 28 37 21 6 9 4 = = 2 1Includes 42 workers who received perquisites of board and/or room. 2 The average of all male workers earning $255 and over amounted to $289. 3 Too few workers to justify the computation of an average; included in total 11 1 1 THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 $65 and under $75 1 5 m 5 12 3 1 1 ALL WORKERS Caucasian_________________ Japanese______ _ ______ ______ Chinese____ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian. All others... ._ . . . _______ O O LABOR £ ««■ oUl 73 P P $55 and under $65 Sex and race $45 and under $55 90.— Distribution of white-collar workers in the Hawaiian Islands according to monthly salaries, by sex and race, 1938 and 1939 1 $35 and under $45 T able LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 191 Annual earnings.— There is relatively little seasonality for office work in Hawaii. Seasonal white-collar work is confined largely to canneries. Even there, an effort has been made to “ smooth out” the variations in office work requirements over the year. Turn-over is not large and such tu rn over as does exist is primarily due to office workers who come from the United States mainland to work for a while in Hawaii and return. A surprisingly large number of them, however, become permanent residents. Table 91 summarizes earnings in 1938 for 1,317 workers. About 17 percent of the total were reported as working less than 52 weeks. A record of weeks worked was not available for an additional 13 per cent of the workers covered, but since this group showed average annual earnings of $1,781, which exceeded the average for those em ployed 52 weeks ($1,610), it appears probable that most of them were fully employed throughout the year. Over one-fourth (28.9 percent) of all workers earned between $1,100 and $1,600 during the year. The differences in earnings of white-collar workers b y sex were not as great as in nonsalaried occupations in the Territory, males averaging $1,472 and females $1,118 for the year. Differences in earnings by race were much smaller for males than for females. Caucasian women averaged $1,298, whereas Jap anese women received only $714 on the average during the year. T able 91.- — Average annual earnings of white-collar workers in the Hawaiian Islands hy sex, 193 8 1 All workers Male Female Average Average Average Number of weeks over number Aver Num number Aver Num number Aver which work was Num of age an age an of weeks weeks of weeks age an ber of ber of ber of spread nual over nual over over nual work work work earn earn which which which earn ers ers ers work was ings work was ings work was ings spread spread spread $109 326 579 917 1, 527 Under 13 w eeks_____ 13 and under 26 weeks. 26 and under 39 weeks. 39 and under 52 weeks. 52 weeks._ . . . Number of weeks not reported.. ______ 72 62 54 50 899 180 1,807 148 1,781 32 1, 925 Total___ ______ 1, 317 1, 369 935 1,472 382 1,118 6.1 16.9 32.3 44.9 52.0 36 36 33 28 654 6.2 16.8 32.5 44.8 52.0 $112 323 575 889 1,610 36 26 21 22 245 6.0 17.0 31.9 45.1 52.0 $106 330 585 952 1, 306 1 Not including 123 white-collar workers on sugar plantations as the number of weeks over which work was spread could not be computed from available data. A better indication of the earnings of regularly employed whitecollar workers is shown in table 92 giving a distribution of earnings for those whose work was spread over 52 weeks. Such white-collar workers received a general average of $1,527 for the year, males aver aging $1,610 and females $1,306.4 * This table as noted omits 123 workers on sugar plantations for whom data on weeks worked was not available. The averages shown in the table would be raised had it been possible to include earnings for 148 males and 32 females shown in table 91 with weeks worked not reported. Thus, in the full sample of 382 females, there were 24 more than are shown in table 92 with earnings of $1,700 or more. Of these, 10 received $1,700 to $2,000, 13 received $2,000 to $2,800, and 1 received over $3,000. These were doubtless almost all persons with work in 52 weeks. T a b l e 9 2 . - — Distribution of white-collar workers in the Hawaiian u, Td -d S3 a d_ TJO TJ<S§ S3J& Sex and race m S_ 'd S3 u S3 S3T3§ a 03& w 03** d I 4 m over 52 weeks, according to annual earnings, by . 3 o 1:3 © 2© d 0 d1© 'd © d <M d § S 3r-T go? 5< n dm dm | I 'd ©^-d I I 8Cl d . do d i S d&c'T ao *r! 8 d . , da 6 2d ^ §§ d® m m U, © d© d co d*j2 8 89 d - > 0 S d3 © © © H jd y; 2 ® S3 d.S Ch 0 0 H m a >>fd ► c ALL WORKERS Caucasian______ ____ _ - ___ 1 2 2 7 Hawaiian and part Hawaiian All nthpfs 3 Total______________________ 0.3 Simple percentage______________ Cumulative percentage _________ 0.3 9 1 .0 1.3 3 8 2 2 15 1.7 3.0 4 13 7 1 2 27 3.0 6 .0 11 9 8 4 17 7 5 1 1 12 37 4.1 1 0.1 16 16 14 23 10 12 7 5 20 5 19 7 9 1 1 FEMALES 1 1 6 2 5 5 6 1 3 4 7 6 7 2 2 21 6 10 9 35 12 9 7 1 20 11 11 1 16 32 13 6 10 21 5 5 21 3 13 1 8 21 13 2 2 5 3 4 2 1 2 1 37 24 4 4 6 16 4 3 1 6 5 2 1 0 .2 1 2 2 6 3 0.5 0.7 12 1 .8 2.5 6 11 5 8 11 15 8 23 17 6 12 6 7 15 14 15 3 14 18 6 7 22 6 12 10 7 6 15 10 11 1 19 16 6 20 6 12 10 13 24 7 24 3 17 9 2 2 4 3 3 5 4 . . . 4 . _____ 14 1 6 3 3 6 7 2 1 4 2 2 3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 8 35 1 47 42 30 10 25 48 45 48 59 18 25 38 45 47 23 3.8 5.4 7.2 6.4 7.3 6.9 4.6 7.3 5.8 6.9 7.2 3.5 9.0 3.8 2 . 8 1.5 1 . 2 9.2 14.6 2 1 . 8 28.2 35.5 42.4 47.0 54.3 60.1 67.0 74.2 77.7 86.7 90.5 93.3 94.8 96.0 2 2 6 5 2 6 9 1 2 13 8 2 2 6 2 4 1 2 2 1 1 3 4 2 3 2 3 2 3~ 1 .2 1 .2 8 3.3 4.5 19 2.9 5.4 5 8 2 6 2 1 6 14 13 3 1 1 1 5 5 1 2 2 1 12 1 1 o 15 13 4 4 1 1 1 "~Y 1 15 1 6 15 5 14 ~~2 ir 1 2 12 18~ 13~ 19 8 16 6 15 5 15 0.4 7. 4 5.3 7.9 3.3 5.7 8.7 4.9 6.5 6.5 2.4 2.4 6 . 1 6. 1 6 . 1 4.9 6 . 1 2 .0 2 .0 9.4 15. 5 22.9 28.2 36.1 39.4 45.1 53.8 58.7 65.2 71.7 74.1 76.5 82.6 88.7 94.8 96.8 98.8 98. 8 99.2 4 26 4.0 232 181 162 65 14 654 — 1,784 1,346 1, 655 1,647 (3) 1,610 ______ — 1,534 811 1,005 1, 235 145 44 23 ____ 26 7 5 2 245 2 (3) 1,306 0 .8 1 Not including 123 white-collar workers on sugar plantations, as the number of weeks over which work was spread could not be computed .from available data. workers who received perquisites of board and/or room. 2 The average of all workers earning $3,000 and over amounted to $3,459. 3 Too few workers to justify the computation of an average: included in total. 4 The average of all male workers earning $3,000 and over amounted to $3,465. 5The average of all female workers earning $3,000 and over amounted to $3,384, $1,687 1,242 1, 574 1, 529 1,268 21 1 1 0 .2 377 225 185 91 — — Includes 22 19 39 Caucasian . __ Japanese . . . . . Chinese_________________________ Hawaiian and part Hawaiian. __ All others _________ ... Total Simple percentage_________ _____ _ Cumulative percentage__________ 1 20 21 46 54 56 64 69 9 2 28 899 38 55 62 74 10 44 51 30 23 57 1, 527 38 4.2 6 . 0 6 . 1 6 . 2 7.8 6.3 5. 1 7.1 4.9 5.7 6.9 4.2 8.3 3.3 2 . 6 1 .0 3.1 ___ 1 .1 14.3 20.3 26.4 32.6 40.4 46.7 51.8 58.9 63.8 69.5 76.4 80.6 88.9 92.2 94.8 95.9 96.9 — — — MALES Caucasian . . . __ Japanese_____ ____ ____ _______ __ Chinese___ _ ________ ___ - - Hawaiian and part Hawaiian All others._____ _________________ Total . __ . _____ __ _ Simple percentage_______________ Cumulative percentage___________ 28 16 17 ^ LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, *§9- J 1 s'O fl d_ Islands whose work was spread sex and race, 1938 1 . , , LA La 'O 'd §© S3 S3 * g ~ g s 8 * § , s 8 d o T3^ Td« 'd co 'd ^ 'C 'deo Tdt3. Td8 _T 3J! S3^ S3_T S3,_T S3,-7 3 h (3 -do S d&* d d dm dm S3r-T 0309- <8m od^so ^ o *-■ *-< OS** d m ©A o ® g £ 8 | ic'd S^'d I I S'O co 7d o 'd 8 m 4 m m m 5sm m 5)m P art VI The O rga n iza tion o f M a n a g em en t and L a b o r; L a bor L egisla tion 193 CHAPTER 25. THE ORGANIZATION OF MANAGEMENT The position of labor relative to the economy of Hawaii as a whole is best expressed in terms of a comparison between the organization of the management of industry on the one hand and the organization of labor on the other. Throughout the Territory, there is a general belief that the whole industrial structure of the islands is subject to the ownership of a small group. Because many of the aspects of control, though clearly present, are not at all clear in respect to degree or detail, there is an inclination to exaggerate the extent of the concentration of ownership. There are between fifteen and sixteen thousand individual stock holders 1 in the sugar industry alone (about two-thirds of whom are residents of the Territory). Of the lands producing sugar, less than half are directly owned by the plantations, the remainder being leased from individual estates (many of them owned by native Hawaiians) and from the government of the Territory. M oreover, the infiltration of mainland concerns, such as the large pineapple companies, the low price retail chain stores now established on the four leading islands, and the recent development of Honolulu branch offices for the conduct of a mail-order business on a large scale (all controlled from the central offices of large mainland corporations), tends to encroach upon the long-established position of the Island enterprises. In spite of these facts, however, there remain many evidences of a high degree of integration in management and control. This applies not only to specific industries, such as the sugar industry, already described, but also to the general financial and industrial structure of the Territory as a whole. This structural integration is not entirely a matter of the concen tration of legal ownership. M any of its phases are inherent in the isolated character of the Hawaiian economy and in the social and family relationships that have developed over time. That is, part of the unification of control is to be found in relationships which are not embodied in formal contracts or even in formal organizations. A t the outset it should be noted that the wealth of the islands is largely in the hands of Caucasians, or, to be more specific, AngloSaxons. The figures for Territorial taxes and assessed values by race indicate that Hawaiians, part Hawaiians, Portuguese, Spaniards, Chinese, Japanese, and Filipinos combined own only one-fifth of the total assessed values of taxable real and personal property, although they represent four-fifths of the population. Anglo-Saxons, as individuals, own only slightly over 15 percent of assessed property, and constitute about the same percentage (16.4) of the total popula tion. But “ corporations and firms” control two-thirds of all assessed 1 On April 12, 1934, there were 15,488 sugar plantation shareholders, of whom 10,088 were residents in the Territory. The holdings of the largest individual stockholders in each of the three largest “ factors” were 7 percent, 21 percent, and 25 percent, respectively. 195 2 4 1 4 0 4 — 4 0 --------14 196 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 property value. Some of this consists of large estates in part under Hawaiian control, but the bulk of it is under Anglo-Saxon ownership. Even that land which is Hawaiian owned is largely under AngloSaxon management by virtue of long-term leases between the planta tions and the Hawaiian estates. Thus it is clear that the dominant position in the industrial life of the Territory lies within the AngloSaxon group, representing one-sixth of the population. Within the Anglo-Saxon group itself there is a high degree of concentration of control. One aspect of this integration lies in the character of the corporate and intercorporate relationships between island enterprises. Refer ence has already been made to the five large agencies which control the sugar industry. These agencies do not confine their interests to sugar alone, but have investments and contractual relationships with many other island enterprises. In addition, they own many sub sidiary companies. Another important aspect of the integration of management lies in the unusually large number of interlocking directorates to be found in territorial corporations. The accompanying chart indicates the extent to which the directors and chief officials of one corporation in the Territory are also directors and chief officials in others. It refers to the officers of one of the five large agencies in Honolulu. A com bined chart showing the interlocking of directorates as between all five of these agencies and the other large enterprises of the Territory would indicate an even greater unity o f control. Within the lifetime of people still living in the Territory, Hawaii was under a distinctly feudal system. The transfer of a system of land tenure under a feudal king to the present system of land tenure was an exceedingly complicated one. M any of the present land hold ings date back to this prior period. The historic development of land holdings and the present intricate system of land tenure contribute to the unification of power in the Territory. There has been a considerable degree of intermarriage among the more influential of the families of the Territory, possibly because of the relative isolation of Hawaii. Interfamily relationships, as well as intrafamily holdings, are thus an additional significant feature in the integration of industry. Because the sugar industry is the oldest, most powerful, and most highly unified in the Hawaiian economy, many persons are inclined to think of the economic integration of the Territory exclusively in terms of this industry. But it should be noted that, because of the inter corporate relations mentioned above, the centralization of control is not confined to the sugar industry alone, but extends into practically every aspect of the economic life of Hawaii. Over half of the pineapple industry is island-owned, and it is closely connected, through interlocking directors and intrafamily holdings, with the sugar industry. The same may be said of most of the public utilities, the M atson and Inter-Island steamship companies, the large hotels, and a great variety o f minor corporate enterprises. Thus the Territory o f Hawaii possesses a strongly centralized indus trial structure, highly integrated in its broader aspects as well as its minor details, not only in the economic, but even in the social and political aspects of island life. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 CO ^1 198 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 Although many of the large enterprises maintain effective employeewelfare policies, their attitude may best be described as benevolently paternalistic rather than liberal. The history of management in Hawaii, broadly speaking, is one of antagonism to labor organization. The high degree o f intercorporate control makes it possible to mobilize the resources of all large enterprises to restrict the growth of labor unions and to combat strikes in whatever fields of industry they may occur. There is a tendency on the part of management to assume that unionism is synonymous with dangerous radicalism, pos sibly because the labor movement in Hawaii has not always been wisely led. The result of this attitude is the feeling that labor union ism is a common menace to all Hawaiian enterprise, and that the duty of combating its development is a common problem of the manage ment of all industries whenever labor troubles occur. Thus, although management has done much for labor in Hawaii, it has also used every influence at its command to restrict labor organization. The workers of Hawaii are economically isolated. They find it equally difficult to return to the countries o f their origin or to migrate to the American mainland, and are thus completely dependent upon a relatively restricted group of local island enterprises throughout the whole of their lives. In this respect they are in a very different position from that of the typical mainland wage earner. There is, therefore, a very strong incentive not to do anything which would jeopardize their future employment possibilities. The position of the individual plantation worker is especially vul nerable. The house in which he lives, the store from which he buys, the fields in which he finds his recreation, the hospital in which he is treated, are all owned by plantation management, which in turn has its policies controlled from the offices of the factors in Honolulu. Whether it is justified or not, there is a prevalent feeling among the m ajority of Hawaiian workers that a bad record with any important concern in the Territory makes it difficult to obtain employment in any other concern, and that to be associated with labor-union activities is certain to weaken their employment opportunities, if not destroy their economic future. CHAPTER 26. DEVELOPMENT OF LABOR UNIONS LABOR ORGANIZATION ON THE PLANTATIONS In comparison with the highly integrated character of industrial management, the organization of labor in the Territory is meager. T o understand the development of labor organization in Hawaii, it is necessary to remember that in less than 70 years the population has increased from 56,000 (in 1872) to wTell over 400,000. Practically all of this increase is non-Hawaiian and represents the organized im portation of labor for plantation purposes. The original idea of plantation management was to bring out workers under contract and ship them back after the contract was finished. That is, they wrere interested in obtaining young, unmarried males at the best of their productive period and avoiding the problem of main tenance of families or o f pensions for superannuated workers. At first this system was successful. Imported Chinese laborers went back to China when their contracts were finished. Portuguese and other Caucasian laborers used Hawaii as a stepping stone to the American mainland. The ever-present problem in this circulating supply o f labor was to maintain a large enough importation to offset not only the emigration of workers whose contracts had expired, but also the constantly increasing demands of the expanding plantation system. The ratio o f immigration and emigration to population reached its peak in 1889, when it amounted to 24.1 percent. Thereafter, large numbers (particularly of the Japanese) began to settle permanently and to establish homes. Under these conditions, it is not surprising that labor organization on the plantations is a recent development. The laborers brought into the islands were, for the most part, docile and ignorant. They had come from countries in which conditions of labor were extremely harsh, hours were long, and pay was low. They were thrown into strange surroundings far distant from their accustomed homes. M ore over, they found themselves in immediate competition with other races with which they had previously had no contact. Thus they were easily exploited. The record of the early days of plantation life under the contract system is a severe indictment of the methods and attitudes of plantation owners of those days. This system was not abolished until annexation in 1898. Partly by virtue of a gradu ally growing sympathy and unity on the part of the various elements among the plantation laborers, partly because of the gradual increase in the number of second and third generation citizen laborers on the plantations, and partly because of a marked change toward a socialminded attitude on the part o f plantation management, conditions have greatly improved in respect to wages, hours, working conditions, and the whole of the life o f plantation communities since those early days. 199 200 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 Nevertheless, the plantation system continues to be paternalistic. Employee organizations do exist on the plantations, but they take the form o f recreational and social clubs, or of religious groups, usually along racial lines. Labor organizations, as such, have gained little footing. Since all o f the property, the land, the housing, the com munity center itself, even many o f the governmental functions o f the plantation towns, are controlled by plantation management, any one in the plantation community who is disapproved by management is legally a trespasser and, as such, can be put off the plantation. In spite of these conditions, however, plantation workers were beginning to become organization-minded by the end of the World War. The rapid rise in prices occasioned by the war led to a wave of strikes in 1919 and 1920, which represented an effort to adjust the wage scale to the rising cost of living. They were also due to an increasing solidarity among plantation laborers, many of whom had, by this time, established permanent homes in the Territory. In 1919 a federation of Japanese labor in Hawaii was formed. Demands were submitted to the Hawaiian sugar plantations. A t the same time, a newly organized Filipino labor association presented similar demands. These were rejected, and in December both organizations went on strike on six Oahu plantations. Although other strikes had occurred as early as the eighties and nineties, they were spontaneous, brief (2 or 3 days), and generally racial in character. They were usually occasioned by some disturbing incident which brought labor and management into conflict, such as an unannounced change in piece rates, or trouble between a “ luna” (straw boss) and the field workers under him, rather than by any consistent effort on the part of labor for better conditions. A strike in 1909, though somewhat broader in scope, was also of this character. The strike of 1919-20 thus represented the first consistently organized effort to enforce wage and other demands. It involved destructive activity, including the burning of cane, in addition to large losses due to the interruption of harvesting and planting schedules, and was estimated to have cost the plantations $12,000,000. The workers struck at the most strategic island, Oahu, and refrained from striking on the other islands, in order to make it possible for the Oahu strikers (particularly the Japanese) to obtain aid from those at work on other islands. The strike lasted approximately 7 months. The Filipinos returned to work on February 10 and the Japanese at the end of July. As a result of the strike, they obtained a new wage and bonus schedule, increasing the minimum rate and abolishing race differentials. Plantation labor organization, however, dis integrated immediately after the strike. The next important plantation strike occurred on April 1, 1924, when Filipinos struck for $2 a day, an 8-hour day, and no bonus. In this they were led b y a Filipino organizer named Pablo Manlapit. The strikes involved a number of islands, Oahu and Hawaii in par ticular. On September 9 strikers at Hanapepe, Kauai, held two Filipino strikebreakers prisoners in their camp. The prisoners were later re turned to the police, but while they were being escorted away, a dis pute arose which resulted in the killing of 4 policemen and 16 strikers, and the wounding of many more. Seventy-six participants were arrested and 60 given 4-year prison terms. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 1 9 3 9 201 During the following 13 years there were few labor disturbances on the plantations; nor were there any effective efforts toward organization. Filipino laborers again struck between April 20 and June 21, 1937, this time on the island of Maui, partly with the aid of C. I. O. organ izers. A t its peak, the strike involved some 3,500 Filipinos on 3 plantations. It was a distinctly Filipino strike, although Japanese workers provided some financial support, as did also the Maritime Union. Slight wage concessions were obtained. That same year, in June and August, there were strikes on the pineapple plantations involving altogether about 1,800 men. Addi tional plantation strikes occurred from time to time throughout the period 1937-39, though they received little publicity and ended quick ly. Up to this time, all plantations, whether sugar or pineapple, had maintained a strongly antiunion stand. The first vote to be taken by an island plantation organization occurred at Kalaheo, Kaui, under an agreement signed M ay 20, 1939, by the manager of the company and the officers of the unions. The United Cannery, Agricultural, Packing, and Allied Workers of America, Local 76, C. I. O., was voted as exclusive representative for collective bargaining. B oth men and women were excused from their jobs by the management to permit them to vote. Since the election was held pursuant to the National Labor Relations Act, only nonagricultural workers were eligible to vote, and some confusion arose in respect to who were agricultural and who were nonagricultural employees. Nevertheless this agreement was looked upon by both plantation and cannery labor as an important precedent in the future development of plantation labor organization. NONPLANTATION UNIONS The workers who live outside of the plantations are in a somewhat different position. They represent over half of the total number gainfully employed. They live in Honolulu and a few small urban centers. This group also includes a much larger percentage of Cau casian workers and skilled trades than does the group on the planta tions. Unionism in Honolulu is older than the Territory. But such small organizations as did exist in the early days were largely made up of Caucasian workers who came from the American mainland and brought their labor unions with them. It is recorded that a charter was issued to Typographical Union N o. 37 of Honolulu on August 9, 1884. It was not until 1910, however, that there were enough unions to form a central labor council. This functioned only about 5 years. During the W orld War there seems to have been little activity. The large plantation strike of 1919-20 was accompanied by a wave of smaller ones in such enterprises as the Oahu Railway, the Mutual Telephone Co., Honolulu Construction & Draying Co., Inter-Island Steamship Co., and others. In August 1935 three maritime unions— the Sailors' Union of the Pacific, the Marine Cooks and Stewards, and the Marine Firemen and Watertenders— sent agents to Honolulu to open hiring halls. These unions were working under contracts with the shipowners for the first 202 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 time in the history of Honolulu. Since that time, the maritime unions have constituted the focal point of labor organization and activity in the Territory. As a result of a maritime strike which began in October 1936, attempts were made to organize longshoremen of Honolulu. An effort to obtain an A. F. of L. charter for the organiza tion failed, and a C. I. O. charter was applied for and received. Soon after this, some of the union longshoremen were discharged. A complaint was filed with the National Labor Relations Board charg ing the M atson Co. with discrimination against the union. As a result of a Labor Board investigation, formal hearings were ordered. The examiner's decision indicated that labor had been coerced and in timidated, and ordered compensation in the amount of $6,000. On M ay 26, 1938, a number of maritime unions centering in Hilo, including longshoremen, warehousemen, clerks, and transport workers, presented demands to the Inter-Island Steamship Co., resulting in a strike which lasted until August 15, 1938. The strike gradually grew in intensity and the attempt to unload a steamship in Hilo on August 1 was occasion for a mass demonstration by the strikers, resulting in the wounding of 50 persons, 25 of whom had to be hospitalized. Hawaiian unionism tends to center in functional groups, such as the Maritime Trades Council which includes machinists, carpenters, boilermakers, moulders, and plumbers; the Allied Printmg Trades Council, which includes the typographical union, the pressmen, the engravers, and the Newspaper Guild; and the maritime unions, which are divided into two groups, (1) the cooks and stewards, and the fire men, who are members of W est Coast unions without local charters, and (2) other waterfront unions, Inter-Island Boatmen's Union, the longshoremen, and the Honolulu Waterfront Workers Association, each of which has a local charter. Besides this, there are a number of special unions for musicians; hotel, restaurant, and bar caterers; barbers; brewery workers; motion-picture operators; plasterers; butchers; transportation workers; and the telegraphers and radio station personnel. C. I. O. and A. F. of L. unions are about equally represented. Both groups have endeavored to avoid the extreme antagonisms which have characterized their relations elsewhere. In this respect labor has cooperated more effectively in Hawaii than in most places on the mainland. The total membership of all unions in the Territory has been increasing. Accurate figures are not available. Estimates of total membership by union officials vary from 3,500 to 6,000 members. Even if the larger figure is accepted as accurate, it would indicate that less than one twenty-fifth of the gainfully employed are unionized. This relative weakness of Hawaiian labor organization is due to the following factors: (1) The rapid improvement in wages, hours, and working condi tions in recent years combined with well-organized opposition to union ism on the part of management in every aspect of the economic and political life of the Territory. (2) Lack of experience on the part of the bulk of the island labor (both alien and Hawaiian-born laborers come from a background in which labor unions are little known). LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OE H A W A II, 19 3 9 203 (3) Marked racial differences among plantation laborers, which set up barriers of language and culture, and result in distrust and even antagonism between racial groups. This is, however, a decreasing influence. (4) The character of union leadership which has often been inex perienced, overly anxious to obtain quick results, and hence inclined to invoke drastic policies. (5) Relatively little support accorded to island organizations on the part of parent unions on the mainland. (6) A tradition of employer-employee relationships along racial lines, particularly among workers of oriental origin, which cuts directly across the lines of union organizations. (7) Discrimination within some of the unions (particularly those brought to Honolulu from the mainland) against workers of oriental extraction, which has tended toward economic stratification along racial lines, and which also cuts across the lines of normal Hawaiian labor organization. C H A P T E R 27. LABO R L E G IS L A T IO N Since 1935, much of the effort of organized labor has been in the direction of social legislation which would strengthen the position of the unions. Judged by mainland standards, certain of the laws of the Territory are somewhat reactionary in character, as, for example, the law providing for arrest for investigation when an officer has a reasonable suspicion that a person intends to commit an offense; the press control law of 1921 following the strike of 1920; the law cover ing picketing and the protection of labor of 1923 which provides that picketing intended to influence others not to trade with, buy from, sell to, work for, or have business dealings with another person is unlawful; and the trespass law of 1925, enacted after an outside organizer had succeeded in forming a Filipino union in 1924. Some of these laws, such as the picketing law of 1923, have never been invoked, which is interpreted by the unions to indicate that there is some question as to their constitutionality. On the other hand, a considerable body of legislation beneficial to labor has also been enacted. On account of the relationship of the Islands to the United States, laws have been passed both by the Congress of the United States and the Territorial legislature1 governing this jurisdiction. A t the time of the adoption of the organic act a number of Federal laws were made applicable immediately to the Territory. During recent years much of the labor and social-insurance legislation passed by Congress of general application to the continental United States has been ex tended to Hawaii. For example, Hawaii is subject to the National Labor Relations Act, the Railway Labor Act, the Federal Employers’ Liability Act, and such social-insurance legislation as the Social Security Act, the Railroad Retirement Act, and the Railroad Unem ployment Insurance Act. Similarly the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Walsh-Healey Act, and the Maritime Labor Relations A ct are applicable to the Territory. The Norris-LaGuardia Act, which regulates the issuance of injunctions in labor disputes, is effective also in Hawaii. The Legislature of Hawaii in its capacity as a lawmaking body has enacted considerable legislation of interest and importance to labor. A recent far-reaching legislative act affecting labor occurred during the legislative year of 1939 when the legislature decreed a unified con trol of the administration of all labor laws in an agency to be known as the Department of Labor and Industrial Relations.2 This act pro vided also for the mediation and conciliation of labor disputes, the establishment of appeal boards to consider claims for workmen’ s compensation, and the regulation of child labor. A brief survey of the most important Territorial labor legislation follows: 1 The Territorial legislature meets biennially in odd numbered years and the sessions are limited to 60 days. 2 Details regarding the structural organization of this department are given in appendix A. 204 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 205 CHILD LABOR A basic 16-year minimum age has been established for work in any gainful occupation during school hours or at any time in factories or in connection with power-driven machinery or in occupations deter mined, after hearing by the Commission of Labor and Industrial Rela tions of Hawaii, to be hazardous. However, children between 12 and 16 may work after school hours and during vacation, but not in a factory nor in certain hazardous occupations. In such cases work is limited to 8 hours a day, 40 hours a week, and 6 days a week. They may not work before 7 in the morning or after 6 in the evening, and the com bined hours of work and hours in school shall not exceed a total of 9 hours a day. The Commission of Labor and Industrial Relations, however, may vary the number of days per week and the hours speci fied for good cause and where such variation will not be detrimental to the health or well-being of the minors. The law requires that em ployers of minors under 16 must obtain employment certificates. The law also contains protective provisions for minors under 18 years of age, by prohibiting their employment for more than 5 continuous hours without an interval of at least 30 minutes for a lunch period. The child-labor law of Hawaii does not apply to work of a minor selling or distributing newspapers, nor to the work of a minor 14 or over outside school hours and during school vacations in agricultural labor and private homes. A compulsory-attendance law' requires that children shall attend school until they are 16 years of age. H ow ever, this act does not apply to children 15 years of age who are suitably employed and have been excused from school attendance by the proper authorities. WAGES AND HOURS Prior to the enactment of the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act, and its application to Hawaii, there were no legal restrictions on the hours of labor of adult persons engaged in private employments, nor a minimum-wage law. However, in the construction of public works in the Islands a number of laws have been enacted regulating wages and hours of labor. B y statute, a day’s labor for all mechanics and other employees employed upon any public work of the Territory is 8 hours of actual service on any working day, and 5 hours on Saturday. In this regard, every contract to which the Territory or any political subdivision is a party must contain a stipulation that mechanics, clerks, laborers, or other employees of the contractor or subcontractor shall be required to work not more than 8 hours a day, except in cases of emergencies. Such contracts must also contain an agreement that no mechanic or laborer other than a citizen of the United States, or person eligible to become a citizen, shall be employed. Laborers on public works must be paid not less than $3 per day, and employees engaged in constructing or repairing roads, bridges, or streets must be paid on the 15th and last day of each month, and employees of contractors on public works whose rate of compensation is $5 or less per day must be paid weekly. In order to protect the wages of mechanics and laborers in the con struction, repair, or alteration of any building or structure, the Legis lature of Hawaii has authorized the use of mechanics’ liens. 206 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 The Director of Labor and Industrial Relations has been authorized to cooperate with employees in the enforcement of wage claims against employers for $200 or less. The director may hold hearings, take assignments of wage claims, and prosecute civil actions for the collec tion of such claims. As a further protection of the worker it has been made unlawful for any person to deduct and retain any portion of wages due to an employee or to collect any store account or counter claim without the written consent of the employee. Under the laws of the Territory, which permit the garnishment of wages, 80 to 90 percent of the wages are exempt from attachment. In addition, one-half the wages due an employee are exempt from execution. In a further effort to protect small-wage earners, the Territorial legislature in 1937 enacted a small-loan act which limited the amount of interest on loans of $300 or less, and regulated the assignment of wages when given as security for such loans. Employees between the ages of 20 and 60 are required to pay a poll tax unless their income is less than $200 a year. Employers are required to deduct such taxes from the wages of their employees. While there are no laws specifically protecting free labor from the competition of prison labor, legislation has been enacted which re quires prisoners sentenced to imprisonment at hard labor to be employed on public roads or other public works. In order to assist in the enforcement of the Federal Fair Labor Standards A ct in Hawaii, the Commission of Labor and Industrial Relations has been empowered to cooperate with the Wage and Hour Division and the Children’s Bureau of the United States Department of Labor. PROTECTION, ETC., IN EMPLOYMENTS Under the broad general powers of the Department of Labor and Industrial Relations, this agency may make reasonable rules and regu lations for the protection of the life, health, and safety of employees in every employment or place of employment. The enticement of employees is specifically prohibited. This latter type of legislation makes it a misdemeanor for anyone to entice or persuade a laborer under a contract with an employer to violate the terms of such con tract. Sunday labor in the islands is generally prohibited. H ow ever, like most of the laws of this type, they are filled with exceptions and hence for the most part ineffective. LABOR RELATIONS The Department of Labor and Industrial Relations 3 is now under the direction and control of the Commission of Labor and Industrial Relations. This commission has been authorized and directed to promote the voluntary mediation of disputes between employers and employees. In pursuance of this duty, the commission may appoint temporary boards of mediation, conduct investigations and hearings, and designate the Director of Labor and Industrial Relations to act as mediator. Whenever a controversy is not settled through mediation, it may, by agreement of the parties, be submitted to arbitration. If all efforts to mediate or arbitrate a dispute fail, the Governor is * Organization chart No. 6 in appendix A. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 207 authorized to appoint an emergency board to investigate and make a report respecting the controversy. As a result of laws enacted in 1923, picketing and boycotting were forbidden. The picketing statute makes it unlawful for any person or persons, singly or jointly, to interfere, or attempt to interfere, with any other person in the exercise of his lawful right to work. Viola tions of either of these acts are punishable by a fine of not more than $1,000 or imprisonment for not more than 1 year, or both. Unlawful assembly has also been prohibited under this legislation. SO C IA L IN S U R xlN C E The first type of social-insurance legislation adopted by the Hawaiian Legislature concerned the payment of benefits to em ployees injured in industrial accidents. The workmen’s compensa tion law, passed in 1915, has been amended in 1917, 1923, 1931, 1933, and 1937. The law provides that workers shall be compensated for industrial accidents which “ rise out of and in the course of em ploy ment” and for “ disease proximately caused by employment.” All occupations, including agricultural, are within the scope of this law. After a 7-day waiting period, an injured person who is temporarily disabled receives weekly compensation equal to 60 percent of his average weekly wages, but not more than $20 nor less than $5. In no case do payments continue more than 312 weeks, nor exceed an aggregate of $5,000. If an injury is fatal, burial expense up to $100 is provided, together with compensation to dependents based upon the average weekly wages of the deceased, graduated according to the degree of dependency, with a maximum weekly payment of 60 per cent, and with a maximum limit of 312 weeks and $5,000. Partial disability is compensated according to a detailed “ dismemberment schedule.” Social-insurance legislation has been further advanced in recent years. A number of laws have been enacted authorizing vocational education and rehabilitation. In 1935 the Territory accepted the provisions of the Federal act providing for the promotion of vocational rehabilitation of persons disabled in industry. In 1937 the Territorial legislature enacted the Public Welfare A ct which provides for assist ance to the aged, to the blind, to dependent children, and for general assistance to needy persons. In 1939 a department of social security was established to administer all public-welfare acts. A system of unemployment compensation was established in 1937. This act pro vides for the payment of compensation to the unemployed and for the establishment of a public-employment service operating free public employment offices in the various counties. The Commission of Labor and Industrial Relations is authorized to regulate the operation of commercial employment agencies. The Unemployment Compen sation A ct also provides for Territorial compliance with the Federal Social Security A ct and the act establishing a system of employment offices under the so-called Wagner-Peyser Act. 208 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 SUMMARY In the history of both plantation and nonplantation labor organi zation, significant growth has developed only within the past few years. Until 1919, no consistent organization of plantation labor had appeared and among nonplantation workers such organizations as did exist were small, local Caucasian unions imported from the mainland. Even the wave of strikes of 1920-24 was followed by a long period of relative inactivity. Since 1935, however, there has been a marked increase in the organization and activity of both groups. The immediate cause has been the labor legislation enacted by the Federal Government in recent years and the drive on the part of Congress of Industrial Organizations and American Federation of Labor unions for mem bership. But the fundamental cause has been the gradual growth of stable family life among workers who have permanently settled in the islands, and the consequent rise in the percentage of citizen laborers with a background of American schooling and standards (42 percent in 1900, 66 percent in 1920, and 81 percent in 1940). Along with these developments there has been a rapid expansion of intermarriage between races. Racial barriers are further weakened by the fact that the second and third generations of all races have freely intermingled in the American public schools. Since the influence of these fundamental factors may be expected to increase, rather than diminish, it seems probable that labor organi zation will become an increasingly important factor in the economic life of Hawaii. Part VII W o rk in g C onditions a n d E m p lo ym en t O pportunities in the T errito ry as a W h ole 209 C H A P TE R W A G E S 28. S O M E A N D G E N E R A L IZ A T IO N S W O R K IN G C O N D IT IO N S R E S P E C T IN G IN H A W A II The statistical analysis of the wages and working conditions in the various industries in Hawaii indicates that there are wide variations not only as between industries, but also as between various firms within a given industry. This is not surprising in view of the ex tremely complex racial make-up of the Territory, which includes peoples of widely variant economic backgrounds and standards of living. The marked wage differentials may also be accounted for in part by the fact that wages have been rising rapidly in the basic industries, whereas the wages in some other industries have not risen proportionately. The situation is further complicated by the re markable change from first to second and third generation plantation and other workers; that is, from illiterate laborers with low standards of living to citizen laborers with an American schooling and higher standards of living. But in spite of the complexities of the wage standards and the working conditions of the Hawaiian economy, it is possible to make a few broad generalizations. It is quite clear, for example, that the wage structure of the island of Oahu is distinctly above that of the other islands in practically every field. In the case of sugar, pine apples, public utilities, printing and publishing, stevedoring, hotels and restaurants, and many other fields, this difference is particularly marked. In fact the regulations governing minimum wages in the construction industry frankly recognize this situation by providing a lower minimum for the islands other than Oahu. There is also a slight differentiation as between the wage levels of the other islands, Maui having somewhat higher wages than Kauai or Hawaii. These differentials, however, were much greater in the past than they are today. W ith the rapid development of transport facilities and the growing strength of labor organization, it appears probable that such differentials will continue to decline. A second broad generalization is to be seen in the tendency toward economic stratification by race. It is obvious that the Caucasians who migrated to Hawaii from the American mainland hold the domi nant economic position in terms of both wealth and management. Broadly speaking, Hawaiians and Portuguese are next. The eco nomic strength of the Hawaiians grows out of their historic position in the islands, which has in some cases made possible the retention of large blocks of land. The rapid diminution in the number of H a waiians has meant that, insofar as their wealth was passed on by inheritance, it accumulated in the hands of fewer and fewer persons, hence contributing to the maintenance of a stronger individual eco nomic position than would otherwise have been the case. Again, because of historic relationships, the Territory tends to favor the employment of Hawaiians in government positions. 241404—40- -15 212 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 39 The economic position of the Portuguese in this second group is much less clear, and subject to exceptions. Because the Chinese arrived earlier than the great bulk of oriental migrants, they had the advantage of having established themselves in strategic positions early in the period of economic expansion. The Japanese, on the other hand, have the advantages of large numbers and great racial solidarity. Thus, although strictly speaking the economic position of the Japanese is, on the average, somewhat lower than that of the Chinese, they have established themselves very securely in the Hawaiian economy. The Filipinos, o f all the large racial groups, occupy the least ad vantageous economic position and have a distinctly uncertain future in Hawaii. They are subject to all of the disadvantages of a late migrant to an already industrially developed community. Thus, in proportion to their numbers, they occupy far fewer salaried and executive positions than do members of other races. In addition to having a lower average wage structure, they are faced with the social instability which grows out of the great preponderance of Filipino men. For other racial groups, normal social organization along family lines is typical, whereas for Filipinos, single men (the overwhelming m ajority of them living in groups in plantation houses) are typical. Their social conditions are thus distinctly unsatisfactory from a longrun point of view. In recent years, far more Filipinos have returned to Manila than have migrated to the Territory. These generalizations respecting racial stratification along economic lines are subject to qualifications, however. In many concerns it is an accepted principle that payment is made in terms of the position without reference to the racial background of the employee. This is particularly true in the case of the public utilities. It is also true that racial differentiation in earnings in the basic plantation industries is disappearing. But in a number of fields, such as printing and publishing, merchandising, hotels, and restaurants, and other service industries, differentiations along racial lines still remain. The general tendency, however, is toward a diminution rather than an increase in racial differences in earnings. Another generalization closely related to racial differences in wages is that the wage structures of individual concerns, broadly speaking, tend to stratify in accordance with the racial origins of the owners and managers of such concerns. For example, the differences in wages paid by concerns in the printing and publishing industry are even greater than the differences in the average earnings of employees classified by race. Although there are significant exceptions, it is true that in the oriental concerns average earnings are lower, average hours are longer, and working conditions are generally poorer than in the concerns under Caucasian management. This tendency appears to be one of the reasons why fields of work dominated by oriental concerns, such as private construction, the small retail shops, barber shops, and dressmaking, tend toward distinctly lower labor standards than other fields. As a final generalization, it may be said that the fundamental wage trend in the Territory, paralleling that of the mainland, has been upward. But in the case of Hawaii it started (at the time of annexa tion in 1898) from a distinctly lower level than in other parts of the United States. The gains in all industries have been intermittent, LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 213 with occasional set-backs. Some industries have raised their labor standards rapidly, whereas others have been distinctly backward. Hawaii, along with the rest of the country, suffered from the de pression conditions of the early thirties, but in Hawaii the effects of depression on wages appeared about a year and a half later than on the mainland and were less severe. What is perhaps more significant is the fact that the recovery from depression wage levels was more rapid in Hawaii, so that during the first half of the decade of the thirties Hawaiian wages fell less markedly, and during the latter half of the decade gained more rapidly than did the general agricultural wage level for the United States as a whole. This is not to say that the earnings of Hawaiian laborers are high. It must be remembered that the overwhelming majority of Hawaiian workers are agricultural, whereas .on the mainland the great majority are industrial. It is notably true that, for the country as a whole, including Hawaii, agricultural labor receives the lowest wages of any large occupational group. The average earnings of Hawaiian agri cultural labor (with the exception of earnings on the small oriental family farms) compare favorably with the average level of agricultural earnings on the mainland. The tradition of providing food and living quarters as perquisites which was established in the early days of imported plantation labor has carried over to some degree into other than plantation industries. For example, such perquisites are very commonly provided for workers on ranches, dairy farms, and even small farms employing one or two hired laborers. Some of the workers in a few of the public utilities receive such perquisites, and even employees in many of the small retail shops, barber shops, hotels, and restaurants, receive food or living accommodations, or both. Conditions of work in Hawaii reflect the complex racial mixtures involved in the industrial structure of the Territory, ranging all the way from extremely high standards in the offices of the “ factors” and the best of the public utilities (which would compare favorably with the best of mainland practice), to conditions of work compar able to the sweatshops in the poorest sections of the largest mainland cities. The accommodations for workers in respect to equipment, lighting, ventilation, and rest rooms are distinctly American in char acter for the better firms. But as one observes the range from these levels on downward, one finds an increasing trend toward oriental standards in respect to working conditions. A similar generalization can be made in respect to provisions for sick leave, vacations on pay, hospitalization, group insurance, and pensions. C H A P TE R 29. ST A N D A R D S O F L IV IN G Any attempt to evaluate standards of living in Hawaii is greatly hampered by the fact that no comprehensive study of costs of living has ever been made in the Territory.1 The complex racial composition of the islands has resulted in an equally complex mixture of standards of living, which are not strictly comparable because they are the outgrowths of such widely differing racial cultures. Moreover, the rapid shift in the educational and cultural background from generation to generation has led to an equally rapid change in the way of living of the children and grand children of the imported oriental workers. The difficulty is consid erably increased when oriental and occidental ways of living become intermixed, a condition which is typical of large sections of the Ha waiian population. Because of these difficulties, any generalizations with respect to standards of living in Hawaii must be considered broad approximations rather than exact statements.2 * A careful estimate prepared by the Cost of Living Division of the Bureau of Labor Statistics indicated that an adequate cost-of-living survey would necessitate an appropriation of at least 3 times the amount provided for the whole of this survey. Hence, it was not feasible to include a cost-of-living study. But the need for such a study becomes more urgent with the increasingly complex industrial development of the Territory. It is to be hoped that the means will be found for making it. 2 Two specialized studies have been made: (1) A study of the Incomes and Disbursements of 218 MiddleIncome Families in Honolulu, by Profs. H. J. Hoflich, W. H. Taylor, and L. W. Casady, University of Hawaii Research Publication No. 17, Honolulu, 1938. This covered a range of family incomes from $2,000 per year to $6,820 per year and is based on a field study conducted between November 1937 and May 1938. The cross section covered is not at all typical of the wage earners of Hawaii, however. (2) Living Standards of Filipino Families on an Hawaiian Sugar Plantation, by Edna Clark Went worth and Frederick Simpich, Jr., Honolulu, 1936. This study referred exclusively to 101 Filipino families and, again, is not typical, (a) because the typical Filipino worker is unmarried, and (6) because the Filipino family represents the lowest-income family group on the plantation. This report indicated that the aver age family in the group studied received a total cash income, including earnings of all members of the family, of $682.81, not including perquisites. Of the 101 families, 43 ended the year with an average surplus of $98.85, 47 ended the year showing an average deficit of $108.38, and 11 families ended the year with neither deficit nor surplus. The average deficit for all families was thus $8.35 for the year. The items of expenditure for these 101 families for the year, including free perquisites furnished by the plantation (estimated to have a cash retail value of $209.93 per family per year), averaged as follows: Food_______________________________ $343.79 Automobiles and bicycles__________ $21.36 Housing___________________________ 136.04 Chickens__________________________ 19.85 144.76 Personal care______________________ 16. 55 Clothes________ Household operation_______________ 77.62 Gifts______________________________ 14.89 Recreation------------------------------------40.91 Transportation____________________ 10.76 Furnishings_______________________ 36.30 Community welfare________________ 10.71 Back debts paid___________________ 33.39 Education____ ____________________ 7.83 Water____________________ ____ 17.52 Insurance_________________________ 4.15 2.62 Baptisms, funerals, etc------ -------------- 23.19 Pigs______________________________ Dental and medical care____________ 26.85 Miscellaneous____ _________________ 1.04 Savings___________________________ 23. 71 214 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 39 215 CLIMATE AND FAMILY EXPENDITURES The Hawaiian climate is an important influence affecting Hawaiian family expenditures.3 It must be remembered that the average an nual temperature is 72°, and the average temperature shows less than 6.5° difference between the warmest and the coolest months. Thus, the typical Hawaiian house has no basement nor central heating sys tem; in fact, fuel is quite unnecessary except for cooking. Construc tion may be quite light, not unlike that of the inexpensive summer resort dwellings on the mainland. Many Hawaiian houses do not even have glass windows, but depend only on blinds to keep out rain, since the temperature outdoors and inside is always the same. For a similar reason, expenditures for clothing need not be as great, since overcoats, heavy underclothing, and the like are quite unneces sary; and no seasonal changes in clothing need be made. It cannot be too greatly emphasized that Hawaiian life is out-of-door life, and that the climate, in addition to reducing fuel and clothing costs, greatly influences the character of other family expenditures. It explains, for instance, the willingness to make great sacrifices to own a family car, since a car provides ready access to the many beaches, the mountains, and other recreational areas, where the major portion of the leisure time of the family is spent. It also explains the unwillingness to make too great expenditures on housing, since for wage earners the house is less often a place to entertain friends than the shore or the mountains. Even meals are not infrequently eaten .out-of-doors. In some districts in Honolulu, particularly in those sections in which there are complex racial intermixtures, housing conditions similar to the slums of our worst cities are to be found. This is also true of the poorest 20 percent of the sugar and pineapple plantation housing. * In February 1939 the Territorial Planning Board of Hawaii published a survey which included a brief study of the economic status of the people of Hawaii. (“ First Progress Report,” Territorial Planning Board, Honolulu, February 8, 1939, pp. 34-36.) On the basis of comparisons embodied in this report, the Board reached the following summary conclusions: “ The per capita wealth of Hawaii ranks with the 2 lowest of the States, being one-half the average value in the United States. The per capita income in Hawaii ranks with the 4 lowest of the States, being one-half the average value in the United States. The per capita use of home conveniences and comforts (motorcars, radios, electrical appliances, gas, etc.), is generally only somewhat below the average value in the United States and therefore is high in comparison with per capita wealth and income.” The latter conclusions appear surprising in view of the fact that there is a fairly high concentration of wealth and income in Hawaii. The wealth and income of the great bulk of the population (i. e., for the families of plantation laborers and small farmers, and even some white-collar workers) fall distinctly below the per capita average, hence a lower, rather than a higher, per capita use of such conveniences would seem probable. The answer to this seeming paradox lies in the following facts: (1) Over a third of the total population lives on plantations or ranches where housing, hospitalization, recreation, and in some cases a small portion of food, heat, and light needs are provided as part of wages. Income which would otherwise go into these basic necessities is thus freed for other things. (2) Even though the amount which a given plantation worker would spend for rent would be greater if he were free to choose, he is perforce obliged to accept housing on the level on which it is provided or lose the value of this perquisite. He can, however, make housing more acceptable by the purchase of household appliances. (3) Such conveniences have come to be a criterion of social standing among the workers of Hawaii. Even in cities where rental expenditures are entirely deter mined by workers, there is an emphasis on cars and household appliances out of proportion to other expendi tures. It is not uncommon in Honolulu, for example, to find a family with several wage earners, which rents only very meager housing accommodations in order to afford a family car. Hawaii had a per capita wealth in 1930 of $1,350 (United States average, $2,677), and in 1932 a per capita assessed valuation of $863.81 (United States average, $1,305.71); in 1933 retail sales per capita of $155.54 (United States, $204), and in 1935 a savings deposit per capita of $96.66 (United States, $184). In 1934 per capita life insurance was $366.27 in Hawaii (United States, $129). Motorcar registrations in Hawaii averaged 131 per thousand population, (United States, 162 per thousand); homes wired, 170 per thousand (United States, 163 per thousand), residence telephones, 35 per thousand (United States, 37 per thousand). 216 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 HEALTH In the earliest days after annexation, health conditions in Hawaii were distinctly bad because of ignorance on the part of the imported plantation labor, lack of hospitals, trained doctors and nurses, and, in particular, lack of proper facilities for obstetrical care. Due to the isolation of the islands and the heterogeneous mixture of both races and customs, Hawaii has many specialized problems in health protection. The attack on these problems has been well organized and is allocated to five types of health agencies: (1) Private hospitalization and medical care provided by concerns for their own employees, especially with respect to the plantation hospitals, which play a very important role in the health of the masses of the agricul tural workers; (2) charity funds, which provide for indigents and may engage to some degree in specialized preventive work; (3) the City and County of Honolulu Health Department, which maintains an emergency hospital, provides medical service for indigents, and cooperates with the Territorial board of health in respect to food inspection; (4) the Territorial board of health, which operates mainly along preventive lines, and provides the organization for inspection of food, sanitation, and so forth; (5) the United States Public Health Service, which is concerned primarily with the quaran tine of communicable diseases, both against their entrance into the Territory and their transmission to other parts of the United States. These agencies have made remarkable progress in the improvement of health standards. The general mortality rate in 1900 was 25.1 per thousand, whereas in 1938 it was only 7.8 per thousand. The tuberculosis mortality rate was 249 per 100,000 in 1900, whereas it was 65.8 per 100,000 in 1939, the rate for the United States as a whole being 49. The greatest progress has been made in infant care, the infant mortality rate of 279.62 per thousand live births in 1900 having been reduced to 58 per thousand live births in 1939, which is about equal to that for the American mainland. In June 1939 there were 49 free clinics, 320 doctors, 208 dentists, 893 registered nurses, 2,430 practical nurses and hospital attendants, and 5,186 hospital beds in the Territory of Hawaii. S a n ita tio n in th e T e rrito ry is , th a t o f a ty p ic a l A m e r ic a n c ity . sew age sy ste m s. g e n e r a lly sp e a k in g , e q u iv a le n t to M u n ic ip a lit ie s in th e T e r r it o r y h a v e T h i s is n o t t r u e o f m a n y o f t h e s m a lle r p la n t a t i o n cam p s, how ever. DIET A t have th e th e been le v e l p resen t tim e , p r a c tic a lly of h e a lth of s ta n d a r d s o f H a w a iia n s in c e th e d an gers e lim in a te d , w ork ers in th e of c o m m u n ic a b le fu n d a m e n ta l H a w a ii is fa c to r n u tr itio n . w ork ers are d e p e n d e n t u p o n d is e a s e s a ffe c tin g The fo o d fo u r c o n d itio n s : ( 1 ) Earning power.— A s previously indicated, this has risen during the past decade, but, barring unexpectedly high prices for sugar, does not seem likely to increase as rapidly in the near future. (2) Food costs.— The plantation stores follow a policy of maintaining low prices on fundamental necessities. For example, rice imported from the mainland may be purchased in Hawaii at a lower cost than on the mainland. However, this is offset by the fact that “ luxuries,” LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 217 representing most of the items above the level of absolute necessities, are higher in price than on the mainland. (3) Size of fam ilies.— The plantation family of large size is very apt to suffer from malnutrition, whereas the single worker, even with a lower income, finds it possible to maintain an adequate diet. (4) Education.— One of the greatest difficulties regarding plantation diet (indeed, regarding the diet of laborers in all Hawaiian industries) is the fact that there is an overemphasis on cereals,4 and a serious lack of fresh vegetables, fruits, and milk. Studies of Hawaiian sugar plantations by the Central Nutrition Committee,5 directed by Dr. Larsen of Queen’s Hospital, indicate that a sharp decrease of both the incidence and duration of disease results from a more balanced diet for plantation workers. An educational health program is being under taken along these lines, and a gradual improvement in health among the sugar workers may be expected as a result. For the lowest-income families however, an adequate diet will not be possible without either a lowering of the prices of the “ protective foods” or an increase in income. 4 The per capita consumption of beef and veal is only 42 pounds in Hawaii as compared with 66 for con tinental United States, of lamb and mutton 2.3 pounds in Hawaii as compared with 6.6 for continental United States, of pork (not including lard) 22.6 pounds for Hawaii as compared with 56.4 for continental United States. * These studies also bring out the relations between incomes, size of family, and nutrition. They indicate that a single worker with an income of $2.50 per day would have to spend 14.9 percent of his income to ob tain an adequate diet. If he were married, 25.4 percent of his income would be required. With one child in the family 31.3 percent, with two children 36.5 percent, with four children 52.7 percent, and with seven children 89.9 percent of his total income would be needed to provide an adequate diet. These percentages are based on a careful study of food prices at plantation stores and of the nutrition requirements of plantation workers. A pamphlet containing an analysis of plantation diet problems may be obtained from the Central Nutrition Committee, Queen’s Hospital, Honolulu. C H A P T E R 30. N E W O C C U P A T IO N A L O P P O R T U N IT IE S In a period of 68 years (1872-1940) the population of Hawaii has grown more than sevenfold, from 57,000 to 414,000. In view of the growing pressure of population against subsistence resources and the present rapid mechanization of plantation operations, which is already reducing the volume of employment in the two basic industries, there is an urgent need for the expansion of occupational opportunity through the development of new fields. The production of sugar has been stabilized under the American quota system, and, even if it were free to expand, the limited supply of good sugar land is such that relatively little further expansion would be possible. The pineapple industry is now faced with sharp competition from other areas, which in 1939 caused a drastic reduction in the value of pineapple exports. The outlook for coffee producers is, at present, far from optimistic. Those concerned with the future of Hawaii are now thinking in terms of possible new developments, to take up the slack due to mechanization and to provide employment for the increasing numbers who are coming into the working period of their lives. The age dis tribution in Hawaii is such that the number of persons of working age will expand, at least for the next 15 or 20 years. The industries which appear to be expanding or which provide a pos sible basis for expansion are: 1. The tourist industry.— The recent sharp rise in tourist arrivals is partly due to the unsettled conditions in tourist centers in other parts of the world. But even before this influence began to be felt, the fundamental trend was upward. N or does it appear likely that the tourist centers in Europe and Asia will return to normal for some time. Since the bulk of the tourist business comes from the American mainland, a further sharp diversion of tourists to Hawaii in the im mediate future (in addition to the long-run trend) appears to be a probable basis for an expansion in employment opportunities in the Territory. 2. Ranching and dairyingk— There has been a continuous, if some what irregular, expansion in the production of beef, pork, mutton, and dairy products during the decade of the thirties and as yet Terri torial demand for these products greatly exceeds local production. The same may be said for poultry and eggs. These, however, are not fields in which the volume of employment is large. 3. Fishing.— The great bulk of commercial fish caught in Hawaiian waters is marketed in Honolulu and Hilo through organized fishing companies. Canned Hawaiian tuna is marketed in the United States, but virtually all of the other species are sold for consumption in the Territory as fresh fish. N o organized control of the local markets and the lack o f up-to-date equipment for catching fish have tended to retard development in this field. In spite of these difficulties, how ever, there has been growth, particularly in tuna canning, over the 218 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 219 past 10 years. Gross sales of canned tuna between M ay 1, 1938, and April 1, 1939, amounted to about $1,200,000, making tuna the third largest export from Hawaii. As yet, the production is largely depend ent upon small motorized Japanese-style fishing units, which cannot venture very far out to sea and which lack m odem equipment for re frigeration and storage.1 The leaders of this industry believe that with large m odem fishing ships equipped for refrigeration and ca pable of tapping more distant waters, the industry could expand far beyond its present scope. 4. Papaya.— Papaya production is at present too small to be of importance in the economic life of the Territory. This is because no successful method of preserving the fruit for export from the Territory has been discovered. Because of the danger of trans mitting fruit pests, the papaya must be thoroughly sterilized before shipment, which means heating to a sufficiently high temperature to kill all pests. Under these conditions the fruit deteriorates rapidly unless given extremely careful attention and refrigeration, hence, the amount of spoilage in proportion to sold fruit in distant markets has been so great that it has discouraged exports. Experiments in new tech niques are now going forward, however, and if successful, they may provide the basis for a new export industry.2 5. M inerals.— In recent years a process has been perfected for recovering minerals from sea water. The essential conditions for the utilization of the process are (1) distance from the mouth of a freshwater river, (2) a fairly even warm temperature, (3) the possi bility of disposing of processed water so that it will not be reprocessed. All these conditions obtain naturally in Hawaii. The techniques are complicated and expensive, however, and while this may be looked upon as a possibility, it is far from being demonstrated as a commercial proposition in Hawaii.3 6. Truck gardening.— Because of the relatively greater profitable ness of sugar and pineapple production, truck gardening is a minor industry in the Territory. There are, however, considerable areas of fertile land in Hawaii which could be used for diversified crops, but which are undeveloped because of a lack of water. W ater for irriga tion is obtainable, but only at considerable cost. Under present conditions, such projects will not be undertaken without Government aid, because of the uncertainties respecting their commercial feasibility. The island of M olokai offers the greatest possibilities of this sort. This brief enumeration of a few of the possible developments in Hawaii indicates that although the present leading industries appear to be approaching the limitation of their expansion, the industrial 1 There were only 20 tuna boats out of Oahu (centering in the Kewalo Basin) in 1939. These boats averaged about 10 men to a boat. In addition, there were 2 boats out of Maui, 5 out of Hilo, and 1 out of Kauai. Other fishing out of Oahu accounts for about 245 persons with 51 small deep-sea boats (1 to 2 men to a boat) and 48 somewhat larger boats (3 to 4 men to a boat). There are, of course, large numbers of nonprofessional fishermen with small net boats, lobster traps, etc., who fish weekends and after hours, and make part of their living this way. These total approximately 700 part-time fishermen. 2 Some canned papaya and papaya juice are exported, but they lack the flavor of fresh fruit, and hence have not developed a large following. a The Dow Chemical Co. of Midland, Mich., has established a commercially successful plant of this sort on the North Carolina coast. 220 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, o p p o r tu n itie s o f th e T e r r ito r y a s a w h o le are n o t 1939 e x h a u s t e d .4 The o u tlo o k in r e s p e c t to o c c u p a tio n a l o p p o r tu n itie s , to o ffs e t th e d im in u tio n in e m p lo y m e n t in th e p la n ta tio n in d u s tr ie s d u e to m e c h a n iz a tio n , a n d t o ta k e c a r e o f t h e in c r e a s e in t h e n u m b e r o f th o s e w h o w ill b e c o m e o f w o r k i n g a g e d u r i n g t h e n e x t d e c a d e , is u n c e r t a i n , b u t m o d e r a t e l y good. 4 At the present time there is some interest in cellulose production in Hawaii. Beginning in 1933 a series of experiments were undertaken by Mr. J. P. Foster, sugar mill superintendent of the Maui Agricultural Co. As a result, he perfected a process for producing alpha cellulose from the bagasse (or cane waste) which is now burned in Hawaiian sugar mills. This cellulose is over 98 percent pure and is the best type for use in rayon production, the production of plastics, and the manufacture of high explosives. Alpha cellulose is the only type of cellulose which can be chemically reworked for these purposes. Such cellulose can also be made from certain types of timber (but this requires the destruction of forests), whereas the Hawaiian product is made from waste. There is no certainty that the newly perfected process can be established on a commercial basis, its profitableness depending in part upon the growth in the demand for its end-products (rayon, plastics, and explosives), and in part on the unit costs which it will involve when produced on a commercial scale. These can only be adequately estimated after a pilot plant has been established. C H A P TE R FACTORS 31. T E N D IN G E C O N O M IC TOW ARD S T A B IL IT Y E C O N O M IC S T A B IL IT Y Both employment and general business conditions have shown greater stability in Hawaii than in the United States in general. A t first sight this seems surprising in an economy so completely dependent upon agriculture, especially since agriculture suffered more severely than other industries in the depression years. The pineapple in dustry in particular, because pineapples were looked upon as a luxury, suffered a severe drop in demand in the depths of the depression in 1931-34. The explanation for the relative stability of the Hawaiian economy may be understood in terms of the following factors: (1) The sugar industry.— Due to the fact that sugar in Hawaii is produced under a 2-year crop cycle, it is necessary to lay out a planting program sometime m advance. Once started, it entails less loss to carry the program through to completion than to abandon it. Thus, production schedules were maintained at a higher level than would have obtained had the sugar industry been on a short seasonal crop basis. In fact, the Hawaiian industry reached an all-time peak of production in the year 1933. In addition to this, because of the climate in Hawaii, the plantations have adopted a planting program which involves both planting and harvesting in practically all seasons of the year. Thus, labor on the plantations is not subject to seasonal employment as is the case in most other sugar-producing areas. An additional stabilizing influence is the high degree of integration under the five factors that control virtually the whole of the sugar industry. These factors, with large financial resources, and with the Hawaiian Sugar Planters’ Association as an instrument for coordi nating and planning policies for the industry as a whole, were able to provide a stability for the industry, and therefore for employment, which was greater than in other sugar-producing areas. But by far the most fundamental factor in providing security for the sugar industry has been the protection afforded by the Federal Government; in the earlier days by bringing it within the walls of the protective tariff, and more recently (beginning with the Jones-Costigan A ct of 1934) by giving it a place in the American quota system. (2) Salary payments of the Federal Government.— The Federal G ov ernment undertook to provide for unemployment relief in the Terri tory of Hawaii as it did in other parts of the United States. This helped to stabilize employment during the depression period. But, from a long-run point of view, a more important stabilizing influence on the econom y of the islands as a whole is to be found in the Federal pay rolls in Hawaii. Due to the insularity of the Territory, it is necessary for the Federal Government to maintain an unusually large number of services and officials in proportion to the total population of the islands. The 221 222 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 39 salaries and other payments requisite to these services continue at the same level in good times or bad. Even more important is the fact that our largest Arm y jio st1 and our greatest naval base 2 are in the Territory. Thus, even in periods of depression, large sums of money flow indirectly into the islands by way of salaries of officers and en listed men. The bulk of these payments is spent for the purchase of necessities in the islands. M oreover, large expenditures are made for the continuous employment of regular civilian maintenance workers in the various branches of the Military and Naval Estab lishments. The N avy maintains a normal complement of five to six hundred officers and over 5,000 enlisted men, in addition to approximately 2,000 civilian workers in the maintenance of various branches of the naval services. In an econom y in which the total number of gain fully employed amounts to only 160,000, a continuous flow of expendi tures by way of salaries of Arm y and N avy personnel into the various enterprises of the Hawaiian economy provides a substantial backlog in times of depression for those engaged in retailing, personal services, public utilities, hotels, and real estate. (3) The closely knit social and industrial structure of the Territory.— Although Hawaii is completely dependent upon the American main land for the marketing of its two principal products, sugar and pine apples, and is in this sense extremely vulnerable, it is also true that its very insularity creates a unity of policy which would not otherwise obtain. This unity is intensified b y the high degree of integration embodied in the intercorporate relationships in the islands. Under present conditions it is not possible for large numbers of migrant laborers to m ove into and out of the Territory” as they have migrated between various States on the mainland. M oreover, the econom y is sufficiently small so that any sharp shift in the employment in any industry immediately becomes obvious in its effects on other indus tries. Thus, there is a common interest and effort on the part of all those in control of industrial enterprises to maintain as high a degree of stability of employment as is consonant with the conditions in the industry. FACTORS TENDING TOWARD ECONOMIC INSTABILITY In contrast to the stabilizing influences mentioned above, there are a number of factors which tend toward economic instability. A t the outset it should be noted that two industries (sugar and pineapples) provide directly for about one-half, and indirectly for considerably more, of the total employment of the Territory. Y et both of these industries are exclusively dependent upon markets far distant from Hawaii. Thus, to the average worker in Hawaii, the price of sugar in New Y ork is far more important than the price of bread in Honolulu. The sugar industry, as previously indicated, has achieved a large measure of stability with respect to its market, but the pineapple in1 Some 23,000 officers and men are stationed in the Hawaiian Department of the United States Army. In 1939 the Army pay roll for enlisted men was $8,608,116.62, and for officers was $3,841,271.31. The Army also maintains a regular staff of civilian employees, which should be distinguished from those who are hired for new construction and who experience sharp fluctuations in employment. 3 Approximately H of the total personnel of the Navy is in Hawaii. Its buildings and other installations are valued at over $7,000,000. The pay roll for 1939 was about $20,000,000. The Navy maintains a large staff of regular civilian workers for the maintenance of equipment and the buildings and grounds of the naval base. LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 223 193 9 dustry is not so fortunate in this respect. It has not received as high a degree of tariff protection as the sugar industry. It is subject to the sharp rivalry of highly competitive canned fruits. Thus, an un usually good peach crop on the American mainland will reduce em ployment on Hawaiian pineapple plantations and in canneries. M ore over, pineapples are considered more of a luxury food than sugar. Hence, in a period of depression there is a general sharp decline in demand, as evidenced by the sharp decline between 1930 and 1932, when the value of the total pineapple pack declined from over 50 million dollars to less than 10 million dollars. The pineapple industry has also been subject to serious plant diseases, which have caused marked fluctuations in output. The d e v e lo p m e n t o f th e g r a b h a r v e s te r in th e su g a r in d u s tr y and t h e fie ld f r u i t c a r r ie r in t h e p in e a p p le in d u s t r y h a v e t h e e ffe c t o f in c r e a s in g o u t p u t a n d d e c r e a s in g e m p lo y m e n t . new in v e n tio n s is e r r a tic and T h e a p p ea ran ce o f su ch u n p r e d ic ta b le . Y et w hen a p p lie d to s u c h b a s ic in d u s tr ie s th e e ffe c ts a re fa r -r e a c h in g . A lth o u g h it is m uch le s s im p o r ta n t, th e c o ffe e in d u s tr y has a ls o te n d e d t o c r e a te a n u n s t a b le s it u a tio n , p a r tic u la r ly in th e K o n a a r e a o f H a w a ii. T h r o u g h o u t it s w h o le h is t o r y , th is in d u s t r y h a s b e e n s u b je c t t o s h a r p flu c t u a t io n s a n d s h ifts in th e a r e a s o f p r o d u c t io n . The tourist industry, which now claims third place among Hawaiian industries, is a luxury industry and tends to extremes in periods of prosperity and depression. Between 1929 and 1933 total annual tourist arrivals dropped from 22,190 to 10,111. The tourist industry is also affected b y political disturbances which divert the flow of tourists from other areas to Hawaii and which have recently caused a sharp rise in the tourist business. It is impossible to measure the volume of employment due to tourists. But it should be noted that the number of tourist arrivals is very large in proportion to the size of Hawaii. In 1939 there were 65,537 arrivals, including transients. The population of Honolulu is only slightly over twice that number (154,476 in 1939), and of the whole Territory is only 414,000. M ore over, the tourists who come to Hawaii include a very large proportion of persons of means. Tourist services thus represent a significant invisible export of the Territory. A sharp reduction or expansion in tourist arrivals will vitally affect employment in hotels, restaurants, motorcar services, and, to a less marked degree, mercantile establish ments and other service industries. Expenditures for public construction have generally been looked upon as a basis for stabilizing employment. While it is true that W. P. A., P. W. A., and Territorial relief projects have aided in this way, it is also true that Federal construction in Hawaii contributes directly to instability of employment. This is, of course, due to the fact that the volume of expenditure for Federal construction is related not to employment needs but to international political conditions. Between 1930 and 1940 new military 3 and n a v a l4 construction in the year of greatest expansion was over six times as great as in the year of least expansion. The sharp variations in appropriations for new naval and military construction are so great that such projects often draw heavily on the 3 In 1939 the Army had over $12,000,000 for new construction, most of it for the Hickam Field air base. 4 The Navy had an unexpended balance of over $30,000,000 for expansion in 1939. 224 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 available labor resources in this field, and frequently cause large numbers of construction workers to be imported from the mainland. The conclusion of such large projects also throws a strain on the employment and relief agencies of the Territory. It should be noted that in addition to the obvious causes of economic instability mentioned above, there is the fundamental difficulty of the rapidly shifting character of the labor supply itself. Although this problem is not subject to the same quantitative measurements as some of the other causes of instability, it has both social and economic implications which are, from a long-run point of view, more significant than any of the other causes. The upward pressure for white-collar jobs on the part of second- and third-generation workers with a background of American schooling and standards grows out of their unwillingness to accept field labor as a permanent way of life. This in turn leads to frustrations and to social attitudes which are unhealthy. It constitutes an expanding tendency toward instability. C H A P TE R 32. E C O N O M IC R ELATED T O A N D S O C IA L S T A B IL IT Y A S E M P L O Y M E N T The general problem of unemployment in Hawaii has been less serious than in the continental United States. The depression which began in 1929 did not make itself seriously felt in terms of unemployment in Hawaii until 1931. This led to the establishment of an unemployment-relief bureau to register unemployed and to provide relief measures in 1932. A Territorial committee cooperated in the emergency measures adopted at that time The Reconstruction Finance Corporation provided $307,435 in addition to the $100,000 provided by the Territorial legislature. In 1933 the Territorial unemployment work relief commission was created. The resources for its work were provided from a special tax of one-half of 1 percent on compensation and dividends. The Federal Emergency Relief Administration and the Civil W orks Administration also took an active part. These relief agencies continued throughout 1934. During that year the Hawaiian Rural Rehabilitation Corporation, Ltd., was also organized to implement the rural-rehabilitation program. It is estimated that persons on relief in the Territory as a whole averaged 4,718 in 1934, representing an average weekly pay roll of $46,278.77. On January 14 of that year there were 3,780 workers on Public W orks Administration rolls in Oahu, 1,453 in Hawaii, 972 in Maui, and 272 in Kauai. Between M ay 1932 and November 1934, Federal Emergency Relief Administration and Public W orks Admin istration expenditures totaled $4,069,635.36. The total number of persons employed on Federally aided projects was slightly less than 5,000 on January 1, 1934. It rose very rapidly, however, to 7,700 by March, dropping sharply again to less than 6,000 by October, and rising to about 7,000 by the end of the year. Them was another decline during the first half of 1935 to about 6,200, but beginning with July of that year there was a marked rise, until the total number employed on Federally aided projects reached an alltime high of slightly over 8,800 in M ay 1936. Then there was a sharp decline until July 1937 when Federally aided employment amounted to only about 4,100. Since July 1937 there has been some increase, with irregular variations, the average number of 225 226 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 19 3 9 persons employed on Federally aided projects being approximately 5,00c).1 As previously stated, one of the most significant factors affecting stability of employment is the present rapid shift in the character of the total labor supply in the islands, due to the fact that the children and grandchildren of imported laborers (primarily oriental) have grown up in an entirely different cultural environment than that of their parents. They have studied and played together in the same schools, schools which provide a decidedly democratic atmosphere; they have adopted distinctly American points of view, and have come to under stand and desire American standards of living. There is thus a marked tendency on the part of native-born citizens of the second and third gen eration to break away from the traditions, manners, language, and stand ards of their parents. Yet, to the overwhelming majority, the single great occupational opportunity is that of field laborer on a plantation, an occupation which from their point of view is not satisfactory. There is thus a tendency for such young people to remain in Honolulu and seek employment there, rather than to enter into plantation life. In the survey of December 1939 it was estimated that 92 percent of all unemployed workers were in Honolulu. Of the unemployed men in this survey, 41.48 percent were between 15 and 24 years of age, and an additional 25.56 percent were between 25 and 34 years of age. Of the women, 46.92 percent were between 15 and 24 years of age, and an additional 24.79 percent were between 25 and 34 years of age. Thus, well over two-thirds of all unemployed men and women were less than 34 years of age. It is also significant that 55.5 percent of the men and 45.3 percent of the women in this unemployed group were single, practically all of them with no dependents. Conferences with Japanese, Chinese, and Filipino young people’s organizations in the Territory led to the conclusion that these young people, whether justifiably or not, held certain definite impressions in respect to their own future prospects, as follow s: (a) For the overwhelming m ajority of them Hawaii offers the only possible economic future. American-born Japanese are not welcomed in Japan, but are rather looked upon with suspicion and as undesirable competitors. Indeed, it is not at all uncommon to encounter Japanese who can speak only English, and who consider themselves distinctly American, with no ties whatsoever with the country of their origin. 1 In addition to these estimates derived from a study made by the Territorial employment service, there was a special unemployment census taken under an act of Congress approved August 30,1937. The returns were incomplete. Only 2,483 men and 621 women registered as totally unemployed, the largest single occupational group being 791 “ laborers” of whom 213 were farm laborers. In addition to the totally unem ployed, 3,640 men and 105 women registered as emergency workers, and 1,544 men and 198 women registered as partly unemployed. A more recent unemployment survey was conducted by the educational committee of the Honolulu Chamber of Commerce in collaboration with the human-resources committee of the Terri torial planning board, which was published in December 1939. This survey was also made by mail, but in contrast with the method used in the 1937 census, which involved a blanket coverage by mail, it approached the problem through the cooperation of employers and the Territorial employment service. This method was used on the assumption that most unemployed persons apply somewhere for work, and that most employers keep a record of applicants and their qualifications. The employers provided a list of all appli cants who had made or renewed applications after September 1,1939. These were carefully studied together with the records of the 20,430 registrants of the Territorial employment service since its inception on Febru ary 8,1938. Duplicates were eliminated and a total of 22,069 cards were mailed. Of this total, returns were not received on 14,684 cards. The recorded unemployed, as indicated by returned cards, amounted to 3,405, to which should be added new unemployed registered by the Territorial employment service during Decem ber of 601, making a total recorded unemployed of 4,915. On the basis of a study of the figures, the com mittee estimated that an additional 3,619 were unemployed, making a total of 8,006 unemployed and not in any Government emergency work. In addition to this, there were 1,309 on the Work Projects Adminis tration pay roll as of December 15, 1939, in Oahu, making a total of 9,315 unemployed including Work Projects Administration employment. There were also 238 on the Civilian Conservation Corps pay roll, and 855 on the National Youth Administration pay roll, as of December 31,1939. LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 227 Chinese young people upon their return to China do not arouse such a hostile attitude in their home country as do the Japanese, but the wages and working conditions of China are on such a distinctly lower plane than those of Hawaii that they do not think of their homeland as an alternative. The destructiveness of the war in China since July 7, 1937, has been such that anything like normal economic conditions do not appear likely there for at least a generation. Filipino young people are in a somewhat different position, since, as latecomers, they occupy the lowest position economically in Hawaii. Since the great m ajority of them are migrants from the Philippines, rather than Hawaiian-born, many of them still retain contacts in the Philippines and large numbers have returned during the past decade. Reports indicate that wages and working conditions in the Philippines are on a distinctly lower level than those of Hawaii, which is acting as a deterrent on those who contemplate a return. On the other hand, for all three groups, migration to the American mainland is equally difficult because of the rather hostile attitude toward orientals as competitors in a situation in which unemployment is already proportionately greater than it is in Hawaii. M oreover, the amount of money necessary for transportation and living expenses while they are becoming established on the mainland is usually more than they find it possible to obtain. For these reasons, their outlook is confined to the Island economy. (ib) A second opinion generally held by young orientals is that occupational opportunity is more narrowly restricted for them than for Caucasians, because the great bulk of the wealth of the islands is in the hands of Caucasians, and because, as they put it, there is a “ ceiling” above which oriental employees cannot rise in respect to positions of executive power. (c) The more aggressive and educated of this group further feel that the most desirable jobs that have been within their reach (whitecollar jobs in Honolulu firms) are now rapidly being absorbed by young Caucasians from the American mainland. From their point of view this tends to stop the upward movement by promotion of those of their own races. This movement of white-collar workers from the American mainland to Hawaii has not as yet reached large pro portions, but it is growing. (d) It is still true that the m ajority of these young people look upon the acceptance of field work on the plantations as the defeat of their ambitions and a serious “ loss of face” among their fellows. Hence the tendency to remain in Honolulu, often as dependents on their parents, and the continued search for some niche in which they can find their place, even, if necessary, at an economic sacrifice as com pared with the amount they could earn on a plantation. (e) Although there remains a very large measure of sharp competi tion along racial lines, there appears to be a gradually growing con viction in this group that only by united organized effort can they better their economic outlook. It is obvious that the problems which these viewpoints pose will continue to grow rapidly. The tendency toward labor organization in m any fields during the past 5 years, in order to give unified support to the interests of this group, has already been described. For young workers still partially dependent on their families, the problem is less serious than for those who have had to go on into their thirties with 241404— 40-------16 228 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 193 9 this problem unsolved. Those who fail to obtain employment for so long a period gradually come to accept a hopeless defeatist attitude, and become fertile ground for radical propaganda. This group, now relatively small, appears likely to be augmented over time by others in a similar position. It does not seem probable that this problem can be solved in terms of the expansion of occupational opportunities in white-collar jobs in Honolulu. If any solution is possible, it lies in the plantation indus tries where the largest occupational opportunities are to be found. Fortunately, these facts are recognized in Hawaii, and efforts are being made (1) b y mechanization to create types of work, requiring less back-breaking toil and more specialized training, which will be more acceptable to citizen workers,2 and (2) gradually to reorganize the whole of plantation community life so as to provide conditions which will be acceptable to wprkers with an American background. It remains a serious question, however, whether the structural organization of the economic life of Hawaii is flexible enough to adapt itself with sufficient rapidity to the sharp transition now occurring in the nature and outlook of Hawaiian labor. * While mechanization will increase the number of positions for trained technicians, it must be recognized that it will decrease—indeed already has decreased—the total number of persons employed on the planta tions. A p p e n d ix e s 229 230 DEPARTMENT OF LABOR AND INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS TERRITORY OF HAWAII LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 UNITED STATES BUREAU OF LABOR STATISTICS A P P E N D IX A. T E R R IT O R IA L D E P A R T M E N T O F LAB O R In April 1939 the Territorial legislature adopted an act creating a “ department of labor and industrial relations.” The functions of the department are indicated in the accompanying ch a r t1 and have to do with unemployment compensation, workmen’s compensation, enforcement of labor laws, the conduct of hearings on labor and industrial relations, and the maintenance of a bureau of research and statistics. The authority of the department rests in the commission of five members, “ not all of whom shall belong to the same political party.” 2 Such commissioners serve without pay, but receive necessary expenses incurred in the discharge of their duties. They are required to meet at least once a month, and are empowered “ to make, m odify, and repeal reasonable rules and regulations of general application for the protection of life, health, and safety of employees in every employment.” 2 “ The rules and regulations, and any amendments thereto, when approved b y the Governor and published, shall have the force and effect of law.” 2 The director, who is appointed b y the commission and responsible to it, is empowered, “ subject to the supervision and control of the commission * * * to supervise and direct the operations and functions of the four bureaus, * * * to cause the enforcement of rules and regulations of the commission, * * * to propose to the commission such rules and regulations or changes in the rules and regulations as he may deem advisable * * * to cooperate with any employee in the enforcement of a claim for personal serv ices, * * * to hold hearings.” 3 1In addition to the permanent organization indicated in the chart, temporary appointments may be made as follows: Committee on arbitration: Three members, appointed upon application to director by litigating parties. One member appointed by director (chairman), other two appointed respectively by parties to dispute. Temporary boards of mediation: Appointed by commission; one or more members. Emergency board: Appointed by Governor to investigate and report when efforts for mediation fail. County attorney: Acts as attorney for industrial board in his county in all matters coming before the board. Also acts as attorney for bureaus when investigations or hearings are held in respective county. Volunteer boards: To assist in conducting special investigations; appointed by commission as necessary. Advisory committees: Appointed by commission to advise any bureau. 3Territorial senate bill No. 185, sec. 9 (b), (d). 3Ibid., sec. 11 (a), (b). (c), (d), (e). It is specifically stated in the act that the director shall not be bound by technical rules of evidence in the conduct of hearings. 231 A P P E N D IX B. D E B T P R O B L E M S O F W A G E E A R N E R S All wage earners are at times confronted with the necessity of obtain ing credit. In Hawaii this problem has been a difficult one to handle, because of the complexity of social and racial conditions and the rather naive attitude of imported laborers regarding credit transactions. On the plantations debt difficulties tend to center in the relations between employees and plantation stores. It is a fairly common prac tice to permit employees to buy on credit and to subtract the amount of the credit from the employees’ earnings at the time wages are paid. Thus, in the case of large families with low incomes, it sometimes hap pens that “ store orders” are equivalent to, or in some cases even ex ceed, the total income of the family. Plantation management has made an attempt to solve this problem by maintaining a careful check on store orders, and by trying to aid workers in planning expenditures. Another, and equally serious, cause of debt difficulties grows out of the fact that plantation workers not infrequently make purchases on the installment plan that are beyond their means. It must be remem bered that many of the noncitizens on the plantations are illiterate, and readily accede to the persuasive influence of high-pressure sales men. Plantation management has attempted to protect its em ployees to some degree by excluding all sales representatives of any company which garnishees the wages of employees of the plantation in order to obtain payments on goods purchased on credit. The debt problem is not confined to plantation workers by any means. Those who live in Honolulu and other communities are equally beset b y debt difficulties. Among wage earners both on the plantations and in the cities, electrical household appliances and motorcars have attained a social significance in addition to their practical usefulness. It is, therefore, considered essential to maintain as high standards in these respects as possible. When a worker is pressed b y debts, he is likely to turn to the smallloan company. Prior to 1933 borrowers from small-loan companies were subject to the same techniques of exploitation as are such borrow ers on the American mainland. The problem was accentuated b y the fact that a number of loan companies were organized as “ benevolent associations” along racial lines, usually dominated by a management which charged excessive interest rates and used the organization as a shield for exploiting members of their own race. B oth oriental and native Hawaiian peoples are notably hospitable and friendly, and have extremely strong family feelings. As a result, anyone who wished to borrow usually experienced no difficulty in find ing a relative or friend who would act as cosigner for his note. Indeed, this problem became so acute that on August 11, 1933, the Governor of the Territory found it necessary to issue a special executive order to the heads of all departments, asking them to restrain Territorial employees from endorsing notes of fellow employees and friends. In spite of this request, conditions grew worse, and it was necessary to 232 233 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 issue an additional executive order on June 7, 1937, requiring that each employee obtain written consent of the executive head of his department before signing any subsequent endorsement of the notes of other Territorial officers or employees. The conditions in the small-loan market led to enactments on the part of the Territorial legislature to provide for the more careful regu lation of the small-loan companies. A small-loan law was enacted in 1933 which permitted a charge of 1 percent per month deductible in advance. In addition, a loan fee not to exceed $2 was allowed on loans of $100. This law was too loosely drawn to be effective, how ever, and, by a manipulation of the loan-fee device, rates as high as 1,000 percent or even 1,200 percent per year were charged. In a sense the law was worse than nothing because it gave the appearance of legality to the utilization of the loan-fee system for charging high rates. It was not until 1937 that this act was superseded by the “ uniform small-loan law” as formulated by the Russell Sage Foundation with a few minor adaptations to fit Hawaiian conditions, such as a reduction in the minimum capital requirement to $15,000 instead of $25,000. Licensees were given 6 months (July 1 to December 31, 1937) to decide whether or not they would continue operations under this new law. A t the same time that the uniform small-loan law was passed, an “ industrial loan and investment act” was enacted. This was closely patterned after an Indiana act of the same title and went into effect on July 1, 1937. It permits a maximum interest rate of 12 per cent per year, deductable in advance, and specifically prohibits any other charges. As a result of these 2 laws, the 55 licensees were reduced by February 1938 to 36. All of these lenders took licenses under the industrial loan and investment act which they considered to be more liberal than the small-loan act. T a b l e I.— S tatem ent o f con dition s o f 8 6 licen sees und er In d u stria l L o a n a nd I n v e st m en t A c t , T errito ry o f H a w a ii , D ec . 8 1 , 1 9 3 7 [Compiled in the office of the bank examiner] Assets: Real-estate mortgage loans___________________________________ Retail installment contracts purchased_______________________ Character loans_______________________________________________ Collateral loans_______________________________________________ Auto and trade financing loans_______________________________ All other loans________________________________________________ $244, 1, 497, 1, 902, 335, 264, 437, 412. 381. 953. 379. 436. 130. 53 93 12 54 23 85 Total loans_________________________________________________ 4, 681, 694. Furniture and fixtures________________________________________ 30, 631. Cash on hand and in banks___________________________________ 234, 573. All other assets_______________________________________________ 499, 834. 20 96 94 28 Total assets_________________________________________________ 5, 446, 734. 38 Liabilities: Bills payable_______________________________________ __________ 1, 120, 397. 57 Certificates outstanding_______________________________________ 5, 111. 08 153, 134. 82 Other liabilities_______________________ Unearned discount____________________________________________ 315, 758. 07 Capital stock paid in__________________________________________ 3, 227, 627. 03 Surplus and undivided profits________________________________ 475, 173. 07 Reserves______________________________________________________ 99, 532. 74 Total liabilities_____________________________________________ 5, 446, 734. 38 234 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 a b l e I I .— In d u stria l loans m ade d u rin g the ye a r 1 9 3 8 u n d er In d u stria l L o a n a nd In v e stm en t A c t , T erritory o f H a w a ii Number Up to $25__________ _______ ____ ____ ___________ _______________ $25.01 to $50_________ ______________________________________________ $50.01 to $75____ ___________________________________________________ $75.01 to $100________ ____ ____ _______ ______________________________ $100.01 to $150________ ____________________________________ ______ $150.01 to $200___________ ____ _____________________________________ $200.01 to $300______________________________________________________ $300.01 to $500___________ ____ _______ __________________________ ____ $500.01 to $1,000_____ ______________________ ___________________ ____ _ Over $1,000_____ __________ ____ ________ _______________ ____________ Total.............. ..... .................. ................... _ Amount 3,139 3,838 2,424 4,242 3, 856 2, 465 2,910 2, 237 1,201 360 $38,833.31 173,200.21 158,969. 59 423,294.87 520,000.18 468,100.23 774, 585.12 910,977.25 843, 397.49 715, 253. 50 26,672 5,026, 611. 75 In spite of the small-loan legislation the debt problem continued to be a serious one for many wage earners. Consequently, the Credit Union Section of the Farm Credit Administration adopted a program for the promotion of credit unions in Hawaii. This program did not get well under way until 1937. On January 1, 1938, there were 60 credit unions, with 7,654 loans outstanding, totaling $737,029. B y April 1, 1939, there were 85 credit unions, with 27,929 loans outstand ing, totaling $3,085,901. These unions had an active membership of 20,220 out of a potential membership of 53,796. The average savings per member were $57.50. The average loan made, from the beginning of the organization, was $114. Credit unions have already made a great improvement in the debt position of Hawaiian workers. It is to be hoped that this organiza tion will continue to expand. A P P E N D IX T a b l e A .— C D istrib u tio n o f nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to m on th ly ea rn in gs , b y ty p e o f w ork , M a rch 1 9 3 9 Monthly earnings Cultivation Harvesting Transportation Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula of work percent tive per of work percent tive per of work percent tive per- of work percent tive per ers ers centage age centage centage age age centage ers ers age Under $5____ _______________________________ $5 and under $7.50_____ _____________________ $7.50 and under $10____________________________ $10 and under $12.50___________________________ $12.50 and under $15____ ____________________ $15 and under $17.50___________________________ $17.50 and under $20......... . _ ___________________ $20 and under $22.50_____________________ ______ $22.50 and under $25___________________________ $25 and under $27.50___________________________ $27.50 and under $30___ _______________________ $30 and under $32.50___________________________ $32.50 and under $35----------------------------------------$35 and under $37.50___________________________ $37.50 and under $40___________________________ $40 and under $42.50___________________________ $42.50 and under $45___________________________ $45 and under $47.50___________________________ $47.50 and under $50___________________________ $50 and under $55_____________________________ $55 and under $60_____________________________ $60 and under $65_____________________________ $65 and under $70_____________________________ $70 and under $75_____________________________ $75 and under $80_____________________________ $80 and under $85_____________________________ $85 and under $90_____________________________ $90 and under $95_____________________________ $95 and under $100____________________________ $100 and over. _ 66 55 52 56 69 84 84 106 129 174 201 320 421 459 532 548 546 469 468 881 676 578 380 276 209 130 98 100 60 1144 Total__ _ ___________ ___________ _ Average monthly earnings.... ................ 8,371 $48.88 0.8 .7 .6 .7 .8 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.4 3.8 5.0 5.5 6.4 6.5 6.5 5.6 5.6 10.5 8.1 6.9 4.5 3.3 2.5 1.6 1.2 1.2 .7 1.7 0.8 1.5 2.1 2.8 3.6 4.6 5.6 6.9 8.4 10.5 12.9 16.7 21.7 27.2 33.6 40.1 46.6 52.2 57.8 68.3 76.4 83.3 87.8 91.1 93.6 95.2 96.4 97.6 98.3 15 18 16 13 23 26 21 44 40 57 73 103 123 153 156 125 141 88 62 120 70 63 26 34 16 8 9 5 4 1 1,653 $40.17 0.9 1.1 1.0 .8 1.4 1.6 1.3 2.7 2.4 3.4 4.4 6.2 7.4 9.3 9.3 7.6 8.5 5.3 3.8 7.3 4.2 3.8 1.6 2.1 1.0 .5 .5 .3 .2 .1 0.9 2.0 3.0 3.8 5.2 6.8 8.1 10.8 13.2 16.6 21.0 27.2 34.6 43.9 53.2 60.8 69.3 74.6 78.4 85.7 89.9 93.7 95.3 97.4 98.4 98.9 99.4 99.7 99.9 35 25 26 30 34 42 45 42 60 76 87 128 172 163 157 157 187 167 194 406 381 305 224 135 104 67 57 55 21 30 3, 612 $49. 73 1.0 .7 .7 .8 .9 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.7 2.1 2.4 3.5 4.8 4.5 4.3 4.3 5.2 4.6 5.4 11.3 10.6 8.4 6.2 3.7 2.9 1.9 1.6 1.5 .6 .8 1.0 1.7 2.4 3.2 4.1 5.3 6.5 7.7 9.4 11.5 13.9 17.4 22.2 26.7 31.0 35.3 40.5 45.1 50.5 61.8 72.4 80.8 87.0 90.7 93.6 95.5 97.1 98.6 99.2 2 1 1 3 1 1 4 1 4 4 1 8 13 10 22 30 27 35 32 55 41 41 24 19 10 5 6 3 2 6 0.5 .2 .2 .7 .2 .2 1.0 .2 1.0 1.0 .2 1.9 3.2 2.4 5.3 7.3 6.6 8.5 7.8 13.4 10.0 10.0 5.8 4.6 2.4 1.2 1.5 .7 .5 1.5 0.5 .7 .9 1.6 1.8 2.0 3.0 3.2 4.2 5.2 5.4 7.3 10.5 12.9 18.2 25.5 32.1 40.6 48.4 61.8 71.8 81.8 87.6 92.2 94.6 95.8 97.3 98.0 98.5 412 $52. 28 235 1 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 1 0 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 1 2 8 .7 8 . T h e a v e r a g e s b y o c c u p a t i o n w e r e $ 1 2 8 .8 0 f o r c u l t i v a t i o n ; $ 1 1 8 .2 5 f o r h a r v e s t i n g ; $ 1 0 9 .9 4 f o r t r a n s p o r t a t i o n ; $ 1 1 9 .6 8 f o r m a n u f a c t u r i n g ; $ 1 3 7 .8 1 f o r m a i n t e n a n c e ; $ 1 1 5 .4 5 f o r i n d u s t r i a l s e r v i c e ; a n d $ 1 3 0 .0 5 f o r c l e r i c a l a n d o t h e r o c c u p a t i o n s . LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 Total T a b l e A .— D istrib u tio n o f nonsalaried m ale workers on sugar plantations in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to m on th ly ea rn in g s , b y typ e o f w orky M a rch 1 9 3 9 — Manufacture Monthly earnings Maintenance Industrial service 6 3 4 5 4 3 7 4 5 7 13 28 26 35 64 67 65 47 63 110 85 77 49 48 36 36 17 30 21 77 1,042 $59.90 0.6 .3 .4 .5 .4 .3 .7 .4 .5 .7 1.2 2.7 2.5 3.4 6.1 6.4 6.2 4.5 6.0 10.5 8.1 7.4 4.7 4.6 3.5 3.5 1.6 2.9 2.0 7.4 0.6 .9 1.3 1.8 2.2 2.5 3.2 3.6 4.1 4.8 6.0 8.7 11.2 14.6 20.7 27.1 33.3 37.8 43.8 54.3 62.4 69.8 74.5 79.1 82.6 86.1 87.7 90.6 92.6 8 6 2 1 6 6 6 12 18 23 20 48 64 62 61 63 40 39 21 38 22 9 6 6 4 1.4 1.0 .3 .2 1.0 1.0 1.0 2.0 3.0 3.9 3.4 8.1 10.9 10.5 10.3 10.6 6.8 6.6 3.5 6.4 3.7 1.5 1.0 1.0 .7 1 .2 592 $38. 36 1.4 2.4 2.7 2.9 3.9 4.9 5.9 7.9 10.9 14.8 18.2 26.3 37.2 47.7 58.0 68.6 75.4 82.0 85.5 91.9 95.6 9,7.1 98.1 99.1 99.8 99.8 99.8 99.8 99.8 1 3 1 3 7 5 1 2 2 1 2 1 1 1 3.1 9.4 3.1 9.4 21.9 15.6 3.1 6.3 6.3 3.1 6.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 1 3.1 32 $58. 66 3.1 12.5 15.6 25.0 46.9 62.5 65.6 71.9 78.2 81.3 87.6 90.7 93.8 96.9 96.9 THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 1,028 $53.10 6.2 .5 .9 1.0 1.6 1.7 2.0 2.2 2,9 3.6 4.1 6.3 9.8 16.7 26.6 34.9 43.6 52.2 66.4 73.8 81.7 86.5 89.7 93.3 94.6 95.4 96.0 97.2 IN Total _ _____ Average monthly earnings....... ........ ........... 0.2 .3 .4 .1 .6 .1 .3 .2 .7 .7 .5 2.2 3.5 6.9 9.9 8.3 8.7 8.6 14.2 7.4 7.9 4.8 3.2 3.6 1.3 .8 .6 1.2 2.8 LABOR 2 3 4 1 6 1 3 2 7 7 5 23 36 71 103 85 90 89 147 76 81 49 33 37 13 8 6 12 28 fcO CO 05 Clerical and others Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula of work percent tive per of work percent tive per of work percent tive per of work percent tive per age centage ers centage ers age ers ers age age centage centage Under $5.___ _______________________________ $5 and under $7.50__ ________ ___ ________ $7.50 and under $10__ ..... ..................... $10 and under $12.50________ _________________ $12.50 and under $15___ __________ ___________ $15 and under $17.50______________ ____________ $17.50 and under $20______________ ____________ $20 and under $22.50_______ ___________________ $22.50 and under $25_________________________ . ___________ ... $25 and under $27.50-.______... $27.50 and under $30.______ _ _______ _______ $30 and under $32.50______ ______ __________ . $32.50 and under $35___ ________ ______ ______ $35 and under $37.50— ___ _________ _________ $37.50 and under $40----------------------------------------$40 and under $42.50----------------------------------------$42.50 and under $45----------------------------------------$45 and under $47.50___________________________ $47.50 and under $50----------------------------------------$50 and under $55_____________________________ $55 and under $60_____________________________ $60 and under $65----------------- ----------- --------------$65 and under $70-------------------------------------------$70 and under $75_____________________________ $75 and under $80_____________________________ $80 and under $85_________ ______ _________ . $85 and under $90_____ _______ ____________ $99 and under $95_____________________________ $95 and under $100______ ______________________ $100 and over .............................. ........................ . Continued T a b l e B .— D istrib u tio n o f nonsalaried male workers on sugar plantations in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to m onthly ea rnings , b y race , M arch 1 939 Anglo-Saxon Total Monthly earnings Total__________ _________ _________ ___ Average monthly earnings .......... ........... ...... Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula Number Simple Cumula of work percent tive per of work percent tive per of work percent tive per of work percent tive per centage centage ers age centage ers age age ers centage ers age 66 55 52 56 69 84 84 106 129 174 201 320 421 459 532 548 546 469 468 881 676 578 380 276 209 130 98 100 60 U44 8, 371 $48.88 0.8 .7 .6 .7 .8 1.0 1.0 1.3 1.5 2.1 2.4 3.8 5.0 5.5 6 .4 6.5 6.5 5.6 5.6 10.5 8.1 6.9 4.5 3 .3 2. 5 1.6 1.2 1.2 .7 1.7 0.8 1.5 2.1 2.8 3.6 4.6 5.6 6.9 8.4 10.5 12.9 16.7 21.7 27.2 33.6 40.1 46.6 52.2 57.8 68.3 76.4 83.3 87.8 91.1 93.6 95.2 96.4 97.6 98.3 1 1 1.9 1.9 1 1.9 1 3 1.9 5.6 1 1.9 1 1.9 7.3 4 3 6 5 5.6 14.7 7.3 11.0 9.3 1 2 1 1.9 3.7 1.9 11 20.3 8 4 54 $76. 00 1.9 3.8 3.8 5.7 5.7 5.7 7.6 13.2 13.2 13.2 15.1 15.1 17.0 24.3 24.3 29.9 44.6 51.9 62.9 72.2 72.2 74.1 77.8 79.7 79.7 79.7 20 13 19 14 25 18 22 37 35 43 48 92 116 112 144 145 138 129 123 223 176 174 124 105 72 47 33 37 28 65 2,377 $50.94 0.8 .5 .8 .6 1.1 .8 .9 1.6 1.5 1.8 2.0 3.9 4.9 4.7 6.1 6.1 5.8 5.4 5.2 9.4 7.4 7.3 5.2 4.4 3.0 2.0 1.4 1.6 1.2 2.6 0.8 1.3 2.1 2.7 3.8 4.6 5.5 7.1 8.6 10.4 12.4 16.3 21.2 25.9 32.0 38.1 43.9 49.3 54.5 63.9 71.3 78.6 83.8 88.2 91.2 93.2 94.6 96.2 97.4 38 36 25 34 30 52 47 53 71 96 114 192 251 284 305 330 337 284 287 551 406 322 213 121 109 60 43 40 16 20 0.8 .8 .5 .7 .6 1.1 1.0 1.1 1.5 2.0 2.4 4.0 5.3 6.0 6.5 6.9 7.1 6.0 6.0 11.5 8.4 6.8 4.5 2.5 2.3 1.3 .9 .8 .3 0.8 1.6 2.1 2.8 3.4 4.5 5.5 6.6 8.1 10.1 12.5 16.5 21.8 27.8 34.3 41.2 48.3 54.3 60.3 71.8 80.2 87.0 91.5 94.0 96.3 97.6 98.5 99.3 99.6 .4 4,770 $46. 92 1 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 1 0 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 1 2 8 .7 8 . T h e a v e r a g e s b y r a c e w e r e : $ 1 6 8 .1 4 f o r A n g l o - S a x o n s ; $ 1 2 4 .2 2 f o r J a p a n e s e ; $ 1 1 1 .1 4 f o r F i l i p i n o s ; $ 1 3 4 .0 8 f o r C h i n e s e ; $ 1 4 1 .5 2 f o r P o r t u g u e s e ; $ 1 2 3 .0 6 f o r H a w a i i a n s a n d p a r t H a w a i i a n s ; a n d $ 1 2 0 .7 4 f o r a l l o t h e r r a c e s LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 39 Under $5_______________________ ______ ______ $5and under $7.50 ___ __ _________________ __ $7.50 and under $10 _____ ... ___.......... . __ $10 and under $12.50.......... ......... ________ $12.50 and under $15__ _____ _ _ ___ ___ $15 and under $17.50____________ _ . ______ $17.50 and under $20___ ______ .. ..................... $20 and under $22.50_____________ ____________ $22.50 and under $25_____ _______ _ ___________ $25 and under $27.50--. __ _____ __________ $27.50 and under $30--_ _ - _______ _______ $30 and under $32.50___________ ______________ ___ . ... $32.50 and under $35.. ___$35 and under $37.50___________________________ __________ $37.50 and under $40___ ______ $40 and under $42.50 __ ______ __ _________ ____ $42.50 and under $45-.. ________________________ $45 and under $47.50-..___________ ____ ___ _____ $47.50 and under $50___________________________ $50 and under $55_____ ________ _______________ $55 and under $60________________ ___________ $60 and under $65_____________ ____________ $65 and under $70_____ ___ .. ____________ $70 and under $75_____ _________ __________ $75 and under $80_____ ____ ___________ ___ $80 and under $85________________________ _____ $85 and under $90___________________ _______ $90 and under $95____ ____ _. $95 and under $100________________ ______ _____ $100 and over______ ___ ____ ___ _ Filipino Japanese to CO ^4 B. — D istrib u tion o f nonsalaried m ale workers on sugar plantations in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to m on th ly ea rn in g s , b y race , M a rch 1 9 3 9 C h in e s e M o n t h ly e a r n in g s O th e r ........................................... __ _ _______ 2 2 .1 2 1 4 2 2 5 3 4 2 4 4 8 7 4 8 1 5 4 6 4 3 6 2 2 .1 1 .0 4 .2 2 .1 2 .1 5 .2 3 .1 4 .2 2 .1 4 .2 4 .2 8 .2 7 .3 4 .2 8 .2 1 .0 5 .2 4 .2 6 .3 4 .2 3 .1 6 .3 2 .1 1 1 .0 2 2 .1 96 $42. 39 2 .1 2 .1 4 .2 5 .2 9 .4 1 1 .5 1 3 .6 1 8 .8 2 1 .9 2 6 .1 2 8 .2 3 2 .4 3 6 .6 4 4 .8 5 2 .1 5 6 .3 6 4 .5 6 5 .5 7 0 .7 7 4 .9 8 1 .2 8 5 .4 8 8 .5 9 4 .8 9 6 .9 9 6 .9 9 7 .9 9 7 .9 9 7 .9 3 3 1 .4 1 .4 3 1 6 2 3 4 5 6 5 16 14 22 17 13 6 7 24 20 15 8 6 4 1 4 3 1 .4 .5 2 .7 .9 1 .4 1 .8 2 .3 2 .7 2 .3 7 .2 6 .3 9 .9 7 .7 5 .9 2 .7 3 .2 1 0 .8 8 .9 6 .8 3 .6 2 .7 1 .8 .5 1 .8 1 .4 221 $ 4 4 .9 6 1 .4 2 .8 2 .8 4. 2 4 .7 7 .4 8 .3 9 .7 1 1 .5 1 3 .8 1 6 .5 1 8 .8 2 6 .0 3 2 .3 4 2 .2 4 9 .9 5 5 .8 5 8 .5 6 1 .7 7 2 .5 8 1 .4 8 8 .2 9 1 .8 9 4 .5 9 6 .3 9 6 .8 9 8 .6 1 0 0 .0 3 3 0. 7 .7 2 3 1 3 3 5 11 11 10 13 23 22 27 30 33 23 42 34 31 14 21 14 8 7 11 8 26 . 5 .7 .2 .7 .7 1 .1 2 .5 2 .5 2 .3 2 .9 5 .2 5 .0 6 .1 6 .8 7 .4 5 .2 9 .4 7 .6 6 .9 3 .2 4 .8 3 .2 1 .8 1 .6 2. 5 1 .8 6 .0 442 $ 5 6 .2 3 0 .7 1 .4 1 .4 1 .9 2 .6 2 .8 3 .5 4 .2 5 .3 7 .8 1 0 .3 1 2 .6 1 5 .5 2 0 .7 2 5 .7 3 1 .8 3 8 .6 4 6 .0 5 1 .2 6 0 .6 6 8 .2 7 5 .1 7 8 .3 8 3 .1 8 6 .3 8 8 .1 8 9 .7 9 2 .2 9 4 .0 3 1 2 4 5 3 5 6 12 9 12 11 14 15 9 9 11 17 19 19 8 11 5 10 8 4 5 15 252 $ 5 4 .0 7 1 .2 4 .8 1 .6 2 .0 1 .2 2 .0 2 .4 4 .8 3 .6 4 .8 4 .4 5 .6 5 .9 3 .6 3 .6 4 .4 6 .6 7 .4 7 .4 3 .2 4 .4 2 .0 4 .0 3 .2 1 .6 2 .0 5 .9 1 .2 1 .6 2 .4 4 .0 6 .0 7 .2 9 .2 1 1 .6 1 6 .4 2 0 .0 2 4 .8 2 9 .2 3 4 .8 4 0 .7 4 4 .3 4 7 .9 5 2 .3 5 8 .9 6 6 .3 7 3 .7 7 6 .9 8 1 .3 8 3 .3 8 7 .3 9 0 .5 9 2 .1 9 4 .1 3 1 .9 3 1 2 2 6 8 5 8 9 6 15 9 7 7 9 12 11 7 5 6 2 2 1 5 3 5 1 .9 .6 1 .3 1 .3 3 .8 5 .0 3 .1 5 .0 5 .7 3 .8 9 .4 5 .7 4 .4 4 .4 5 .7 7 .5 6 .9 4 .4 3 .1 3 .8 1 .3 1 .3 .6 3 .1 1 .9 3 .1 159 $ 4 8 .2 4 1 .9 1 .9 3 .8 4 .4 5 .7 7 .0 1 0 .8 1 5 .8 1 8 .9 2 3 .9 2 9 .6 3 3 .4 4 2 .8 4 8 .5 5 2 .9 5 7 .3 6 3 .0 7 0 .5 7 7 .4 8 1 .8 8 4 .9 8 8 .7 9 0 .0 9 1 .3 9 1 .9 9 5 .0 9 6 .9 LABOR IN THE TEBRITOKY OF HAWAII, 1939 H a w a iia n a n d p a r t H a w a iia n P o rtu g u e se Cum u Cum u Cum u Cum u Cum u N u m S im p le N u m S im p le N um N u m S im p le N um S im p le S im p le la t iv e la t iv e la t iv e la t iv e la t iv e b e r o f p e rc e n t b e r o f p e rc e n t b e r o f p e rc e n t b e r o f p e rc e n t b e r o f p e rc e n t p e rc e n t p e rc e n t p e rc e n t p e rc e n t p e rc e n t w o rk e rs age w o rk e rs w o rk e rs age age w o rk e rs w o rk e rs age age age age age age age U n d e r $ 5 _____________________ ________________________________ _________ $ 5 a n d u n d e r $ 7 .5 0 _________________________________________ _________ $ 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 0 _________________________________ ____________ ___ $ 1 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 2 .5 0 ______ _______________________ _ ___________ $ 1 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 5 ________________________________ ______________ _ $ 1 5 a n d u n d e r $ 1 7 .5 0 ______________________________________ _________ $ 1 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 0 ______ _________________ _______ ________________ $ 2 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 2 .5 0 ________________________________________________ $ 2 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 5 ________________________________________________ $ 2 5 a n d u n d e r $ 2 7 .5 0 ______ __________________________________ $ 2 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 0 ________________________________________________ $ 3 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 2 .5 0 ________________________________________________ $ 3 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 5 ________________ _______________________________ $ 3 5 a n d u n d e r $ 3 7 .5 0 ________________________________________ _______ $ 3 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 4 0 _________________ ______________________________ $ 4 0 a n d u n d e r $ 4 2 .5 0 ________________________________________________ $ 4 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 4 5 ________________________________________________ $ 4 5 a n d u n d e r $ 4 7 .5 0 ________________________________________________ $ 4 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 5 0 ________________________________________________ $ 5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 5 5 ____________________________________________________ $ 5 5 a n d u n d e r $ 6 0 . _______________ _________ _________________________ $ 6 0 a n d u n d e r $ 6 5 _______ ____________________________________________ $ 6 5 a n d u n d e r $ 7 0 ____________________________________________________ $ 7 0 a n d u n d e r $ 7 5 ____________ ________________________________________ $ 7 5 a n d u n d e r $ 8 0 __________________________ _ _________________ $ 8 0 a n d u n d e r $ 8 5 _____________ ____________ ___________________ . . . $ 8 5 a n d u n d e r $ 9 0 _______ ____________________________________________ $ 9 0 a n d u n d e r $ 9 5 _______________________ _____________ ____________ $ 9 5 a n d u n d e r $ 1 0 0 ____________ _______________ ____________________ $ 1 0 0 a n d o v e r ______________________________ _ . . . . . __________ T o t a l _________________________________ . . . A v e r a g e m o n t h ly e a r n in g s P u e rto R ic a n 238 T a b l e LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 193 9 T a b l e C.— L o n g -ter m 239 cultivators ’ ea rn in g s on a typ ic a l suga r p la n ta tion , 1 9 8 8 a nd 1939 F ie ld re fe re n ce N o . M o n t h o f fin a l s e t t le m e n t 1 1938 M a r c h ________________ _________________ _______ d o ............. ... _ _ _________________ _______ d o ___________________________________ _______ d o _____________ ___ _______________ _______ d o ________________ _____ ________ _______ d o ________ ___________________ ________ A p r i l . ......................... _ _ _______________ _______ d o ______ ________________________ . M a y _______ ______________________________ J u l y . ......................... . _______________ A u g u s t ______________ _________ _________ _______ d o __________ ____ ________ . _______d o ____________________________________ _____ d o ____________ ______________________ S e p t e m b e r _____ . . . ______________ N ovem ber _______ ___ _____ _______ d o _____ _______ _____ ____________ _______ d o __________ ___________ ___ ... i_ . 2. . 34__ 5- 6_ . 7_. 8_. 9_. 10. 11. 12. 13 14. 15 16 17. 18 19 ___ do___________________ December_______________ ..do___ . . . _____ ___ do___ _______ ____ _ ___do... ___ do_______________ _ ___ do______ . . _______ ___ do_____ ___ . ______ ___ do_____ _____ ... ___ do___________________ ___ do___ _ _____ ______ 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 Total______________ ____ 1 93 9 1. M a r c h . ______________ do ___ __ _ do _____________ ___ ___d o ____________________________ ... d o _____________________________ 2. 3. 4. 5. T o t a l ........................................................................... __ T o ta l m and a y s w o rk e d E a r n in g s , e x c lu s iv e of bonus E a r n in g s p er m and a y , ex c lu s iv e of bonus 3 ,8 5 4 % 3 ,6 0 8 3 4 1 ,9 9 6 3 4 5 ,0 1 9 4 ,6 1 9 3 4 3 ,9 1 2 7 ,3 5 8 1 2 ,1 2 7 9 ,8 3 2 3 4 6 ,1 5 9 4 ,0 4 6 % 5 ,2 4 3 % 5 ,2 3 8 % 4 ,3 7 3 % 3 ,7 9 7 % 797 2 ,0 7 6 3 4 1 ,6 4 3 5 ,8 7 7 % 566% 1 ,3 8 6 % 1 ,2 0 6 % 5 ,4 4 0 % 3, 258% 7 ,8 4 9 2 ,5 0 6 3 4 6 ,0 8 2 2 ,0 0 0 2 ,2 7 7 $ 1 0 ,0 1 2 .4 0 9 ,2 1 0 .0 5 5 ,6 7 6 .1 5 1 0 ,5 0 0 . 0 0 9 ,0 2 1 .7 0 7 ,2 9 4 . 3 5 1 4 ,0 1 0 .2 0 2 3 ,2 3 4 .1 5 2 4 ,2 2 1 .6 5 1 4 .2 8 6 .7 0 9 ,3 6 5 .0 5 1 3 .9 2 4 .7 0 1 0 ,7 4 6 .1 5 9 .1 4 0 .1 0 6 ,7 8 5 .1 5 2 .6 8 8 .1 0 6 ,2 6 8 .6 0 4 ,1 9 9 .2 0 1 1 ,7 5 5 . 50 1 ,4 5 6 .6 5 2 .7 7 3 .5 0 2 .4 1 3 .5 0 1 0 ,8 8 0 .5 0 6 .5 1 7 .5 0 1 5 .6 9 8 .0 0 5 ,4 6 5 .8 0 1 2 .1 6 4 .0 0 4 ,0 0 0 .0 0 4 ,5 5 4 .0 0 $ 2 .6 0 2 . 55 2 .8 4 2 .0 9 1 .9 5 1 .8 6 1 .9 0 1. 92 2 .4 6 2 .3 0 2 .3 1 2 .6 6 2 .0 5 2 .0 9 1 .7 9 3 .3 7 3 .0 2 2 .5 6 2 .0 0 2 .5 7 2 .0 0 2 .0 0 2 .0 0 2 .0 0 2 .0 0 2 .1 8 2 .0 0 2 .0 0 2 .0 0 1 2 4 ,1 5 3 % 2 6 8 ,1 6 3 .3 5 2 .1 6 2 ,5 6 2 % 819 4 ,0 6 6 3 ,5 9 9 % 1 ,4 3 8 5 ,1 2 5 .0 0 1 ,3 0 4 . 2 8 8 ,6 3 3 .3 0 9 , 111. 20 4 ,1 8 9 .0 0 2 .0 0 1 .5 9 2 .1 2 2 .5 3 2 .9 1 1 2 ,4 8 5 % 2 8 ,3 6 2 .8 8 2 .2 7 T h e p e r i o d o f t h e c o n t r a c t r a n g e s f r o m 14 t o 2 2 m o n t h s , d e p e n d i n g o n t h e p e r i o d o f g r o w t h o f t h e c a n e . 240 T LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 a b l e D .— D istr ib u tio n o f m ale n on sa laried w ork ers i n 2 occu p a tion s i n p in ea p p le ca n n eries in the H a w a iia n I sla n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s, J u l y and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 Repairmen, mechanics, and maintenance men 1 Average hourly earnings Num ber of workers 2 Under 35 cents________ 35 and under 37.5 cents.. 37.5 and under 40 cents.. 40 and under 42.5 cents.. 42.5 and under 45 cents.. 45 and under 47.5 cents.. 47.5 and under 50 cents.. 50 and under 52.5 cents.. 52.5 and under 55 cents.. 55 and under 57.5 cents.. 57.5 and under 60 cents.. 60 and under 62.5 cents.. 62.5 and under 65 cents.. 65 and under 67.5 cents.. 67.5 and under 70 cents. . 70 and under 72.5 cents. _ 72.5 and under 75 cents._ 75 and under 80 cents— 80 and under 85 cents— 85 and under 90 cents— 90 and under 95 cents— 95 cents and under $1— $1 and over----------------- 4 3 *24 Total_______ Average hourly earnings. 390 $0.551 3 46 45 36 36 39 28 Simple percent age Cumu lative percent age 0.5 0.5 1.3 13.1 24.6 33.8 43.0 53.0 60.2 65.6 70.7 75.1 76.6 80.2 82.8 84.6 85.6 86.9 88.4 91.5 92.0 93.0 93.8 .8 11.8 11.5 9.2 9.2 10.0 7.2 5.4 5.1 21 20 17 6 14 10 2.6 6 12 2 3.1 .5 7 4 5 1.0 .8 6.2 Outside workers (yardmen, truck drivers, etc.) Num ber of workers Simple percent age 4 54 35 67 20 17 42 26 19 4 6 3 13 22 1.2 16.0 10.4 19.9 5.9 5.0 12.5 7.7 5.6 1.2 1.8 .9 3.9 6.5 2 1 .6 .3 1 .3 1 .3 C um u lative percent age 1.2 17.2 27.6 47.5 53.4 58.4 70.9 78.6 84.2 85.4 87.2 88.1 92.0 98.5 98.5 99.1 99.4 99.4 99.7 99.7 100.0 337 $0.490 i Includes helpers in each classification. *The average of all workers earning $1 and over amounted to $1,069. E .— D istrib u tio n o f nonsalaried s u p e r v is o r y 1 w orkers in p in ea p p le ca nneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in gs, b y sex, J u l y and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 T a b l e M a le A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s U n d e r 32 5 c e n ts _ _ _____________ ____________ ______ 3 2 5 a n d u n d e r 3 5 c e n t s ___________ ___________________ 3 5 a n d u n d e r 3 7 .5 c e n t s ----------------- -----------3 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 0 c e n t s ----------------------------4 0 a n d u n d e r 4 2 .5 c e n t s -------------------------------4 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 5 c e n t s --------------- -------------4 5 a n d u n d e r 4 7 .5 c e n t s -------------------------------4 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 50 c e n t s ---------- ----------- --_ 5 0 a n d u n d e r 5 2 .5 c e n t s . . ------------ ------------- --5 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 55 c e n t s ------------------------5 5 a n d u n d e r 5 7 .5 c e n t s -------- ----------------------5 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 6 0 c e n t s __________________________ _ 6 0 a n d u n d e r 6 2 .5 c e n t s ____________________ ___ 62 5 a n d u n d e r 65 c e n ts ____________________ 6 5 a n d u n d e r 6 7 .5 c e n t s __________ ______ 67 5 a n d u n d e r 70 c e n ts _____________ ___________ 70 a n d u n d e r 72 5 c e n ts __ _______________ 72 5 a n d u n d e r 75 c e n ts __________ __ _ 75 a n d u n d e r 80 c e n ts _____ _________ ______ ______ 80 c e n ts a n d o v e r _______________________ T o ta l . A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s _______________ _________ . __________________ N um ber of w o rk e rs S im p le p e rc e n t age 1 1 3 6 17 6 15 19 5 5 9 1 5 5 2 1 2 28 0 .9 .9 2 .7 5 .4 1 5 .3 5 .4 1 3 .5 1 7 .2 4. 5 4. 5 8 .1 .9 4 .5 4 .5 1 .8 .9 1 .8 7 .2 111 $ 0 . 5 66 F e m a le Cum u la t iv e p e rc e n t age 0 .9 1 .8 4 .5 9 .9 2 5 .2 3 0 .6 4 4 .1 6 1 .3 6 5 .8 7 0 .3 78. 4 7 9 .3 8 3 .8 8 8 .3 9 0 .1 9 1 .0 9 2 .8 N um ber of w o rk e rs S im p le p e rc e n t age C um u la tiv e p e rc e n t age 3 9 70 29 2 2 1 10 4 1 2 1 2 .2 6. 7 5 2 .3 2 1 .7 1 .5 1 .5 .7 7 .5 3 .0 .7 1 .5 .7 2 .2 8 .9 6 1 .2 8 2 .9 8 4 .4 8 5 .9 8 6 .6 9 4 .1 9 7 .1 9 7 .8 9 9 .3 1 0 0 .0 1 34 $ 0. 385 l The term “ supervisory workers” refers to foremen and foreladies supervising the actual performance of work and does not include executives in the company offices. * The average of all workers earning 80 cents and over amounted to 94 cents. 241 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 F .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale non sa laried in sid e c a n n ery laborers i n p in ea p p le canneries i n the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s , J u l y and A u g u st 1 9 8 8 T a b l e A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s N u m b e r of w o rk e rs U n d e r 3 2 .5 c e n t s _____ _________________________________________ ______________ ____________________ 3 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 5 c e n t s ______________________________________ ______________________ ___________ 3 5 a n d u n d e r 3 7 .5 c e n t s ______ ______________ _________________________________________________ 3 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 0 c e n t s _________________ ______________________________________________________ 4 0 a n d u n d e r 4 2 .5 c e n t s _____________________ _________________________________________________ 4 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 5 c e n t s __________________________________ _________________________________ _ 4 5 a n d u n d e r 4 7 .5 c e n t s ............................................................................................................................................ 4 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 5 0 c e n t s ________ _ _______________ __________________________________________ 5 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r ___________________________________________________________________________ ______ 6 279 127 1 ,4 1 8 560 225 146 1 23 i 106 T o t a l _______ ______________ ___________ _________ ____________________________________ _______ A v e r a g e h o u r l y e a r n i n g s _____ _________________ ____________________________________ ______ ___ 2 ,9 9 0 $ 0 .4 0 4 S im p le p e rc e n ta g e 0 .2 9 .3 4 .2 4 7 .5 1 8 .8 7 .5 4 .9 4 .1 3 .5 C u m u la tiv e p e r c e n ta g e 0 .2 9 .5 1 3 .7 6 1 .2 8 0 .0 8 7 .5 9 2 .4 9 6 .5 1 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g 50 c e n t s a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o 5 5 .2 c e n t s . G .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale nonsalaried in sid e ca n n ery laborers in p in ea p p le canneries i n the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s , J u l y and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 1 T a b l e N u m b e r of w o rk e rs S im p le p e rc e n ta g e U n d e r $ 5 ________________________________________________________________________________________________ $ 5 a n d u n d e r $ 7 .5 0 __________ ________________________________________________________________ $ 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 0 _______________________________________________________________________________ $ 1 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 2 .5 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 1 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 5 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 1 5 a n d u n d e r $ 1 7 .5 0 ________________________________ _____________________________________________ $ 1 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 2 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 2 .5 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 2 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 5 . ___________________________________________________________________________ $ 2 5 a n d u n d e r $ 2 7 .5 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 2 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 3 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 3 0 a n d o v e r _________ _________________________________________________________________________________ 29 35 53 67 222 798 806 368 133 78 66 2 40 1 .1 1 .3 2 .0 2 .5 8 .2 29. 6 2 9 .9 1 3 .7 4 .9 2 .9 2 .4 1 .5 T o t a l ____ _______________________________________________________________________________________ A v e r a g e w e e k l y e a r n i n g s ______________________________________________________________________ 2 ,6 9 5 $ 1 8 .1 6 W e e k ly e a r n in g s C u m u la t iv e p e r c e n ta g e 1 .1 2 .4 4 .4 6 .9 1 5 .1 4 4 .7 7 4 .6 8 8 .3 9 3 .2 9 6 .1 9 8 .5 1 W e e k ly h o u r s w e r e n o t re p o r t e d fo r 1 c o m p a n y ; h e n c e , w e e k ly e a r n in g s fo r in d iv id u a ls a re n o t a v a ila b le fo r t h is c o m p a n y . D a t a in t h is ta b le , th e re fo re , c o v e r 3 e s t a b lis h m e n ts . 2 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 3 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 3 5 .1 6 . H .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale n onsalaried w arehouse laborers in p in ea p p le canneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to average h ou rly ea rn in g s , J u ly and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 T a b l e N u m b e r of w o rk e rs S im p le p e rc e n ta g e U n d e r 3 2 .5 c e n t s _______ ________________________________________________________________ _________ 3 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 5 c e n t s ______________________________________________________________________ 3 5 a n d u n d e r 3 7 .5 c e n t s __________________________________________________________________ ______ 3 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 0 c e n t s _____ ______________________________________________ ___________ _________ 4 0 a n d u n d e r 4 2 .5 c e n t s — _________________________ __________________ ____________ ___________ 4 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 5 c e n t s _____________________________________ _ _ ___________________________ 4 5 a n d u n d e r 4 7 .5 c e n t s __________________________________________ ___________ - _____________ 4 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 5 0 c e n t s _______________________________ ________________________________________ 5 0 a n d u n d e r 5 2 .5 c e n t s _ _ _ _ _ _ ............................................................................................................. 5 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 55 c e n t s _________________________________________________________________________ 5 5 a n d u n d e r 5 7 .5 c e n t s _______________________ _ ____________________________________________ 5 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 6 0 c e n t s __________________________________ ____________ ______________________ 6 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r ___________ ____________________________ ______________ _____________ 2 63 58 798 2 51 120 52 36 32 19 22 15 i 55 0 .2 4 .1 3 .8 5 2 .3 1 6 .5 7 .9 3 .4 2 .4 2. 1 1 .2 1 .4 1 .0 3 .7 T o t a l __________ __________ ............... ................................................................................................................ ... u r ly e a r n in g s _______ A v e_ r a_ g _e h_ o .............................................. ........................... 1, 523 $ 0 .4 1 0 A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s 1 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g 6 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o 7 0 .2 c e n t s . C u m u la tiv e p e r c e n ta g e 0 .2 4 .3 8 .1 6 0 .4 7 6 .9 8 4 .8 8 8 .2 9 0 .6 9 2 .7 9 3 .9 9 5 .3 9 6 .3 242 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 1939 I .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale non sa laried w arehouse laborers in canneries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to w eek ly ea rn in g s, A u g u st 1 9 3 8 1 T a b l e W e e k ly e a r n in g s U n d e r $ 5 ___________________________________________ _________ _________________________________________ $ 5 a n d u n d e r $ 7 .5 0 ______ ______________________________________________________________________ $ 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 0 _______________________________________________________________________________ $ 1 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 2 .5 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ _______ _________ ______________________________________ $ 1 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 5 ________________ $ 1 5 a n d u n d e r $ 1 7 .5 0 _______ ___________________________________ _________ ______________________ $ 1 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 0 _________________________ ___________________________________________________ $ 2 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 2 .5 0 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 2 2 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 5 _____________________________________________________________________________ $ 2 5 a n d o v e r . . .............................. . ____________________________________________ ________ T o t a l _________________ _ _ _____________ ___________ ______________________________________ A v e r a g e w e e k l y e a r n i n g s ___________ _ _ _ _________________________________________________ N u m b e r of w o rk e rs 26 26 51 83 228 644 203 81 53 2 68 S im p le p e rc e n ta g e 1 .8 1 .8 3 .5 5 .7 1 5 .6 4 3 .9 1 3 .9 5 .5 3 .6 4. 7 p in ea p p le J u l y and C u m u la tiv e p e r c e n ta g e 1 .8 3! 6 7 .1 1 2 .8 2 8 .4 7 2 .3 8 6 .2 9 1 .7 9 5 .3 1 ,4 6 3 $ 1 6 . 21 1 W e e k ly h o u r s w e r e n o t r e p o r t e d fo r 1 c o m p a n y ; h e n c e , w e e k ly e a r n in g s fo r i n d iv id u a ls a re n o t a v a ila b le fo r t h is c o m p a n y . D a t a in t h is ta b le , th e r e fo re , c o v e r 3 e s t a b lis h m e n ts . 2 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 2 5 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 2 9 .0 7 . J.— D istr ib u tio n o f fem a le non sa laried in sid e c a n n ery laborers i n p in ea p p le canneries i n the H a w a iia n I sla n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s , J u l y and A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 T a b l e A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s N u m b e r of w o rk e rs U n d e r 2 5 c e n t s ____________________ _________________________________________ ______________ 2 5 a n d u n d e r 2 7 .5 c e n t s . ____________ _________________________ _ _ _____ _________ ______ 2 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 0 c e n t s ______________ ________________________________________ ______________ 3 0 a n d u n d e r 3 2 .5 c e n t s ________ _ _ . ____________________________________ ____________ 3 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 5 c e n t s . _____ _______________________ _________________ _______ 3 5 a n d u n d e r 3 7 .5 c e n t s ____ __ _ _ _____ ____________ __________ _________ 3 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 0 c e n t s . __________ ________________ __________ ____________ ___ 4 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r _________ .. .. _____________________ _______ ___ . _______ ___ 3 715 32 2 ,8 4 3 780 46 5 1 53 T o ta l _______ ______________________________________ _________ ___ _________ _____________ A v e r a g e h o u r l y e a r n i n g s _______ ___ _______________ _________ ______________________ ________ 4 ,4 7 7 $ 0 . 31 S im p le p e rc e n ta g e 0 .1 1 6 .0 .7 6 3 .5 1 7 .4 1 .0 . 1 1 .2 C u m u la tiv e p e r c e n ta g e 0 .1 1 6 .1 1 6 .8 8 0 .3 97. 7 98. 7 9 8 .8 1 T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g 4 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o 4 4 .7 c e n t s . K .— D istr ib u tio n o f fem a le nonsalaried in sid e c a n n ery laborers in p in ea p p le canneries in the H a w a iia n I sla n d s according to w eekly ea rn in g s, J u l y and A u g u st 1 9 3 8 1 T a b l e W e e k l y e a r n in g s U n d e r $5 ____ _______________ _______________ ________________________________________________ . $ 5 a n d u n d e r $ 7 . 5 0 ____ ______ ___________________________________________________ ______ _________ $7 50 a n d u n d e r $ 10 _________ __________ ________________________________ $ 1 0 a n d u n d e r $ 1 2 .5 0 ____________ _________________________________________________ $ 12 50 a n d u n d e r $15 ____ ____ _____________ ___________ _________ ___ . . $ 1 5 a n d u n d e r $ 1 7 .5 0 . _ . . _______ _________________________ ___________ ______________ $ 1 7 .5 0 a n d u n d e r $ 2 0 ._ . _______________ _________ ___ . . _______________________ ________ $20 a n d o v e r _________________ _________ _______ - ___________ _____ _____ _______ T o ta l __________________ . . A v e r a g e w e e k l y e a r n i n g s __________ _________________ _______________________ _________ ____________________________________________________ N u m b e r of w o rk e rs 111 101 1 85 690 2 ,3 1 9 439 30 2 26 S im p le p e rc e n ta g e 2 .8 2 .6 4 .7 1 7 .7 5 9 .4 1 1 .3 .8 .7 C u m u la t iv e p e r c e n ta g e 2 .8 5 .4 1 0 .1 2 7 .8 8 7 .2 9 8 .5 9 9 .3 3 ,9 0 1 $ 1 2 . 75 i W e e k ly h o u r s w e r e n o t re p o r t e d fo r 1 c o m p a n y ; h e n c e , w e e k ly e a r n in g s fo r i n d iv id u a ls a r e n o t a v a ila b le fo r t h is c o m p a n y . D a t a in t h is ta b le , th e r e fo re , c o v e r 3 e s t a b lis h m e n ts . * T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 2 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 2 2 .7 5 . 243 LABOR IN THE TERRITORY OF HAWAII, 19 3 9 L . — D istrib u tio n o f fem a le non sa laried w a rehouse laborers in 'pineapple canneries in the H a w a iia n I sla n d s according to average h ou rly ea rn in g sy J u l y and A u g u s t 1 9 3 8 T a b l e T o t a l— A l l ra c e s A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s N um ber of w o rk e rs T T n d e r 2 5 e e n t .s _ ____ 2 fi a n d i m r i e r 2 7 .fi p p .n ts _______________________________________________________________ 2 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 0 c e n t s _____ 3 0 a n d u n d e r 3 2 .5 c e n t s . . . ___________________________________________________________________ 3 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 5 c e n t s . . _ ________________________ _________________________________________ 3 5 a n d u n d e r 3 7 .5 c e n t s . ______________________________________________________________________ 3 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 4 0 c e n t s . _____________________________________________ ____ ________________ 4 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r ______________ ______ _____________________________________________________________ T n ta l A v p ra g p h o u r ly n a m in g s . ....... S im p le p e rc e n t age 1 113 0 .2 2 6 .7 235 25 27 10 i 12 5 5 .7 5 .9 6 .4 2 .4 2 .7 C u m u la t iv e p e r c e n ta g e 0 .2 2 6 .9 2 6 .9 8 2 .6 8 8 .5 9 4 .9 9 7 .3 423 $ 0 . 301 _ i T h e a v e r a g e o f a l l w o r k e r s e a r n i n g 4 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o 4 3 .8 c e n t s . M .— D istrib u tio n o f m ale w orkers in m iscella n eou s m an u fa ctu rin g in du stries in the H a w a iia n Isla n d s according to average h ou rly ea rn in g s , 1 9 3 8 and 1 9 3 9 T a b l e A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s N um ber of w o rk e rs S im p le p e rc e n t age ....................... .. .................. T i n d e r 2fi c e n t s 2 5 a n d u n d e r 2 7 .5 c e n t s ________________________________________________________________________ 2 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 3 0 c e n t s ___________ _____________________________________________________________ 3 0 a n d u n d e r 3 2 .fi e e n t s .. . . . . . . .............. . ... 3 2 .fi a n d u n d e r 3 fi e e n t s 3 fi a n d n n d f i r 3 7 .fi e e n t s _ 3 7 .fi a n d n n d p .r 4 0 n p n t s .. 4 0 a n d n n d a r 4 2 .fi n e n t s . . _ 4 2 _fi a n d u n d e r 4 5 e e n t s . .................................. 4 5 a n d u n d e r 4 7 .5 e e n t s 4 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 5 0 c e n t s _____________________________________________ ____________ ___________ 5 0 a n d u n d e r 5 2 .5 c e n t s __________________,____________________________________________________ 5 2 5 a n d n n d a r fifi p p .n ts fifi a n d n n d p .r 5 7 .5 p p .n ts 5 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 6 0 c e n t s __________________________________________________ __ _ _ __ 6 0 a n d u n d e r 6 2 .5 c e n t s _____ _____________________ ___________________ __ . _____ ____________ _________ _. _ _ 6 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 6 5 c e n t s ___________________ 6 5 a n d u n d e r 6 7 .5 c e n t s _____________ __________________________ _ 6 7 .5 a n d u n d e r 7 0 c e n t s ___________ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __ _ _______ _ 7 0 a n d u n d e r 7 2 .5 c e n t s ____________ ___________ ___ ____________ ___ _ _ __________ 7 2 .5 a n d u n d e r 75 c e n t s _____ _ _ __ __________________ _________ ____ ___ 75 a n d u n d e r 8 0 c e n t s _________ _________ _______________________________ ________________ 8 0 a n d u n d e r 8 5 c e n t s ______ __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 8 5 a n d u n d e r 9 0 c e n t s __________ ______________ 9 0 a n d u n d e r 9 5 c e n t s ________ _______ _ _ _ _ _ _ __________________ _ 9 5 a n d u n d e r 100 c e n t s ______ _________ . _ _______________________ 1 0 0 a n d u n d e r 1 1 0 c e n t s ________ ___________________________ ___ ______________ _ _ _ __ 1 1 0 c e n t s a n d o v e r _________________________ ______________________________________________________ 2 4 0 .5 1 .0 3 3 72 27 59 16 42 22 27 8 17 10 14 8 7 4 10 4 15 7 4 2 3 19 i 8 .7 . 7 1 7 .2 6 .5 1 4 .0 3 .8 1 0 .0 5 .3 6 .5 1 .9 4 .1 2 .4 3 .4 1 .9 1. 7 1. 0 2 .4 1 .0 3 .6 1. 7 1 .0 .5 . 7 4 .6 1 .9 T o t a l ___________________________________________________________________________________________ A v e r a g e h o u r ly e a r n in g s 417 $0. 526 1 A v e r a g e o f a l l m a l e j w o r k e r s e a r n i n g $ 1 .1 0 a n d o v e r a m o u n t e d t o $ 1 ,3 8 4 . 2 4 1 4 0 4 — 40- ■17 C u m u la t iv e p e r c e n ta g e 0 .5 1 .5 1 .5 2. 2 2. 9 2 0 .1 2 6 .6 40. 6 44. 4 54. 4 59. 7 6 6 .2 6 8 .1 7 2. 2 7 4 .6 78. 0 7 9 .9 81. 6 8 2 .6 8 5 .0 8 6 .0 8 9 .6 9 1 .3 9 2 .3 9 2 .8 93. 5 9 8 .1 244 LABOR IN TH E TERRITORY OF H A W A II, 1939 T a b l e N .— D istr ib u tio n o f fem a le w orkers in m iscella n eou s m a n u fa ctu rin g in d u s tries in the H a w a iia n Is la n d s according to average h o u rly ea rn in g s, 1 9 3 8 a nd 1 9 3 9 Number of workers Average hourly earnings 15 and under 17.5 cents_ ..... _ _ . . . . . . . . . . . ___ _. 17.5 and under 20 cents. ............ ..... _ ... . 2ft and under 22.5 cents. . . _ ............. .. .... 22.5 and under 25 cents _ ................................... _ . ......... 25 and under 27.5 cents 27.5 and under 3ft cents 3ft and under 32.5 cents 32.5 and under 35 cents 35 and under 37.5 cents . .. . 37.5 and under 4ft cents ...... _ ...................... 4ft and under 42.5 cents . . .. ._ . _ 42.5 and under 45 cents 45 cents and ever Total Average hourly earnings _ . ... . ... _ _ ____ 1 37 422 1 29 1 22 13 22 5 6 1 i9 Simple percent age 0.2 6.4 74.1 .2 5.0 .2 3.9 2.3 3.9 .9 1.1 .2 1.6 Cumula tive per centage 0.2 6.6 80.7 80.9 85.9 86.1 90.0 92.3 96.2 97.1 98.2 98.4 569 $0. 244 i The average hourly earnings for all female workers earning 45 cents and over amounted to 60.6 cents O